{"1": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3521", "width": "2343", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "QassIEA^\\nBook\u00c2\u00b1la", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "l/ ^C^^C^^C^t^-Ae^-^^", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "THE\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK\\nEMBALMING\\nA Systematic and Comprehensive Treatise on the Science and\\nArt of Embalming; Giving the Latest, Simplest and Most\\nSuccessful Methods, Including Descriptive and\\nMorbid Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology,\\nSanitation, Disinfection, etc.\\nV BY\\nELIAB MYEES, M. D.,\\nAlsD\\nF. A. -SULLIVAN,\\nLecturers and Demonstrators in the Champion College of Embalming\\n-6\\nT^ 1\\nprofusely illustrated by\\nFull Page Engravings, Half-tones and Colored Plates\\nSPRINGFIELD, OHIO:\\nCHAMPION CHEMICAL CO.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "Copyright, 1897\\nBY THE\\nCHAMPION CHEMICAL CO.\\nAll Rights Reserved.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "PREFACE.\\nTHE Embalmers and Funeral Directors of this country\\nhave made frequent complaints that they were una-\\nble to find, in books on embalming heretofore pub-\\nlished, such information as they desire on numerous topics\\nof professional inquiry, especially those which have been\\nthe subject of recent investigation or introduction.\\nTo meet this confessed demand for a work of more\\nmodern character along this line, the preparation of the\\nChampion Text Book on Embalming was undertaken.\\nThe purpose of the authors has been to supply, within\\nthe compass of a single volume of moderate size, the infor-\\nmation necessary to a full understanding of the subjects\\nbelonging properly to the science and art of embalming.\\nThis work is intended both as a text book for the\\nstudent and a complete reference book for the embalmer.\\nTo meet these ends, we have endeavored to furnish that\\ninformation which our teaching and long experience in\\nthe practice of embalming have suggested to us to be the\\nmost needful to the student and practitioner. We have\\ntreated of anatomy and physiology to the extent necessary\\nto give a good understanding of the structure and func-\\ntions of the body, thus laying a sure foundation for the\\nsuccessful study and practice of embalming. After trac-\\ning the history of this art from ancient times down\\nthrough the intervening ages, the most modern, simplest\\nand best methods have been clearly set forth. Morbid\\nanatomy and the treatment of special diseases, including\\nthose which give the embalmer the most trouble, are\\nmuch more fully considered than in any similar work,\\nthus adding largely to the value of the Text Book. The\\n(v)\\nIf", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "vi PREFACE.\\nbest and latest information concerning sanitation, disin-\\nfection, infection and bacteriology, is also set forth in a\\nterse and practical form; while much useful information is\\ngiven on other subjects.\\nThe very comprehensive Glossary at the conclusion of\\nthe work cannot but prove helpful to both student and\\npractitioner; while, within the compass of the General\\nIndex, has been included every term and subject on which\\ninformation is likely to be sought.\\nWe have appropriated to our use many important\\nfacts found in the works constituting the physician s\\nlibrary, that have a direct bearing upon the subjects of\\nwhich we treat; but, nevertheless, we have relied chiefly\\nupon our own observations and experiences, especially in\\nthe operations and methods of treatment given.\\nWe have made it a rule to write pointedly and briefly,\\nwithout unnecessary verbiage, or circumlocution, on all\\nsubjects treated; and, where it could be done without\\nsacrificing clearness or accuracy, have practiced careful\\nabridgement of the text. As far as possible technical\\nterms have been eliminated. Where it has been neces-\\nsary to introduce them, they have been placed in the\\nGlossary, with a clear, concise definition.\\nOur illustrations are of a preeminent character, much\\nsuperior to any hitherto published in a similar work, and\\nwill add greatly to an elucidation of the text and a proper\\nunderstanding of the methods taught.\\nWe are especially indebted to the works of the follow-\\ning authors in the preparation of this book:\\nAnatomy: Gray Potter.\\nPhysiology: Flint Steele Baldwin Huxley.\\nMorbid Anatomy and Pathology: Flint Osler Stille Bristowk\\nAitken Quain Green Peper s System.\\nBacteriology and Sanitation: Sternberg Abbott Sykes.\\nTHE AUTHORS.\\nSpringfield, Ohio, Jan. 1, 1897.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS.\\nPAGE\\nPortraits of Eliab Myers, M. D., and Prof. F. A. Sullivan Frontispieces.\\nPreface v\\nTable of Contents vii\\nList of Illustrations xix\\nPart First.\\nthe human body 1\\nBones of the Skeleton 2\\nAnalysis of the Human Skeleton 3\\nChapter I. Osteology 5\\nGeneral Description of the Bones 5\\nThe Bones of the Skeleton 5\\nIn the Head and Trunk 5\\nClassification of Bones 6\\nThe Composition of the Bones 6\\nThe Structure of Bones 7\\nFresh or Living Bones 7\\nThe Lacunae 7\\nDevelopment of Bone 7\\nThe Joints 8\\nInjury and Repair of Bones 8\\nThe Breaking of a Bone 8\\nBones of the Head 9\\nThe Bones of the Skull and Face 9\\nThe Skull Bones 9\\nThe Cranial Cavity 9\\nBones of the Trunk 9\\nThe Trunk 9\\nThe Spinal Column 9\\nThe Ribs 10\\nThe Innominata 10\\nThe Extremities 10\\nBones of the Upper Extremity 10\\nThe Shoulder 10\\nThe Scapula 10\\nThe Shoulder Joint 10\\nThe Elbow 11\\nThe Carpus 11\\nThe Hand 11\\nBones of the Lower Extremity 11\\nThe Femur 11\\nThe Knee Joint 11\\n(vii)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "viii CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nPAGE\\nChapter I. Osteology Continued.\\nBones of the Lower Extremity Continued.\\nThe Fibia 11\\nThe Foot 11\\nSesamoid Bones 12\\nWormian Bones 12\\nArticulations 12\\nThe Structures 12\\nThe Ligaments 13\\nChapter II. The Muscles 14\\nNumber of Muscles 15\\nContractility 15\\nThe Tendons 15\\nFasciae 16\\nArrangement of Muscles 16\\nModification of Muscles 16\\nKinds of Muscles 17\\nAttachment of Muscles 17\\nThe Sterno-cleido-mastoid 17\\nThe Biceps 18\\nThe Sartorius 18\\nThe Diaphragm 18\\nWonders of the Muscles 18\\nMuscular Sense 19\\nDevelopment of the Muscles 19\\nChapter III. The Absorbents 20\\nThe Skin 20\\nStructure of the Skin 20\\nRete Mucosum 21\\nSkin Slip 21\\nUses of the Skin 21\\nThe Hair 22\\nThe Nails 23\\nThe Lymphatic System 24\\nThe Lymphatics 24\\nThe Lacteals 24\\nThe Lymphatic Glands 24\\nThe Thoracic Duct 25\\nThe Lymphatic Duct 25\\nThe Lymph 25\\nVISCERAL ANATOMY 26\\nChapter IV. The Nervous System 26\\nNervous Tissue 26\\nThe Nerves 27\\nNerve Current 27\\nNerve Sensations 27\\nThe Sympathetic System 28\\nThe Cerebro-spinal System 28\\nThe Brain 29\\nGanglions 29\\nThe Cerebrum 29\\nThe Cerebellum 30\\nThe Medulla Oblongata 31\\nThe Spinal Cord 31\\nThe Cranial Nerves 32", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS. ix\\nPAGE\\nChapter V. The Digestive Organs 33\\nThe Organs of Digestion 33\\nThe Alimentary Canal 33\\nThe Mouth 33\\nThe Salivary Glands 34\\nThe Tongue 35\\nThe Teeth 35\\nThe Jaws 36\\nThe Pharynx 36\\nThe Esophagus 36\\nThe Stomach 37\\nThe Fundus 37\\nThe Small Intestine 38\\nThe Duodenum 39\\nThe Jejunum 39\\nThe Ileum 39\\nThe Large Intestine 39\\nThe Caecum 39\\nThe Appendix Vermiformis 40\\nThe Colon 40\\nThe Rectum 40\\nThe Liver 40\\nThe Hepatic Duct 41\\nThe Gall Bladder 41\\nThe Pancreas 41\\nThe Pancreatic Duct 42\\nThe Spleen, Thyroid, Thymus and Suprarenal Capsules 42\\nThe Suprarenal Capsules 42\\nThe Abdominal Cavity 42\\nThe Abdomen 42\\nRegions of the Abdomen 43\\nThe Contents 43\\nThe Peritoneum 44\\nPeritoneal Sacs 44\\nThe Omenta 45\\nThe Mesos or Mesenteries 45\\nThe Pelvic Cavity 45\\nChapter VI. The Organs of Respiration 46\\nMouth and Nose 46\\nThe Pharynx 47\\nThe Larynx 47\\nThe Trachea or Windpipe 47\\nThe Bronchi 48\\nThe Lungs 48\\nStructure of the Lungs 48\\nThe Pleura? 49\\nChapter VII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Circulatory System 50\\nAn Important System 50\\nOrgans of Circulation 50\\nThe Heart 50\\nThe Pericardium 51\\nThe Endocardium 51\\nHeart s Weight and Size 51\\nIts Cavities 51\\nIts Capacities 52", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nPAGE\\nChapter VII. The Circulatory System Continued.\\nThe Heart Continued.\\nThe Right Auricle 52\\nThe Right Ventricle 53\\nThe Left Auricle 53\\nThe Left Ventricle 53\\nThe Blood 54\\nThe Circulation of the Blood 55\\nThe Arteries 55\\nThe Systemic Circulation 56\\nThe Aorta 56\\nThe Coronary Arteries 57\\nThe Innominate Artery 57\\nThe Common Carotid Artery 57\\nThe External Carotid Artery 57\\nThe Internal Carotid Artery 58\\nThe Tympanic 58\\nThe Arterife Receptaculi 58\\nThe Anterior Meningeal 58\\nThe Ophthalmic 58\\nThe Anterior Cerebral 58\\nThe Middle Cerebral 58\\nThe Anterior Choroid 58\\nThe Posterior Communicating 58\\nThe Circle of Willis 58\\nThe Subclavian Artery 58\\nThe Vertebral Artery 59\\nThe Thyroid Axis 59\\nThe Inferior Thyroid 59\\nThe Transversalis Colli 59\\nThe Suprascapular 59\\nThe Internal Mammary Artery 59\\nThe Superior Intercostal Artery 59\\nThe Axillary Artery 59\\nThe Brachial Artery 59\\nThe Radial Artery 60\\nThe Ulnar Artery 60\\nThe Superficial Arch 60\\nThe Deep Palmar Arch 60\\nThe Thoracic Aorta 60\\nThe Pericardiac Branches 6\\nThe Bronchial Arteries 6\\nThe Esophageal Branches. 6\\nThe Posterior Mediastinals 6\\nThe Intercostals 6\\nThe Abdominal Aorta 6\\nThe Phrenic 6\\nThe Cceliac Axis 6\\nThe Gastric 6\\nThe Hepatic 6\\nThe Splenic 6\\nThe Superior Mesenteric 6\\nThe Inferior Mesenteric 62\\nThe Suprarenal 62\\nThe Spermatics 62", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS. xi\\nPAGE\\nChapter VII. The Circulatory System Continued.\\nThe Abdominal Aorta Continued.\\nThe Renal 62\\nThe Lumbar 62\\nThe Sacra Media 62\\nThe Common Iliac Arteries 62\\nThe Internal Iliac 62\\nThe External Iliac Artery 62\\nThe Epigastric 62\\nThe Circumflex Iliac 63\\nThe Femoral Artery 63\\nThe Superficial Epigastric 63\\nThe Superficial Circumflex Iliac 63\\nThe Superficial External Pudic 63\\nThe Deep External Pudic. 63\\nThe Profunda Femoris 63\\nThe Muscular Branches 63\\nThe Anastomica Magna 63\\nThe Popliteal Artery 63\\nThe Anterior Tibial Artery 64\\nThe Dorsalis Pedis Artery 64\\nThe Posterior Tibial Artery 64\\nThe Internal Plantar 64\\nThe External Plantar 64\\nThe Lesser or Pulmonary Circulation 64\\nThe Pulmonary Artery 64\\nThe Right and Left Pulmonary Arteries 65\\nThe Veins 65\\nVenous Valves 65\\nThe Sinuses 65\\nThe Veins Are Divided 65\\nVeins of the Head 66\\nVeins of the Neck 66\\nExternal Jugular. 66\\nPosterior External Jugular 66\\nAnterior Jugular 66\\nInternal Jugular 66\\nThe Vertebral 66\\nThe Veins of the Upper Extremity 66\\nThe Radial Vein 67\\nThe Cephalic Vein 67\\nThe Median Vein 67\\nThe Principal Veins of the Thorax 67\\nThe Azygos Veins 67\\nThe Right Azygos 67\\nThe Left Lower Azygos 67\\nThe Left Upper Azygos 67\\nThe Spinal Veins 67\\nThe Subclavian Vein 67\\nThe Innominate Veins 68\\nThe Superior Vena Cava 68\\nThe Veins of the Lower Extremity 68\\nThe Superficial Veins 68\\nThe Internal or Long Saphenous 68\\nThe External or Short Saphenous 68\\nE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 a", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "xii CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nPAGE\\nChapter VII. The Circulatory System Continued.\\nThe Veins Continued.\\nThe Internal Iliac Vein 68\\nThe Common Iliac Veins 69\\nThe Inferior Vena Cava 69\\nThe Portal System 69\\nThe Hepatic Vein 69\\nThe Portal Vein 69\\nThe Cardiac Veins 69\\nThe Pulmonary System 69\\nThe Pulmonary Veins 69\\nThe Capillaries 70\\nThe Foetal Circulation 71\\nChapter VIII. The Organs of Special Senses 72\\nThe Eye 72\\nThe Membranes 72\\nChambers of the Eye 72\\nThe Retina 73\\nThe Iris 73\\nThe Eyelids 74\\nThe Lachrymal Gland 74\\nThe Ear 74\\nThe External Ear 75\\nThe Middle Ear 75\\nThe Internal Ear 76\\nOther Special Organs 76\\nThe Nose 76\\nThe Tongue 76\\nTouch.. 76\\nChapter IX. The Body Its Weight and Constituents 77\\nWeight of the Different Parts of the Body 77\\nThe Chemical Constituents of the Body (after Huxley) 78\\nAnatomical and Physiological Constants 79\\nGeneral Statistics 79\\nDigestion 79\\nCirculation 80\\nRespiration 80\\nPart Second.\\nancient and modern embalming 81\\nChapter X. Ancient Embalming 83\\nGeneral Remarks 83\\nEgyptian Methods of Embalming 85\\nJewish Methods 94\\nMethods of the Romans and Other Nations 97\\nOn the Western Hemisphere 98\\nAmong Early Christians 99\\nChapter XL Modern Embalming 101\\nDr. Frederick Ruysch 101\\nDr. William Hunter 102\\nJohn Hunter 103\\nThe Hunterian Method 104\\nM. Boudet s 104", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS. xiii\\nPAGE\\nChapter XI. Modern Embalming Continued.\\nM. Franchini s 104\\nJean Nicholas Gannal 105\\nM. Sucquet 105\\nM. Falcony 106\\nDr. Chaussier s 106\\nFranciolla s 107\\nBrunetti 108\\nA Method in Vogue in Belgium 108\\nDr. Tscheirnoff s 109\\nThe Florentine Process 110\\nA German Process 110\\nEmbalming but Little Practiced To-day in England Ill\\nChapter XII. Up to Date Embalming 112\\nIntroductory Remarks 112\\nPreservation as a Reason for Embalming 113\\nSanitation as a Reason 114\\nThorough Embalmment 114\\nThe Condition, Appearance and Disease of the Body 114\\nTo Thoroughly Embalm 117\\nAppearance of a Body After Thorough Embalmment 118\\nChapter XIII. Death: Its Modes, Signs and Changes 119\\nModes of Death 119\\nSigns of Death 119\\nSyncope, Asphyxia and Trance 119\\nCessation of the Heart s Action 119\\nCessation of Respiration 120\\nCooling of the Body 121\\nHypostasis 121\\nPost Mortem Staining 121\\nRigor Mortis 122\\nPutrefaction 123\\nChapter XIV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Blood 125\\nBlood, Lymph and Chyle 125\\nCoagulation of the Blood 125\\nCirculation of the Blood 126\\nCauses of Arteries Being Empty after Death 127\\nCirculation of the Fluid 128\\nChapter XV. Embalming Instruments Their Use and Care. 129\\nInstruments Should Be Kept Clean 129\\nAseptic Instruments 130\\nShould Take Just Pride in His Instruments 130\\nSterilizing Instruments 131\\nTo Remove Rust from Steel Instruments 131\\nInstruments Should Be Sharp 131\\nThe Number and Quality 131\\nThe Instrument Necessary for Arterial Work 132\\nInstruments Used for Cavity Injection 132\\nChapter XVI. Arterial Injection 133\\nSelection of the Artery to Be Injected 133\\nThe Raising and Injecting of Arteries 134\\nTo Raise an Artery 134\\nThe Brachial Artery and Basilic Vein 135\\nLocation 135\\nThe Linear Guide 135", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nPAGI\\nChapter XVI. Arterial Injection Continued.\\nThe Brachial Artery and Basilic Vein Continued.\\nThe Anatomical Guide 135\\nTo Raise the Artery or Vein 136\\nThe Femoral Artery and Vein 136\\nLocation 136\\nLinear Guide 136\\nThe Anatomical Guide 139\\nTo Raise the Artery or Vein 139\\nThe Common Carotid Artery and Internal Jugular Vein 139\\nThe Common Carotid Artery 139\\nThe Linear Guide 140\\nThe Anatomical Guide 140\\nTo Raise the Artery and Vein 140\\nThe Radial Artery 140\\nTo Locate and. Raise the Radial Artery 140\\nThe Posterior Tibial Artery 143\\nLocation 143\\nTo Raise the Posterior Tibial Artery 143\\nTo Remove the Blood 144\\nThe Blood 144\\nThe Methods 144\\nTo Remove Blood from the Heart 144\\nCirculation Not Destroyed by Tapping the Heart 144\\nThe Valves of the Heart and Veins 147\\nTo Remove Blood by the Veins 147\\nIf the Basilic Vein 147\\nTo Open the Basilic Vein 147\\nIf the Femoral Vein 148\\nThe Internal Jugular Vein 148\\nThe Proper Time to Withdraw the Blood 148\\nSecond Injection 149\\nSkin Slip Its Causes and Prevention 149\\nSlipping of the Skin 149\\nTo Prevent Slipping of the Skin 150\\nFormula and Treatment 150\\nDiscoloration 150\\nTreatment 151\\nCongestion of the Peripheral Veins 151\\nThe Brownish or Greenish Spots 151\\nBruised and Other Spots 151\\nDiscoloration Caused by Biliverdin 152\\nThe Ice Mixture 152\\nFormula 152\\nA Substitute 152\\nChapter XVII. Cavity Injection 155\\nThe Thoracic Cavity 156\\nThe Pleurae 156\\nTo Inject the Pleural Cavities 156\\nThe Pleural Cavities may be Injected 159\\nTo Inject the Lung Tissue 159\\nTo Inject the Abdominal Cavity 159\\nTo Inject the Stomach and Intestines 159\\nTo Remove Gases and Liquids 160\\nTo Remove Gases from the Thoracic Cavity 160", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS. xv\\nPAGE\\nChapter XVII. Cavity Injection Continued.\\nTo Remove Gases and Liquids Continued.\\nTo Remove Gases from the Abdominal Cavity 160\\nTo Remove Liquids from the Abdominal Cavity 160\\nChapter XVIII. The Needle Processes 163\\nThe Eye Process 163\\nThe Operation 163\\nTo Inject through the Foramen Magnum 164\\nThe Champion Needle Process 167\\nThe Operation 167\\nPart Third.\\nmorbid anatomy and treatment of special diseases. 169\\nIntroductory Remarks 171\\nChapter XIX. Acute Infectious Diseases 172\\nSmallpox 172\\nScarlatina Scarlet Fever 173\\nDiphtheria 174\\nTyphoid Fever 175\\nTyphus Fever 177\\nTuberculosis Consumption 178\\nCholera, Asiatic 180\\nYellow Fever 184\\nCerebro-spinal Meningitis 185\\nCholera Infantum 186\\nChapter XX. Diseases Affecting the Blood 187\\nSepticaemia. 187\\nPyaemia 189\\nPeritonitis 190\\nPuerperal or Child Bed Fever 191\\nErysipelas. 192\\nSunstroke 194\\nGangrene 195\\nPost Mortem Cases 197\\nChapter XXI. Diseases of the Air Passages and Chest 198\\nPneumonia Lung Fever 198\\nGangrene of the Lungs 201\\nPleurisy Pleuritis 202\\nPrimary Pleurisy 202\\nPurulent Pleurisy 202\\nPericarditis 203\\nInflammation of the Pericardium 203\\nPneumo-pericarditis 203\\nValvular Diseases of the Heart 204\\nOther Diseases of Air Passages and Chest, such as Laryngitis,\\nBronchitis, etc 205\\nChapter XXII. \u00e2\u0080\u0094Diseases Affecting the Alimentary Canal 206\\nObstinate Constipation 206\\nDysentery Flux 207\\nAppendicitis 208\\nInflammation of the Appendix Vermiformis 208\\nHernia or Rupture 209\\nSporadic Cholera Cholera Morbus 209\\nOther Diseases of the Alimentary Canal 210", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "xvi CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nPAGE\\nChapter XXIII. Diseases of the Kidneys 211\\nBright s Disease Albuminuria 211\\nNephritis 212\\nInflammation of the Kidney 212\\nDiabetes 212\\nSugar in the Urine 212\\nDiseases of the Bladder 213\\nChapter XXIV. Diseases of the Nerves 215\\nParalysis 215\\nApoplexy 219\\nChapter XXV. Special Diseases 220\\nAlcoholism 220\\nDilirium Tremens 223\\nDropsy 225\\nJaundice 228\\nRheumatism 229\\nTumors 230\\nCancer 231\\nSyphilis 232\\nCondition and Treatment of Mother and Foetus 233\\nChapter XXVI. Death from Accidental Causes. 235\\nDrowned Cases 235\\nTreatment of a Floater 235\\nLightning and Electricity 237\\nCases of Mutilation 237\\nGunshot Wounds 238\\nAsphyxia 239\\nOpium or Morphine Poisoning 240\\nDeath Caused by Poisonous Gases 241\\nPoisoning by Carbonic Acid 241\\nPoisoning by Carbonic Oxid 242\\nPoisoning by Coal Gas 242\\nPart Fourth.\\nsanitation and disinfection 245\\nChapter XXVII. Infection (after Sternberg) 247\\nChannels of Infection 247\\nSusceptibility and Immunity 248\\nChapter XXVIII. History of Bacteriology (after Abbott) 251\\nForms of Bacteria 256\\nAn Antiseptic 256\\nChapter XXIX. Recent Methods of Giving Immunity to Certain\\nDiseases 257\\nSmallpox 257\\nVaccination 259\\nDiphtheria 260\\nAntitoxin 260\\nTetanus or Lockjaw 262\\nTetanus Antitoxin 262\\nChapter XXX. Disinfection and its Effects (after Sykes) 263\\nChapter XXXI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Antiseptic and Germicidal Value of Various\\nSalts (after Sternberg) 269\\nChapter XXXII. Practical Directions for Disinfection (after\\nSternberg) 274", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS. xvii\\nPart Fifth.\\nPAGE\\nGENERAL MISCELLANY 277\\nChapter XXXIII. Resuscitation 279\\nDefinition 279\\nTreatment of Syncope 279\\nHoward s Method of Artificial Respiration 279\\nPosition of Patient 279\\nPosition of Operator 279\\nAction of Operator 280\\nTreatment for Asphyxia 280\\nAsphyxia from Breathing Noxious Gases 280\\nAsphyxia from Mechanical Obstructions of the Air Pas-\\nsages 280\\nAsphyxia from Poisons or Anaesthetics 281\\nTreatment for Restoring a Drowned Person 281\\nAyphyxia from Drowning 281\\nPosition of Patient. 281\\nPosition and Action of Operator 281\\nDirections for Restoring the Apparently Dead 282\\nTreatment for Lightning Strokes 282\\nTreatment for Restoring Natural Breathing 282\\nRule 1. To Maintain a Free Entrance of Air Into the Wind-\\npipe 282\\nRule 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To Adjust the Patient s Position 283\\nRule 3. To Imitate the Movements of Breathing 283\\nRule 4. To Excite Inspiration 283\\nTreatment After Natural Breathing Has Been Restored 284\\nRule 1. To Induce Circulation and Warmth 284\\nRule 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 If from Intense Cold 284\\nRule 3. If from Intoxication 284\\nRule 4. If from Apoplexy or Sunstroke 284\\nStimulants and Food 284\\nChapter XXXIV. Miscellaneous Information 285\\nPost-mortem Wounds 285\\nPrevention 285\\nTo Bandage a Body for Shipment 286\\nGlossary 287\\nGeneral Index 309\\nAppendix Thirteen Hundred Questions for Review 317", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.\\nPortraits of Authors Frontispieces\\nFull Page Anatomical Inserts.\\nPLATE\\nI. BONES OF HEAD.\\nFig. 1 Front View of Cranium.\\n2 Side View of Cranium.\\n3 4 Vertical Section of Facial Bones.\\n5 Ethmoid Bone Upper Surface.\\n6 Ethmoid Bone Nasal Surface.\\n7\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Palate Bone Nasal Surface.\\n8\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Hyoid Bone Anterior Aspect.\\nII. BONES OF THE HEAD\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (continued).\\nFig. 1 Base of Skull Inner Surface.\\n2 Inferior Surface of Cranium Base of Skull.\\n3 4 Temporal Bone External Surface (3); Inner Sur-\\nface (4).\\n5 6 Sphenoid Bone Inner Surface (5); Anterior Sur-\\nface (6).\\n7 8 Inferior Maxillary Outer Surface (7); Inner Sur-\\nface (8).\\nIII. BONES OF TRUNK\\nFig. 1 Spine (vertebrae), Thorax, Clavicle, and Portion of\\nScapula.\\n2\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pelvis.\\n3 True or Sternal Ribs.\\n4 Sternum\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Anterior Surface.\\n5 Os Innominatum of Right Side Inner Surface and Lines\\nof Articulation of Ilium, Ischium, and Pubes.\\n6 Os Innominatum of the Left Side\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Outer Surface.\\n7 8 Coccyx Bone Posterior Surface (7); Anterior and\\nUpper Surfaces (8).\\nIV. BONES OF TRUNK\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (continued)\\nFig. 1 Posterior View of Trunk.\\n2 3 Atlas and Axis\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Anterior Surface (2) Posterior\\nSurface (3).\\n4 5 Atlas Superior Surface (4) Inferior Surface (5).\\n6\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Axis Anterior Surface.\\n7 Cervical Vertebra\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Superior Surface.\\n8 9 A Dorsal (8) and a Lumbar Vertebra (9)\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Superior\\nSurfaces.\\n(xix)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "kx CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nLATE\\nV. BONES OF UPPER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1 2\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Clavicle (left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Superior Surfaced) Inferior Surf ace( 2).\\n3 Scapula Posterior and Outer Surface.\\n4 Scapula Internal, or Concave, Surface.\\n5 Scapula Front View of Anterior Margin.\\n6 Humerus (left) Posterior View.\\n7 Humerus (Left) Anterior View.\\n8 9\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Ulna\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Posterior View (8) Anterior View (9).\\n10 11\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Radius\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Anterior View (10) Posterior View (11).\\n12 Bones of Right Hand Posterior Surface.\\n13 14 Carpus, Metacarpus, and Phalanges of Thumb\\n(left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Posterior Surface (13) Anterior Sur-\\nface (14).\\n15 17 Carpal Bones (left), First Row Superior Artic-\\nular Surface (15) Inferior Surface (17).\\n16 18 Carpal Bones (left) Second Row Intercarpal Artic-\\nular Surface (16) Digital Surface (18).\\nVI. BONES OF LOWER EXTREMITIES\\nFig. 1 Femur (left) Anterior Surface.\\n2 Femur (left) Posterior Surface.\\n3 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Left Patella (Knee Cap)\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Anterior Surface (3);\\nPosterior Surface (4).\\n5 6 Tibia (left) Anterior and Inner Surfaces (5) Poste-\\nrior Surface (6)\\n7 8\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Fibula (left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Anterior Surface (7); Posterior Sur-\\nface (8).\\n9 10\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Bones of Foot (right)\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Upper or Dorsal Surface (9)\\nInferior or Plantar Surface (10).\\n11 12\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Tarsal and Metatarsal Bones (left)\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Upper or\\nDorsal Surface (11) under or Plantar Surface (12).\\nVII. LIGAMENTS OF HEAD, TRUNK. AND UPPER EXTREM-\\nITIES\\nFig. 1 Ligaments of the Vertebrae, Sternal End of Ribs, Pelvis,\\nand Ilio-Femoral Articulation Anterior Surface.\\n2 3 Ligaments of Right Temporo-maxillary Articulation\\nExternal Surface (2) Internal Surface (3).\\n4 5 Internal Ligaments Connecting Occipital Bone with\\nAxis and of the Articulation Between Atlas and\\nAxis Posterior View.\\n6 7 Ligaments of Sterno-clavicular and Sterno-costal\\nArticulation with Anterior Intercostal Ligaments\\nAnterior Surface (6) Posterior Surface (7).\\n8 9 Ligaments of Shoulder-joint and Scapuloclavicular\\nArticulation.\\n10 11 Ligaments of Left Elbow- Joint Left Anterior Sur-\\nface (10) Posterior Surface (11).\\n12 Ligaments of Left Wrist-joint and Hand.\\n13 Ligaments of Left Wrist- joint and Hand Anterior\\nSurface.\\nVIII. LIGAMENTS OF PELVIS AND ADJOINING ARTICULA-\\nTIONS.\\nFig. 1 Ligaments of Lower Part of Spine, Pelvis, and Ilio-\\nfemoral Articulations.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.\\nPLATE\\nIX. LIGAMENTS OF SPINE, PELVIS, AND JOINTS OF LOWER\\nEXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1 Ligaments of Cervical and Dorsal Vertebree.\\n2 Dorsal Ligaments of Spinal Column, Pelvis, and Ilio-\\nfemoral Articulation.\\n3 Ligaments of Left Knee- Joint.\\n4 5 Ligaments of Left Knee- Joint Internal Anterior\\nView (4) Posterior View (5).\\n6 Ligaments of Sole of Left Foot.\\n7 Ligaments of Left Foot Internal Surface.\\n8\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Ligaments of Left Foot\u00e2\u0080\u0094 External and Dorsal Surfaces.\\nX. MUSCLES OF HEAD AND NECK.\\nFig. 1 Muscles of Face and Neck Anterior Surfaces.\\n2\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Muscles of Neck\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Right Side.\\n3 Muscles of Neck Front View.\\n4 Deep Muscles of Right Side of Neck.\\nXL MUSCLES OF POSTERIOR PART OF NECK, TRUNK,\\nPHARYNX, PALATE, LOWER JAW AND TONGUE.\\nFig. 1 Muscles of Back of Pharynx and Lower Jaw.\\n2 Muscles of Palate and Throat Posterior View.\\n3\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Muscles of Tongue Lateral View of Right Ride.\\n4 Internal Muscles of Lower Jaw.\\n5 Muscles of Soft Palate.\\n6 Muscles of Posterior Surface of Neck and Upper Part of\\nThorax.\\n7 Deep Muscles of Neck and Back.\\nXII. MUSCLES OF THE TRUNK, ARMS, AND FEET.\\nFig. 1 Muscles of Face, Trunk, Arms and Upper Part of Thighs\\nAnterior View.\\n2 Plantar Fascia or Aponeurosis of Right Foot.\\n3 Plantar Muscles, First Layer Inferior Surface, Right\\nFoot.\\n4 Second Layer of Plantar Muscles of Right Foot.\\n5 Third Layer of Planter Muscles of Right Foot.\\n6 Fourth Layer of Dorsal Muscles of Right Foot.\\nXIII. MUSCLES OF TRUNK, NECK, AND ARMS (Posterior View,\\nwith some of Anterior Surface)\\nFig. 1 Muscles of Trunk, Upper Part of Thighs, and Arms.\\n2 Deep Muscles of Neck Anterior View.\\n3 Deep Muscles of Back of Neck.\\n4 Tendons and Tendinous Sheaths on Posterior Surface of\\nCarpus.\\n5 Tendons and Tendinous Aponeuroses of Right Wrist\\nand Hand.\\nXIV. MUSCLES OF THE ANTERIOR AND EXTERNAL SURFACES\\nOF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1 Muscles of Anterior Surface of Lower Extremities.\\n2 Muscles on External Surface of Right Side of Pelvis and\\nLower Extremity.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "xxii CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nPLATE\\nXV. MUSCLES OF THE POSTERIOR AND INNER SURFACES\\nOF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1 Muscles of Posterior Surface of Pelvis and Lower\\nExtremities.\\n2 Muscles of Inner Surface of Pelvis, Thigh, Leg, and\\nFoot.\\nXVI. BASE AND INTERIOR OF BRAIN, WITH ORIGINS OF\\nNERVES AND BLOOD VESSELS.\\nFig. 1 Base of Brain, Showing Origin of Nerves and Arteries.\\nXVII. BASE AND INTERIOR OF BRAIN, WITH ORIGINS\\nOF NERVES AND BLOOD VESSELS\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (continued).\\nFig. 2 Vertical Longitudinal Section of Brain, Cerebrum,\\nand Cerebellum, through Center.\\nXVIII. VISCERA OF THORAX, ABDOMEN AND PELVIS (AN-\\nTERIOR VIEW)\\nFig. 1 Thoracic Parietes with Viscera Enclosed (Abdo-\\nmen and Abdominal Viscera in Natural Position).\\nXIX. VISCERA OF THORAX, ABDOMEN, AND PELVIS (AN-\\nTERIOR VIEW\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (continued)\\nFig. 2 Lungs, in Position, and Deeper Abdominal Viscera\\n(Small Intestine Being Removed).\\nXX. PRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA.\\nFig. 1 Small Intestine (Jejunum and Ilium), Mesentery,\\nand Mesenteric Vessels.\\nFig. 2 Internal Arrangement of Hepatic Blood Vessels,\\nthe Liver Being Divided Transversely.\\nXXI. PRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA (con-\\ntinued)\\nFig. 3 Large Intestine, with Principal Blood Vessels.\\nXXII. PRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA (con-\\ntinued)\\nFig. 4 View of Posterior Surface of the Deep Viscera of\\nAbdomen and Pelvis, with Principal Blood Ves-\\nsels.\\n5\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Internal Structure of Kidney, with Blood Vessels\\nand Ducts.\\nXXIII. PRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA (con-\\ntinued)\\nFig. 6 View of Posterior Surface of the Superficial Vis-\\ncera of Abdomen and Blood Vessels.\\nXXIV. THORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH PRIN-\\nCIPAL VESSELS, NERVES AND LYMPHATICS.\\nFig. 1 Anterior View.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.\\nPLATE\\nXXV\\nTHORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCEEA, WITH PRIN-\\nCIPAL VESSELS, NERVES AND LYMPHATICS\\n(continued)\\nFig. 2 Posterior View.\\nXXVI. THORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH PRIN-\\nCIPAL VESSELS, NERVES AND LYMPHATICS\\n(continued)\\nFig. 3 Principal Chylopoietic Viscera, Blood Vessels and\\nDucts.\\n4 Posterior View of Solar Plexus and Minor Plex-\\nuses, with some of the Deep Blood Vessels.\\nXXVII. THE HEART, ITS CAVITIES AND VALVES.\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Anterior Surface of Heart and Pericardial Cov-\\nering.\\n2\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Internal Cavities of Ventricles Anterior View.\\nXXVIII. BLOOD VESSELS OF HEAD AND NECK.\\nFig. 1 Arteries of Anterior Surface of Head and Neck.\\nXXIX. BLOOD VESSELS OF HEAD AND NECK (continued)\\nFig. 2 Arteries and Veins of Lateral Surface of Head,\\nFace and Neck.\\nXXX. BLOOD VESSELS OF HEAD AND NECK (continued)\\nFig. 3\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Arteries of Right Side of Neck.\\nXXXI. BLOOD VESSELS OF HEAD AND NECK (continued).\\nFig. 4\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Arteries and Veins of Right Side of Neck.\\nXXXII. ARTERIES OF ANTERIOR SURFACE OF ARM, FORE-\\nARM, AND HAND.\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Superficial Arteries on Internal and Anterior Sur-\\nface of Arm, Forearm, and Hand.\\n2\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Deep Arteries of Arm, Forearm and Hand\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Ante-\\nrior Surface.\\nXXXIII. BLOOD VESSELS OF NECK, TRUNK, AND UPPER\\nEXTREMITIES\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Principal Arteries and Veins of Neck, Thorax, and\\nArms, with Deep Blood Vessels of Abdominal\\nCavity.\\nXXXIV. BLOOD VESSELS OF FACE, NECK, TRACHEA, AND\\nLUNGS.\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Distribution of Internal Maxillary and Labial or\\nFacial Arteries and Veins on Left Side of Head.\\n2\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Posterior Surface of Lungs and Trachea, with Their\\nPrincipal Arteries, Veins and Nerves.\\nXXXV. CCELIAC AXIS AND ITS BRANCHES.\\nFig. 1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Cceliac Axis and its Branches, and Their Ram-\\nifications, Pancreas, Spleen and Duodenum in\\nposition.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nPLATE\\nXXXVI\\nPORTAL SYSTEM OF VEINS.\\nFig. 1. Portal Vein and Its Branches, Liver, Stomach,\\nPancreas, Spleen, Portion of Large and Small\\nIntestines in Position (Transverse Colon Re-\\nmoved).\\nXXXVII. BLOOD VESSELS OF PERINEAL REGIONS (MALE AND\\nFEMALE)\\nFig. 1. Arteries of Pelvis and Internal Genital Organs in\\nFemale Subject.\\n2. Arteries of Pelvis in Male Subject.\\nXXXVIII. ARTERIES OF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1. Arteries on Internal Surface of Pelvis, Thigh and\\nKnee of the Right Extremity.\\n2. Arteries on Dorsal Surface of Right Foot.\\n3. Planter Arch of Arteries in Sole of Right Foot.\\nXXXIX. ARTERIES OF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES\\n(continued).\\nFig. 4. Deep Arteries in Sole of Right Foot.\\n5. Arteries on Anterior Surface of Right Leg and\\nFoot.\\n6. Arteries on Posterior Surface of Right Leg.\\nXL. FCETAL CIRCULATION WITH PLACENTA AND UM-\\nBILICAL CORD.\\nFig. 1. Foetal Organization.\\nAnatomical Cuts.\\nPAGE\\nFig. 1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Bones of the Skeleton 2\\n2. A Thin Slice of Bone, Highly Magnified, Showing the Lacunae,\\netc 7\\n3. Microscopic View of a Muscle 14\\n4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Section of Skin Magnified 21\\n5. Cerebro-spinal Nerve System 28\\n6.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Alimentary Canal 34\\n7.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Jaws and Teeth 35\\n8. Sectional View of the Upper Air Passages 46\\n9.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Blood Crystals 54\\n10. Blood Corpuscles 54\\n11. Venous Valves 65\\n12.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Capillaries 70\\n14. Chambers, Valves and Vessels of the Heart 127\\nFull-Page Half Tone Engravings.\\nBeginning a Dissection 115\\nRaising the Brachial Artery 137\\nInjecting the Arterial System through the Radial Artery 141\\nAsperating the Blood from the Heart 145\\nMaking a Dissection 154\\nDissecting the Thoracic and Abdominal Cavities 158\\nArterial Injection by the Eye Process 162\\nInjecting the Arterial System by the Champion Needle Process 166", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. xxv\\nBacteriological Engravings.\\nPAGE\\nFig. 22.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Bacillus diphtherias 174\\n23.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Typhoid bacilli 175\\n24. Bacillus typhi abdominalis 178\\n25. Bacillus tuberculosus 179\\n26. Spirillum choleras Asiatic* (comma bacillus) 180\\n27. Bacillus cadaverous (yellow fever) 184\\n28. Streptococci (erysipelas) 193\\n29. Micrococcus pneumonias crouposas 198\\n30.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Micrococcus pneumonias crouposas (single colony) 199\\n31. Bacillus cadaveris 248\\n32.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Colonies of bacteria 251\\n33. Bacillus tuberculosus. 253\\n34. Pus containing streptococci 256", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "PLATE I.\\nBONES OF HEAD.\\nFig. 1. Front View of Cranium.\\nA. Frontal bone.\\nB. Parietal bone.\\nC. Great wing of sphenoid bone.\\nD. Temporal (temple) bone.\\nE. Malar (cheek) bone.\\nF. Superior maxillary (upper jaw).\\nQ. Nasal bone.\\nH. Inferior maxillary (lower jaw).\\na. Coronal suture.\\nb. Frontal suture.\\nc. Squamous suture.\\nd. Frontal eminence.\\ne. Superciliary arch.\\ng. Zygnomatie process of malar bone.\\nh. Supra-orbital ridge.\\ni. Supra-orbital foramen.\\nk. Nasal process.\\nI. Frontal crest of temporal ridge.\\nm. Nasal process of superior maxillary.\\nn. Malar process of superior maxillary.\\no. Alveolar process of superior maxillary.\\nInfra-orbital foramen.\\n.Superior maxillary fossa.\\nNasal spine of superior maxillary.\\nAnterior nasal opening.\\nInfra-orbital margin of superior maxil-\\nlary.\\nFossa of lachrymal sac.\\nAlveolar process of superior maxil-\\nlary.\\nMaxillary process of malar bone.\\nFrontal process of malar bone.\\nTemporal process of malar bone.\\nAnterior malar foramen.\\nFig. 2. Side View of Cranium.\\nA.\u00e2\u0080\u0094H. Same as Fig. 1.\\na. Frontal eminence.\\n6. Superciliary arch.\\nd. Nasal process of frontal bone.\\ne. Supra-orbital margin of frontal bone.\\nSupra-orbital foramen of frontal bone.\\ng. Malar process of frontal bone.\\nh. External frontal crest of temporal ridge.\\ni. Temporal or semicircular ridge.\\nk. Coronal suture.\\nI. Parietal eminence.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0m. Squamous plate of temporal bone.\\nMastoid process.\\nMeatus auditorius externus.\\nZygomatic arch.\\nTemporal process of malar bone.\\nFrontal process of malar bone.\\nMaxillary process of malar bone.\\nAnterior malar foramen.\\nMalar process of superior maxillary.\\nSuperior maxillary fossa.\\nInfra-orbital foramen.\\nSuperior maxillary protuberance.\\nFig. 3. Vertical Section of Facial Bones.\\nShowing inner surface of orbit, antrum highmorianum, and lateral\\nsurface of superior maxillary, with portions of sphenoid,\\ntemporal, and palate bones posteriorly.\\nFig. 4. Vertical Section of Facial Bones.\\nShowing interior and outer wall of nasal cavity, with portions of\\nfrontal, ethmoidal, and sphenoidal sinuses.\\nFig. 5. Ethmoid Bone Upper Surface.\\nFig. 6. Ethmoid Bone Nasal Surface.\\nFig 7. Palate Bone Nasal Surface.\\nFig. 8. Hyoid Bone Anterior Aspect.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "PLATE I!\\nBONES OF THE HEAD\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (Continued).\\nFig. 1. Base of Skull Inner Surface.\\nA. Frontal bone.\\nB. Lesser wings of sphenoid bone.\\nC. Greater wings of sphenoid bone.\\nJD. Squamous plate of temporal bone.\\nE. Petrous portion of temporal bone.\\nF. Mastoid portion of temporal bone.\\n6. Occipital bone.\\nH. Basilar process of occipital bone.\\nI. Ethmoid bone.\\nOrbital plates of frontal bone.\\nDigital depressions.\\nInternal frontal spine.\\nCrista galli.\\nForamina cribrosa.\\nAnterior clinoid processes.\\nOptic foramen.\\nMiddle clinoid processes.\\nSella turcica.\\nPosterior clinoid processes.\\nInternal carotid sulcus.\\nForamen lace rum anterius orhitale.\\nn. Foramen rotundum.\\no. Foramen ovale.\\np. Foramen spinosum.\\nq. Hiatus canalis Fallopii.\\nr. Internal auditory canal.\\nt. Jugular foramen.\\nu. Occipital fossa.\\nw. Ante-condyloid foramen.\\nx. Posterior condyloid foramen.\\ny. Mastoid foramen.\\nz. Foramen magnum.\\nFig. 2. Inferior Surface of Cranium Base of Skull.\\nBony or hard palate.\\nAlveolar ridge of superior maxillary.\\nSuperior maxillary.\\nPalate or horizontal plate of palate\\nbone.\\nPterygoid processes of sphenoid bone.\\nGreater wing of sphenoid.\\nG. Vomer.\\nH. Squamous plate of temporal bone.\\nI. Mastoid process.\\nK. Petrous portion of temporal bone.\\nL. Basilar process.\\n0. Zygomatic arch.\\nForamen incisivum.\\nPosterior nasal spine.\\nExternal pterygoid plate.\\nPosterior nasal openings.\\nForamen ovale.\\nForamen spinosum.\\nInferior orbital fissure.\\nCondyloid eminence.\\nFissuraGlaseri.\\nEustachian tube.\\nExternal auditory canal.\\nq. Internal carotid foramen.\\nr. Styloid process.\\ns. Stylo-mastoid foramen.\\nt. Aqueduct of cochlea.\\nu. Jugular foramen.\\nv. Fossula petrosa.\\niv. Condyles of occipital bone.\\nx. Anterior condyloid foramen.\\ny. Posterior condyloid foramen.\\nz. Mastoid process.\\nFigs. 3 and 4. Temporal Bone External Surface (3) Inner Surface (4).\\nA. Squamous plate. I C. Petrous portion.\\nB. Mastoid portion.\\nFigs. 5 and 6. Sphenoid Bone Inner Surface (5) Anterior Surface (6).\\nI 0. Greater wings.\\nA. Body.\\nB. Lesser wings\\nFigs. 7 and 8. Inferior Maxillary Outer Surface (7) Inner Surface (8).\\nA. Body.\\na. Bast- or inferior margin.\\nB. Ascending ramus\\nh. Alveolar bolder.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "PLATE Mi.\\nBONES OF TRUNK.\\nFig. 1. Spine (Vertebrae), Thorax, Clavicle, and portion of Scapula.\\na. Atlas first vertebra.\\nb. Axis second vertebra.\\nc. Last cervical vertebra.\\nd. Vertebral canal for vertebral artery.\\ne. Odontoid process.\\nFirst dorsal vertebra.\\ng. Last dorsal vertebra.\\nh. First lumbar vertebra.\\ni. Last lumbar vertebra.\\nk. First rib.\\nI. Last true or sternal rib.\\nm. First false or asternal rib.\\nn. Last floating rib.\\no. Manubrium or first bone of sternum.\\np. Body or middle piece of sternum.\\nq. Ensiform or xiphoid process.\\nr. Clavicle.\\n.s. Scapula.\\nt. Glenoid cavity of scapula.\\nA. Sacrum.\\nB. Innominatum.\\nC. Ilium.\\nFig. 2. Pelvis.\\nD. Ischium.\\nE. Pubes.\\na. Superior oblique process of sacrum.\\nb. Base or promontory of sacrum.\\nc. Linear arcuata interna.\\nd. Anterior sacral foramen.\\ne Inferior brim of pelvis.\\nSacro-iliac symphysis.\\nU Crest of ilium or superior brim of pelvis.\\nAnterior superior spinous process of\\nilium.\\ni. Anterior inferior spinous process of\\nilium.\\nk. Anterior semilunar notch.\\nI. Spine of ischium.\\nIlio-pubal eminence.\\nAcetabulum.\\nBrim of acetabulum.\\nNotch of acetabulum.\\nObturator foramen.\\nHorizontal branch of pubes.\\nSpine of pubes.\\nDescending ramus of pubes.\\nSymphysis pubis.\\nAscending ramus of ischium.\\nTuber of ischium.\\nDescending ramus of ischium.\\nA. Posterior extremity.\\nB. Body.\\nFig. 3. True or Sternal Ribs.\\nI C. Anterior extremity.\\na. Head.\\nb. Neck.\\nr. Tubercle.\\nd. Angle.\\n1. Manubrium, or first bone.\\nBody or middle portion.\\nFig. 4. Sternum Anterior Surface.\\nI C. Ensiform or xiphoid process.\\na. Superior semilunar notch.\\n6. Clavicular fossa.\\nc. Articular t ussa for first rib.\\nArticular fossa for second rib.\\nArticular fossae for true ribs.\\nFig. 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Os Innominatum of Right Side\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Inner Surface and Lines of Articulation\\nof Ilium, Ischium, and Pubes.\\nA. Ilium.\\nB. Ischium.\\n\\\\i.\\nFig.\\n-Os Innominatum of Left Side Outer Surface.\\nAcetabulum.\\nA.\u00e2\u0080\u0094D. As in Fig. 5.\\nFigs. 7 and 8. Coccyx Bone Posterior Surface 7 Anterior and Upper Surfaces (8)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "PLATE IV\\nBONES OF TRUNK Continued).\\nFig. 1. Posterior View of Trunk.\\nAtlas. (See Figs. 2, 3, 4, and 5.)\\nAxis.\\nLast cervical vertebra.\\nFirst dorsal vertebra.\\nLast dorsal vertebra.\\nFirst lumbar vertebra.\\nLast lumbar vertebra.\\nSpinous processes.\\nTransverse processes.\\nIntervertebral foramen.\\nFirst rib.\\nLast rib.\\nn. Clavicle.\\no. Scapula. (See Table V., Figs. 3, 4, and 5.)\\np. Sacrum.\\nq. Coccyx.\\nr. Ilium.\\ns. Ischium.\\nt. Pubes.\\nu. Opening to sacral canal.\\nv. Superior oblique processes of sacrum.\\nw. False spinous processes.\\nx. Posterior sacral foramen.\\ns. Cornua of sacrum.\\nFigs. 2 and 3. Atlas and Axis Anterior Surface (2); Posterior Surface (3).\\no-6. Same as Fig. 1.\\nc. Odontoid process.\\nArticular surface of atlas for occipital\\ncondyle.\\nFigs. 4 and 5. Atlas Superior Surface (4); Inferior Surface (5).\\na. Anterior half arch.\\nb. Posterior half arch.\\nC. Lateral mass.\\nd. Posterior tubercle of atlas.\\ne. Articular surface for odontoid process.\\nCondyloid fossa.\\nj. Transverse process of atlas.\\nh. Vertebral foraman.\\ni. Groove for vertebral artery.\\nk. Internal tubercle for transverse liga-\\nment.\\nSpinal canal.\\nm. Anterior tubercle of atlas.\\nInferior anticular or oblique processes.\\nFig. 6. Axis Anterior Surface.\\na. Body.\\n6. Odontoid process.\\nc. Neck of odontoid process.\\n7. Articular surface for anterior half arch\\nof atlas.\\nApex of odontoid process.\\nSuperior oblique processes.\\nInferior oblique processes.\\nTransverse processes.\\nFig. 7. Cervical Vertebra Superior Surface.\\nI r. Transverse processes.\\nSuperior oblique pr\\nI Vertebral foramen.\\nI Spinal canal.\\nFigs. 8 and 9. A Dorsal (8) and a Lumbar Vertebra (9) Superior Surfaces.\\na. Body.\\nb. Arch.\\nc. Vertebral notch for intervertebral fora-\\nmen.\\na. Spinous process.\\ne. Transverse processes.\\nArticular surface for costal tubercle.\\ng. Superior oblique processes.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "4%", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "PLATE V.\\nBONES OF UPPER EXTREMITIES.\\nFigs. 1 and 2. Clavicle (Left) Superior Surface (1); Inferior Surface (2).\\na. Body. I b. c. Sternal (6) and Acromial (c) end.\\nFig. 3. Scapula \u00e2\u0080\u0094Posterior and Outer Surface.\\na. Supra-spinatus fossa. I el Articular surface for clavicle.\\n6. Infraspinatus fossa. Coracoid process.\\nc. Spine. o. Neck.\\nd. Acromion process. I p. Glenoid cavity.\\nFig. 4. Scapula Internal, or Concave, Surface.\\nAcromion process.\\nSupra-scapular notch.\\nTubercle for origin of triceps muscle.\\na. Subscapular fossa.\\n6. Anterior angle or condyle.\\nc. Glenoid cavity.\\nMargin or brim of glenoid cavity.\\nFig. 5. Scapula Front View of Anterior Margin.\\na. Glenoid cavity. I d. Inferior angle.\\nb. Brim of cavity. e. Spine,\\ne. Anterior margin.\\nFig. 6. Humerus (Left) Posterior View.\\na. Head of humerus.\\n6. Greater tuberosity.\\nC. Neck (anatomical).\\nd. Body.\\ne. f. External (e) and Internal ridge.\\ng. h. Internal (g) and External condyle.\\ni. Trochlea.\\nFig. 7. Humerus (Left) Anterior View.\\nFigs. 8 and 9. Ulna Posterior View (8) Anterior View (9).\\nOlecranon process. I c. Greater sigmoid notch.\\nCoronoid process.\\nFigs. 10 and 11. Radius\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Anterior View (10); Posterior View (11).\\nFig. 12. Bones of Right Hand\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Posterior Surface.\\nCarpus. I C. Fingers\u00e2\u0080\u0094 phalanges.\\nMetacarpus.\\ng. Unciform.\\nh-m. Metacarpal bones.\\nBases of metacarpal bones.\\no. Heads of metacarpal bones.\\np-t. Phalanges.\\na. Navicular.\\nLunar.\\nc. Cuneiform.\\n(I. Trapezium.\\ne. Trapezoid.\\nMagnum.\\nFigs. 13 and 14. Carpus, Metacarpus, and Phalanges of Thumb (Left) Posterior\\nSurface (13); Anterior Surface (14).\\nFigs. 15 and 17. Carpal Bones (Left), First Row Superior Articular Surface (15);\\nInferior Surface (17).\\na. Navicular. I e. Cuneiform.\\n6. Lunar. il. Pisiform.\\nFigs. 16 and 18. Carpal Bones (Left), Second Row Intercarpal Articular Surface\\n(16) Digital Surface 18\\na. Trapezium. I Unciform.\\n6. Trapezoid. e. Hamular process of unciform.\\nc. Magnum.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "PLATE VI.\\nBONES OF LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1. Femur (Left) Anterior Surface.\\na. Head. Anterior Inter-trochanteric line.\\n6. Fossa for ligamentum teres. g. Body.\\nc. Neck. h. External condyle.\\nd. Trochanter major. i. Internal condyle.\\ne. Trochanter minor. k. Articular surface for patella.\\nFig. 2. Femur (Left) Posterior Surface.\\na-e. As in Fig. 1.\\nPosterior inter-trochanteric line.\\ng. Superior ohlique lines of linea aspera.\\nh. Linea aspera.\\ni. Inferior oblique line of linea aspera.\\nk. Body.\\nI. Popliteal fossa.\\nm. External condyle.\\nn. Internal condyle,\\no. Inter-condyloid fo\\nFigs. 3 and 4. Left Patella (Knee Cap) Anterior Surface (3) Posterior Surface (4).\\nFigs. 5 and 6. Tibia (Left) Anterior and Inner Surfaces (5); Posterior Surface (6).\\na. Internal condyle.\\n6. External condyle.\\nc. Internal articular surface.\\nd. External articular surface.\\np. Inter-condyloid eminence.\\nArticular surface for head of fibula.\\nI. Articular surface for astragalus,\\nm. (5). i. (6). Internal malleolus.\\nFigs. 7 and 8. Fibula (Left) Anterior Surface (7) Posterior Surface (8).\\na. Capitulum or head. I d. External malleolus.\\n6. Superior articular surface. e. Tibial surface.\\nc. Body. Articular surface of astragalus.\\nFigs. 9 and 10. Bones of Foot (Right) Upper or Dorsal Surface (9) Inferior or\\nPlantar Surface 10)\\na. Astragalus.\\n6. Os calcis.\\nc. Navicular.\\nd, e, f. Cuneiform bones.\\nCuboid.\\nh, i. Metatarsal bones.\\nk, m. First phalanges.\\nZ, Second phalanges.\\no. Third or ungual phalanges.\\nFigs. 11 and 12. Tarsal and Metatarsal Bones (Left) Upper or Dorsal Surface (11)\\nUnder or Plantar Surface (12).\\nI. Astragalus. V. Middle cuneiform bone.\\n[I. Oc calcis. VI. External cuneiform bone.\\nIV. Internal cuneiform bone.\\nVII. Cuboid.\\nMetatarsal bones. I q. Tuberosity of fifth metatarsal bone.\\nBases. r. Sesamoid bones of great toe.\\nHeads.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "PLATE VII.\\nLIGAMENTS OF HEAD, TRUNK, AND UPPER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1.\\n-Ligaments of the Vertebrae, Sternal End of Ribs, Pelvis, and Ilio-Femoral\\nArticulation Anterior Surface.\\n1. Anterior vertebral ligament.\\n2. Anterior occlpito-atlantoid ligament.\\n3. Intervertebral flbro-cartilage.\\n4. Intertransverse ligaments.\\n5. Posterior costo-vertebral ligaments.\\n5. Internal costo- transverse ligaments.\\nr. External costo-transverse ligaments.\\ni. Posterior intercostal ligaments.\\nd. Lumbo-costal ligaments.\\nFigs. 2 and\\n-Ligaments of Right Temporo- Maxillary Articulation External Sur-\\nface (2) Internal Surface (3).\\n1. Capsular ligament.\\nFigs. 4. and 5. Internal Ligaments Connecting Occipital Bone with Axis and of\\nthe Articulation between Atlas and Axis Posterior View, the Pos-\\nterior Half Arches of these Bones having been removed.\\nFigs. 6 and 7. Ligaments of Sterno- Clavicular and Sterno- Costal Articulations with\\nAnterior Intercostal Ligaments Anterior Surface (6) Posterior Surface (7).\\n1. Interclavicular ligament.\\n2. Internal capsular ligament of sterno-\\nclavicular articulation.\\n3. Rhomboid ligament.\\nI 4, 4. Ligamenta coruscantia.\\n5. Anterior proper sternal ligament.\\nI 6. Posterior proper sternal ligament.\\nFigs. 8 and 9. Ligaments of Shoulder -Joint and Scapulo- Clavicular Articulation.\\n6. Transverse ligament of scapula\\n1. Claviculo-acrominal ligament.\\n2. External capsular ligament of clavicle\\n3. Trapezoid ligament.\\n4. Conoid ligament.\\n5. Coraco-acrominal ligament.\\nCapsular ligament of shoulder-joint.\\n8. Tendon of long head of biceps.\\n9. Glenoid ligament.\\nFigs. 10 and 11. Ligaments of Left Elbow- Joint Anterior Left Surface (10)\\nPosterior Surface (11)\\n1. Capsular ligament.\\n2. External lateral ligament.\\n3. Internal lateral ligament.\\ni. Orbicular ligament of radius.\\nI 5. Oblique ligament of radio-ulnar articu-\\nlation.\\n6. Interosseous ligament.\\nFig. 12. Ligaments of Left Wrist-Joint and Hand.\\n9, Dorsal carpo-metacarpal ligaments.\\n10,10. Dorsal ligaments of metacarpal\\n1. Interosseous ligament.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i, Same as Figs. 10 and 11.\\ni. Posterior radio-carpal ligament.\\n5. Posterior superficial carpal ligaments.\\n6. Posterior deep carpal ligaments.\\n7. Internal lateral ligament of carpus.\\n8. Proper ligaments of ca rpus.\\n11,11. External lateral ligaments of fin-\\ngers.\\n12. Internal lateral ligaments of fingers.\\nFig. 13. Ligaments of Left Wrist- Joint and Hand Anterior Surface.\\n2, 3. Anterior radio-carpal ligai\\nl. Lateral radial ligaments.\\n5. Lateral ulnar ligament.\\nc Triangular cartilage.\\n7.7. Anterior proper carpal ligt\\nterior carpo-metacarpal liga-\\nents.\\neriorinter-metacarpal ligaments.\\nLigaments of metacarpo-phalan-\\ngeal articulation.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "PLATE VIM\\nLIGAMENTS OF PELVIS AND ADJOINING ARTICULATIONS.\\nFig. I. Ligaments of Lower Part of Spine, Pelvis, and Ilio- femoral Articulations.\\nLast lumbar vertebra.\\nSacrum.\\nCoccyx.\\nIlium.\\nCrest of ilium.\\nAnterior superior spine of ilium.\\nAnterior inferior spine of ilium.\\nHorizontal ramus of pubes.\\nDescending ramus of pubes.\\nSymphysis pubis.\\nAscending ramus of ischium.\\nTuber of ischium.\\nDescending ramus of ischium.\\nFor Bones of Pelvis see Plate III.)\\n10. Superior ilio-lumbar ligaments.\\n11. Inferior ilio-lumbar ligaments.\\n12. Anterior ilio-sacral ligaments.\\n13. Lesser sciatic ligaments.\\n14. Anterior saero-coccvgeal ligament.\\n15. Obturator ligaments.\\niG, 17. Capsular ligament of hip.\\n18. Accessory ligaments of hip.\\n19. Bursa of internal iliac muscle.\\n20. Sub-pubic ligament.\\n21. Inter-pubic ligament.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "Mil", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "PLATE IX.\\nLIGAMENTS OF SPINE, PELVIS, AND JOINTS OF LOWER\\nEXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1. Ligaments of Cervical and Dorsal Vertebrae.\\n1. Superior attachment of posterior liga-\\nment.\\n2. Apparatus ligamentosus colli (neck).\\nCapsular ligament.\\nPosterior costo-transverse ligament.\\nLigaments of necks of ribs.\\nPig. 2. Dorsal Ligaments of Spinal Column, Pelvis, and Ilio-Femoral Articulations.\\n(For bones of pelvis see Plate IV.)\\n1. Inter-spinous ligaments.\\n2. Posterior intercostal ligaments.\\n3. Lumbo-costal ligaments.\\n4. 5. Transverse ligaments.\\n6, 7. Ilio-lumbar ligaments.\\n5. 9, 10. Ilio-sacral ligaments.\\n11. Posterior irregmar ligaments.\\n12. Posterior sacrococcygeal ligaments.\\n13. 14. Sacro-sciatic liga ments.\\n15. Obturator ligament.\\n16. Sub-pubic ligament.\\n17. 18, 19. Capsular ligament.\\nFig.\\n1. Ligament of patella.\\n3. Internal lateral ligament.\\n-Ligaments of Left Knee-joint.\\nI 4. Capsular ligament.\\nFigs. 4 and 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Ligaments of Left Knee-joint Internal Anterior View (4); Posterior\\nView (5).\\n1, 2. Semilunar cartilages\\n3, 4. Crucial ligaments.\\nI 6. Capsular ligament of head of fibula.\\n7. Interosseous membrane of leg.\\nFig. 6. Ligaments of Sole of Left Foot.\\n1. Astragalo-calcanean ligaments.\\n2. Calcaneo-cuboid ligament.\\n3. Calcaneonavicular ligament.\\n4. Cuboideo-navicular ligament.\\n5. 6, 7. Cuneiform ligaments.\\n8. 11. Cuboideo-metatarsal ligaments.\\n9, 10, 12. Metatarsal ligaments.\\n13. Fibro-cartilaginous sheaths for flexoi\\ntendons.\\n14, 15. Lateral ligaments of phalanges.\\n16. Crucial ligaments.\\n17. Inter-sesamoid ligaments.\\nFig. 7. Ligaments of Left Foot Internal Surface.\\n1.\\nInternal Literal or deltoit\\n1 ligament.\\n10.\\n2.\\nPosterior ligament of -mk\\nLe.\\n11\\n3.\\nPosterior astragalo-calca\\nlean ligament.\\n4.\\nPlantar calcaneo-cuboid 1\\nigament.\\n12\\n5,\\n6. Navicula r ligaments.\\n13.\\n7,\\n8, 9. Naviculo-cuneiform\\nligaments.\\nDorsal inter-cuneiform ligament.\\nDorsal ligament of base of first meta-\\ntarsal hone.\\nPla ntar ligament.\\nInternal lateral ligaments of toes.\\nFig. 8. Ligaments of Left Foot External and Dorsal Surfaces.\\n1. Interosseous membrane of leg.\\n2. Posterior tihio-libular ligaments.\\n3. 4. Anterior tibio-fibular ligaments,\\n5, 6. 7. Lateral ligaments of ankle.\\n8. Tarsal apparatus Ligamentosus.\\nin. lalcaneo-cuboid I Iga men I\\nu. 12, 13. Dorsal navicular ligaments.\\nH,]. Dorsal naviculo-cuneiform liga-\\nments.\\n16. Dorsal Inter-cuneiform ligaments.\\n17. 18, 19. Dorsal ligaments of tarsus and\\nmetata rsus.\\n20. Externa] lateral Ligaments of toes.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "PLATE X\\nMUSCLES OF HEAD AND NECK.\\nFig. 1. Muscles of Face and Neck Anterior Surfaces.\\n2. Occipitofrontal.\\nPyramidalis nasi.\\n5. Orbicularis palpebrarum.\\nCorrugator supercilii.\\nLevator labii superioris alseque nasi.\\nLevator labii superioris proprius.\\n10. .Minor and major zygomatic.\\nLevator anguli oris.\\nLevator palpehrtv superioris tendon.\\nBuccinator; (14) Orbicularis oris.\\nTriangularis menti.\\n1G. Quadratus menti.\\n17. Levator menti.\\n18. Masseter; (19) Temporal.\\n20, 21, 22. Sterno-eleido-mastoid.\\n23. Sterno-hyoid; (24) Sterno-thyroid.\\n25. Anterior margin of trapezius.\\n26. Omo-hyoid.\\n27. Levator anguli scapulae.\\n28. 29. Scalenus anticus et medius.\\n30. Attrahens auris.\\n31. Compressor naris.\\nFig. 2. Muscles of Neck Right Side.\\n1, 2. Digastric.\\n3. Hyo-digastric membrane.\\n4. Mylo-hyoideus.\\n5. Hyo-glossus.\\nG. Stylo-hyoid; (S) Stylo-glossus.\\n9. Stylo-pharyngeus.\\n10. Middle constrictor of pharynx.\\n11. Inferior constrictor of pharynx.\\n12. Thyro-hyoid membrane.\\n13. Thyro-hyoid.\\n14. Sterno-hyoid; (15) Sterno-thyroid.\\n16, 17, 18. Omo-hyoid.\\n19. Longus colli.\\n20. Rectus capitis anticus major.\\n21. 22. Three scaleni.\\n23. Levator anguli scapulae.\\n24. Splenius capitis.\\n25. Sterno-cleido-mastoideus.\\n26. Obliquus capitis superior.\\n27. Obliquus capitis inferior.\\n28. Trapezius.\\n29. Deltoid.\\nFig. 5 Muscles of Neck Front View.\\n1-6. Same as Fig. 2.\\n7. Stylo-glossus.\\nS. Stylo-pharyngeus.\\n9. Genio-hyoideus.\\n10. Thyro-hyoideus.\\n11. Sterno-thyroid.\\n12. Inferior constrictor of pharynx.\\n13. Sterno-hyoid.\\n14, 15. Omo-hyoid.\\n16. Crico-thyroideus.\\n17. Longus colli.\\n18. 19, 20. Three scaleni.\\n21. Levator anguli scapulas.\\n22. Splenius capitis.\\n1.\\nOrt\\nieularis oris.\\n3.\\nSu]\\nerior constrictor\\nof pharynx.\\n4.\\nSty\\n5.\\nSty\\no-pha ryngeus.\\nMil\\ndie constrictor o\\nf pharynx.\\n7,\\nHy\\ni-plossus.\\n8.\\nMy\\nFig. 4. Deep Muscles of Right Side of Neck.\\n12. Crico-thyroid muscle.\\n13. Rectus capitis anticus major.\\n14,15,16. Three scaleni.\\n17. Levator anguli scapulae.\\n18. Splenius capitis.\\n19. Serratus posticus superior.\\n20. Superior rhomboid.\\n21. Trapezius.\\n23 Sterno-thyroid", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "PLATE XI\\nMUSCLES OP POSTERIOR PART OF NECK, TRUNK, PHARYNX,\\nPALATE, LOWER JAW AND TONGUE.\\nFig. 1. Muscles of Back of Pharynx and Lower Jaw.\\na. Basilar process.\\nb. Petrous bone.\\nc. Ramus of lower jaw.\\nd. Posterior cornua of hyoid.\\ne. Thyroid cartilage.\\n1, 2, 3. Constrictors of pharynx.\\n4. Stylo-pharyngeus.\\n5. Stylo-glossus (6) Mylo-hyoid.\\nThyro-hyoid ligament.\\ng. Esophagus; (ft) Trachea.\\ni. Styloid process.\\nk. Stylo-maxillary ligament.\\n7. Internal pterygoid.\\n8. Masseter; (9) Buccinator.\\nFig. 2. Muscles of Palate and Throat Posterior View.\\na, b, c. Same as Fig. 1.\\nd. Styloid process.\\ne. Posterior nostrils.\\nCondyle of lower jaw.\\n1, 2, 3. Same as Fig. 1.\\n4. Azygos uvulse.\\n5. Levator palati mollis.\\ng. Base of tongue; (h) Epiglottis.\\ni. Cricoid cartilage.\\nk. Esophagus; Trachea.\\nCircumflexus palati mollis.\\nCrico-arytsenoideus posticus.\\nPalato-pharyngeus.\\nFig. 3. Muscles of Tongue Lateral View of Right Side.\\na. Body of lower jaw.\\nb. Ramus of lower jaw.\\n1. Lingualis; (2) Genio-glossus.\\n3. Hyoglossus; (4) Stylo-glossus.\\n5. Stylo-pharyngeus.\\nI c. Styloid process.\\nd.\\nHyoid bone; (e) Larynx; Tongue.\\n6. Genio-hyoideus.\\n7. Mylo-hyoideus.\\n8. Thyro-hyoid membrane.\\nFig. 4. Internal Muscles of Lower Jaw.\\na. Body of sphenoid bone.\\nb. Petrous bone.\\nr, d, f. Lower jaw.\\n1. Pterygoideus internus.\\n2. Pterygoideus externus.\\n3. Masseter; (4) Mylo-hyoideus (divided).\\nHard palate.\\ng. Pterygoid process.\\nh. Posterior nostrils.\\n5. Genio-glossus (divided).\\n6. Genio-hyoideus (divided).\\nFig. 5. Muscles of Soft Palate.\\ne. Hard palate.\\nPterygoid process.\\ng. Hamular process.\\nPosterior nostrils.\\nEustachian tube.\\nPterygoideus externus.\\nLevator palati mollis.\\nCircumflexus palati mollis.\\nFig. 6. Muscles of Posterior Surface of Neck and Upper Part of Thorax,\\nOccipital bone.\\nSuperior semilunar line.\\nMastoid process.\\nAzygos uvulse.\\nPalati-pharyngeus.\\nLigamentum nucha;.\\nLigamentum apicum.\\nSpleniusc*\\nSplenius\\nSerratus i\u00c2\u00bb\\nBiventer c\\njticus superior\\nComplexus cervicis.\\nTransversalis cervicis.\\nLongissimus dorsi.\\nFig.\\nBiventer cervicis.\\nlomplexus cervicis.\\nTrachelo-mastoideus.\\nTransversalis eervieis.\\nCervicalis ascendens,\\nLon-i ssiinnsdo i-si.\\n-Deep Muscles of Neck and Back.\\n1. Semis\\n2. Levati\\n3. Inten\\n4. Obliqi", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "PLATE XI!\\nMUSCLES OF THE TRUNK, ARMS, AND FEET.\\nFig. 1. Muscles of Face, Trunk, Arms, and Upper Part of Thighs Anterior View.\\na. Occipito-frontalis tendon.\\nd. Thyroid gland.\\ng. Manubrium of sternum.\\ni. Carocoid process; (fc) Acromion.\\np. Symphysis pubis.\\nq. Anterior superior spine of ilium.\\n1. Frontalis.\\n2. Pyramidalis nasi.\\n3. 4. Attollens et attrahens auris.\\n5. Orbicularis palpebrarum.\\n6. Levator labii superioris alseque nasi\\nwith compressor nasi.\\n7. Levator labii superioris proprius.\\n8. 9. Minor and major zygomatic.\\n10. Levator anguli oris.\\n11. Masseter; (12) Buccinator.\\n13, 14. Triangularis et quadratus menti.\\n15. Levator menti.\\n16. Orbicularis oris.\\n17. Platysma-myoides or latissimus colli.\\nIS. Sterno-cleido-mastoid.\\n19. Sterno-hyoid.\\n20. Scaleni.\\n21,22. Pectoralis major et minor.\\n23. Subclavian.\\n24. Serratus magnus anticus.\\n25. External oblique (abdominis).\\n26. Linea alba.\\n27. Rectus abdominis.\\n28. Transverse aponeuroses of rectus ab-\\ndominis.\\n29. Pyramidalis abdominis.\\n30. Obliquus. internus.\\n31. Poupart s ligament.\\n32. 33. Pillars of Poupart s ligament.\\n34.35. Abdominal rings.\\n36. Inguinal canal.\\nIntei-clavicular ligament.\\nRhomboid ligament.\\nLigamenta coruscantia.\\nClaviculo-acromial ligament.\\nCoraco-acromial ligament.\\n37. Deltoid.\\n38. Coraco-brachialis.\\n39. 40. Short and long head of biceps.\\n41. Biceps.\\n42. Subscapular; (43) Brachial.\\n44. Internal head of triceps.\\n45. Pronator teres.\\n46. Supinator longus.\\n47. Flexor carpi radialis.\\n48. Palmaris longus.\\n49. Flexor carpi ulnaris.\\n50. Flexores of lingers.\\n51. Long flexor of thumb.\\n52. Anterior annular ligament of carpus.\\n53. Abductor of thumb.\\n54. Palmaris brevis.\\n55. Adductor of thumb.\\n56. Extensor carpi radialis longus.\\n57. Extensor carpi radialis brevis.\\n58. Extensor .ossis metacarpi pollicis.\\n59. Extensor primi internodii pollicis.\\n60. Extensor secundi internodii pollicis.\\n61. Extensor indicis.\\n62. Extensor digitorum communis.\\n63. Abductor indicis.\\n64. Lumbricales.\\n65. Abductor of little finger.\\n66. Fascia lata femoris.\\n67. External femoral ring.\\n68. Falciforn process of fascia lata.\\nFig. 2. Plantar Fascia or Aponeurosis of Right Foot.\\nFig. 3. Plantar Muscles, First Layer Inferior Surface, Right Foot.\\nFig. 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Second Layer of Plantar Muscles of Right Foot.\\nFig. 5. Third Layer of Plantar Muscles of Right Foot.\\nFig. 6. Fourth Layer of Dorsal Muscles of Right Foot.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "PLATE XIII.\\nMUSCLES OF TRUNK, NECK, AND ARMS.\\n(Posterior View, with some of Anterior Surface.)\\nFig. 1. Muscles of Trunk, Upper Part of Thighs, and Arms.\\nFrontalis.\\nOcbicularis palpebrarum.\\nAttollens auris.\\nRetrahentes auris.\\nAttrahens auris.\\nMasseter; (7) Occipi tales.\\nSterno-cleido-mastoideus.\\nSplenius capitis.\\nSplenius colli.\\nComplexus cervicis.\\nLevator anguli scapulae.\\nTrapezius.\\n15. Rhomboideus minor et major.\\nLatissimus dorsi.\\nSerratus posticus inferior.\\nSerratus anticus major.\\nExternal intercostal.\\nSacro-lumbalis.\\nObliquus abdominis externus.\\nObliquus abdominis interims.\\nGlutaeus maximus (divided).\\nGlutseus medius.\\nPyriformis.\\n28. Gemellus superior et inferior.\\n30. Obturator interims et externus\\nQuadratus femoris.\\nVastus externus.\\nSemimembranosus.\\nAdductor magnus.\\nSupraspinatus.\\nInfraspinatus.\\n37. Teres minor et major.\\nDeltoideus.\\nTriceps brachialis.\\nLong head of triceps.\\nExternal head of triceps.\\nInternal head of triceps.\\nAnconaeus.\\nBrachialis internus.\\nSupinator longus.\\nExtensor digitorum communis.\\nExtensor carpi ulnaris.\\nExtensores carpi radiales.\\nExtensor pollicis brevis.\\nAbductor pollicis longus.\\nExtensor pollicis longus.\\nFlexor digitorum communis.\\nFig. 2. Deep Muscles of Neck\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Anterior View.\\n1. Longus colli.\\n2. Rectus capitis anticus major.\\n3. Rectus capitis anticus minor.\\nI 4. Rectus capitis lateralis.\\nI 5, 0, 7. Three scaleni.\\n8. Intertransversarii.\\nFig. 3.\\nOccipital bone.\\nMastoid process.\\n-Deep Muscles of Back of Neck.\\nI c. Posterior tubercle of atlas.\\ncapitis posticus minor,\\ncapitis posticus major,\\nis capitis superior.\\n4. Obliquus capitis inferior.\\n5. Interspinals.\\n6. Multifidus spinse (cervicis).\\nFig. 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Tendons and Tendinous Sheaths on Posterior Surface of Carpus.\\nFig. 5. Tendons and Tendinous Aponeuroses of Right Wrist and Hand.\\na. Radius; (6) Pisiform bone. d. Muscular mass of little finger.\\nr. Muscular mass of thumb.\\nPalmaris brevis el longus\\nnterior annular liga ment\\niponeu rosis\\nFli xi\\nFlex\\nng lb\\nulna]\\nradii\\nigaments\\nor tendon\\ntendon,\\ns tendon.\\nns.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "PLATE XIV.\\nMUSCLES OF THE ANTERIOR AND EXTERNAL SURFACES OF\\nPELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1. Muscles of Anterior Surface of Lower Extremities.\\na\\nCrest of ilium.\\nm.\\nb.\\nAnterior superior spinous process.\\nn.\\nc.\\nTrochanter major.\\n0.\\nd.\\nSymphysis pubis.\\nTrochanter minor.\\nP-\\nf.\\nPatella,\\nq-\\ng-\\nTuberosity of tibia.\\nh.\\nTibia.\\nr.\\ni\\nMalleolus interims.\\ns.\\nk.\\n1.\\nMalleolus externus.\\nAnterior annular ligament of ankle-\\njoint.\\nt.\\n1.\\nObliquus abdominis externus.\\n14.\\n2.\\nTransversalis abdominis.\\n14.\\n3.\\nTensor fascise latse.\\n15.\\n4.\\nGlutseus medius.\\n16.\\n5.\\nIliacus interims.\\n17.\\n6.\\nPsoas major.\\n18.\\n7.\\nPectinasus; (8) Sartorius.\\n19.\\n9.\\nAdductor longus.\\n20.\\n10.\\nRectus femoris.\\n21.\\n11.\\nTendo communis extensorius.\\n22.\\n12.\\nLigament of patella.\\n24.\\n13.\\nVastus internus.\\n25.\\nFibula.\\nLinea alba.\\nPoupart s ligament.\\nInternal pillar of external abdominal\\nring.\\nExternal pillar of external abdominal\\nring.\\nExternal abdominal ring.\\nInternal abdominal ring.\\nt. Posterior boundary of inguinal canal.\\nVastus externus.\\nTendinous portion of vastus externus.\\nGracilis.\\nAdductor magnus.\\nTibialis anticus.\\nExtensor longus pollieis pedis.\\nExtensor digitorum communis longus.\\nPeronasus tertius.\\nPeronaeus longus brevis.\\nGastrocnemius; (23) Soleus.\\nExtensor brevis pollieis pedis.\\nExtensor digitorum communis brevis.\\nFig. 2. Muscles on External Surface of Right Side of Pelvis and Lower Extremity.\\nCrest of ilium.\\nAnterior superior spine of ilium.\\nExternal condyles of knee-joint.\\nTibia.\\nPatella.\\nAnterior annular ligament of ankle.\\nExternal portion of annular ligament-\\nTuberosity of fifth metatarsal bone.\\nTensor fascia? lata?.\\nFascia lata.\\nGlutseus medius.\\nTlutK j us maxinms.\\nSartorius.\\nRectus femoris.\\nigitorum communis longus.\\n12. Extensor longus pollieis pedis.\\n13. Peronasus tertius.\\n14. Peronaaus longus.\\n15. Peronasus brevis.\\n16. Sheaths of long and short peronaeal\\ntendons.\\n17. Soleus.\\n18. Gastrocnemius.\\n19. Tendon of Achillis.\\n20. Extensor digitorum communis brevis.\\n21. Abductor digiti minimi.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "PLATE XV.\\nMUSCLES OF THE POSTERIOR AND INNER SURFACES OF\\nPELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1. Muscles of Posterior Surface of Pelvis and Lower Extremities.\\nCrest of ilium.\\nIlium.\\nCoccyx.\\nTuber of ischium.\\nAscending ramus of ischium.\\nDescending ramus of pubes.\\nTrochanter major.\\nSacrum.\\nLesser sacro-sciatic ligament.\\nk. Greater sacro-sciatic ligament.\\nI. Linea aspera.\\nm. Femoral.\\nn. Popliteal fossa,\\no. Fibula.\\np. Malleolus externus.\\nq. Malleolus interims.\\nr. Tendon of Aehillis.\\ns. Oblique line of tibia.\\n1. Glutseus maximus.\\n2. Glutseus medius.\\n3. Pyriformis.\\n4. Gemellus superior.\\n5. Obturator interims.\\n6. Gemellus inferior.\\n7. Quadratus femoris.\\n8. Obturator externus.\\n9. Caput longum bicipitis femoris.\\n10. Caput breve bicipitis femoris.\\n11. Tendo bicipitis femoris.\\n12. Semitendinosus.\\n13. Semimembranosus.\\n14. Adductor magnus.\\n15. Openings in adductor magnus for\\nbranches of perforating artery and\\nprofunda femoris vein.\\n15.* Inferior opening of Hunter s canal.\\n16. Gracilis.\\n17. Sartorius.\\n18. Vastus externus.\\n19. Poplitseus.\\n20. Gastrocnemius.\\n21. External head of gastrocnemius.\\n22. Internal head of gastrocnemius.\\n23. Plantaris.\\n24. Plantar tendon.\\n25. Tendon of Aehillis.\\n26. Soleus.\\n27. Peronseus longus.\\n28. Peronseus brevis.\\n29. Flexor pollicis pedis longus.\\n30. Tibialis posticus.\\n31. Flexor communis digitorum pedis\\nlongus.\\nFig. 2. Muscles of Inner Surface of Pelvis, Thigh, Leg, and Foot.\\nCrest of ilium.\\nSacrum.\\nCoccyx.\\nLinea innominata interna.\\nI UK\\nligament.\\n2 ligament.\\nm. Ascending ramus of ischium.\\nn. Anterior sacral foramen.\\no. Tuber of ischium.\\np. Internal condyles of knee-joint.\\nq. Patella.\\nr. Internal surface of tibia.\\ntf. Internal malleolus.\\nt. Internal portion of annular ligament\\nof ankle-joint.\\nu. Glutseus maximus.\\ni. Psoas major.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2_ I Liacus i nternus.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2I. Pyriformis; (5) Sartorius.\\n7. racilis; (8) vastus interims.\\n9. Rectus femoris\\n10. Adductor magnus\\n11. Semimembranosus\\n13. Gastrocnemius (internal head).\\n14. Soleus; (15) Tendon of Aehillis.\\n16. Flexor digitorum communis longus pel\\n17. Flexor p\\n18. Tibialis\\n19. Tendo ti\\n20. Tendo e:\\n21. Adducto\\n?dis longus.\\n)llicis pedis longi.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2(.lis.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "v; ^a ll 3iJ", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "PLATE XVI\\nBASE AND INTERIOR OF BRAIN, WITH ORIGINS OF NERVES\\nAND BLOOD VESSELS.\\nFig. 1. Base of Brain, Showing Origins of Nerves and Arteries.\\nA. Anterior lobe of cerebrum.\\nB. Middle lobe of cerebrum.\\nC. Posterior lobe of cerebrum.\\na. Fissure of Sylvius.\\nb. Longitudinal fissure of cerebrum.\\nc. Commissure of optic nerves.\\nd. Tuber cinereum.\\ne. Corpora mammillaria v. candieahtia.\\nD. Cerebellum (arbor vitse).\\nE. Medulla oblongata.\\nOptic tract.\\nPons Varolii.\\nCrus cerebelli ad pontem.\\nPyramidal body.\\nOlivary body.\\n1. Olfactory (first pair).\\n2. Optic (second pair).\\n3. Motor oculi (third pair).\\n4. Pathetic (fourth pair).\\n5. Trigeminus (fifth pair).\\n6. Abdueens (sixth pair).\\nFacial, portio dura of seventh pair.\\nAuditory, portio mollis of seventh\\npair.\\nGlossopharyngeal of eighth pair.\\nPneumogastric of eighth pair.\\nLingual or hypoglossal (ninth pair).\\nirior cerebellar,\\nrior cerebellar,\\nbellar.\\n19. Communicating branches (forming\\nwith anterior cerebral, internal\\ncarotid, and posterior or deep cere-\\nbral arteries, the circle of Willis).\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a220. Internal carotid.\\n21. Fossa? of Sylvius.\\n22. Choroid,\\n-poris callosi.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "PLATE XVII.\\nBASE AND INTERIOR OF BRAIN, WITH ORIGINS OP NERVES\\nAND BLOOD VESSELS\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (Continued).\\nFig. 2.\\n-Vertical Longitudinal Section of Brain, Cerebrum, and Cerebellum,\\nthrough Center.\\nI. Frontal bone and frontal sinus.\\nII. Crista galli.\\nIII. Perpendicular lamina of ethmoid\\nbone.\\nIV. Body of sphenoid.\\nT Posterior clinoid process.\\nVI. Sella turcica.\\nVII. Sphenoidal sinus.\\nVTII. Basilar part of occipital bone.\\nIX. Occipital part of occipital bone.\\nX. Vomer.\\nXI. Roof of pharynx.\\nXII. Tentorium c e re be 111 enclosing\\nstraight sinus.\\n-E. Same as Fig. 1.\\nConvolutions of cerebrum.\\nSulci.\\nCorpus callosum.\\nGenu corporis callosi.\\nSplenium corporis callosi\\nSeptum hicidum.\\nAnterior cms.\\nForamen of Monro.\\nThalamus of optic nerve.\\nAnterior commissure.\\nSoft commissure.\\nPosterior commissure.\\nPineal gland.\\nPeduncle or crus of pineal gland.\\nCorpora quadrigemina.\\nPons Varolii.\\nAquseduct of Sylvius.\\nTuber cinereum.\\nInfundibulum.\\nPituitary gland.\\nCommissure of optic nerves.\\nOptic nerve.\\nFourth ventricle.\\nCorpus mammillare v. candicans.\\nAnterior valve of cerebellum.\\nArt. corporis callosi.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "PLATE XVIII\\nVISCERA OF THORAX, ABDOMEN AND PELVIS (ANTERIOR\\nVIEW).\\nFig. 1.\\n-Thoracic Parietea with Viscera Enclosed (Abdomen and Abdominal Viscera\\nin Natural Position)\\na. Clavicle.\\nb. Sternum.\\nc. First rib.\\nd. Tenth rib.\\ne. Costal cartilages\\nIlium\\ng. Os pubis.\\nh. Pectoralis minor.\\ni. Internal intercostal.\\nk. Triangular of sternum.\\nI. Subscapular,\\nm. Latissimus dorsi.\\nn. Abdominal (oblique external and inter-\\nnal, and transversalis).\\no. Sartorius.\\np. Rectus femoris.\\nTensor fasciae latse.\\nAdductor femoris longus.\\nPectinaeus.\\nPoupart s ligament.\\nSpermatic cord.\\nDivided margin of obliquus externus.\\nFascia transversalis.\\nInferior pillar of external abdominal\\nring (annulus abdominalis).\\nAxillary artery.\\nAxillary vein.\\nInternal mammary art. and ven.\\nSuperior anterior intercostal artt.\\nInferior anterior intercostal artt.\\nSternal branches of internal mammary\\nart.\\nBrachial plexus.\\nTransverse art. and ven. of the scapula,\\nwith suprascapular nerve.\\nPosterior intercostal artt.\\nIntercostal nerves.\\n11. Crural artery.\\nCrural vein.\\nEpigastric art. and ven.\\nGreat saphenous vein.\\nCircumflex art. and ven. of ilium.\\nCrural nerve.\\nAnterior branch of the obturator nerve.\\nAnterior external cutanea! nerve of the\\nthigh.\\nCutanea! branch of the ilio-hypogastric\\nnerve.\\nLumbo-inguinal nerve.\\nCostal pleura.\\nII. Left lung.\\nIII. Anterior mediastinum.\\nIV. Phrenic pleura.\\nV. Diaphragm.\\nVI. Peritoneum.\\nVII. External inguinal fossa.\\nVIII. Peritoneal coat of\\nIX. Urinary bladder.\\n.V. Suspensory ligament of liver.\\nXI. Umbilicus.\\nXII. Round ligament of liver (obli\\nated umbilical vein\\nXIII. Lateral ligaments of bladder\\nliterated umbilical arteries).\\nATT Middle ligament of bladder (ob-\\nliterated urachusl.\\nXV. Stomach.\\nXVI. Right lobe of liver (with gall blad-\\nder).\\nXVII. Left lobe of liver (with gall blad-\\nler).\\ninsverse colon.\\nXVIII.\\nXTX.\\nXX.\\nXXI.\\nXXII.\\nXXIII.\\nJejunum and ilium.\\nDescending colon.\\nSigmoid flexure.\\nRectum.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "PLATE XIX.\\nVISCERA OF THORAX, ABDOMEN, AND PELVIS (ANTERIOR\\nVIEW Continued).\\nFig. 2.\\na. Clavicle.\\nb. First rib.\\n-Lungs, in Position, and Deeper Abdominal Viscera Small Intestine\\nBeing Removed).\\nI c. Eleventh rib.\\nd. Crest of ilium.\\nMuscles.\\nPsoas major.\\nInternal iliac.\\nRectus femoris.\\nGluteeus medius.\\nVastus externus.\\nExternal obturator.\\nObturator ligament.\\nAdductor magnus.\\nAdductor brevis.\\nAdductor longus.\\nGracilis.\\nPectinseus.\\nTensor fasciae\\nSartorius.\\nCrural.\\nNeck of femur.\\nTrochanter major\\ntae.\\n1. Crural artery.\\n2. Crural vein.\\n3. Superficial epigastric art. and ven.\\ni. Deep art. and ven. of thigh.\\n5. External circumflex art. and ven. of\\nthigh.\\n6. Obturator nerve.\\nSuperior lobe of right lung.\\nII. Middle lobe of right lung.\\nIII. Inferior lobe of right lung.\\nIV. Superior lobe of left lung.\\nV. Inferior lobe of left lung.\\nVI. Pleura.\\nVII. Anterior mediastinal space.\\nVIII. Diaphragm.\\nIX. Esophagus.\\nX. Stomach.\\nXI. Spleen.\\nXII. Left lobe of liver (a portion of\\nleft extremity being removed).\\nXIII. Right lobe of liver.\\nXIV. Gallbladder.\\nXV. Suspensory ligament of liver.\\nXVI. Duodenum.\\nXVII. Jejunum.\\nXVIII. Mesentery.\\nATA Caecum.\\nXX. Vermiform appendix.\\nXXI. Ascending colon.\\nXXII. Right flexure of colon.\\nXXIII. Transverse colon.\\nXXIV. Left flexure of colon.\\nXXV. Descending colon.\\nXXVI. Sigmoid flexure of colon.\\nXXVII. Rectum.\\nXXVIII. Peritoneum.\\nXXIX. Ilium (divided).", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "fw VrA) u-j\\nV YwA\\nwm\\nIR^fPw", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "PLATE XX.\\nPRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER BLOOD\\nVESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA.\\nFig. 1. Small Intestine (Jejunum and Ilium), Mesentery, and Mesenteric Vessels.\\no.\\nOmentum (raised and thrown back).\\nJejunum.\\nb.\\nCfficum.\\ng. Ilium.\\nc.\\nAscending colon.\\nh. Mesentery.\\nd.\\nTransverse colon.\\ni. Right mesocolon.\\ne.\\nCommencement of jejunum.\\n1. Superior mesenteric artery.\\n2. Large mesenteric rein.\\n3. Jejunal arteries and veins.\\n4. Ileac arteries and veins.\\n5. Ileo-colic arteries and veins.\\n6. Right colic arteries and veins.\\nFig\\n2. Internal Arrangement of Hepatic Blood Vessels, the Liver Being Divided\\nTransversely.\\nI. Right lobe.\\nII. Left lobe.\\nIII. Lobus quadratus.\\nIV. Lobus Spigelii.\\nV. Porta hepatis.\\nVI. Gallbladder.\\na. Anterior margin.\\nb. Posterior margin.\\nc. Suspensorv ligament of liver.\\nd. Round ligament of liver in fossa urn-\\nbilicalis).\\ne. inferior vena cava.\\nFossa ductus venosi.\\ni. Portal vein.\\nHepatic artery.\\ni. Choledoch duct.\\nk. Cystic duct.\\n1. Hepatic duct.\\nin. Ductus venosus.\\nn. Cystic duct.\\no. Fundus of gall bladder.\\np. Collum of gall bladder.\\nq. Hepatic veins.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "Wt* m^i\\nn? T\\nb\\n^^fe^l\\nIN\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0L mMm", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXI.\\nPRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER BLOOD\\nVESSELS OF ABDOMINAL VISCERA\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (Continued).\\nFig. 3. Large Intestine, with Principal Blood Vessels.\\na. Divided end of jejunum.\\n6. Divided end of ilium.\\nc. Mesentery (divided), with principal\\nblood vessels.\\nd. Caecum.\\ne. Ascending or right colon.\\nTransverse colon.\\ng. Descending or left colon.\\nh. Sigmoid flexure of colon.\\ni. Commencement of rectum.\\nk. Transverse mesocolon.\\nI. Right mesocolon.\\nto. Left mesocolon.\\nn. Mesocsecum.\\n1. Superior mesenteric artery.\\n2. Great mesenteric vein.\\n3. Middle colic artery and vein.\\n4. Right colic artery and vein.\\n5. Ileo-colic artery and vein.\\n6. Inferior mesenteric artery.\\n7. Minor mesenteric vein.\\n8. Left colic artery and vein.\\n9. Internal hemorrhoidal a rtery and vein", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0076.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXII.\\nPRINCIPAL ORGANS OP DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER BLOOD\\nVESSELS OP ABDOMINAL VISCERA (Continued).\\nFig. 4.\\n-View of Posterior Surface of Deep Viscera of Abdomen and Pelvis, with\\nPrincipal Blood Vessels.\\na. Tenth dorsal vertebra.\\n6. Last rib.\\nc. Ilium.\\nd. Diaphragm.\\ne. Suprarenal gland.\\nRight kidney.\\nLeft kidney.\\nSigmoid flexure of colon.\\nAscending colon and caecum.\\nRectum.\\n1. Descending abdominal aorta.\\n2. Inferior vena cava.\\n3. Renal artery and vein.\\ni. Common iliac artery.\\nCommon iliac vein.\\nInternal iliac artery.\\nInternal iliac vein.\\nExternal iliac vein.\\nFig. 5. Internal Structure of Kidney, with Blood Vessels and Ducts.\\nCortical, cineritious or secreting sur-\\nface (with tubuli contorti and Mal-\\npighian corpuscles).\\nPyramid.\\nMammillary process.\\nCalyx renalis\\nPelvis renalis.\\nUreter.\\nRenal artery.\\nRenal vein.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0077.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0078.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXIII.\\nPRINCIPAL ORGANS OF DIGESTION, WITH DEEPER BLOOD\\nVESSELS OF ABD03IINAL VISCERA (Continued).\\nFig. 6.\\n-View of Posterior Surface of Superficial Viscera of Abdomen and\\nBlood Vessels.\\na. Inferior vena cava.\\nb. Liver.\\nc. Spleen.\\nd. Pancreas.\\ne. Head of pancreas.\\nTail of pancreas.\\ng. Duodenum.\\nh. Ileum.\\ni. Caecum.\\nk. Ascending colon.\\nI. Descending colon,\\nm. Sigmoid flexure of colon.\\nn. Rectum.\\n1. Coeliac.\\n2. Splenic.\\n3. Hepatic.\\n4. Superior mesenteric.\\n5. Inferior mesenteric.\\n7. Left colic.\\nVeins.\\n8. Left colic.\\n9. Minor mesenteric.\\n10. Splenic.\\n11. Great mesenteric.\\n6. Internal hemorrhoidal.\\n12. llio-colic.\\nArteries and Veins.\\nI 13. Right colic.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0079.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0080.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXIV.\\nTHORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH PRINCIPAL VES-\\nSELS, NERVES, AND LYMPHATICS.\\nFig. 1. Anterior View.\\nClavicle.\\nFirst rib.\\nThyroid gland.\\nTrachea.\\nRight bronchus.\\nLeft bronchus.\\nDorsal spine.\\nRight lung.\\nPosterior mediastinum.\\nDiaphragm.\\nStomach.\\nSpleen.\\nLeft lobe of liver.\\nRight lobe of liver.\\nAscending colon.\\nMesentery.\\nJejunum and ileum.\\nGall bladder.\\nSuspensory ligament of liver.\\n1. Arch of aorta.\\n2. Descending thoracic aorta.\\n3. Subclavian.\\n4. Common carotid.\\n5. Innominate.\\n6. Intercostal arteries and veins.\\n14. Mesenteric.\\nSuperior vena cava.\\nRight innominate.\\nLeft innominate.\\nSubclavian\\nInternal jugular.\\n12. Azygos.\\n13. Left lower azygos.\\n15. Great vein.\\n16. Jejunal and ileac arteries and veins.\\nDucts and Glands.\\nThoracic duct.\\nRight (minor) duct.\\nBronchial glands.\\nPulmonic glands.\\nDeep jugular glands.\\nAxillary glands.\\nIntercostal glands.\\nMesenteric plexus with mesenteric\\nglands.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0081.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0082.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXV.\\nTHORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH PRINCIPAL\\nVESSELS, NERVES, AND LYMPHATICS (Continued).\\nFig. 2. Posterior View.\\nBody of first dorsal vertebra.\\nSpinous process of first dorsal vertebra.\\nFirst rib.\\nScapula.\\nSpinal cord.\\nEsophagus.\\nTrachea.\\nApex of right lung.\\nParietal layer of pleura.\\nDiaphragm.\\nHeart.\\nLeft bronchus.\\nKidney.\\no. Pelvis renalis.\\np. Ureter.\\nq. Suprarenal gland.\\nr. Peritoneum.\\ns. Rectum.\\nt. External sphincter ani muscle.\\nu. Levator ani muscle.\\nv. Great sacro-sciatic ligament.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0w. Pyriform muscle,\\nx. Ilium.\\ny. Psoas major muscle.\\nz. Glutseus muscle.\\n1. Arch of aorta.\\n2. Descending thoracic aorta.\\n3. Descending abdominal aorta.\\n4. Common iliac artery.\\n5. Internal iliac artery and vein.\\n6. External iliac artery and vein.\\n7. Sacral median artery and vein.\\n8. Innominate artery.\\n9. Subclavian artery.\\n10. Common carotid artery.\\n11. Internal mammary artery and vein.\\n12. Intercostal arteries, veins, and nerves.\\n13. Renal artery and vein (with suprare-\\nnal branch).\\n14. Internal spermatic artery and vein.\\n15. Internal hemorrhoidal artery and vein.\\n16. Middle hemorrhoidal artery and veins.\\n17. Common pudic artery and vein.\\n18. Ischiadic artery and vein.\\n19. Superior glutseal artery and vein.\\n20. Subclavian vein.\\n21. Superior vena cava.\\n22. Azygos vein.\\n23. Left lower azygos vein.\\n24. Lumbar vein (1 and 2).\\nInferior vena cava.\\nCommon iliac vein.\\nThoracic duct.\\nReceptacle of the chyle.\\nLumbar glands.\\nIntercostal glands.\\nPosterior mediastinal glands.\\nIntercostal nerve (1).\\nThoracic ganglion (1).\\nPneumogastric (vagus) nerve.\\nRecurrent vagus nerve.\\nPhrenic nerve.\\nThoracic part of sympathetic nerve\\n(with thoracic ganglion).\\nMajor and minor splanchnic nerve.\\nIntercostal nerves (12).\\nLumbar nerve (1).\\nAnterior external cutaneous nerve of\\nthigh.\\nCrural nerve.\\nObturator nerve.\\nLumbar ganglion of sympathetic nerve.\\nIschiadic plexus.\\nSacral nerves.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0083.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0084.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXVI.\\nTHORACIC AND ABDOMINAL VISCERA, WITH PRINCIPAL VES-\\nSELS, NERVES, AND LYMPHATICS (Continued).\\nFig. 3. Principal Chylopoietic Viscera, Blood Vessels, and Ducts.\\nLeft lobe of liver (under surface).\\nLobus quadratus of liver (under sur\\nface).\\nRight lobe of liver (under surface).\\nLobus Spigelii of liver (under surface)\\nGall bladder.\\nCystic duet.\\nHepatic duct.\\nDuctus communis choledochus.\\ni. Descending part of duodenum, with\\nplace of entrance of choledoehduct.\\nA-. Pancreatic duct.\\nI. Head of pancreas.\\nm. Body of pancreas.\\nn. Tail of pancreas.\\no. Inferior horizontal part of duodenum.\\np. Stomach.\\nq. Spleen,\\nr. Left kidney.\\nDescending abdominal aorta.\\nCceliac axis artery.\\nLeft coronary artery of ventricle.\\nSplenic and pancreatic arteries.\\nHepatic artery.\\n6. Gastro-duodenal arteries.\\n7. Renal artery and vein.\\n8. Superior mesenteric artery and vein.\\n9. Portal vein.\\nFig. 4.\\n-Posterior View of Solar Plexus and Minor Plexuses, with Some of the Deep\\nBlood Vessels.\\nDiaphragm.\\nInferior vena cava (with hepatic veins).\\nEsophagus.\\nStomach divided (with branches of par\\nvagum).\\nSpleen.\\nHead of pancreas.\\ng. Tail of pancreas.\\nh. Kidney.\\ni. Suprarenal gland.\\nk. Ureter.\\n1. Descending abdominal aorta.\\n2. Left coronary of ventricle.\\n3. Splenic artery.\\n4. Hepatic artery (with hepatic plexus).\\n5. Renal artery and vein (with renal\\nplexus.)\\n6. Internal spermatic artery and vein\\n(with internal spermatic plexus).\\n9. Solar (cceliac) plexus.\\n10. Phrenic plexus.\\n11. Gastric plexus.\\n12. Splenic plexus.\\n13. Superior aortic (abdominal) plexus.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0085.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "I", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0086.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXVII.\\nTHE HEART, ITS CAVITIES AND VALVES.\\nFig. 1. Anterior Surface of Heart and Pericardial Covering.\\na. Appendix of right auricle.\\nb. Appendix of lelt auricle.\\nc. Right ventricle.\\nd. Left ventricle.\\ne. Transverse or auriculo- ventricular\\ngroove.\\nAnterior longitudinal sulcus.\\ng. Apex of heart.\\nh. Pericardium divided and thrown\\nback.\\nPulmonary artery.\\nAscending aorta.\\nRight coronary artery.\\n4. Front branch of left coronary artery.\\n5. Commencement of great coronary vein.\\nFig. 2. Internal Cavities of Ventricles Anterior View.\\na. Right auricle.\\n6. Appendix of right auricle.\\nc. Superior vena cava.\\nd. Inferior vena cava.\\ne. Left auricle.\\nAppendix of left auricle.\\na. Pulmonary veins.\\nh. Pulmonary arteries.\\ni. Ascending aorta.\\nh. Right ventricle.\\nI. Left ventricle.\\nto. Apex of heart.\\nii. Wall of the ventricles.\\no. Opening of pulmonary artery.\\np. Opening of aorta.\\nq. Tricuspid or right auriculo-ventricular\\nvalve.\\nr. Bicuspid or left auriculo-ventricular\\nvalve.\\ns. Tendinous cords.\\nt. Musculi pectinati.\\nu. Fleshy surface of cut edge of right ven-\\ntricle.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0087.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0088.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXVIII.\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF HEAD AND NECK.\\nFig. 1. Arteries of Anterior Surface of Head and Neck.\\nMuscles.\\na. Occipito-frontalis.\\n6. Orbicularis palpebrarum.\\nc. Corrugator supercilii.\\nd. Levator labii superioris alaeque nasi.\\ne. Levator labii superioris proprius.\\nZygomaticus minor.\\n(I. Zygomaticus major.\\nh. Masseter.\\ni. Buccinator.\\nk. Orbicularis oris.\\nI. Triangularis menti.\\nm. Quadratus menti.\\n1. Subclavian.\\n2. Internal mammary.\\n3. Transverse scapular.\\n4. Transverse of neck.\\n5. Ascending cervical.\\n6. Inferior thyroid.\\n7. Common carotid.\\n8. Superior thyroid.\\n9. External maxillary or labial.\\n10. Coronary of lower lip.\\n11. Coronary of upper lip.\\nn.\\nLevator anguli oris.\\nSterno-cleido-mastoid.\\n0.\\nL.\\nt.\\nSterno-hyoid.\\nTrapezius.\\nOmo-hyoid.\\nScalenus anticus.\\nw.\\nScalenus medius.\\nX.\\nClavicle.\\nr.\\nThyroid gland.\\nTrachea.\\ns.\\nLarynx.\\nArteries.\\n12\\nAngular.\\n13!\\nDorsals of nose.\\n14.\\nAlaries of nose.\\n15.\\nOphthalmic.\\n16.\\nFrontal.\\n17.\\nSupraorbital.\\nInfraorbital.\\n18.\\n19.\\nDeep temporals (from internal maxil\\nlary).\\nTemporal (superficialis).\\n20.\\n21.\\nFrontal branch of temporal.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0089.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0090.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXIX.\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF HEAD AND NECK (Continued).\\nFig. 2. Arteries and Veins of Lateral Surface of Head, Face, and Neck.\\nMuscles.\\nPiatysma-myoides.\\nCuleullaris v. trapezius.\\nDeltoid.\\nSternocleidomastoid.\\nSplenitis capitis.\\nSplenius colli.\\nOccipital.\\nRetrahens auris.\\nAttollens auris.\\nMasse ter\\nBuccinator.\\nZygomaticus major\\nn. Zygomaticus minor.\\no. Orbicularis oris.\\np. Triangularis menti.\\nq. Quadratus menti.\\nr. Orbicularis palpebrarum.\\ns. Frontal.\\nt. Levator labii superioris alaeque nasi.\\nu. Lower jaw.\\nv. Digastrieus maxillae inferioris.\\nw. Mylo-hyoid.\\nx. Sterno-hyoid.\\ny. Omo-hyoid.\\nExternal jugular.\\nOccipital.\\nCommon branch, between external and\\ninternal jugular.\\nInternal jugular.\\nAnterior facial.\\nLabial.\\nAngular.\\nTemporal.\\nCerebral ophthalmic.\\nFrontal.\\nArteries.\\n11. External carotid.\\n12. Posterior auricular.\\n13. Temporal (superficial).\\n14. Transversa faciei.\\nI 15. External maxillary.\\n10. Submental.\\n17. Angular.\\n18. Frontal.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0091.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "P S- 3-\\n-fell", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0092.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXX\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF HEAD AND NECK (Continued).\\nFig. 3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Arteries of Right Side of Neck.\\na. Inferior maxillary (lower jaw.)\\nb. Os hyoides.\\nc. Clavicle.\\nd. Larynx.\\ne. Thyroid gland.\\nTrachea.\\ng. Acromion scapulae.\\nh. Mastoid process.\\ni. Styloid process.\\nk. Processus transversus\\nMuscles.\\nI. Digastric (anterior belly).\\nm. Mylo-hyoid.\\nn. Hyo-glossus.\\no. Stylo-glossus.\\np. Sterno-cleido-mastoid.\\nq. Levator anguli scapulae.\\nr. Scalenus anticus.\\ns. Scalenus medius.\\nt. Omo-hyoid.\\nit. Sterno-hyoid.\\nv. Thyro-hyoid.\\nw. Pharynx.\\nx. Esophagus.\\ny. Subclavian.\\nz. Pectoralis major.\\nArteries.\\n1. Right common carotid.\\n2. Branching of right common carotid,\\n3. External carotid.\\n4. Internal carotid.\\n5. Superior thyroid.\\n6. Superior laryngeal.\\n7. Lingual.\\n8. Hyoid branch of lingual.\\n9. External maxillary or facial.\\n10. Ascending palatine.\\n11. Submental.\\n12. Occipital (with ascending and descend-\\ning branches).\\nPosterior auricular.\\nTemporal (superficial).\\nRight subclavian.\\nTrunk of thyro-cervical.\\nInferior thyroid.\\nAscending cervical\\nTransversalis humeri.\\nTransversalis colli.\\nAxillary.\\nExternal thoracic.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0093.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0094.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXI\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF HEAD AND NECK (Continued).\\nFig. 4. Arteries and Veins of Right Side of Neck.\\na-x\\nAs in Fig. 3.\\nFirst bone of sternum.\\nv\\nFirst rib.\\nVeins.\\n1.\\nSuperior vena cava.\\nLeft innominate.\\n7\\nInternal jugular.\\n2.\\n8\\nFacial.\\n3.\\nRight innominate.\\n9.\\nInternal maxillary.\\n4.\\nRight subclavian.\\n10.\\nMiddle jugular.\\n5.\\nAxillary.\\n11.\\nArch of aorta.\\n6.\\nExternal jugular.\\nArteries.\\n12.\\nInnominate.\\n20.\\nExternal maxillary or facial\\n13.\\nRight common carotid.\\n21.\\nTemporal.\\n14.\\nRight subclavian.\\n22.\\nPosterior auricular.\\n15.\\nAxillary.\\n23.\\nOccipital.\\n16.\\nExternal carotid.\\n24.\\nInferior thyroid.\\n17.\\nInternal carotid.\\n25.\\nTransversalis humeri.\\n18.\\nSuperior thyroid.\\n26.\\nTransversalis colli.\\n19.\\nLingual.\\n27.\\nExternal thoracic.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0095.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "m\\nX\\nf", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0096.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXII\\nARTERIES OF ANTERIOR SURFACE OF ARM, FOREARM,\\nAND HAND.\\nFig. 1.\\n-Superficial Arteries on Internal and Anterior Surface of Arm, Forearm,\\nand Hand.\\na. Deltoid.\\nb. Pectoralis major.\\nc. Latissimus dorsi.\\nd. Biceps.\\nc. Semilunar fascia of biceps.\\nCoraco-brachialis.\\ng. Long head of triceps.\\nh. Short head of triceps.\\nBrachialis anticus.\\nk. Internal intermuscular ligament.\\nInternal condyle of humerus.\\nm. Supinator longus.\\nn. Pronator teres.\\no. Flexor carpi ulnaris.\\np. Palmaris longus.\\nq. Flexor carpi ulnaris.\\nr. Extensor carpi radialis longus.\\ns. Flexor pollicis longus.\\nt. Flexor digitorum communis sublimis.\\nt* Flexor digitorum communis profundus.\\nv Abductor pollicis longus.\\nv. Extensor pollicis brevis.\\nw. Anterior annular ligament of wrist.\\nx. Ball of thumb, abductor and flexor\\nbrevis pollicis.\\na. Tendon of flexor longus pollicis.\\nz. Abductor pollicis.\\n1. Brachial.\\n2. Muscular branches to coraco-brachial\\nand biceps muscle.\\n3. Muscular branches to triceps.\\n4. Profunda superior brachii.\\n5. Anastomica magna.\\n6. Ulnar.\\n7. Radial.\\nS. Recurrent radial.\\n9. Dorsal branch of radial.\\n10. Volar branch of radial.\\n11. Muscular branch to ball of thumb.\\n12. 13, 14. Branches from princeps pollicis\\n15. Volar branch of ulnar.\\n1G. Superior arch of palm.\\n17. Common volar digital.\\n18. Volar ulnar.\\n19. Dorsal radial.\\n20. Deep or communicating branch.\\nFig. 2. Deep Arteries of Arm, Forearm and Hand Anterior Surface.\\nMuscles.\\na. Coraco-brachial.\\nb. Latissimus dorsi.\\nc. Long head of triceps.\\nd. Short head of triceps.\\nf. Brachialis anticus.\\nSupinator brevis.\\n(I. Internal intermuscular ligament.\\nft. Internal condyle of humerus.\\ni. Tendon of biceps (divided).\\nh. Extensor carpi radialis longus.\\nExtensor caipi radialis brevis.\\nm. Tendon of long supinator (divided).\\nn. Radial insertion of pronator teres.\\nOrigin of internal radial and palmaris\\nlongus.\\nInterosseus membrane.\\nFlexor polli is longus.\\nFlexor (divided).\\nPronator quadratus.\\nTendon of flexor carpi ulnaris (di-\\nvided).\\nAnterior annular ligament (divided).\\nAbductor digiti minimi.\\nOpponens digiti minimi.\\nInterosseus.\\nArteries.\\nBrachial.\\n12.\\nDorsal branch of radial.\\nProfunda superior brachii.\\n13.\\nSuperficialis volae.\\nAnastomica magna.\\n11.\\nDorsal branch of ulnar.\\nBifurcation of brachial.\\n15.\\nSection of communicating branch of\\nRecurrent radial.\\nulnar.\\nRadial.\\nIfi.\\nDeep palmar arch.\\nHnar.\\n17.\\nDeep branch of ulnar.\\nAnterior recurrent ulnar.\\n18.\\nPrinceps pollicis.\\nPosterior recurrent ulnar.\\n19.\\nIndiciS radialis.\\nInterosseus.\\n20.\\nDigitalis communis (divided).\\nContinuation of ulnar.\\n21.\\nInterossese palmares.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0097.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0098.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXIII.\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF NECK, TRUNK, AND UPPER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1. Principal Arteries and Veins of Neck, Thorax, and Arms, with Deep Blood\\nVessels of Abdominal Cavity.\\nLeft auricle.\\nRight ventricle.\\nLeft ventricle.\\nDiaphragm.\\nEsophagus.\\nKidney.\\nSuprarenal capsules.\\nUreter.\\nBladder.\\nRectum.\\nPeritoneum\\na.\\nLower jaw.\\nb.\\nOs hyoid.\\nc.\\nLarynx.\\nd.\\nThyroid gland.\\ne.\\nTrachea.\\nf.\\nEsophagus.\\nfi-\\nClavicle.\\nll.\\nFirst rib.\\ni.\\nLung.\\nk.\\nHeart,\\n1.\\nPericardium.\\nm.\\nRight auricle.\\nQuadratus lumborum.\\na.\\nTransverse abdominal\\n(3.\\nInternal iliac.\\nJ.\\nSpermatic cord.\\n6.\\nSartorius.\\ne.\\nPoupart s ligament.\\nf.\\nPeetoralis major.\\nV-\\nTrapezius.\\nScalenus anticus.\\ni.\\nDeltoid.\\nMuscles.\\nz. Psoas.\\nK- Flexor biceps of elbow.\\nBrachialis anticus.\\nTriceps extensor.\\nv. Supinator longus.\\ni- Flexor carpi ulnaris.\\nFlexor pollicis lougus.\\nP- Flexor digitorum communi\\nfundus.\\no. Pronator quadratus.\\n2. Ascending aorta.\\n3. Pulmonary.\\n4. Arch of aorta.\\n5. Innominate.\\n6. Right common carotid.\\n7. Right subclavian.\\n8. Left common carotid.\\n9. Left subclavian.\\n20. Facial (or labial).\\n22. Pulmonary.\\n20. Descending abdominal aorta.\\n27. Inferior phrenic.\\n28. Coeliac axis.\\n29. Superior mesenteric.\\n30. Internal spermatic.\\n31. Inferior mesenteric.\\nor vena cava,\\nmominate.\\ninnominate.\\nal jugular,\\nlal jugular.\\n32. Internal hemorrhoidal.\\n31. Common iliac.\\n35. Internal iliac.\\n36. External iliac.\\n49. Axillary.\\n54. Brachial.\\n55. Branching of brachial.\\n56. Radial.\\n57. Ulnar.\\n58. Common interosseous.\\n59. Internal interosseus.\\n60. Recurrent radial.\\n61. Recurrent ulnar.\\n62. Deep palmar arch.\\n63. Superficial branch of radial.\\nVeins.\\nhyroid.\\nbranch of left coronary I\\n39. Inferior vena cava.\\n40. Hepatic.\\n41. Renal.\\n42. Internal spermatic.\\n43. Common iliac.\\n44. Internal iliac.\\n45. External iliac.\\n47. Nerve inguino cutaneus.\\n48. Nerve ilio-rumbalis.\\n50. Axillary.\\n51. Cephalic.\\n52. Basilic.\\n53. Median.\\nArteries and Veins.\\n38. il in-lumbar.\\n46. Sacra media.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0099.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0100.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXIV\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF FACE, NECK, TRACHEA, AND LUNGS.\\nFig. 1.\\n-Distribution of Internal Maxillary and Labial or Facial Arteries and Veins\\non Left Side of Head.\\na. Frontal bone.\\nb. Great wing of sphenoid.\\nc. Upper maxillary.\\nd. Inner wall of orbit.\\ne. Malar bone.\\nInferior maxillary.\\ng. Body of maxillary.\\nh. External pterygoid.\\ni. Internal pterygoid.\\nk. Masseter.\\nI. Orbicularis oris,\\nm. Buccinator.\\nVeins.\\n2. Internal jugular.\\n3. External jugular.\\n4. Labial.\\nAnterior facial.\\nPosterior facial.\\nArteries and Veins.\\n7. Occipital.\\n8. Posterior auricular.\\n11. Deep temporal.\\n12. Inferior alveolar.\\n13. Posterior alveolar.\\n19. Cerebral ophthalmic,\\n20. Frontal.\\n1. Left common carotid.\\n9. Temporal (superficial).\\n10. Internal maxillary.\\n14. External maxillary.\\n15. Coronaria labii inferioris.\\n16. Coronaria labii superioris.\\n17. Dorsal of nose.\\n18. Angular.\\nFig. 2.\\n-Posterior Surface of Lungs and Trachea, with their Principal Arteries,\\nVeins and Nerves.\\nLarynx.\\nTrachea.\\nRight bronchus.\\nLeft bronchus.\\nSuperior lobe of lung.\\nInferior lobe of lung.\\nMiddle lobe of lung.\\nRigh auricle, with orifice of inferior\\nvena cava.\\nLeft orifice.\\nRight ventricle.\\nLett ventricle.\\nArteries.\\n3. Right coronary of heart.\\n4. Pulmonary.\\n5. Arch of aorta.\\n6. Innominate.\\n7. Subclavian.\\n8. Common carotid.\\nVeins.\\n1. Pulmonary.\\n2. Great vein of heart.\\n9. Internal jugular.\\n10. Superior vena cava.\\nPneumogastric (vagus).\\nRecurrent laryngeal branch of pneu-\\nmogastric.\\nRecurrent branches of tracheal.\\nRecurrent branches of cardiac.\\nSuperior laryngeal.\\nCardiac branch of sympathetic.\\nCardiac plexus.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0101.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0102.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXV.\\nCCELIAC AXIS AND ITS BRANCHES.\\nFig. 1. The Coeliac Axis and Its Branches, and Their Ramifications, Pancreas,\\nSpleen and Duodenum in Position, the Stomach Having Been\\nRaised and the Transverse Mesocolon Removed.\\nThe Coeliac Axis is a short, thick trunk, about half an inch in length, arising\\nfrom the aorta opposite the margin of the diaphragm. It passes nearly hori-\\nzontally forward and divides into three large branches\u00e2\u0080\u0094 the gastric, hepatic\\nand splenic. Occasionally it gives off one of the phrenic arteries.\\nThe Splenic, in the adult, is the largest of the three branches. It takes a tortu-\\nous course to the left along the upper border of the pancreas, to which it gives off\\nthe pancreaticse parvse and pancrea magna. Its other branches are the gastric\\n(vasa brevia) and left gastro-epiploica.\\nThe Gastric (coronaria ventricula) is the smallest branch of the coeliac axis and\\ndistributes branches to the esophagus, cardiac end of the stomach, and, by its\\nlargest branch, to the stomach along its lesser curvature as far as the pylorus, as\\nwell as to the two layers of the lesser omentum, through which it passes.\\nThe Hepatic, in the adult, ranges between the other two in size, but in the foetus\\nis the largest of the three. Its course is upward and to the right. It gives off the\\npyloric, gastro-duodenalis (which divides into the gastro-epiploica dextra and\\npancrea tico-duodenalis superior), and cystic.\\nThe branches from these arteries freely anastomose with each other and with\\nother arteries to these members.\\nThe Superior Mesenteric artery and the beginnings of its branches are also\\nshown, as well as a portion of the portal and splenic veins.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0103.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0104.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXVI.\\nPORTAL SYSTEM OF VEINS.\\nFig. 1. Portal Vein and Its Branches, Liver, Stomach, Pancreas, Spleen, Portion of\\nLarge and Small Intestines in Position (Transverse Colon Removed).\\nThe Portal Venous system is composed of four large veins which collect the venous blood\\nfrom the digestive viscera. These are the inferior and superior mesenteric, splenic and\\ngastric, which unite to form the portal vein (vena portse), which is quite large in size, and\\nextends from the pancreas to the stomach.\\nThe Portal vein is about four inches long, being formed by the junction of the superior\\nmesenteric and splenic veins, their union taking place in front of the vena cava and\\nbehind the upper border of the great end of the pancreas. Passing upwards through the\\nright border of the lesser omentum to the under surface of the liver, it enters the trans-\\nverse fissure, where it is somewhat enlarged, forming the sinus of the portal vein and\\ndivides into two branches, which accompany the ramifications of the hepatic artery and\\nhepatic duct throughout the substance of the liver. The right is the larger but shorter\\nbranch. The portal vein lies behind and between the hepatic duct and artery, the former\\nbeing to the right and the latter to the left. Filaments of the hepatic plexus of nerves\\nand numerous lymphatics, surrounded by a quantity of loose areolar tissue, accompany\\nthese structures.\\nThe Inferior Mesenteric returns the blood from the rectum, sigmoid flexure and de-\\nscending colon. It ascends beneath the peritoneum in the lumbar region, passes behind\\nthe transverse portion of the duodenum and pancreas and terminates in the splenic vein.\\nIts hemorrhoidal branches inosculate with those of the internal iliac, thus establishing a\\ncommunication between the portal and general venous systems. Other anastomoses with\\nveins of the systematic system also take place.\\nThe Superior Mesenteric returns the blood from the small intestine, caecum, and\\nascending and transverse colon. The large trunk, formed by the union of its numerous\\nbranches, ascends along the right side and in front of the corresponding artery, passes in\\nfront of the transverse portion of the duodenum, and unites behind the upper border of\\nthe pancreas, with the splenic vein to form the portal vein. Usually the right gastro-\\nepiploic vein empties into the superior mesenteric close to its termination, but in the\\nplate it opens into the splenic vein.\\nThe Splenic commences by five branches which return the blood from the substance of\\nthe spleen. These form a single vessel which passes from left to right behind the upper\\nborder of the pancreas below the artery and terminates at its greater end by uniting at a\\nright angle with the superior mesenteric to form the vena portse. It is of large size, is not\\ntortuous like the artery and receives the following additional branches: vasa brevia, left\\ngastro-epiploie, pancreatic branches, pancreatico-duodenal and inferior mesenteric.\\nThe Gastric veins are two in number. The smaller (the pyloric) runs along the lesser\\ncurvature of the stomach toward the pyloric end. receives branches from the pylorus and\\nduodenum, and terminates in the vena portae; the larger (the coronary) begins near the\\npylorus, runs along the lesser curvature of the stomach toward the esophageal opening,\\nand curves downward and backward between the folds of the lesser omentum to end in\\nthe vena portae.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0105.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0106.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXVII.\\nBLOOD VESSELS OF PERINEAL REGIONS (MALE AND FEMALE).\\nFig. 1. Arteries of Pelvis and Internal Genital Organs in Female Subject.\\na. Sacrum.\\nb. Crest of ilium.\\nc. Spina ilii anterior superior.\\nd. Psoas magnus muscle.\\ne. Internal iliac muscle.\\nRectum.\\ng. Uterus.\\nh. Lateral ligament of uterus.\\ni. Ovum, with ovarian ligament.\\nk. Fallopian tubes.\\nDescending abdominal aorta.\\nSacra media.\\nInternal spermatic.\\nInternal iliac.\\nExternal iliac.\\nInternal iliac.\\nUterine.\\nMiddle hemorrhoidal.\\nCircumflex iliac.\\nFig. 2. Arteries of Pelvis in Male Subject.\\na.\\nb.\\nLast lumbar vertebra.\\nSacrum.\\nf\\nCrest of ilium.\\nMuscles\\nd.\\ne.\\n9-\\nPsoas magnus.\\nInternal iliac.\\nTransverse abdominal.\\nRectus abdominis.\\nh.\\ni.\\nk.\\n1.\\nUreter.\\nBladder.\\nRectum.\\nVas deferens.\\nArteries.\\n1.\\n2.\\n3.\\n4.\\nDescending abdominal aorta.\\nInferior mesenteric.\\nInternal hemorrhoidal\\nLeft colic.\\nSacra media.\\nInternal spermatic.\\n8.\\n9.\\n10.\\n11.\\n12.\\nCommon iliac.\\nExternal iliac.\\nInternal iliac.\\nCircumflex iliac.\\nInferior epigastric\\nIlio-lumbal.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0107.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "\u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00a39i", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0108.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXVIII\\nARTERIES OF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES.\\nFig. 1. Arteries on Internal Surface of Pelvis, Thigh and Knee of the Right\\nExtremity.\\ng. Symphysis pubis.\\nh. Crest of ilium.\\ni. Anterior superior spine of ilium.\\nk. Lesser sacro-sciatic ligament.\\nI. Rectum.\\nt. Rectus femoris.\\nit. Adductor magnus.\\nSemimembranosus.\\nw. Semitendinosus.\\nx. Tendo gracilis.\\ny. Gastrocnemius (internus).\\nz. Soleus.\\na.\\nb.\\nc.\\nd.\\nf.\\nFourth lumbar vertebra\\nFifth lumbar vertebra.\\nSpinal canal.\\nSacrum.\\nCoccyx.\\nLinea arcuata interna.\\nm.\\nn.\\n0.\\nP-\\nInternal iliac.\\nPsoas major.\\nPyriform.\\nInternal obturator.\\nLevator ani.\\nSartorius.\\nVastus internus.\\n1.\\n2.\\n3.\\n4.\\n5.\\n6.\\n7.\\n8.\\n9.\\n10.\\n11.\\nRight common iliac.\\nInternal iliac.\\nExternal iliac.\\nIlio-lumbal.\\nObturator.\\nSacra lateralis.\\nGlutEea superior.\\nGlutsea inferior.\\nInternal pubic.\\nMiddle hemorrhoidal.\\nVesical.\\nFig. 2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 j\\na.\\nb.\\nAstragalus.\\nOs calcis.\\n12. Circumflex iliac.\\n13. Femoral.\\n14. Profunda femoris.\\n15. Circumflexa femoris interna.\\n10. Perforating profunda femoral (1).\\n17. Perforating profunda femoral (2).\\n18. Perforating profunda femoral (3).\\n19. Femoral, in Hunter s canal.\\n20. Anastomotic^ magna.\\n21. Popliteal.\\n22. Inferior internal articular of knee.\\nArteries on Dorsal Surface of Right Foot\\nNavicular.\\nTuber ossis\\nmetatarsi (5)\\n1. Dorsalis pedis.\\n2. External tarsal.\\n3. Internal tarsal.\\n4. Metatarsal.\\nIntcrosst rt- dorsalis metatarsi.\\n6. Digitales pedis dorsalis.\\n7. Interosseus dorsal with the external\\nand internal branches to great toe.\\n8. Communicating branch to deep plantar\\narch.\\nFig. 3.\\na. Tuber os calcis.\\nb. Tuberositas ossis metatarsi\\nPlantar Arch of Arteries in Sole of Right Foot.\\nt c. Capitulum ossis matatarsi (1).\\nFlexor digitorum pedis communis bre-\\nvis v. perforatus.\\nAbductor pollicis pedis.\\nFlexor brevis pollicis pedis.\\nFlexor longus pollicis pedis.\\nFlexor digitorum pedis communis lon-\\ngus v. perforans.\\nAccessorius.\\nAbductor digiti pedis (5).\\nFlexor brevis digiti x edis (5).\\nTransversalis pedis.\\n1. Posterior tibial.\\n2. External Plantar.\\n3. Branches of internal plantar.\\n4. External plantar of toe.\\nCommunicating branch of deep plantar\\narch.\\nPlantaris pollicis pedis.\\nInterosseus plantar.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0109.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "v", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0110.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "PLATE XXXIX.\\nARTERIES OF PELVIS AND LOWER EXTREMITIES (Continued).\\nFig. 4.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Deep Arteries in Sole of Right Foot.\\na. Tuber os calcis.\\nAbductor pollicis pedis.\\nInterosseus plantar of foot.\\nMuscles.\\nd. Short flexor of toe.\\n1. Posterior tibial.\\n2. External plantar.\\n3. Internal plantar.\\n4. Tibialis plantaris pollicis pedis.\\n5. Perforating branches.\\nDeep plantar arch.\\nInterosseus plantar.\\nDigitalis pedis plantares.\\nExternal plantar of toe.\\nFig. 5. Arteries on Anterior Surface of Right Leg and Foot.\\nPatella.\\ng. Tuberosity of the tibia.\\nh. Tibia.\\nTendo communis extensorius.\\nLigament of patella.\\ni. Internal malleolus.\\nk. External malleolus.\\nMuscles.\\nTibialis anticus.\\nExtensor pollicis pedis longus.\\na. Extensor digitorum communis longus.\\nPeronseus tertius.\\ny. Soleus.\\n13. Anterior tibial.\\n14. Recurrent tibial.\\n15. Dorsal of foot.-\\n16. External malleolar.\\nGastrocnemius.\\nExtensor pollicis pedis brevis.\\nExtensor digitorum communis brevis.\\nIT. Internal malleolar.\\n18. External tarsal.\\n19. Internal tarsal.\\n20. In terossese metatarsi dorsalis.\\nFig. 6. Arteries on Posterior Surface of Right Leg.\\nk. Popliteal space.\\nI. Head of fibula.\\nin. Fibula.\\nExternal malleolus.\\nInternal malleolus.\\nMuscles.\\ny. Short head of biceps femoris.\\nPoplitseus.\\nHeads of gastrocnemius.\\nPeromeus longus.\\nPeronseus brevis.\\nFlexor longus pollicis pedis.\\nTibialis posticus.\\nFlexor digitorum longus.\\ni. Tendon of Achillis.\\n/c. Soleus.\\n9. Popliteal.\\n10. Internal superior articular of knee.\\n11. External superior articular of knee.\\n12. Internal inferior articular of knee.\\n13. External inferior articular of knee.\\nArteries.\\n1 14.\\nAnt\\n15.\\nPen\\n16.\\nPos\\n17.\\nExt\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0rior malleolar.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0111.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0112.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "PLATE XL.\\nFOETAL CIRCULATION WITH PLACENTA AND UMBILICAL CORD.\\nFig. l. Foetal Organization.\\na\\nRight ventricle of heart.\\nLeft ventricle of heart.\\n0.\\nExternal iliac artery.\\nP-\\nInternal iliac artery.\\nc\\nLeft auricle of heart.\\nQ-\\nUmbilical artery.\\nd.\\nOrigin of aorta.\\nUmbilicus.\\nr\\nArch of aorta.\\ns.\\nUmbilical vein.\\nf.\\nPulmonary artery.\\ni.\\nFundus of bladder.\\nLeft branch (divided).\\nu.\\nUrachus.\\nh.\\nLeft pulmonary veins.\\nv.\\nPlacenta.\\ni\\nDuctus arteriosus.\\nw.\\nAmnion.\\nk.\\nDescending aorta.\\nX.\\nChorion.\\n1.\\nSuperior vena cava.\\nLeft innominate vein.\\ny-\\nSpongy portion of placenta\\nLeft lobe of liver.\\nm.\\nn.\\nCommon iliac artery.\\na.\\nRight lobe of liver.\\nV-\\nHepatic vein.\\nP-\\nGall bladder.\\nInferior vena cava.\\n7-\\nUmbilical vein.\\nc\\nLobus Spigelii.\\nJ.\\nPortal vein, anastomosing with umbili-\\nKidney.\\ncal vein.\\nV.\\nSupra-renal capsule.\\nDuctus venosus.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0113.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0114.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "PART FIRST.\\nTHE HUMAN BODY.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0115.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "Collar-bone\\nShoulder-blade\\nBreast-bone\\nTrue Ribs\\nHumerus\\nSpinal Column\\nRadius\\nUlna\\nPelvis\\nSacrum\\nEnd of Spine\\nCarpal Bones\\nMetacarpal Bones\\nPhalanges\\nBones of\\nAnkle\\nand Foot\\nFig. 1\\nof the Skeleton.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0116.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "ANALYSIS OF THE HUMAN SKELETON,\\nFrontal (forehead)\\nTwo Parietal (sides).\\nr l.\\nCranium\\nTwo Temporal (temple) bones.\\n(8 bones).\\nSphenoid (base of skull)\\nEthmoid (sieve-like bone at root of tongue).\\n,_ Occipital (back and base of skull).\\nThe Head\\n(22 bones).\\nTwo Superior Maxillary (upper jaw).\\nInferior Maxillary (lower jaw).\\nTwo Malar (cheek).\\n2.\\nFace\\nTwo Lachrymal\\nin orbit of eye).\\n(14 bones).\\nTwo Turbinated (scroll like).\\nTwo Nasal (bridge\\nof nose).\\nVomer (bone between the nostrils).\\nTwo Palate.\\n1.\\nSpinal column\\n(24 bones).\\nSeven Cervical Vertebrae.\\nTwelve Dorsal Vertebra?.\\nFive Lumbar Vertebrae.\\n2\\nEibs\\nf True Eibs.\\nThe Trunk\\n(54 bones).\\n(24 bones). False Ribs.\\n3.\\nSternum (breast b\\nHie).\\n4.\\nHyoides (bone at root of tongue).\\n5.\\nPelvis\\n(4 bones).\\nTwo Inominata.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0j Sacrum.\\nCoccyx.\\nShoulder\\nScapula.\\nt Clavicle.\\n1\\nUpper Limbs\\n(64 bones).\\nArm\\nHand\\nHumerus.\\nUlna and Radius.\\nEight Carpal Bones.\\nFive Metacarpal Bones\\nThe Limbs\\n(124 bones).\\n1\\nPhalanges (14 bones).\\nf\\nf Femur.\\nLeg\\nPatella.\\nTibia and Fibula.\\n2\\nLower Limbs\\n(60 boDes).\\nFoot\\nf Seven Tarsal Bones.\\nFive Metatarsal Bones\\n(Phalanges (14 bones).", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0117.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0118.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER I.\\nOSTEOLOGY.\\nGENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE BONES.\\nThe Bones of the Skeleton are about two hundred\\nin number.\\nSome authorities omit the 6 small bones of the ear, which makes\\nthe number exactly 200. Counting these and the 8 small sesamoid\\nbones at the root of the thumb and great toe, as other authorities do,\\nmakes the number 214. The teeth are never enumerated among the\\nbones.\\nThe bones are placed in such a position as to bestow\\nindividual character upon the body, afford points of con-\\nnection to the numerous muscles, and give firmness and\\nstrength to the entire fabric. In the extremities they are\\nhollow cylinders, and by their formation and structure are\\nadmirably calculated to support weight and resist vio-\\nlence. Bone has been found by experiment to possess\\ntwice the resisting property of oak.\\nCut a sheet of foolscap in two pieces. Roll one half into a com-\\npact cylinder, and fold the other into a close, flat strip; support the\\nends of each and hang weights in the middle until they bend. The\\nsuperior strength of the roll will, astonish one unfamiliar with this\\nmechanical principle. In a rod, the particles break in succession, first\\nthose on the outside, and later those in the center. In a tube, the\\nparticles are all arranged where they resist the first strain. Iron pil-\\nlars are therefore cast hollow. Stalks of grass and grain are so light as\\nto bend before a breath of wind, yet are stiff enough to sustain their\\nload of seed.\\nIii the Head and Trunk the bones are flattened and\\narched for the purpose of protecting cavities and providing\\n(5)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0119.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "6 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nan extensive surface for attachment. In some situa-\\ntions they present projections which serve as levers; in\\nothers smooth grooves which act as pulleys for the passage\\nof tendons. By their numerous divisions and mutual ap-\\nposition, the bones are equally adapted to fulfill every\\nmovement of the body, which may tend to its preserva-\\ntion or be conducive to its welfare.\\nClassification of Bones. The bones are divided into\\nfour classes: long, short, flat and irregular.\\nThe long bones are ninety in number and act as sup-\\nports, or levers; as in the limbs.\\nThe short bones are thirty in number and are found\\nwhere strength is required and motion is limited; as in\\nthe hands and feet.\\nThe flat bones are forty in number, and protect the\\nviscera by forming walls around them as in the head,\\nchest, etc.\\nThe irregular bones are forty in number as in the face,\\nvertebral column, etc.\\nThe Composition of the Bones at maturity is about\\none part animal, or organic matter, consisting of gelatine,\\nvessels and fat. and about two parts mineral, or inorganic\\nmatter, consisting of phosphate and carbonate of lime\\n(62 1-3 per cent.), with fluoride of lime, phosphate of mag-\\nnesium, sodium and chlorid of sodium (4 1-3 per cent.).\\nThe proportion varies with age. In youth it is nearly half\\nand half, while in old age the mineral is greatly in excess.\\nHeat will remove the animal matter and leave the mineral.\\nPut a bone into a hot fire for a few minutes and when carefully\\nremoved it will have the same shape as before, but be much lighter,\\nperfectly white, very brittle, and will easily crumble. The animal or\\norganic part has been burnt out, leaving only the earthy or inorganic\\npart.\\nAcid will remove the mineral matter and leave the\\nanimal.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0120.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "OSTEOLOGY. 7\\nImmerse a long, slender bone for some time in dilute muriatic\\nacid. The bone will retain its original shape but be lighter in weight,\\nsoft and pliable, so that it can be twisted or tied into a knot. The\\nacid has eaten out the earthy part but left unaffected the animal part.\\nThe Structure of Bones. Bone is composed of an\\nouter compact layer, and an inner cellular or spongy-\\nstructure. The spongy structure increases in quantity, and\\nbecomes more porous at the ends of a long bone, while the\\ncompact portion increases near the middle, where strength\\nis needed.\\nFresh or Living Bone is moist, pinkish in color, and\\ncovered with a tough membrane, called the periosteum\\n(from peri, around; osteon, a bone), filled with marrow,\\nand lined with a similar membrane, the endosteum (en\\nin osteon, a bone).\\nThe Lacunae. If a thin transverse section of bone be\\nplaced under the microscope, black spots with lines run-\\nning in all directions are\\nseen. These are cavities ggps g c J*\\ncalled lacunae, from which *\\\\Y\\nradiate small tubes. The -v *f, *Y\\nlacunae are arranged in cir- Ct ft i i\\ncles around large tubes, V^V* 1\\ncalled the Haversian ca- V V V\\nnals, which serve as pas- ^.^v Y Y :^1. ^Cv\\nsages for the blood ves- ,JJ %~C^ ..I^\\nsels. By means of these ^-v-v\\ncanals the blood circulates Fig 2\\ni,ii i A thin slice of bone, highly magnified, show-\\nthrOUgh the bOne tiSSUe, ing the laenna?. the tiny tuhes (canalk-nli) radi-\\natlng from them, and four Haversian canals,\\nnourishing it. three seen crosswise and one lengthwise.\\nDevelopment of Bone. The bone structure does\\nnot reach its full development until about the twenty-\\nfifth year. The skeleton of the body in infancy is com-\\nposed largely of cartilage, which is a white, glistening", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0121.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "8 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nsubstance commonly known as gristle. As age advances\\nearthy matter is deposited in the cartilage, the bone\\ngradually becoming harder and growing proportionately\\nto other parts of the body. The bones in childhood being\\ntough are not easily fractured, and when broken readily\\nheal again, while those of elderly people are brittle and\\nliable to fracture and do not easily reunite.\\nThe Joints are movable or immovable. The mova-\\nble joints are covered with a soft, smooth cartilage which\\nfits so perfectly as to be air tight. It is lined with a thin\\n(synovial) membrane, which secretes a viscid fluid not\\nunlike the white of an egg. This fluid lubricates the\\njoints and prevents friction. The body is the only self-\\noiling machine in existence. The immovable joints\\nhave no synovial membrane. The bones which form\\nthe joint are bound together firmly with strong liga-\\nments (from Ugo, I join), so as to keep them always in\\napposition.\\nInjury and Repair of Bones. The proper growth\\nand development of the bones is often hindered by disease\\nor injury. Lack of a proper amount of earthy matter\\nmakes the bones soft and allows them to be easily bent\\nout of shape, causing deformity.\\nThe Breaking- of a Bone is by no means an infre-\\nquent occurrence. When broken the blood oozes out of\\nthe fractured ends. This soon becomes a watery fluid,\\nwhich, in the course of a couple of weeks, thickens to a\\ngristly substance, forming a cement which holds the frac-\\ntured ends in place. In five or six weeks the broken parts\\nwill have reunited, bone matter having been gradually\\ndeposited about the fracture. This new formation is\\nlarger than the adjacent bone, but the extra matter is\\ngradually absorbed, and often no trace of the injury\\nremains.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0122.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "OSTEOLOGY. 9\\nBONES OF THE HEAD.\\nThe Bones of the Skull and the Face form a cavity\\nfor the protection of the brain. They are immovable, ex-\\ncept the lower jaw which is hinged at the back, so as to\\nallow the opening and shutting of the mouth.\\nThe Skull Bones are composed, in general, of two\\ncompact plates, with a spongy layer (diploe) between.\\nThe outer bones are joined together by notched edges, or\\nsutures, similar to what the carpenter terms dovetailing.\\nThe Cranial Cavity thus formed affords a perfect\\nshelter for the brain. It is oval in shape and adapted to\\nresist pressure. It communicates at the base, through the\\nforamen magnum, with the spinal cavity.\\nBONES OF THE TRUNK.\\nThe Trunk contains the two largest cavities, the chest\\nand abdomen. The principal bones are those of the spine,\\nthe ribs and the pelvis, or hips.\\nThe Spinal Column consists of twenty-four bones,\\ncalled vertibrse {verto, to turn), one placed upon another,\\nbetween which are placed pads of cartilage. A canal is\\nhollowed out of the column for the protection of the spinal\\ncord. There are projections (processes) at the back and\\nsides, which serve as levers for the attachments of muscles\\nand ligaments. The skull articulates with the spine in a\\npeculiar manner. On the top of the upper vertebra (atlas)\\nare two little hollows (faucets) lined with the synovial\\nmembrane, which receive the projections on the lower\\npart of the skull, one on either side of the foramen mag-\\nnum, allowing the head to rock to and fro. The second\\nvertebra (axis) has a peg (odontoid process) which projects\\nthrough a hole in the atlas, so that when we move the\\nhead sidewise, the atlas turns around the peg of the axis.\\nThe spinal column serves as a support for the whole body.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0123.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "10 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nThe Ribs are twenty-four in number and are arranged\\nin pairs on each side of the chest. They are also attached\\nto the spine at the back. The upper seven pairs are at-\\ntached by cartilages to the sternum (breastbone); the next\\nthree pairs are fastened to each other and to the cartilage\\nabove and the last two pairs, the floating ribs, are loose.\\nThe long, slender and arched ribs give lightness and\\nstrength, and the cartilages give elasticity to the chest\\nproperties essential to the protection of the organs within,\\naud to freedom of motion in respiration.\\nThe Innominata (nameless), or hip bones, form the\\npelvis in front and at the sides and the sacrum and\\ncoccyx at the back. The hip bones form the pubic\\narch and are joined by a seam, termed the symphysis\\npubis.\\nThe Extremities, or limbs, are connected to the trunk,\\nand are four in number two upper, joined to the thorax\\nthrough the intervention of the shoulder and two lower,\\nconnected with the pelvis. The upper pair, comprising the\\nshoulders, arms, and hands, are subservient to tact and\\nprehension the lower pair, comprising the legs and feet,\\nto support and locomotion.\\nBONES OF THE UPPER EXTREMITY.\\nThe Shoulder. The bones of the shoulder are the clav-\\nicle (collar bone) and the scapula (shoulder blade). The\\nclavicle is a long bone shaped like the italic/ It articu-\\nlates at one end with the sternum and at the other with\\nthe scapula.\\nThe Scapula is a thin, flat, triangular bone, situated\\non the top and back of the chest, forming the back part\\nof the shoulder.\\nThe Shoulder Joint. The humerus, or arm bone, ar-\\nticulates to the shoulder blade by a ball-and-socket joint.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0124.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "OSTEOLOGY. 11\\nThis consists of a cuplike (glenoid) cavity in the scapula,\\nand a rounded head of the humerus to fit it, thus affording\\na free rotary motion.\\nThe Elbow is formed by the humerus and ulna articu-\\nlation. The ulna is small at the lower end, while the\\nradius, or large bone of the forearm, on the contrary, is\\nsmall at its upper end, and large at its lower end, where\\nit forms the wrist joint.\\nThe Carpus, or wrist, consists of two rows of short\\nbones, one row of which articulates with the radius, form-\\ning the wrist joint, and the other with the metacarpal bones.\\nThe Hand. The metacarpal bones, or bones of the\\npalm, support the fingers and thumb. Each finger has\\nthree bones, while the thumb has two. The first is articu-\\nlated with the metacarpal bone, the second to the first, and\\nthe third to the second. The bones of the fingers and\\nthumb are called the phalanges.\\nBONES OF THE LOWER EXTREMITY.\\nThe Femur, or thigh bone, is the longest, largest, and\\nstrongest bone in the skeleton. It articulates with the\\nhip bone by a ball-and-socket joint. The acetabulum, a\\ncup-shaped depression, receives the head of the femur,\\nforming a very strong joint.\\nThe Knee Joint is strengthened and protected by the\\npatella or kneecap, the largest sesamoid bone, which is\\nfirmly fastened over the joint in the tendon of the quadri-\\nceps muscle.\\nThe Tibia, or shin bone, the largest bone of the leg,\\narticulates with the femur, forming the knee joint; with\\nthe foot, forming the ankle joint; and with the fibula, the\\nsmall outside bone of the leg.\\nThe Foot, in general arrangement, is very similar to\\nthat of the hand. The several parts of the foot are the", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0125.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "12 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ntarsus, the metatarsus, and the phalanges. The numerous\\nbones are joined together with cartilages, giving elasticity\\nto the foot in walking.\\nA study of Plates I to VI will give a very good idea of\\nthe appearance and relative sizes of the bones.\\nSesamoid Bones are small osseous masses, developed\\nin tendons, which exert a degree of force upon the parts\\nover which they glide. They are enveloped entirely by\\nthe fibrous tissue of the tendon in which they exist, except\\non the side that articulates with the part over which they\\nglide.\\nWormian Bones are sometimes found in the cranial\\nsutures, but are not constant in number or size.\\nArticulations are divided into three classes (1) syn-\\narthrosis, immovable (2) amphiarthrosis, synchondrosis\\nor symphysis, having limited motion (3) diarthrosis, having\\nfree motion. The latter is divided into gliding joints, ball-\\nand-socket joints, and hinge joints. The varieties of\\nmotion in joints are flexion, extension, adduction, abduc-\\ntion, rotation, circumduction, and gliding movements.\\nThe Structures that enter the formation of joints are,\\nthe articular lamellar of bone, cartilage, fibro-cartilage,\\nsynovial membrane, and ligaments. Articular lamella of\\nbone differs from ordinary bone tissue in being more dense,\\ncontaining no Haversian canals, nor canaliculi, and having\\nlarge lacuna?. Cartilage is temporary or permanent. The\\nfirst forms the original framework of the skeleton, and be-\\ncomes ossified. Permanent cartilage is not prone to ossifi-\\ncation, and is divided into three varieties (1) articular,\\ncovering the ends of bones in joints (2) costal, forming\\npart of the skeleton (3) reticular, arranged in lamellae, or\\nplates, to maintain the shape of certain parts. Fibro-car-\\ntilage is (1) inter-articular, separating the bones of a joint\\n(2) connecting, binding bones together (3) circumferential,", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0126.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "OSTEOLOGY. 13\\ndeepening cavities (4) stratiform, lining grooves. Syno-\\nvial membranes secrete the synovia, a viscid, glairy fluid,\\nresembling the serous membranes in structure. They are\\n(1) articular, lubricating joints (2) bursal, forming closed\\nsacks (3) vaginal, ensheathing tendons.\\nTHE LIGAMENTS.\\nThe Ligaments, which bind the bones together at the\\njoints, are strong bands of a smooth, silvery white, fibrous\\ntissue. It is solid and inelastic, softer than cartilage, but\\nharder than membrane. The bond formed is so strong that\\nthe bones are sometimes broken without injury to the\\nfastenings. There are a vast number of ligaments in the\\nhuman body, various in form and office, and each with its\\nown special name. For shape, size, office, and names of\\nligaments, see Plates VII to IX.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0127.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER II.\\nTHE MUSCLES.\\nThe Muscles are the moving organs of the animal\\nframe. They constitute by their size and number the great\\nbulk of the body, upon which they bestow form and sym-\\nmetry. In the limbs they are situated around the bones,\\nwhich they invest and defend, while they form to some of\\nthe joints a principal protection. In the trunk they are\\nspread out to enclose cavities, and constitute a defensive\\nwall, capable of yielding to internal pressure, and again\\nreturning to its original position. Their color presents\\nthe deep red that is character-\\nistic of flesh, and their form is\\nvariously modified to execute\\nthe varied range of movements\\nwhich they are required to ef-\\nMicroscopic view of a Muscle, show- f ec t. Muscle IS COUipOSed of a\\ning at one end, the fibrillar and, at the r\\nother, the disks, or ceiis. of the nher. number of parallel fibers placed\\nside by side, and supported and held together by a delicate\\nweb of areolar tissue, so that if it were possible to remove\\nthe muscular substance, we should have remaining a beau-\\ntiful reticular framework, possessing the exact form and\\nsize of the muscle without its color and solidity.\\nWash out the color from a lean piece of beef and the fine fibers of\\nwhich the meat is composed are easily detected. In boiling corned\\nbeef the fibers often separate, owing to the delicate tissue which\\nbound them together being dissolved. The microscope shows that\\n(14)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0128.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "THE MUSCLES. 15\\nthese fibers are in turn made up of minute filaments (fibrils), and that\\neach fibril is composed of small cells arranged like a string of beads.\\nThis gives the muscle its striped, or striated, appearance. The cells\\nare filled with a fluid or semi-fluid mass of living (protoplasmic)\\nmatter.\\nNumber of Muscles. There are about five hundred\\nmuscles in the human body, each having a special use, and\\nall working together harmoniously and perfectly. Many\\nof the external muscles can be seen and traced on Plates\\nX to XV, but beneath these are still larger numbers, many\\nbeing quite tiny and delicate, too small to be seen with\\nthe unaided eye.\\nContractility is a peculiar and wonderful property\\npossessed by muscles, resulting from the elastic nature\\nof the muscular tissues. Contraction is effected by an effort\\nof the will, by cold, certain kinds of irritation, a sharp\\nblow, etc. When a muscle contracts it becomes shorter\\nand thicker, drawing the ends nearer together. Bending\\nthe elbow nicely illustrates this action. The biceps\\nmuscle on the front of the upper arm can be seen and felt\\nto become shorter and thicker as it contracts. Contrac-\\ntility does not always cease at death, as a contraction of\\nthe muscles is frequently noticed in certain cold-blooded\\nanimals long after the head has been severed from the\\nbody.\\nThe Tendons are white, glistening cords, or bands,\\nformed almost entirely of white fibrous tissue, have few\\nvessels and no nerves, and serve to connect the muscles\\nwith the structure on which they act. This union is so\\nfirm that, under extreme violence, the bone itself rather\\nbreaks than permits of the separation of the tendon from\\nits attachment. The muscular fibers spring from the sides\\nof the tendon, allowing more of them to act upon the bone\\nthan if directly attached. This mode of attachment gives\\nstrength and elegance. In the broad muscles the tendon", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0129.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "16 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nis spread so as to form an expansion, called aponeurosis.\\nFasciae (fascia, a bandage) are laminae of variable\\nthickness which invest the softer structures. The super-\\nficial fasciae are composed of fibro-areolar tissue, and are\\nfound beneath the skin almost over the whole body. The\\ndeep fasciae are of aponeurotic structure, dense, inelastic,\\nand fibrous, ensheathing muscles and affording attachment\\nto some of them, ensheathing also the vessels and nerves,\\nand binding down the whole into a shapely mass.\\nArrangement of Muscles. The muscles are generally\\narranged in pairs, one expanding as the other contracts,\\ngiving the bone to which they are attached its backward\\nand forward, or other, movements.\\nGrasp the arm tightly above the elbow and bend the\\nforearm, when the muscle on the inside can be felt as it\\nswells and becomes hard and prominent, while the outside\\n(triceps) muscle relaxes. Straighten the arm and the\\nconditions are reversed. When the muscles of one side of\\nthe face become palsied, those on the opposite side draw\\nthe mouth that way.\\nModification of Muscles. Muscles present various\\nmodifications in the arrangement of their fibers in relation\\nto their tendinous structure. Sometimes they are com-\\npletely longitudinal, and terminate at each extremity in\\ntendon, the entire muscle being fusiform in its shape in\\nother situations, they are dispersed like the rays of a fan,\\nconverging to a tendinous point, as the temporal, pectoral,\\ngluteal, etc., and constitute a radial muscle. Again they\\nare penniform, converging like the plumes of a pen to one\\nside of the tendon, which runs the whole length of a muscle,\\nas in the peronei or bipenniform, converging to both\\nsides of the tendon. In other muscles the fibers pass ob-\\nliquely from the surface spread out on one side (of a tendi-\\nnous expansion), to that of another extended on the opposite", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0130.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "THE MUSCLES. 11\\nside as in the semimembranous or they are composed\\nof penniform, or bipenniform, fasciculi, as in the deltoid,\\nand constitute a compound muscle.\\nKinds of Muscles. There are two classes of muscles,\\nvoluntary and involuntary. The voluntary muscles are\\nthose capable of being put in motion by the will, and are\\ncomposed of reddish fibers. Each one is intended to aid in\\nsome movement of the body. All muscles lying on the\\noutside of the skeleton are voluntary. Involuntary muscles,\\non the other hand, are not capable of being put into action\\nby the will, and are composed of paler fibers, which differ\\nalso in shape. Involuntary muscular tissue enters into the\\nformation of the internal organs, as the stomach, intestines,\\netc. The heart is an involuntary muscle, but its fiber is\\nsimilar in appearance and structure to those of the volun-\\ntary type. The muscles which move the arms, legs, and\\nhead are under the control of the will, while the heart beats\\non day and night. The eyelid combines both classes of\\nmuscles, so that we wink constantly, yet may restrain or\\naccelerate that motion.\\nAttachment of Muscles. Muscles are attached to the\\nperiosteum and perichondrium of bone and cartilage, to the\\nsubcutaneous areolar tissue, and to ligaments. The more\\nfixed extremity of a muscle is called the origin, and the\\nmore movable, the insertion. The muscles may be ar-\\nranged in conformity with the general divisions of the\\nbody, into those of the head and face, of the neck, of the\\ntrunk, of the upper extremities, and of the lower extremi-\\nties. It is not necessary in a work of this kind to describe\\nall of the muscles only a few that serve as guides to the\\nprincipal arteries and veins and the diaphragm.\\nThe Sterno-cleido-mastoid arises by two heads from\\nthe sternum and the inner third of the clavicle, and passes\\nupwards and backwards to be inserted into the mastoid\\nE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 2", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0131.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "18 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nprocess of the temporal bone and the superior curved line\\nof the occipital bone, behind the ear. The anterior border\\nserves as a guide to the common carotid artery and internal\\njugular vein.\\nThe Biceps arises by two heads, the long head from\\nthe upper margin of the glenoid cavity, the short head from\\nthe apex of the coracoid process, and is inserted into the\\nback of the tuberosity of the radius and the fascia of the\\nforearm. The inner border serves as a guide to the\\nbrachial artery and basilic vein.\\nThe Sartorius arises from the anterior superior spinous\\nprocess of the ilium (front part of the hip bone), and half of\\nthe notch below it. and passes obliquely downwards and\\ninwards to be inserted into the upper internal surface of\\nthe tibia. It is the longest muscle of the body. The\\ninternal border serves as a guide to the femoral artery and\\nvein.\\nThese are the guides to the arteries and veins that are\\nusually raised for embalming purposes. Other arteries, as\\nthe radial, ulna, tibial, etc., are raised but other guides are\\nused for making the incision.\\nThe Diaphragm (a partition wall) is the thin\\nmusculo-fibrous septum, placed obliquely across the trunk,\\nand separating the thorax from the abdomen, forming the\\nfloor of the former cavity and the roof of the latter. It is\\nthe great muscle of respiration and expulsion. It has\\nthree openings\u00e2\u0080\u0094 the aortic, esophageal and that of the vena\\ncava but is impervious to liquids contained in or injected\\ninto either cavity.\\nWonders of the Muscles. The action of many mus-\\ncles is required to keep the human body in an upright\\nposition. The center of gravity is so high up, and the\\njoints work so easily, that were it not for the muscular\\naction the skeleton would constantly topple over. But", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0132.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "THE MUSCLES. 19\\nfor the steadying effect of the muscles of the neck the head\\nwould be forced to respond to its tendency to fall forward.\\nThe strong muscles of the back restrain the hips natural,\\nforward incline, while the muscles of the calf counteract\\nthe pulling forward of the great muscles of the thigh, act-\\ning over the kneecap. So it is with other sets of muscles,\\nall acting so perfectly that they are unthought of until\\nscience calls attention to them.\\nMuscular Sense is useful in many ways The sensa-\\ntion of weight is felt in lifting an object. Cultivation of\\nthis sense enables one to form a very precise estimate of\\nthe weight of a body by simply lifting it. Walking is a\\nperilous performance which constant practice alone has\\nmade safe. Some authorities define walking as perpetual\\nfalling with constant self-recovery. In running we simply\\nincline our bodies more and fall faster.\\nDevelopment of the Muscles. Proper exercise de-\\nvelops and improves the muscles, while violent, un-\\nguarded exercise is injurious. A muscle remaining\\nentirely idle loses the power to take up the nourishment\\nprovided, becomes soft and weak, growing constantly\\nsmaller, and finally the muscular tissues almost wholly\\ndisappear. Exercise increases the flow of blood to the\\nmuscles, promoting their nourishment and stimulating\\ntheir growth. The large, hard and strong muscles of men\\nengaged in manual labor contrasted with the thin and\\nflabby muscles of professional men who are unaccustomed\\nto exercise, clearly show the effects of exercise. Exercise\\nis essential to the health of the whole body, increasing the\\ncirculation and power of breathing, and stimulating every\\npart of the body to a healthy growth. To obtain the best\\nadvantage exercise should be regular and systematic, and\\ntaken in proper amounts.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0133.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER III.\\nTHE ABSORBENTS.\\nTHE SKIN.\\nThe Skill, or integument (intego, to cover), is the tough,\\nthin, elastic investment, with which the entire surface of\\nthe body is covered. Its perfect elasticity adapts it to every\\nmotion of the body. The skin surface of an adult is about six-\\nteen square feet. It is not a mere covering, being an active\\nand important excretory and absorbing organ. Like the\\njoints it is self-oiling, but for a different reason, namely, to\\npreserve its smoothness and delicacy. It also replaces\\nitself as fast as worn out. The skin varies in thickness in\\ndifferent parts of the body, being quite thick when exposed\\nto friction and pressure, as on the soles of the feet and\\npalms of the hands. At the openings of the body, as the\\nmouth, it becomes merged into the mucous membrane.\\nThe true skin consists of libro-areolar tissue, and merges\\nwith the fatty tissues beneath it in which layer is found an\\nabundant supply of blood vessels, nerves, lymphatics and\\nglands.\\nStructure of the Skin. The skin consists of two\\nlayers, outer and inner. The latter is called derma, cutis,\\nor true skin, all meaning the same thing. The outer layer\\nis variously called the cuticle (cuticula, little skin), epider-\\nmis (epi, upon derma, skin), and scarfskin. This layer is\\nwhat is commonly styled the skin and the part raised by a\\n(20)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0134.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "THE ABSORBENTS.\\n21\\nblister. It neither bleeds nor suffers from heat or cold, and\\npossesses neither blood vessels nor nerves. The cuticle is\\ncomposed entirely of small flat cells, or scales, which are\\nconstantly being shed from the surface in the form of scurf,\\ndandruff, etc., but are\\nconstantly being re-\\nnewed from the cutis\\nbelow. The number of\\nthese cells is almost\\nbeyond conception.\\nHarting estimated the\\nnumber in one square\\ninch, counting only a\\nsingle layer, at over a\\nbillion, each complete\\nin itself.\\nRete Mucosum.\\nOn the lower side of the\\ncuticle is a soft layer called the rete mucosum made up of\\nsmall grains and forming a pigment, which gives to the\\nskin its color and complexion. This matter varies in color,\\nbeing in the negro almost black, and in the European\\nvarious shades from the most pronounced brunette to the\\nlightest blonde.\\nIn the purest complexion there is some of the pigment. The skin\\nhas a powerful effect upon the coloring matter. Thus, exposure readily\\ntans, while the African living for a time in the forest, or secluded from\\nthe sun, loses much of his normal blackness.\\nSkin Slip. The rete mucosum softens quickly by\\ndecomposition after death, and often allows the cuticle to\\nslip or become detached, as in dropsy. This is known as\\nskin slip.\\nUses of the Skin. As an excretory organ the skin\\nremoves certain waste material from the body. This\\nFig. 4. Section of Skin Magnified", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0135.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "22 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nprocess of elimination is produced by the perspiration, or\\nsweat. This office of the skin is a very important one. If\\nthe skin were to be covered with a coat of varnish, or other\\nimpervious covering, thus preventing sweating, death would\\nsoon result. The amount of sweat secreted in a day aver-\\nages about two pints, varying according to weather, amount\\nof exercise, etc. The sudoriferous, or sweat, glands are\\nsmall tubes, opening in the outside of the skin and coiled up\\njust below the true skin. They cover every portion of the\\nskin, being numerous and important in their office, secret-\\ning the perspiration. The skin serves also as an organ of\\nsensation, the nerves conveying the sense of touch, pain\\nand temperature being situated in it. It assists in the\\nrespiratory process, slightly absorbing oxygen, and giving\\noff carbonic acid gas. The skin likewise has an absorptive\\npower by which certain substances are carried into the\\nsystem.\\nThe Hair is but a modified form of the cuticle, and\\nexists on nearly the whole surface of the body, varying in\\nlength and size. It forms a protection from heat and cold,\\nand shields the head from blows. The roots of the hairs\\nare imbedded in small openings in the skin, called hair\\nfollicles, these follicles being from one-twelfth to one-\\nfourth of an inch in depth. The outside of a hair is com-\\npact and hard, consisting of a layer of colorless scales\\nwhich overlie one another like shingles on a roof. The\\ninterior is porous and conveys the liquids by which it\\nis nourished. It also contains pigmentary matter, upon\\nwhich the color of the hair depends. The hair and\\nscalp are kept soft and pliable by the oily secretion of\\nthe small glands, which open into the hair follicles, called\\nsebaceous glands. That portion of a hair outside the skin\\nis called the shaft. Each hair grows from a tiny bulb\\n(papilla), which is an elevation of the cutis at the bottom", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0136.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "THE ABSORBENTS. 23\\nof a little hollow of the skin. The hair is produced, like\\nthe cuticle, from the surface of this bulb, by the constant\\nformation of new cells at the bottom. When the hair is\\npulled out, this bulb, if uninjured, will produce a new hair,\\nbut once destroyed it will never grow again. Hair grows\\nat the rate of five to seven inches a year.\\nThe popular idea that hair grows after death is due to the shrink-\\ning of the skin, allowing the portion of hair below the surface to pro-\\nject. This is especially noticeable in the beard.\\nWhen the color once changes it cannot be restored. The hair has\\nbeen known to whiten in a single night.\\nHairs are destitute of feeling, but nerves are found in the hollows\\nin which the hair is rooted, causing pain when the hair is pulled. Thus\\ninsensible, though they are, hairs become wonderfully delicate instru-\\nments for conveying an impression of even the slightest touch.\\nThe hair, next to the teeth and bones, is the least destructible\\npart of the body, and its color is often preserved for many years after\\nother portions of the body have decayed.\\nThe Nails begin near the tips of the fingers and toes,\\nand consist of two parts, a root and a body. The latter is\\nthe part exposed to view, being about four times the length\\nof the root. They protect the tender fingers and toes, and\\ngive the power to grasp firmly and pick up easily any\\ndesired object. The nail is firmly set in a groove {matrix)\\nin the cuticle, from which it grows at the root in length\\nand from beneath in thickness. So long as the matrix\\nat the root is uninjured, the nail will be reproduced after\\nan accident.\\nLike the hair the nail is a mere modified form of the epidermis,\\nits horny appearance and feeling being due to the fact that the scales\\nor plates of which it is composed are much harder and more closely\\npacked. It is thrown into ridges which run parallel to each other\\nexcept at the back part where they radiate from the center of the root.\\nThe whitish semi -circular portion near the root, called the lunula\\n(lunula, little moon), owes its different color to the fact that its ridges\\ncontain fewer blood vessels and therefore less blood.\\nThe thumb nail will grow from the root to its free end in about\\nfive months, and the nail of the great toe in twenty months,", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0137.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "24 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nTHE LYMPHATIC SYSTEM.\\nThe Lymphatics are very delicate, transparent, nerve-\\nless vessels which exist beneath the skin and in all the\\nmucuous membranes. Thus they permeate nearly every\\nportion of the body, being closely interlocked with the\\nblood capillaries. The parts of the body free from them\\nare the brain, spinal cord, eyeball, cartilage, tendons,\\nmembranes of the ovum, placenta, umbilical cord, nails,\\ncuticle, hair, and bone. They are formed of three coats,\\nlike arteries and veins, and are nourished by nutrient ves-\\nsels. Like the veins, the lymphatics are provided with\\nvalves which permit the matter which they convey to flow\\nonly one way. Their economy in the human system\\nseems to be to gather up portions of waste matter capable\\nof further use, emptying it, now known as lymph, into the\\nveins, whence it is conveyed to the heart.\\nThe Lacteals, or chyliferous vessels, are small lym-\\nphatics, which have their origin in the mucous membrane\\nlining the small intestine. Through them the greater\\npart of the digested food is absorbed from the small intes-\\ntine and transferred to the circulatory system. Projecting\\nfrom the lining membrane of the small intestine are vast\\nnumbers of delicate, hair-like projections about a third of\\nan inch long, called villi. In each villus are small blood\\nvessels and lacteals. The villi dip into the digested and\\nliquified food substance, taking it up into the lacteals, where\\nit becomes a milky-white substance and is called chyle.\\nThe Lymphatic Glands are small, hard, pinkish bodies,\\nvarying in size from a pinhead to an almond, placed along\\nthe course of these absorbent vessels. They are found\\nprincipally in the mesentery, along the great blood vessels,\\nin the popliteal space, groin, mediastinum, neck, axilla,\\nand front of the elbow. The lymphatic vessels pass\\nthrough these glands. They receive their names from the", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0138.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "THE ABSORBENTS. 25\\nregion in which they are situated, as the mediastinal, axilla,\\netc. In these glands are formed corpuscles resembling the\\nwhite corpuscles cf the blood, which are taken up by the\\nstream of lymph as it flows past.\\nThe Thoracic Duct is a tube or canal which com-\\nmences in the receptaculum chyli, in front of the second\\nlumbar vertebra, passes through the aortic opening in the\\ndiaphragm, ascending to the left subclavian vein at its\\njunction with the internal jugular into which it empties.\\nIt is the channel for the lymph and chyle from the whole\\nbody except the right side of the body above and including\\nthe convex surface of the liver. Its average length in\\nadults is from fifteen to eighteen inches, and its diameter\\nis about that of a goose quill. It has three coats and is\\nprovided with valves.\\nThe Lymphatic Duct is about an inch in length, ter-\\nminating in the right subclavian vein at its junction with\\nthe internal jugular, and draining the lymphatics of those\\nparts that are not connected with the thoracic duct.\\nThe Lymph is an alkaline fluid of a thin, colorless, or\\nyellowish appearance. It closely resembles, in appearance\\nand composition, blood deprived of its red corpuscles and\\ndiluted with water. This is the fluid which flows through\\nthe lymphatic system.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0139.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "VISCERAL ANATOMY,\\nVisceral anatomy treats of the organs contained in the three great cavi-\\nties of the body, the cranium, the thorax and the abdomen, with their\\nappendages. These organs and appendages are called the viscera, or visceral\\norgans and those of any cavity are called the viscera of that cavity. The\\nchapters immediately following are devoted, in the main, to the considera-\\ntion of visceral anatomy.\\nCHAPTER IV.\\nTHE NERVOUS SYSTEM.\\nThe Nervous System includes the brain, the spinal\\nchord, and the nerves. It is also divided into the cerebro-\\nspinal and sympathetic systems. Although distinct from\\nall other systems of the body, the nervous system unites\\nthe various parts and organs into one complete organic\\nwhole. It is the medium through which all impressions\\nupon the mind are received and acted upon. The move-\\nments of the body and all the processes of life are regulated\\nby it.\\nNervous Tissue is composed of two kinds of matter,\\nwhite and gray, and consists of two different structures,\\nnerve cells and nerve fibers. The nerve cell is the part that\\nis capable of creating nerve force, while the nerve fiber acts\\nas conductor of this force. The nerve cells form the gray\\nmatter of the nervous tissue, and are of a pulp-like sub-\\nstance of about the consistency of blanc-mange. The nerve\\nfibers consist of minute, white, glistening fibers, sometimes\\nas small as one-twenty-five-thousandth part of an inch.\\nEvery nerve fiber is connected with a nerve cell.\\n(26)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0140.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 27\\nThe Nerves are white, glistening cords made up of\\nbundles of nerve fibers, and penetrate every part of the\\nbody. These bundles divide and subdivide as they proceed.\\nThey also gather into little masses or nerve centers, called\\nganglions {ganglion, a knot). These nerve centers answer\\nto the offices along a telegraph line where messages are\\nsent and received, while the nerves correspond to the wires\\nthat carry the messages. Nerves contain two kinds of\\nnerve fibers, one of which conducts from the nerve centers\\nto the muscles or organs, and the other from the latter to\\nthe nerve centers. The first is called sensory nerves and\\nthe latter motor nerves.\\nIf you place a finger on a hot stove the sensation of pain travels\\nto the nerve center through the sensory nerves. A peculiar force is\\ngenerated in the nerve center which is conducted through the motor\\nnerves to the muscle which controls the finger, causing it to contract\\nand thus be removed from contact with the hot surface of the stove.\\nNerve Current. This passing of the sensation to the\\nnerve center and of force back to the muscle constitutes\\nwhat is called the nerve current. This current travels at\\nabout the rate of one hundred and ten feet a second, being\\nmuch slower than an electric current. About one twenti-\\neth of a second is required for a sensation to pass from the\\nfoot to the brain, and an equal time is required for the\\nforce generated to travel back.\\nNerve Sensations. Hearing, feeling, tasting, seeing,\\nand smelling are all different kinds of sensations, each with\\nits special nerve centers which preside over it. There are\\nalso several varieties of motor nerves, some coming from\\ncenters which preside over the heart and stomach, others\\nover muscles, etc. Certain motor nerves, called vasomotor\\nnerves, are distributed to the walls of the blood vessels and\\ncontrol the circulation by regulating the size of the blood\\nvessels, causing them to dilate or contract according to the\\namount of blood needed.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0141.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "28 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThe Sympathetic System consists of nerves and\\nnerve centers, or ganglions. There\\nare two chains of ganglions, one on\\neach side of the spinal column, with-\\nin the body, running the whole length\\nand extending into the chest and ab-\\ndomen. There are thirty pairs\\nof these ganglions. The sym-\\npathetic system of nerves sup-\\nplies the involuntary muscular\\ntissue, governs all acts of se-\\ncretion, equalizes the circula-\\ntion, and controlsthe nutri-\\ntion of the body. Nerves\\nfrom the ganglions are\\ndistributed to the mucous\\nmembranes and the\\norgans concerned in\\nnutrition the stom-\\nach, liver, intestines,\\netc. The vasomotor nerves belong\\nto this system. Thus all the organs\\nof the body are bound together with\\ncords of sympathy, so that if one\\nsuffers all suffer with it,\\nThe Cerebro-spinal System\\nconsists of the brain and spinal\\ncord and the nerves coming from\\nthem. This system supplies the\\ngreater part of the body with\\nnerves. It presides over sen-\\nsation, special senses, volun-\\nFig. 5.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cerebro Spinal Nerve System. tai V motion, intellect, and all\\nmovements which characterize different individuals,", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0142.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 29\\nTHE BRAIN.\\nThe Brain is the seat of the mind and it is the func-\\ntions which the brain performs that distinguishes man\\nfrom other animals. Man becomes a conscious, intelligent,\\nresponsible being through the action of the brain. The\\naverage brain weighs about forty-nine and a half ounces\\nin the adult male and forty-four ounces in the female. It\\nis egg-shaped, soft, and yielding, closely filling the skull\\ncavity. It is surrounded by a delicate double membrane,\\ncalled the arachnoid, forming a closed sac, and filled, as are\\nalso the brain spaces, with a watery liquid. Within the\\nmembrane, still more closely investing the brain, is a fine\\nvascular membrane, called the pia mater, which dips down\\nbetween the convolutions and lamina? and is prolonged\\ninto the interior, forming the velum interpositum and\\nchoroid plexuses of the fourth ventricle. This tissue\\nreceives its blood supply from the internal carotid and ver-\\ntebral arteries, and so copiously does it bathe the adjacent\\nparts that it is said to use one-fifth of the entire\\ncirculation of the body. It is plentifully supplied with lym-\\nphatics and nerves. The outermost envelope of the brain\\nis the dura mater, a dense, tough, glistening, fibrous mem-\\nbrane, which lines the interior of the brain case, as well\\nas the spinal column. It separates the various parts of\\nthe organs by strong partitions.\\nGang-lions. The brain is composed of a number of\\nnerve centers, or ganglions, which are connected with one\\nanother and the motor and the sensory nerves of the sys-\\ntem. It consists of both white and gray matter, and is\\ndivided into three portions, cerebrum, cerebellum, and\\nmedulla oblongata.\\nThe Cerebrum (the brain) occupies the front and upper\\npart of the cavity of the cranium, and comprises about\\nseven-eights of the entire weight of the brain. It is divided", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0143.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "30 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ninto two lateral halves, or hemispheres, right and left, by\\n-the great longitudinal fissure, which extends throughout\\nthe entire length of the cerebrum, reaching to the base in\\nfront and behind, but in the middle it is interrupted by a\\ntransverse commissure of white matter, the corpus cal-\\nlosum, which connects the two hemispheres. In this\\nfissure lodges the falx cerebri. Each hemisphere is divided,\\nby fissures on the under surface of the brain, into three\\nlobes, anterior, middle, and posterior. Thus we are pro-\\nvided with two brains, as well as hands, feet, eyes, and\\nears, and one hemisphere has been known to be destroyed\\nin large part without particular injury to the mental\\npowers. The cerebrum is the center of intelligence and\\nthought, and is a mass of white fibers with cells of gray\\nmatter on the outside, or lodged here and there in gan-\\nglion. The surface is not smooth, except in infancy, but is\\narranged in large convolutions and sulci, which arrange-\\nment very largely increases the surface for gray matter.\\nThis surface has been estimated in some cases to measure\\nas much as six hundred and seventy square inches. Depth\\nand intricacy of these convolutions are characteristic of\\nhigh mental power. Persons of weak mind are oftentimes\\nsaid to be lacking in gray matter, while brainy persons are\\nsaid to possess it in large quantities. When the cerebrum\\nbecomes seriously injured or diseased the person is often\\nunable to converse intelligently from an inability to re-\\nmember words and lack of force to articulate them.\\nThe Cerebellum (a small brain) is situated beneath\\nthe posterior lobes of the cerebrum, in the inferior occipital\\nfossae. It is connected by the crura-connecting bands to\\nthe rest of the brain, two to the cerebrum, two to the\\nmedulla oblongata, and two blending together in front, form-\\ning the pons Varolii. It is about the size of a small fist and\\nweighs about five ounces. In structure it is similar to the", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0144.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 3l\\ncerebrum, being divided into hemispheres, but unlike that\\nportion has parallel ridges, which, letting the gray matter\\ndown deep into the white matter within, gives it a peculiar\\nappearance, called the arbor vitse, or tree of life. This\\npart of the brain is the center for the control of the volun-\\ntary muscles, particularly those of locomotion. If it is\\ninjured or diseased the power of locomotion is greatly hin-\\ndered, the muscles not acting together as they should. The\\nfalx cerebelli projects between the lateral lobes of the\\ncerebellum\\nThe Medulla Oblongata (medulla, marrow oblongus,\\nrather long) is the upper enlarged part of the spinal cord\\nextending from the upper border of the atlas to the pons\\nVarolii, and connects the spinal chord with the various\\nganglions of the brain. Its anterior surface rests on the\\nbasilar groove of the occipital bone, while its posterior\\nsurface forms the floor of the fourth ventricle. It is about\\nan inch and a quarter in length and an inch wide, and is\\ncomposed of a mass of white matter, within which is im-\\nbedded a collection of gray matter or nerve cells. By\\nconnecting the spinal chord with the brain, it serves to con-\\nduct the sensation and motor stimulus to and from the\\nbrain. Probably its most important function is its entire\\ncontrol over the acts of respiration, and if it is injured or\\ndestroyed, breathing ceases and death results. Within the\\nmedulla oblongata is also supposed to lie the centers of the\\nvasomotor and cardiac nerves, and nerves of phonation,\\ndeglutition, mastication, and expression.\\nThe Spinal Cord is the cylindrical elongated part of\\nthe cerebro-spinal axis, which is contained in the spinal\\ncanal. Its length is usually about sixteen or seventeen\\ninches. It commences at the upper border of the axis\\nand terminates at the lower border of the first lumbar\\nvertebra in the cauda equina. It has two enlargements,", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0145.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "32 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\none in the cervical region, and one in the lumbar. It is\\ncomposed of gray matter internally and white matter\\nexternally. It gives out thirty-one pairs of nerves eight\\ncervical, twelve dorsal, five lumbar, five sacral, and one\\ncoccygeal which divide and subdivide, going to all parts\\nof the trunk and limbs. Each nerve arises by two roots,\\nthe anterior being the motory, and the posterior, the sensory\\nroot. These roots soon unite into one sheath though they\\npreserve their special functions.\\nThe Cranial Nerves, consisting of twelve pairs, arise\\nfrom the lower part of the brain and medulla oblongata.\\nThey are as follows\\n1. Olfactory, nerves of smell.\\n2. Optic, nerves of vision.\\n3. Motor Oculi.\\n4. Pathetic, Eye moving nerves.\\n6. Abducens,\\n5. Trigeminus (trifacial), nerves of the face, which divide\\ninto three branches, going respectively to the upper part of\\nthe face, eyes and nose to the upper jaw and teeth and\\nto the lower jaw and mouth, the latter branch becoming\\nthe nerve of taste.\\n7. Facial, nerves of expression.\\n8. Auditory, nerves of hearing.\\n9. Glossopharyngeal, nerves of the pharynx, tonsils, etc.\\n10. Pneumogastric, nerves of the larynx, lungs, liver,\\nstomach and heart (in part).\\n11. Accessory, nerves regulating the vocal movements\\nof the larynx.\\n12. Hypoglossal, nerves giving motion to the tongue.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0146.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER V.\\nTHE DIGESTIVE ORGANS.\\nThe Organs of Digestion consist of the alimentary\\ncanal and accessor} 7 organs. All food, before it is in a\\ncondition to afford nourishment to the tissues, must un-\\ndergo a certain process, called digestion. It is while\\npassing through these digestive organs that digestion takes\\nplace.\\nThe Alimentary Canal, the chief organ of digestion,\\nis a musculo-membranous tube about twenty-five to thirty\\nfeet in length, extending from the mouth to the anus, and\\nlined throughout with mucous membrane. It is divided\\ninto different parts, each with its distinctive name and\\nduties. These are the mouth, pharynx, esophagus,\\nstomach, small intestine and large intestine. The first\\nthree lie above the diaphragm, and the rest below it. The\\naccessory organs are the teeth, salivary glands, liver, pan-\\ncreas and spleen.\\nThe Month, placed at the commencement of the ali-\\nmentary canal, is an oval-shaped cavity formed by the\\nlips, cheeks, jaws, palate and tongue, in which the mastica-\\ntion of the food takes place. It opens posteriorly into the\\npharynx by the fauces and contains the tongue, teeth, hard\\npalate, soft palate, uvula, anterior and posterior pillars of\\nthe fauces, tonsils and the openings of Steno s and Whar\\nton s ducts and the ducts of Rivinus.\\nE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 3 (33)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0147.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "34\\nCHAMPION\\nTEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThe Salivary Glands are the parotid, lying below and\\nin front of the external ear, the submaxillary and sub-\\nlingual glands, lying in the corresponding fossae on the\\nMouth.\\nHard palate.\\nLower jaw.\\nTeeth.\\n5, 5, 6, 0. Mucous membrane.\\n7. Roof of mouth.\\n8.8. Soft palate.\\n9.9. Pharynx.\\n10. Uvula.\\n11. 11. Tongue.\\nFloor of mouth.\\n13. Trachea.\\n14, 14, 15. Esophagus.\\nM. Stomach.\\nIT. Cardiac end.\\nPyloric end.\\nLesser curvature.\\nGreater curvature.\\nCardiac orifice.\\nPyloric valve.\\nBeginning of duodenum.\\n24. Descending duodenum.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a225. Ending of duodenum.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a220. Transverse duodenum.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a227. Gall bladder.\\n28. Cystic duet.\\n29.30. Hepatic duet.\\n31. Choledoch duct.\\n32. Pancreatic opening.\\n33. Pancreatic duct.\\n34. Choledoch opening.\\n35. Jejunum.\\n36,36,36. Ilium.\\n37.38. Ending of ilium.\\n39. Ilio-ciecal valve.\\nin. II. Ca?cum.\\n4 2. Vermiform appendix.\\n43. 43. 14. Ascending colon.\\n45. Transverse colon.\\n40.47,47. Descending colon.\\n48, 49. Sigmoid flexure.\\n50. Rectum.\\n51. Sphyncter muscle.\\n5 2. Anus.\\n.-The Alimentary Canal, a Portion of Esophagus Being Removed.\\ninner surface of the inferior maxillary bone. All these\\nglands open into the mouth by ducts and are stimulated\\nto action by the presence of food in the mouth, and by the\\noperation of chewing. The fluid secreted by these glands", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0148.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS.\\n35\\nf2iW^\\nis called the saliva. It is mixed with the food during the\\nact of mastication and keeps the interior of the mouth\\nmoistened. The saliva is of the greatest importance in the\\nproper digestion of the food, moistening and softening the\\nfood so that when it enters the stomach the digestive\\njuices there can readily act upon it.\\nThe Tongue is the organ of special sense of taste. It\\nis situated in the floor of the mouth, in the interval\\nbetween the two lateral por-\\ntions of the body of the lower\\njaw. Its base, or root, is di-\\nrected backwards, and con-\\nnected with the hyoid bone\\nby numerous muscles, with\\nthe epiglottis by three folds\\nof mucous membrane, which\\nform the glosso-epiglottic lig-\\naments, and with the soft pal-\\nate and pharynx by means of\\nthe anterior and posterior pil-\\nlars of the fauces. Its mucous\\nmembrane is reflected over\\nthe floor of the mouth to the\\ninner surface of the gums,\\nforming in front a fold, the\\nfnenum of the tongue. Papillae cover nearly the entire\\nsurface of the dorsum of the tongue, giving it its charac-\\nteristic roughness. The arteries are the lingua], submental\\nand ascending pharyngeal.\\nThe Teeth are a very important factor in the scheme\\nof digestion. Their office is to reduce the food to a proper\\ncondition as to fineness, so that it can pass through the\\npharynx and esophagus into the stomach, and there be\\neasily acted upon. This process is called mastication.\\nid blood vessels.\\nFig. 7. The Jaws and Teeth.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0149.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "36 HA MPI OX TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThe teeth, of which there are thirty-two in the complete\\nadult set, sixteen in each jaw, consist of crown, neck, and\\nroot. The crown is the part above the gums, and is\\ncovered with a white, glistening substance, called enamel,\\nwhich is the hardest substance in the human body. The\\npermanent teeth in each jaw are as follows: four incisors,\\ntwo canine, four bicuspids and six molars.\\nThe Jaws possess the mechanism for grinding the food.\\nThe lower jaw being movable, its muscles bring it against\\nthe upper one. giving it also a sidewise motion. The\\ntongue, lips and cheeks assist in mastication by keeping\\nthe food mass between the teeth.\\nThe Pharynx, or throat, is a musculo-membranous\\nsac, conical in form, four and a half inches long, with the\\nbase upwards and the apex downwards, extending from\\nthe basilar process of the occipital bone to the lower border\\nof the cricoid cartilage in front and fifth cervical vertebra\\nbehind, where it becomes continuous with the esophagus.\\nIt forms that part of the alimentary canal which lies back\\nof the nose, mouth and larynx. It has seven openings\\ncommunicating with it: the two posterior nares, the two\\neustachian tubes, the mouth, larynx and esophagus. The ar-\\nteries that supply the pharynx are superior thyroid, ascend-\\ning pharyngeal, pterygopalatine, and descending palatine.\\nThe Esophagus (gullet) is a musculo-membranous\\ncanal, about nine inches long, extending from the pharynx,\\nat the lower border of the cricoid cartilage of the larynx,\\nand the fifth cervical vertebra, along the front of the spine,\\nthrough the posterior mediastinum, passing through the\\nesophageal opening into the abdomen, to the cardiac ori-\\nfice of the stomach, opposite the ninth dorsal vertebra,\\nwhere it terminates. It is located in the neck, between\\nthe trachea and the vertebral column. Its general direction\\nis vertical. It is the narrowest part of the alimentary canal.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0150.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 37\\nThe esophageal arteries are chiefly branches from the tho-\\nracic aorta. The veins empty into the vena azygos minor.\\nThe Stomach, the principal organ of digestion, is\\npyriform in shape, of musculo-membranous structure. It\\nis about twelve inches in length by four inches in average\\ndiameter, when moderately full, and will contain on an\\naverage from three to five pints of fluid. It is held in\\nposition by the lesser omentum, and is situated diagonally\\nacross the upper part of the abdomen, in the epigastric\\nand right and left hypochondriac regions, above the trans-\\nverse colon, and below the liver and diaphragm. The\\nmuscular fibers composing the wall of the stomach are\\narranged in three layers, the first running lengthwise of,\\nthe second around, and the other obliquely across, the\\nstomach. When food enters the stomach the lining\\nmembrane, which in rest is of a pinkish color, becomes\\nbright red from the increased flow of blood to its blood\\nvessels, and the secretion of gastric juice, the digestive\\nfluid of the stomach, begins. In the healthy adult about\\nfourteen pints of gastric juice is secreted by the peptic\\nglands every twenty-four hours. The muscular fibers of\\nthe walls are stimulated to action by the presence of food\\nin the stomach, and, by alternate contractions and expan-\\nsions, give it a sort of motion which causes the contents to\\nroll about in its interior, thoroughly mixing them with the\\ngastric juice. The digested portion of the food is taken\\nup into the circulation, and the remainder passes through\\nthe pyloric orifice into the small intestine where digestion\\nis completed. Stomach digestion requires from one to four\\nhours, according to the condition of the food when it enters.\\nThe Fundus, or splenic end, is the left extremity of the\\nstomach. It lies beneath the ribs, in contact with the\\nspleen, to which it is connected by the gastro-splenic omen-\\ntum. The pylorus, or lesser end, of the stomach lies in", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0151.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "38 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ncontact with the anterior wall of the abdomen, near the\\nend of the cartilage of the right eighth rib. The lesser\\ncurvature is concave, extending from the esophageal to\\nthe pyloric orifice, along the upper border of the organ, is\\nconnected to the liver by the gastro-hepatic omentum, and\\nto the diaphragm by the gastro-phrenic ligament. The\\ngreater curvature is convex, and extends between the\\nsame orifices, along the lower border, and gives attach-\\nment to the great omentum. The esophageal orifice is\\nsituated between the fundus and the lesser curvature. It\\nis the highest part of the organ, and somewhat funnel-\\nshaped. The pyloric orifice opens into the duodenum, the\\naperture being guarded by a kind of valve, the pylorus.\\nThe arteries of the stomach are the gastric, arising\\nfrom the cceliac axis, the pyloric and right gastro-epiploic\\nbranches of the hepatic, and the left gastro-epiploic and\\nvasa branches of the splenic artery. Veins terminate in\\nthe splenic and portal veins.\\nThe Small Intestine is a convoluted tube, about\\ntwenty feet in length, and is the organ in which chylifica-\\ntion takes place. When the food enters the small intes-\\ntine it is a grayish, semi-liquid mass called chyme. Here\\nit is mixed with pancreatic juice, bile, and intestinal juice,\\nall digestive fluids. The interior membrane is lined with\\nhair-like projections called villi, which absorb the digested\\nfood into the circulatory system. The small intestine has\\nthree coats a muscular, a cellular, or submucous, and a\\nmucous. The mucous coat contains the crypts of Lieber-\\nkuhn, or simple follicles theBrunner s, or duodenal, glands;\\nand the solitary glands, situated throughout the intestine,\\nthough most numerous at the lower portion of the ileum.\\nThey are agminated into some twenty or thirty oval\\npatches, named Peyer s patches, situated opposite the\\nmesenteric attachments, some of which are as much as", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0152.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 39\\nfour inches in length. They are most numerous and\\nlargest in the ileum. The small intestine is divided into\\nthree parts, duodenum, jejunum and ileum.\\nThe Duodenum is so called from being equal in length\\nto the breadth of twelve fingers (about ten inches). It is\\nthe shortest, the widest, and the most fixed part of the\\nsmall intestine. It is only partially covered by the peri-\\ntoneum, and has no mesentery. From the pylorus, it\\nascends obliquely upwards and backwards two and a half\\ninches to the under surface of the liver, then decends three\\nand a half inches in front of the kidney, and passes four\\ninches transversly across the spine to the left side of the\\nsecond lumbar vertebra, terminating in the jejunum, where\\nthe mesenteric artery crosses the intestine. The ductus\\ncommunis choledochus and the pancreatic duct open into\\nthe descending portion.\\nThe Jejunum (jejunus, empty) is so named from being\\nusually found empty and includes about two-fifths of the rest\\nof the intestine, its coils lying around the umbilical region.\\nThe Ileum is so named from its twisted course, and\\ncomprises the remainder of the small intestine. It lies\\nbelow the umbilicus, and terminates in the right iliac\\nfossa, at the ileo-caecal valve.\\nThe Large Intestine extends from the termination of\\nthe ileum to the anus, and its chief office is the expulsion\\nfrom the body of the undigested portions of food. It is\\nabout five feet in length, much larger than the small\\nintestine, more fixed in position, and is sacculated. In its\\ncourse it describes an arch, which surrounds the convolu-\\ntions of the small intestine. It has the same coats as the\\nsmall intestine, and is divided into the ca3cum, colon, and\\nrectum.\\nThe Caecum ccecus, blind is a blind pouch behind the\\nentrance to the small intestine, lying in the right iliac", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0153.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "40 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nfossa. It is the beginning of the large intestine, of which\\nit is the most dilated part, measuring two and one-half\\ninches in diameter. It is two-thirds covered by peri-\\ntoneum. The ileo-caecal valve guards the entrance of the\\nsmall intestine and when the caecum is distended prevents\\nany reflex into the ileum.\\nThe Appendix Vermiformis is a narrow, worm-like\\ntube, supposed to be the rudiment of the lengthened caecum\\nfound in all mammalia, except the orang-outang and wom-\\nbat. It is about the size of a goose quill and is three to\\nsix inches long. It is directed backwards and upwards\\nfrom the lower part of the caecum, being retained by a\\nfold of the peritoneum.\\nThe Colon extends from the ileum to the rectum and\\nis divided into the ascending, transverse, and descending\\ncolons, and the sigmoid flexure. The ascending colon ex-\\ntends upwards to the under surface of the liver, where it\\nforms the hepatic flexure of the colon. The transverse\\ncolon crosses the abdomen just below the liver, stomach,\\nand spleen, to the left hypochondrium. where it terminates\\nin the splenic flexure of the colon. The descending\\ncolon descends in front of the left kidney to the left iliac\\nfossa, The sigmoid flexure of the colon is curved like an\\nS, first upwards, then downwards, extending from the crest\\nof the left ileum to the sacro-iliac synchondrosis.\\nThe Rectum (rectus, straight) is the lower portion of\\nthe large intestine, extending from the sigmoid flexure to\\nthe anus. It is six or eight inches in length. The lower\\ninch or inch and a half has no peritoneal investment. The\\nsphincter ani closes the anus. The glands are the same as\\nin the small intestine, except the absence of Brunner s\\nglands.\\nThe Liver is the largest glandular organ in the body,\\nweighing from three to four pounds, and measuring trans-", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0154.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 41\\nversely about twelve inches, in its anteroposterior diam-\\neter about six or seven inches, and in its greatest thickness\\nabout three inches. It is intended mainly for the secretion\\nof bile, but effects also important changes in certain con-\\nstituents of the blood in their passage through the gland.\\nIt is situated in the right hypochondrium, and extends\\nacross the epigastrium into the left hypochondrium. Its\\nupper surface is convex and its under surface concave.\\nThe right extremity of the liver is thick and rounded while\\nthe left side is thin and flattened. Five fissures on the\\nunder surface divide it into fives lobes right lobe, left\\nlobe, lobus quadratus, lobus Spigelii and lobus caudatus.\\nThe right and left lobes form the bulk of the liver the\\nothers are merely lobules. The liver has five ligaments\\nand five hepatic vessels.\\nThe Hepatic Duct joins the cystic duct from the gall\\nbladder to form the ductus communis choledochus, which\\ncarries the bile to the descending portion of the duodenum.\\nThe Gall Bladder, the reservoir for the bile, is a con-\\nical, pear-shaped sac, three or four inches long, an inch in\\ndiameter, holding from an cunce to an ounce and a half,\\nand lying on the under surface of the liver. Its secretion,\\ncalled bile, is a viscid, golden-brown liquid, which is dis-\\ncharged from the gall bladder into the duodenum, and\\nwhich aids in digestion, especially of the fats.\\nThe Pancreas (the sweet bread) is a racemose gland,\\nsimilar in structure to the salivary glands, is about seven\\ninches in length, of grayish-white color, and situated be-\\nhind the stomach. It secretes another digestive fluid,\\ncalled the pancreatic juice. While the bile acts particu-\\nlarly on the fats, the pancreatic juice acts directly upon the\\nsugars and starches, still undigested. The head extends to\\nthe right, and occupies a part of the epigastric region. The\\ntail lies above the left kidney, and in contact with the lower", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0155.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "42 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nend of the spleen, and in the left hypochondriac region. The\\nbody lies behind the stomach and transverse colon and in\\nfront of the aorta, portal vein, inferior vena cava, splenic\\nvein and the crura of the diaphragm. The arteries are\\nthe pancreatica magna and pancreaticse parvse, from the\\nsplenic the pancreatico-duodenalis from the hepatic\\nand from the superior mesenteric. The veins open into the\\nsplenic and mesenteric veins.\\nThe Pancreatic Duct extends the whole length of the\\ngland. It collects the pancreatic juice and carries it to the\\nduodenum, which it enters about three inches below the\\npylorus, by an opening common to it and the ductus com-\\nmunis choledochus.\\nThe Spleen, Thyroid, Thymus, and Supra -renal\\nCapsules, constitute the ductless, or blood glands. The\\nspleen possesses no excretory duct, and is of an oblong and\\nflattened form, soft, of very brittle consistency, highly\\nvascular, of a dark, bluish-red color, and situated in the\\nleft hypochondriac region, embracing the cardiac end of the\\nstomach. It is about five inches long, three inches wide\\nby two in thickness. The vessels are the splenic artery,\\nwhich is large and tortuous, and the splenic vein, which\\nempties into the portal vein.\\nThe Supra-renal Capsules are two small, crecentric-\\nshaped bodies, situated one on each kidney. The vessels\\nare the supra-renal branches of the aorta, renal, and\\ninferior phrenic arteries, and the supra-renal vein, which\\non the right side of the body empties into the inferior vena\\ncava, and on the left side, into the left renal vein.\\nTHE ABDOMINAL CAVITY.\\nThe Abdomen is the largest cavity in the body and\\nis situated between the thorax above and the pelvis below,\\nand contains the", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0156.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 43\\nStomach. Pancreas. Abdominal Aorta.\\nIntestines. Kidneys and Ureters. Inferior Vena Cava.\\nLiver. Supra-renal Capsules. Receptaculum Chyli.\\nGallBladder. P LADDER(when distended). Thoracic Duct.\\nSpleen. Uterus (during pregnancy). Solar Plexus, etc.\\nIt is bounded above by the diaphragm, below by the\\nbrim of the pelvis, at the back by the vertebral column\\nand fasciae covering the psoas and qnadratus muscle* in\\nfront and at the sides by the transversalis fascia, the lower\\nribs, and the iliac venter. It contains the greater part of\\nthe alimentary canal, pancreas, spleen, kidneys and supra-\\nrenal capsules. The openings in the diaphragm are three\\nin number, the aortic, the esophageal and the opening for\\nthe vena cava. The openings in the abdominal walls are\\nfive in number, the umbilical, two internal and two\\nfemoral or crural rings.\\nRegions of the Abdomen. The abdomen, for con-\\nvenience of description of its viscera, as well as of refer-\\nence to the morbid condition of the contained parts, is\\nartificially divided into nine regions, by two horizontal\\nlines, one between the cartilages of the ninth ribs, another\\nbetween the crests of the ilia, and two vertical lines from\\ncartilages of the eighth rib on each side to the center of\\nPoupart s ligament. The nine regions thus formed are\\nnamed as follows\\nRight Hypochondriac. Epigastric Left Hypochondriac.\\nRight Lumbar. Umbilical. Left Lumbar.\\nRtght Inguinal. Hypogastric Left Inguinal.\\nThe Contents of these regions are respectively as fol-\\nlows:\\nRight Hypochondriac right lobe of liver, gall bladder,\\nduodenum, hepatic flexure of colon, upper part of right\\nkidney, and right supra-renal capsule.\\nEpigastric right two-thirds of stomach, left lobe and\\nlobus Spigelii of liver, hepatic vessels, coeliac axis, solar", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0157.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "44 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nplexus, pancreas, and parts of aorta, inferior vena cava,\\nvena azygos and thoracic duct.\\nLeft Hypochondriac splenic end of stomach, spleen,\\ntail of pancreas, splenic flexure of colon, upper half of left\\nkidney and its supra-renal capsule.\\nRight Lumbar ascending colon, lower half of right\\nkidney and part of small intestine.\\nUmbilical transverse colon, transverse duodenum,\\npart of the great omentum and mesentary, and part of\\nsmall intestine.\\nLeft Lumbar descending colon, lower half of left\\nkidney and part of small intestine.\\nRight Inguinal right ureter, appendix vermiformis,\\nand spermatic vessels of that side.\\nHypogastric part of small intestine, the bladder in\\nchildren and when distended in adults and uterus during\\npregnancy.\\nLeft Inguinal left ureter and spermatic vessels, and\\nsigmoid flexure of the colon.\\nThe Peritoneum to extend around is a serous mem-\\nbrane, and, like all membranes of this class, is a shut sac.\\nIts parietal layer is reflected more or less completely over\\nall the abdominal and pelvic viscera. Its free surface is\\nsmooth, moist and shining. Its attached surface is con-\\nnected to the viscera and the parietes of the abdomen by\\nthe subperitoneal, areolar tissue. In the female, it is not\\ncompletely closed, the Fallopian tubes communicating with\\nit by their free extremities and thus it is continuous with\\ntheir mucous membranes.\\nPeritoneal Sacs. The peritoneum is divided into two\\nsacs, greater and lesser. The greater sac extends over the\\nanterior two thirds of the liver, behind and above the\\nstomach, below, behind, and in front of the great omentum,\\nand below the mesocolon. The lesser sac, or cavity of", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0158.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS. 45\\nthe great omentum, extends behind and below the liver\\nand stomach, above the mesocolon, and within the great\\nomentum.\\nThe Omenta. The great omentum consists of four\\nlayers of peritoneum, the most anterior and posterior of\\nwhich belong to the greater sac and internal to the lesser\\nsac. The two anterior layers descend from the stomach\\nand the spleen, over the small intestines, and then ascend\\nas the posterior layers, to enclose the transverse colon.\\nThe lesser omentum consists of two layers of peritoneum,\\nthe upper belonging to the greater sac, the lower to the\\nlesser sac. It extends from the transverse fissure of the\\nliver to the lesser curvature of the stomach, and contains\\nin its right free margin the\\nHepatic Artery. Ductus Communis Choledochus.\\nPortal Vein. First Part op the Duodenum.\\nLymphatics. Hepatic Plexus of Nerves.\\nThe gastrosplenic omentum connects the stomach with\\nthe spleen, and contains the splenic vessels and the vasa\\nbrevia.\\nThe Mesos, or Mesenteries, are folds of peritoneum\\nconnecting the various parts of the intestinal canal (except\\nthe duodenum) to the abdominal walls. Each one contains\\nthe vessels of the mesentery proper, mesocaecum, mesocolon\\nand mesorectum.\\nThe Pelvic Cavity contains the bladder, male organs\\nof generation, womb in female, and the rectum. The\\nbladder lies behind the pubic arch. The womb lies behind\\nthe bladder in the female. During pregnancy it enlarges\\nuntil at the latter end of the term, it nearly fills the ab-\\ndominal cavity.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0159.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VI.\\nTHE ORGANS OF RESPIRATION\\nThe Organs of Respiration consist of the respiratory\\ntract, or air passages, the lungs and certain muscles which\\nassist in the act of breathing. The respiratory tract con-\\nsists of the passages of the\\nnose and mouth, the pharynx,\\nlarynx, and the trachea, or\\nwindpipe.\\nMonth and Nose. The\\nair passages begin with the\\nmouth and nose. The proper\\npassages for the air to enter\\nin the act of breathing are\\nthose of the nose. These\\npassages are lined with a\\nsmooth, soft membrane,\\ncalled mucous membrane,\\nthe surface of which is in-\\ncreased by the projection\\ninto the nasal cavity of pe-\\nculiarly shaped bones. This\\nmucous membrane is con-\\nstantly kept moist, thus\\ncatching particles of dust from the air as it passes through\\nthe nose and serving also to render the air moist to a\\ncertain extent. The air is also slightly warmed while\\npassing through these passages. It is always better to\\n(46)\\nFig. 8.\\nSectional View of the Upper Air Passages", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0160.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF RESPIRATION. 47\\nbreathe through the nose than the mouth, as the latter\\ncannot properly perform these offices.\\nThe Pharynx, already described, has two openings in\\nits lower part, one to the esophagus and the other to the\\nlarynx, through which the air passes on its way to the\\nlungs.\\nThe Larynx is a musculo-membranous, cartilaginous,\\ntriangular-shaped box, placed between the base of the\\ntongue and the trachea. It is composed of nine cartilages:\\nthe thyroid, cricoid, epiglottis, two arytenoid and two\\ncuneiform cartilages, and the two cornicula laryngis.\\nAcross its upper opening are stretched two fibrous bands,\\nor cords, called the vocal cords, which are concerned in the\\nproduction of the voice. Small muscles separate these\\ncords as the air enters on its way towards the lungs,\\nmaking a passage for the air between them. This open-\\ning is called the glottis. Just above is a leaf-like portion\\nof cartilage, called the epiglottis, which, during the act of\\nbreathing, lies in such a position as to leave the larynx\\nunobstructed. When food or drink is being swallowed,\\nthe epiglottis shuts down, closing the glottis and pre-\\nventing the entrance of any foreign substances into the\\nwindpipe.\\nThe Trachea, or Windpipe, is a membrano-cartilag-\\ninous, cylindrical tube, about four and a half inches in\\nlength, and one inch in diameter. It begins at the lower\\nborder of the larynx, opposite the fifth cervical vertebra,\\nand ends opposite the third dorsal, by its bifurcation into\\nthe two bronchi. It is composed of a fibro-elastic mem-\\nbrane, containing from sixteen to twenty cartilaginous\\nrings connected by muscular fibers, which keep the walls\\nrigid and prevent their collapse during the act of breath-\\ning. The thyroid gland lies in front of the upper portion\\nof the trachea.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0161.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "48 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThe Bronchi are the right and left divisions of the\\ntrachea, which enter the lungs, dividing and subdividing\\ninto many bronchial tubes, ramifying all parts of the lungs.\\nThe last and most minute subdivisions are called bron-\\nchioles. A smooth, mucous membrane, which is constantly\\nkept moist by a secretion of mucous, lines the trachea and\\nbronchial tubes throughout, extending with the vessels\\ninto all parts of the lungs. The arteries are the tracheal\\nbranches of the inferior thyroid, and the bronchial branches\\nof the thoracic aorta. The veins open into the thyroid\\nplexus and the bronchial veins.\\nThe Lungs, two in number, are the essential organs of\\nrespiration, contained in the thoracic cavity, one on each\\nside. They weigh together about forty-two ounces, are\\nconical in shape, and covered with a smooth membrane,\\ncalled the pleura, which is deflected or turned back upon\\nitself so as to line the chest walls. This membrane secretes\\na thin fluid which acts as a lubricator, preventing friction\\nbetween the surface of the lungs and the chest walls during\\nthe act of breathing. The color of the lungs at birth is a\\npinkish white, which becomes mottled as age advances by\\nslate colored patches, from the deposits of carbonaceous\\ngranules in the areolar tissue of the organ. The right lung\\nis the larger and has three lobes, while the left lung is the\\nsmaller and has but two lobes. The apex of the lung pro-\\njects into the neck about one inch above the first rib. The\\nbase is broad, concave, and rests on the upper surface of\\nthe diaphragm. The root of the lung is where the bronchial\\nvessels and nerves enter the lung, bound together by areo-\\nlar tissue.\\nStructure of the Lungs. The lungs are invested\\nwith a serous coat (the pleurae), a subserous, elastic areolar\\ntissue, investing the entire organ and extending inwards\\nbetween the lobules, and the parenchyma, or true lung", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0162.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF RESPIRATION. 49\\ntissue, composed of lobules, each consisting of several air\\ncells, arranged around the termination of a bronchiole,\\nand surrounded by six plexuses of pulmonary and bron-\\nchial arteries and veins, lymphatics and nerves. The\\nlungs are nourished by the bronchial arteries, and supplied\\nwith blood for oxygenation by the pulmonary arteries.\\nThe bronchial arteries are derived from the thoracic aorta\\nand the pulmonary from the right ventricle of the heart.\\nThe bronchial veins open on the right side into the vena\\nazygos and on the left side into the superior intercostal\\nvein. The pulmonary veins open by four large orifices\\ninto the left auricle of the heart, carrying the oxygenated\\nblood from the lungs to the heart.\\nThe Pleurae are two delicate serous sacs, one surround-\\ning each lung and reflected over the pericardium, the\\ndiaphragm, and the inner surface of the thorax. The\\npleurae meet for a short space behind the middle of the\\nsternum, at the approximation of the anterior borders of\\nthe lungs. The visceral layer invests the lungs as far as\\nthe root, while the parietal layer lines the inner surface\\nof the walls of the chest, the diaphragm and the peri-\\ncardium. The cavity of the pleura is the space between\\nthe two layers. The mediastinum is the space between\\nthe two pleurae in the medium line of the thorax, extending\\nfrom the sternum to the vertebral column, and containing\\nall the viscera of the chest except the lungs. This space\\ncontains the heart and pericardium, and the large vessels,\\nesophagus, azygos veins, etc.\\nE\u00e2\u0080\u0094 4", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0163.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VII.\\nTHE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.\\nAn Important System. The constant wearing away\\nof the organs and tissues of the body is as constantly being\\nrepaired by means of the nutriment furnished by the\\nblood. This is carried and distributed by the circulatory\\nsystem, which is necessarily one of importance.\\nIn a work on embalming, a careful and thorough study\\nof this wonderful system which permeates every portion,\\nand almost every tissue of the body, is most necessary, and\\nits treatment is therefore quite full.\\nOrgans of Circulation. The movement of the blood\\nthrough and to every part of the body is called circulation,\\nand the organs which produce and carry it on are called\\nthe organs of circulation. These are the heart and the\\nblood vessels, and the latter are divided, according to the\\nclass of work done, into three classes, arteries, capillaries\\nand veins.\\nTHE HEART.\\nThe Heart is a hollow, muscular organ, conical in shape,\\nplaced between the lungs, and inclosed in the cavity of the\\npericardium. The heart is placed obliquely in the chest,\\nthe base being directed upwards and backwards to the\\nright, and the apex to the front and to the left, correspond-\\ning to the interspaces between the cartilages of the fifth and\\nsixth ribs, one inch to the inner side and two inches below\\n(50)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0164.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. 51\\nthe left nipple. It is placed behind the lower two-thirds\\nof the sternum and projects farther into the left than\\ninto the right cavity of the chest, extending from the\\nmedian line about three inches into the left, and only\\none and a half inches into the right cavity. Its anterior\\nsurface is round and convex and formed chiefly by the\\nright ventricle and part of the left. Its posterior surface\\nis flattened and rests upon the diaphragm, and is formed\\nchiefly by the left ventricle.\\nThe Pericardium (peri, around; kardium, heart) is\\na conical, membranous, closed sac, containing the heart and\\nthe roots of the great vessels. It lies behind the sternum\\nand between the pleurae, its apex upwards, its base below\\nand attached to the tendon of the diaphragm. It is a\\nsero-fibrous nembrane, the inner (serous) coat being\\nreflected over the heart and vessels. Between the peri-\\ncardium and the heart there is a small quantity of a clear\\nfluid which acts as a lubricator, allowing the heart to\\nmove freely without producing any friction.\\nThe Endocardium is a serous membrane which lines\\nthe auricles and ventricles of the heart.\\nHeart s Weight and Size. In the adult the heart is\\nabout five inches in length, three and a half in breadth,\\nand two and a half in thickness, being about the size of\\none s fist. It weighs from ten to twelve ounces in the\\nmale and from eight to ten ounces in the female. The\\nheart increases in size and weight as age advances, but\\nthe increase is less marked in women than in men.\\nIts Cavities. The interior of the heart is divided by\\na longitudinal, muscular septum into two lateral halves,\\nwhich, from their position, are named the right and left.\\nA. transverse constriction divides each half into two cav-\\nities the upper cavity on each side is called the auricle,\\nand the lower cavity the ventricle. There are, therefore, a", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0165.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "52 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nright and left auricle and a right and left ventricle. The\\nwalls of the ventricles are thick and strong while those of\\nthe auricles are rather thin and less strong. The muscu-\\nlar septum of the heart is complete, no communication\\nexisting after foetal life between the right and left sides.\\nThe right is the venous side of the heart and receives the\\nvenous blood from every portion of the body through the\\ninferior and superior venae cava? and the coronary sinuses\\ninto the right auricle. The blood then passes from the\\nright auricle into the right ventricle, and from the right\\nventricle through the pulmonary artery into the lungs for\\narterialization. It is returned as arterial blood, through\\nthe pulmonary veins to the left auricle from the left\\nauricle it passes into the left ventricle, and from the left\\nventricle it is carried through the aorta and its divisions\\nto all parts of the body.\\nIts Capacity. At each contraction of the heart each\\nventricle forces into the blood vessels about six ounces of\\nblood. The average frequency of the pulse beat or heart\\ncontraction is seventy-two to seventy-six times per minute.\\nIt varies, however, in different persons, and in the same\\nperson under different conditions. Sudden emotions or\\nsickness cause increase in frequency. It is also more fre-\\nquent while a person is working than resting. The\\naverage amount of blood in the human body in normal\\ncondition is from sixteen to eighteen pounds hence, it will\\nbe seen that all the blood in the body passes through the\\nheart in about forty seconds. As the heart is unceasing in\\nits work day and night, the aggregate force exerted by it\\nin a day is something stupendous. It is estimated that\\nover three hundred barrels of blood are pumped into, and\\nforced out of, the heart every twenty-four hours.\\nThe Right Auricle is larger than the left, and when\\nfull holds two fluid ounces Its walls are about a line", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0166.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "THE CIR C ULA TOE Y S YS TE M. 5 3\\n(one twelfth of an inch) in thickness. It consists of a\\nprincipal cavity, or sinus, and an appendix auriculae.\\nTwo large veins, the superior vena cava and the inferior\\nvena cava, and the coronary sinus, open into the right\\nauricle. The latter is guarded by a valve, while the former\\nare not. The auriculo- ventricular opening communicat-\\ning with the right ventricle is oval, about an inch broad,\\nsurrounded by a fibrous ring, and is guarded by the tricus-\\npid valve. The latter allows the blood to flow only in one\\ndirection, from the auricle to the ventricle. The eusta-\\nchian valve is a remnant of the foetal circulation.\\nThe Rig-lit Ventricle is conical in form and contains\\nabout two fluid ounces. The tricuspid valve consists of\\nthree triangular segments connected by their bases with\\nthe auriculo- ventricular orifice and by their sides with each\\nother. The semilunar valves are three in number, and\\nguard the orifice of the pulmonary artery. The opening\\nof the pulmonary artery is at the superior and internal\\nangle of the ventricle. It is circular in form, surrounded\\nby a fibrous ring, and is guarded by the semilunar valves.\\nThe Left Auricle is smaller than the right, its walls\\nare a line and a half in thickness, and it receives the arte-\\nrialized blood from the lungs. The openings of the\\npulmonary veins are generally four in number, sometimes\\nonly three, as the two left veins frequently end in a com-\\nmon opening. These openings are not guarded by valves.\\nThe left auriclo-ventricular opening is smaller than the\\nright, and is guarded by the mitral valve.\\nThe Left Ventricle is longer, thicker, and more coni-\\ncal than the right, projecting towards the posterior aspect.\\nThe walls are about twice as thick as those of the right\\nventricle. The aortic opening is small and circular,\\nplaced in front, and to the right, of the auriculo-ventricular\\nopening, from which it is separated by one of the", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0167.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "54\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nsegments of the mitral valve. It is surrounded by a\\nfibrous ring and guarded by semilunar valves.\\nTHE BLOOD.\\nThe Blood is the liquid by means of which the circula-\\ntion is effected. It permeates every part of the body\\n____^ except the cuticle, nails, hair,\\n^X teeth, etc., its office being to\\n,^L\\\\ carry nutrition to every tissue\\nX\\\\ in the body. It is the most\\nabundant fluid in the body,\\ncomprising about one eighth\\nof its entire weight. The blood\\nX is composed of a thin, colorless\\nW liquid, the plasma, filled with\\ny red disks or cells. These cells\\n^feU jf^ly 1%/ are so minute that it takes\\nthirty-two hundred laid side\\nFig. 9.- Blood Crystals. by measure an inch and\\nsixteen thousand if laid flatwise. A microscrope shows\\nthem to be rounded at the edges with concave sides. There\\nis also a white globular cell to every three or four hundred\\nred ones. The plasma also contains\\nfibrin, albumen, and such mineral sub-\\nstances as iron, lime, magnesia, phos-\\nphorus, potash, etc. The blood con-\\ntains the materials for building up\\nevery organ. The plasma is rich in\\nmineral matter for the bones and\\nalbumen for the muscles. The red\\ncorpuscles contain oxygen, which is\\nso essential to every operation of life.\\nIt stimulates to action and tears down all that is worn\\nout. In the latter process it unites with, and burns out,\\nBlood Corpusles.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0168.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "THE CIR C ULA TOR Y S YS TEM. 5 5\\nparts of muscles and other tissues, much as wood is burned.\\nThe unburned portion is caught up in the circulation,\\ncarried back to the lungs, where it undergoes purification,\\nonly to be again sent forth on its mission.\\nThe Circulation of the Blood is an interesting study.\\nThe blood goes from the heart and then returns again to\\nthe heart. Starting with the left ventricle the blood is\\nforced through the aorta and its branches to all parts of the\\nbody. From the arteries it passes through the capillaries.\\nThe second set of capillaries then take it up, pass it\\ninto the veins and then in turn into the venae cavas, whence\\nit is emptied into the right auricle of the heart. It then\\npasses into the right ventricle from whence it is sent\\nthrough the pulmonary artery to the lungs, to be returned\\nthrough the pulmonary vein to the left auricle and then\\ninto the left ventricle, from which place it started. Blood,\\nwhen it leaves the left ventricle, and while it is in the\\narteries, is red in color when returning through the veins\\nit is bluish. Arterial blood is pure and contains much oxy-\\ngen venous blood is impure, containing much carbonic\\nacid and other waste matter. The blue, impure blood\\npassing through the lungs loses its carbonic acid and takes\\nup oxygen, becoming again bright red in color.\\nTHE ARTERIES.\\nThe Arteries are the vessels or canals which convey\\nthe blood from the heart to different parts of the body.\\nThey are dense, very elastic, and cylindrical in form. They\\nare composed of three coats an internal or serous a\\nmiddle, of muscular and elastic tissue and an external, of\\nconnective tissue. They are accompanied by veins with\\nwhich the arteries are generally enclosed in a fibro-areolar\\ninvestment, the sheath. The external and middle coats of\\nthe large arteries are nourished by the vasa vasorum. The\\narteries anastomose or communicate freely with each other", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0169.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "\u00c2\u00a76 CHAM PI OS TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\neverywhere throughout the body, permitting the establish-\\nment of collateral circulations. They are generally located\\nas far as possible out of harm s way and are commonly found\\nclose to the bones or running through safe passages pro-\\nvided for them. They are usually very straight and take\\nthe shortest route to the part of the body to be supplied\\nby them with blood. The arteries that convey the blood\\nto the lungs, with the veins that return the blood to the\\nheart, form the lesser or pulmonic circulation. The aorta\\nwith its branches and returning veins, form the greater or\\nsystemic circulation.\\nTHE SYSTEMIC CIRCULATION.\\nThe Aorta, or great artery, is the main trunk of the\\nsystemic circulation. It commences at the aortic opening\\nof the left ventricle of the heart, arching backwards over\\nthe root of the left lung into the posterior part of the\\nthorax, where it descends on the left side of the spinal col-\\numn, through the aortic opening of the diaphragm, to the\\nfourth lumbar vertebra, where it divides into the right and\\nleft common iliac arteries. The aorta is divided into the\\narch, the thoracic aorta, and the abdominal aorta. The\\narch is subdivided into an ascending, transverse and de-\\nscending portion. The upper border of the arch is located\\nabout an inch below the upper margin of the sternum and\\nends at the lower border of the third dorsal vertebra. The\\nbranches of the aorta are\\nFrom the Arch.\\nTwo Coronary. Left Common Carotid.\\nInnominate. Left Subclavian.\\nPericardiac Esophageal.\\nFrom the Thoracic. Twenty Intercostals.\\nBronchial. Posterior Mediastinal.\\nFrom the Abdominal Two Phrenic.\\ni Gastric. Two Spermatic.\\nCoeliac Axis. Hepatic. Inferior Mesenteric.\\nSplenic. Eight Lumbar.\\nSuperior Mesenteric. Sacra Media.\\nTwo Supra-renal. Two Common Iliac.\\nTwo Renal.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0170.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. 57\\nThe Coronary Arteries arise from the aorta behind\\nthe semilunar valves, and run in the vertical grooves of\\nthe heart, to supply the tissues of the heart.\\nThe Innominate Artery arises from the summit of\\nthe arch of the aorta, is one and a half inches in length,\\nand divides at the right sterno-clavicular articulation into\\nthe right common carotid and right subclavian arteries.\\nOn the left side these arise directly from the arch of the\\naorta.\\nThe Common Carotid Artery on the left side arises\\nfrom the aorta, and the right from the innominate, the\\nleft being longer and deeper than the right. Their course\\nis indicated by a line drawn from a point midway between\\nthe angle of the lower jaw and the mastoid process to the\\nsterno-clavicular articulations. At the lower part of the\\nneck they are separated only by the width of the trachea,\\nand they are each contained in a sheath of the deep cer-\\nvical fascia with the internal jugular vein externally and\\nthe pneumogastric nerve between the artery and vein. It\\ndivides at the left level of the upper border of the thyroid\\ncartilage into the external and internal carotids.\\nThe External Carotid Artery ascends from its\\norigin to the space between the neck of the ramus of the\\nlower jaw and the external auditory canal, where it\\ndivides into the temporal and internal maxillary arteries.\\nThe branches of the external carotid are\\nThe Superior Thyroid. The Occipital.\\nThe Lingual. The Posterior Auricular.\\nThe Facial. The Temporal.\\nThe Ascending Pharyngeal. The Internal Maxillary.\\nThese branches and their subdivisions supply the tissues\\nof the neck, face, mouth, and head, and the branches\\nof one side anastomose freely with those on the other\\nside.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0171.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "58 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThe Internal Carotid Artery ascends in front of the\\ntransverse processes of the upper cervical vertebra, and\\nclose to the tonsil, traverses the carotid canal in the\\ntemporal bone, and, after piercing the dura mater by the\\nanterior cleinoid process, divides into its terminal branches.\\nThese branches of the internal carotid are\\n(1) The Tympanic, supplying the tympanum.\\n(2) The Arterise Receptaculi, supplying the walls of\\nthe sinuses, the Casserian ganglion and the pituitary body.\\n(3) The Anterior Meningeal, distributing to the dura\\nmater.\\n(4) The Ophthalmic, supplying the eye and its ap-\\npendages.\\n(5) The Anterior Cerebral is joined to its fellow by\\nthe anterior communicating branch, which is about two\\ninches long.\\n(6) The Middle Cerebral divides into the anterior,\\nmedian, and posterior cerebral arteries.\\n(7) The Anterior Choroid supplies the choroid plexus,\\ncorpus fimbriatum, etc.\\n(8) The Posterior Communicating anastomoses with\\nthe posterior cerebral, a branch of the basilar.\\nThe Circle of Willis is an anastomosis at the base of\\nthe brain, between the branches of the internal carotid\\nand vertebral arteries, to equalize the cerebral circulation.\\nThe two vertebral arteries join to form the basilar, which\\nends in the two posterior cerebral. These are connected\\nwith the internal carotid by the two posterior communi-\\ncating. The circle is completed by the connection of the\\ntwo anterior cerebral branches of the internal carotid\\nthrough the short anterior communicating artery.\\nThe Subclavian Artery arises on the right side from\\nthe innominate, and on the left from the arch of the aorta,\\nand is divided into three portions by the scalenus anticus.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0172.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. 59\\nthe parts being internal, posterior, and external, to that\\nmuscle. At the outer border of the first rib, the sub-\\nclavian becomes the axillary artery. Its branches are\\nabout all given off from its first portion.\\nThe Vertebral Artery passes up the neck, through the\\nforamen in the transverse processes of six cervical vertebrae,\\nand enters the skull by the foramen magnum, where it joins\\nits fellow to form the basilar artery. The branches of the\\nvertebral artery supply the tissues of the back part of the\\nneck and spine.\\nThe Thyroid Axis divides into three branches\\n(1) The Inferior Thyroid, supplying the thyroid gland,\\nthe larynx, the trachea, the esophageal, and the ascending\\ncervical branch.\\n(2) The Transversalis Colli and\\n(3) Suprascapular, supplying the superficial tissue\\nof the neck, the back of the scapula, and the shoulder\\njoint.\\nThe Internal Mammary Artery descends along the\\ncostal cartilages to the sixth interspace, where it divides\\ninto the musculo-phrenic and superior epigastric, the latter\\nanastomosing with the deep epigastric branch of the ex-\\nternal iliac. It gives off branches to the diaphragm, me-\\ndiastinum, pericardium, sternum, intercostal spaces, etc.\\nThe Superior Intercostal Artery gives off branches\\nto the intercostal spaces, to the posterior spinal muscles,\\nand to the spinal cord.\\nThe Axillary Artery is the continuation of the sub-\\nclavian, extending from the outer border of the first rib to\\nthe lower margin of the axillary space (armpit), where it\\nbecomes the brachial. Its seven branches supply all the\\ntissues of the thorax, shoulder, and mammary gland.\\nThe Brachial Artery is the continuation of the ax-\\nillary from the lower border of the armpit to where it", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0173.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "60 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ndivides into the radial and ulnar, which is usually about\\none half inch below the bend of the elbow. Its branches\\nare the\\nSuperior profunda, nutrient, inferior profunda, anasto-\\nmatica magna, and muscular branches, supplying the\\ntissues of the arm, and forming important anastomoses\\nwith branches above and below the arm.\\nThe Radial Artery is one of the divisions of the\\nbrachial, extending from the bifurcation to the deep palmar\\narch, on the radial side of the forearm, and terminates by\\nanastomosing with the superficial palmar arch. Its\\nbranches supply the tissues of the radial side of the forearm,\\nwrist and hand, and inosculate with the branches from the\\nbrachial artery.\\nThe Ulnar Artery is the other division of the brachial,\\nalong the ulnar side of the forearm. Its branches supply\\nthe tissues on the ulnar side of the forearm, wrist, and\\nhand, and anastomose freely with branches of the ulnar and\\nbrachial arteries.\\nThe Superficial Arch is that part of the ulnar artery\\nlying in the palm of the hand, and anastomosing with the\\nsuperficialis volae from the radial, and a branch from the\\nradialis indicis, at the root of the thumb. It gives off the\\ndigital branches, four in number, to the sides of the\\nfingers, except the inside of the index finger, which is\\nsupplied by the radialis indicis.\\nThe Deep Palmar Arch is formed by the palmar por-\\ntion of the radial artery anastomosing with the deep or\\ncommunicating branch of the ulna. It gives off the\\nradialis indicis, palmar interosseous, perforating and re-\\ncurrent branches.\\nThe Thoracic Aorta begins at the lower border of the\\nthird dorsal vertebra, and descends along the left side of the\\nspine to the aortic opening in the diaphragm, where it", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0174.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. 61\\nends directly in front of the last dorsal vertebra. Its\\nbranches are\\n(1) The Pericardiac Branches vary in number and\\norigin.\\n(2) The Bronchial Arteries supply all the tissues of\\nthe lungs. They vary in number and origin, being usually\\none on the right side and two on the left side.\\n(3) The Esophageal Branches supply the esophagus.\\n(4) The Posterior Mediastinals supply the medias-\\ntinum.\\n(5) The Inter cost als, usually ten in number on each\\nside, divide into anterior and posterior branches, supplying\\nthe upper spaces and the spinal cord and tissues of the\\nback.\\nThe Abdominal Aorta descends along the spinal\\ncolumn from the diaphragm to the fourth dorsal vertebra,\\nwhere it divides into the right and left common iliac\\narteries. It diminishes in size rapidly on account of the\\nmany large branches given off in its course. Its branches\\nare:\\n(1) The Phrenic, supplying the under surface of the\\ndiaphragm.\\n(2) The Coeliac Axis, arising near the diaphragm,\\nrunning forwards for half an inch and dividing into the\\ngastric, hepatic and splenic arteries.\\n(a) The Gastric, supplying the liver and gall bladder,\\nthe pyloric end of the stomach, duodenum and pancreas.\\n(b) The Hepatic, supplying the liver.\\n(c) The Splenic, supplying the spleen and giving off\\nbranches to the pancreas and to the left or cardiac end of\\nthe stomach.\\n(3) The Superior Mesenteric, supplying the small\\nintestine, caecum, ascending and transverse colon. It\\narises about one fourth of an inch below the coeliac axis.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0175.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "62 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\narching forwards and downwards, to the left, and gives off\\nbranches: inferior pancreatico-duodenal, vasa intestini\\ntennis, ileo-colic, and right and middle colic.\\n(4) The Inferior Mesenteric, supplying the descend-\\ning colon, sigmoid flexure, and most of the rectum, giving\\noff the following branches the left colic, sigmoid, and su-\\nperior hemorrhoidal.\\n(5) The Suprarenal, supplying the suprarenal capsules.\\n(6) The Spermatics, supplying the testes in the male,\\nand the ovaries, uterus, and the skin of the labia and\\ngroins in the female.\\n(7) The Renal, one on each side, supplying the kidneys.\\n(8) The Lumbar, usually four on each side, supplying\\nthe lumbar vertebrae.\\n(9) The Sacra Media, arising at the division of the\\naorta and supplying the sacrum and coccyx.\\nThe Common Iliac Arteries extend from the division\\nof the aorta at the fourth lumbar vertebra, to the margin of\\nthe pelvis, where they each divide into the external and in-\\nternal iliac arteries. The common iliacs are about two\\ninches long, the right being somewhat larger than the left.\\nThe Internal Iliac is about one and a half inches long.\\nIt divides into an anterior and a posterior trunk, which\\ngive off many branches to supply the walls and viscera of\\nthe pelvis, and the inner side of the thigh.\\nThe External Iliac Artery extends to and beneath\\nthe centre of Poupart s ligament, where it enters the thigh\\nand becomes the femoral artery. Its branches are\\n(1) The Epigastric, usually arising a few lines above\\nPoupart s ligament, passes between the peritoneum and\\nthe transversalis fascia, to the sheath of the rectus which\\nit perforates, and ascends behind that muscle, to anasto-\\nmose by numerous branches with the terminal branches of\\nthe internal mammary and inferior intercostal.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0176.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. 63\\n(2) The Circumflex Iliac passes along the crest of the\\nilium to anastomose with the ilio-lumbar, gluteal, lumbar\\nand epigastric arteries.\\nThe Femoral Artery extends from Poupart s ligament\\nto the opening in the adductor magnus muscle, where it be-\\ncomes the popliteal artery. Its course corresponds to a line\\ndrawn from the center of Poupart s ligament to the inner\\nside of the inner condyle of the femur. It lies in a strong\\nfibrous sheath with the femoral vein on the inside and the an-\\nterior crural nerve on the outside. In Scarpa s triangle it lies\\nsuperficial, in the upper third of its course. Its branches are\\n(1) The Superficial Epigastric, supplying the super-\\nficial fascia of the abdomen.\\n(2) The Superficial Circumflex Iliac, to the skin\\nover the iliac crest.\\n(3) The Superficial External Pudic, to the skin of\\nthe lower abdomen, penis, and scrotum.\\n(4) The Deep External Pudic, to the skin of the\\nscrotum and peringeum.\\n(5) The Profunda Femoris arises posteriorly about\\none or two inches below Poupart s ligament, and descends\\nto the lower third of the back of the thigh, giving off the\\nfollowing branches: external circumflex, internal circum-\\nflex, and three perforating.\\n(6) The Muscular Branches, to the sartorius and\\nvastus internus muscles.\\n(7) The Anastomotica Magna, arising in Hunter s\\ncanal, divides into a superficial and a deep branch, the\\nlatter anastomosing around the knee joint with the artic-\\nular arteries and the recurrent tibial.\\nThe Popliteal Artery extends downwards through\\nthe popliteal space behind the knee, dividing into the\\nanterior and posterior tibial artery, which supply the\\nknee joint and tissues around the knee.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0177.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "64 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThe Anterior Tibial Artery extends from the divi-\\nsion of the popliteal to the front of the ankle-joint, where\\nit becomes the dorsalis pedis. It is superficial in its lower\\nthird, lying on the anterior surface of the tibia. Its\\nbranches supply the tissues in its course and it gives off\\nthe internal and external malleolar at its lower part.\\nThe Dorsalis Pedis Artery extends from the front\\nof the ankle to the first interosseous space, where it ter-\\nminates in the dorsalis hallucis and the communicating.\\nIt gives off branches to the outer and front part of the\\nfoot and the toes.\\nThe Posterior Tibial Artery extends from the di-\\nvision of the popliteal along the back of the tibia to the\\nfossa below the internal malleolus, where it divides into\\nthe internal and external plantar. Its branches supply\\nthe tissues of the leg, heel and sole of the foot.\\nThe Internal Plantar passes along the inner side of\\nthe foot and great toe.\\nThe External Plantar passes along outwards and\\nforwards, and at the base of the metatarsal bones it\\ninosculates with the communicating branches from the\\ndorsalis pedis, forming the plantar arch. Its branches\\nsupply the muscles on the outer part of the foot, inter-\\nosseous tissues, the three outer toes and the outer side of\\nthe second toe.\\nTHE LESSER OR PULMONARY CIRCULATION.\\nThe Pulmonary Artery is the only artery that car-\\nries venous blood, which it conveys from the right ven-\\ntricle of the heart to the lungs. It is about two inches\\nlong, passes upward and backward to the under surface of\\nthe aorta, where it divides and is connected to the aorta\\nby a fibrous cord, the remains of the ductus arteriosus of\\nthe foetus. Its terminal branches are:", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0178.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.\\n65\\nThe Right and Left Pulmonary Arteries which,\\npassing outward to the roots of their respective lungs,\\ndivide and subdivide to ramify throughout the lung tissue\\nand end in the capillaries of those organs.\\nTHE VEINS.\\nThe Veins are the vessels that carry the blood towards\\nthe heart. They have three coats an internal, serous a\\nmiddle, muscular and an external, fibrous. They all\\ncarry carbonized or venous blood to the right side of the\\nheart, except the pulmonary veins, which convey oxy-\\ngenated blood to the left side of the heart. The deep\\nveins accompany the arteries, usually in the same sheath,\\nand are given the same names. The secondary arteries,\\nas the radial, ulna, brachial, etc., have each two veins,\\ncalled vense comites. The superficial veins are usually\\nunaccompanied by arteries, and lie, as a rule,\\nbetween the layers of the superficial fascia, ter-\\nminating in the deep veins. The veins all anas-\\ntomose with each other much more freely than\\ndo the arteries.\\nVenous Valves.- In the veins are numerous\\nvalves arranged to allow the blood to flow through\\nthem only in the direction of the heart.\\nThe Sinuses are venous channels, differing\\nfrom veins in structure, but serving the same\\npurpose. The sinuses of the cranium are formed\\nby the separation of the layers of the dura\\nmater. venous\\nThe Veins are Divided into the pulmonary, valves.\\nsystemic, and portal systems. The veins which have no\\nvalves are the venae cavge, hepatic, portal, renal, uterine,\\novarian, cerebral, spinal, pulmonary, umbilical, and the\\nvery small veins.\\nE.-5", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0179.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "66 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nVeins of the Head. The principal veins of the head\\nand neck, are\\n(1) The External Veins 3. Superior Longitudinal Sinus.\\n1. Facial. 4. Inferior Longitudinal Sinus.\\n2. Temporal. 5. Straight Sinus.\\n3. Internal Maxillary. 6. Circular Sinus.\\n4. Temporo-Maxillary. 7. Transverse Sinus.\\n5. Posterior Auricular. 8. Cavernous Sinus.\\n6. Occipital. 9. Occipital Sinus.\\n(2) Veins of the Diploe and Cranium 10. Superior Petrosal Sinus.\\n1. Veins of the Diploe. 11. Inferior Petrosal Sinus.\\n2. Cerebral and Cerebellar. 12. Lateral Sinus.\\nVeins of the Neck, draining the above named, are the\\n(1) External Jugular, terminating in the subclavian\\nvein.\\n(2) Posterior External Jugular runs down the back\\npart of the neck, opening into the external jugular, just\\nbelow the middle of its course.\\n(3) Anterior Jugular enters the subclavian vein near\\nthe external jugular.\\n(4) Internal Jug-ular collects the blood from the in-\\nterior of the cranium, from the superficial parts of the face,\\nand from the neck. It is formed by the junction of the\\nlateral and the inferior petrosal sinuses, descending and\\nuniting with the subclavian vein at the root of the neck\\nto form the innominate. It receives in its course the\\nfacial, lingual, pharyngeal, superior and middle thyroid,\\nand the occipital veins.\\n(5) The Vertebral empties into the innominate vein.\\nThe Veins of the Upper Extremity are superficial\\nand deep. The deep veins accompany the arteries, usually\\nas venae comites. Beginning in the hand as digital, inter-\\nosseous, and palmar veins, they unite in the deep radial\\nand ulnar, which unite to form the venae comites of the\\nbrachial artery at the elbow. The superficial veins lie in\\nthe superficial fascia. Those of the forearm are the radial,", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0180.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "THE CIRC ULA TOR Y S YS TEM. 67\\ncephalic, median, anterior and posterior ulna. The two\\nlatter form the basilic at the inner side of the elbow, and,\\nreceiving the median basilic, passes upwards on the inner\\nside of the arm, pierces the deep fascia and ascends in\\nthe course of the brachial artery, terminating either in one\\nof the venae comites of that vessel or in the axillary vein.\\nThe Radial Vein terminates at the outer side of the\\nelbow.\\nThe Cephalic Vein ascends on the outer border of the\\nbiceps muscle, receives the median cephalic, and termi-\\nnates in the axillary vein just below the clavicle.\\nThe Median Vein forms the median basilic and the\\nmedian cephalic just below the elbow.\\nThe Principal Veins of the Thorax are\\nInternal Mammary Bronchial. Right Azygos (Major).\\nInferior Thyroid. Mediastinal. Left Lower Azygos (Minor).\\nIntercostal. Pericardiac. Left Upper Azygos (Minimus).\\nThe Azygos Veins supply the place of the venae cavae\\nin the region where these trunks are deficient, being con-\\nnected with the heart.\\nThe Right Azygos begins by a branch from the right\\nlumbar veins, passes through the aorta opening in the dia-\\nphragm, and ends in the superior vena cava, having\\ndrained nine or ten of the right lower intercostals, the\\nvena azygos minor, the right bronchial esophageal, medi-\\nastinal, and vertebral veins.\\nThe Left Lower Azyg-os begins by a branch from the\\nleft lumbar or renal, passes the left crus of the diaphragm,\\ncrosses the vertebral column and ends in the right azygos,\\nhaving drained four or five lower intercostals.\\nThe Left Upper Azygos is often wanting.\\nThe Spinal Veins empty into the vertebral, inter-\\ncostal, and others.\\nThe Subclavian Vein is the continuation of the\\naxillary, extending from the outer margin of the first rib", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0181.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "68 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nto the sterno-clavicular articulation, where it unites with\\nthe internal jugular to form the innominate vein. At the\\nangle of this junction the thoracic duct enters on the left\\nside, and the right lymphatic duct enters on the right side.\\nIt receives the external and anterior jugular, and a branch\\nfrom the cephalic, in its course.\\nThe Innominate Veins are each formed by the sub-\\nclavian and internal jugular, and unite below the first costal\\ncartilage to form the superior vena cava. The right is one\\nand a half inches long and the left is about three inches long.\\nThe Superior Vena Cava is about three inches long,\\nreceives all the blood from the upper half of the body, and\\nterminates in the right auricle of the heart. It is partly\\ncovered by the pericardium, and receives the vena azygos\\nmajor and small pericardiac and mediastinal veins.\\nThe Veins of the Lower Extremity are superficial\\nand deep. The deep veins are the venae comites of the an-\\nterior and posterior tibial and peroneal arteries, which col-\\nlect the blood from the deep parts of the foot and leg, and\\nunite in the popliteal, which becomes the femoral and\\nthe external iliac in the same manner as the respectively\\nnamed arteries.\\nThe Superficial Veins of the lower extremities are\\nThe Internal or Long- Saphenous, on the inside of\\nthe leg and thigh, enters the femoral at the saphenous\\nopening, one and a half inches below Poupart s ligament.\\nIn its course it receives the blood from the superficial\\nbranches of the leg.\\nThe External or Short Saphenous is formed by the\\nbranches from the dorsum and outer side of the foot, and\\nascends behind the outer malleolus up the middle of the\\nback of the leg, and empties into the popliteal vein.\\nThe Internal Iliac Vein is formed by the venae comites\\nof the branches of the internal iliac artery, except the um-", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0182.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. 69\\nbilical. It terminates with the external iliac to form the\\ncommon iliac vein. It receives the gluteal, sciatic, in-\\nternal pudic, obturator, hemorrhoidal, and vesico-prostatic,\\nin the male, and uterine and vaginal plexuses, in the female.\\nThe Common Iliac Veins are each formed by the\\njunction of two iliac veins, and unite between the fourth\\nand fifth lumbar vertebras to form the inferior vena cava,\\nthe right common iliac being the shorter of the two.\\nThe Inferior Vena Cava extends from the junction\\nof the two common iliac arteries and passes along the front\\nof the spine, through the tendinous center of the dia-\\nphragm, to its termination in the right auricle of the\\nheart. It receives in its course the lumbar, right sperm-\\natic, renal, suprarenal, phrenic and hepatic veins.\\nTHE PORTAL SYSTEM.\\nThe Portal System is an appendage of the systemic.\\nIt is formed by the superior and inferior mesenteric, splenic,\\nand gastric veins, which collect the blood from the digestive\\nviscera, and, by their junction behind the head of the pan-\\ncreas, form the portal vein, which enters the liver, where\\nit divides into two branches, and these again subdivide,\\nramifying throughout that organ, therein receiving blood\\nfrom the branches of the hepatic artery.\\nThe Hepatic Vein collects the blood from the liver\\nand carries it to the inferior vena cava.\\nThe Portal Vein is about four inches in length.\\nThe Cardiac Veins return the blood from the tissues\\nof the heart into the right auricle. They are the posterior\\nand anterior and great cardiac veins, vense Thebesii and\\nthe coronary sinus.\\nTHE PULMONARY SYSTEM.\\nThe Pulmonary Veins are the only veins that carry\\narterial blood. They originate in the capillaries of the", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0183.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "70 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nlungs, forming a single trunk for each lobe, which unite\\nto form two main trunks from each lung that open sepa-\\nrately into the left auricle of the heart. The three lobe\\ntrunks of the right lung sometimes remain separate to\\ntheir termination in the left auricle. Occasionally the\\ntwo left pulmonary veins enter the auricle by a common\\nopening.\\nTHE CAPILLARIES.\\nThe Capillaries are a minute network of vessels\\nformed throughout the tissues of the body between the ter-\\nminating arteries and the commencing veins. They so\\nblend, however, with the extremities of these two systems,\\nthat it is not easy to tell just where any artery ends and a\\nvein begins. Their diameter is from one three-thousandths\\nto one six-thousandths of an inch. They exist in every\\npart of the tissues of the body and are so closely packed\\ntogether that it is impossible to prick the skin with the\\npoint of a needle without injuring many of\\nthem. In many instances they are smaller\\nthan the blood corpuscles. These bodies\\nmust move in a single line and must be\\nchanged in form to pass through the small-\\nest vessels. By union with each other the\\ncapillaries form a true plexus of vessels of\\nnearly uniform diameter, branching and\\n-capillaries, inosculating in every direction, distributing\\nblood to all parts as their necessities demand. They receive\\nthe blood from the smallest subdivisions of the arteries and\\ncarry on the work of nourishing and rebuilding the body.\\nThey also begin the process by removing the waste matter\\nfrom the worn-out portions of the tissues, turning it over\\nto the veins. Their walls consist of a transparent, homo-\\ngeneous membrane, continuous with the innermost layer\\nof the arterial and venous walls,", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0184.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "THE CIRC ULA TOR Y S YS TEM. 7 1\\nTHE FCETAL CIRCULATION.\\nThe foetal circulation is the circulation of the unborn\\nchild. It is carried on somewhat different from that of\\nthe adult circulation. In the adult the right and left sides\\nof the heart are divided by a solid partition, a muscular\\nseptum. In the foetal circulation there is a communica-\\ntion, the foramen ovale, between the right and left auricle.\\nBy this arrangement the blood passes directly from the\\nright auricle, guided by the eustachian valve, through the\\nforamen ovale, to the left auricle, thence to the left ven-\\ntricle. From the left ventricle the blood is sent through\\nthe circulation into the tissues, the principal part going\\nto the upper extremities and the head very little going\\nto the lower extremities. From the head and upper ex-\\ntremities the blood is returned through the superior vena\\ncava to the right auricle, passing over the eustachian valve\\ninto the right ventricle, from which it passes into the pul-\\nmonary artery. The lungs being solid, only a small quan-\\ntity of the blood is distributed to them, which is returned\\nby the pulmonary veins to the left auricle, the greater\\npart passing through the ductus arteriosus into the com-\\nmencement of the descending aorta. Along this vessel\\nthe blood descends to supply the lower extremities, the\\nviscera of the abdomen, and the pelvis. The principal\\nportion, however, is conveyed by the umbilical arteries to\\nthe placenta, where it is purified and returned again through\\nthe umbilical veins to the lower portion of the liver, where\\nthe vessel divides into two branches, the larger entering,\\nand passing through, the liver, becoming the hepatic veins.\\nThe blood is not purified in the lungs during foetal life,\\nbecause respiration is not established and no air comes\\ninto the lungs, it being wholly dependent upon the mother\\nhence purification takes place in the placenta.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0185.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER VIII.\\nTHE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSES.\\nTHE EYE.\\nThe eye is the organ of sight, and is situated in a bony\\ncavity of the skull, protected by the overhanging brow.\\nThe eyeball is spherical in shape and about one inch in\\ndiameter. It is covered with three membranes the scle-\\nrotic, the choroid, and the retina.\\nThe Membranes. 1 The sclerotic, the outer mem-\\nbrane, is tough and hard, giving form and shape to the\\neye. This comprises what is known as the white of the\\neye, and completely surrounds the eyeball, the small,\\ntransparent portion in front being called the cornea. (2)\\nThe choroid, the middle membrane, lies immediately with-\\nin the sclerotic, contains numerous blood vessels, and is of\\na dark color its purpose being to absorb the superfluous\\nlight. (3) The retina, the inner and last membrane, is of\\na delicate structure, and contains a complicated arrange-\\nment of nervous tissue, given off from the optic nerve. It\\nis the retina which gives rise to the sensation of sight.\\nChambers of the Eye. The interior of the eyeball is\\nfilled with a translucent, glutinous substance, called the\\nvitreous humor. Between this and the cornea in front is\\nsituated a small, transparent body, the crystalline lens,\\nwhich brings the rays of light to a focus in the retina.\\nThe lens is kept in place by the ciliary processes, which\\n(72)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0186.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSES. 73\\nare arranged like the rays in the disk of a passion flower.\\nIn front of the crystalline lens is a muscular, curtain-like\\narrangement called the iris (rainbow). In this curtain is\\na circular opening, which forms the pupil of the eye. A\\nclear, limpid fluid, called aqueous humor, fills the space\\nbetween the crystalline lens and the cornea.\\nThe Retina never exceeds one eightieth of an inch in\\nthickness. A lining membrance covers the inner surface.\\nAbout one fourth of the outer thickness of the retina is\\ncomposed of a multitude of colorless, transparent rods,\\npacked side by side, like the seeds in the disk of a sunflower.\\nThese rods are interspersed with cones. From the ends of\\nthe rods and cones delicate nerve fibers emanate, expanding\\ninto glandular bodies. A layer of fine nerve fibers and gray\\nganglions, much like the gray matter of the brain, consti-\\ntutes the interior portion of the retina. From these gan-\\nglions emanate filaments which unite with the fibers of the\\noptic nerve. The rods and cones are to the eye what the\\nbristles, otoliths and Cortian fibers are to the ear.\\nThe Iris is, as has been said, a curtain with a round\\nopening in the middle, provided with circular and radiat-\\ning, unstriped, muscular fibers, by the action of which the\\ncentral aperture may be enlarged or diminished. This is an\\nimportant use of the iris, for by its contractions and ex-\\npansions the amount of light admitted into the eye is reg-\\nulated, as all the light entering the eye enters through the\\npupil. Too much light irritates the retina. To prevent\\nthis the iris contracts and the pupil becomes smaller. If\\ntoo little light is received, more light is allowed to enter\\nby the iris relaxing and thus allowing the pupil to become\\nlarger. The contraction of these fibers, unlike the action\\nof unstriped, muscular fibers generally, on account of their\\npeculiar arrangement, is very rapid. The admission of\\nthe rays of light through the pupil, which is immediately", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0187.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "74 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nin front of the crystalline lens, prevents the image, which\\nfalls upon the retina, from being blurred, as would other-\\nwise be the case. The color of the eye is also determined\\nby the iris, being different in different persons.\\nThe Eyelids are folds of skin which may be drawn\\nover the eyeball, serving as a screen to protect it. It is\\nlined on its inner surface with an exceedingly sensitive,\\nmucous membrane, which aids in preventing injury to the\\neye from any irritating substances. The eyelashes, which\\nfringe the eyelids on their free edges, serve as a kind of\\nsieve to exclude dust and other foreign bodies, and also\\nshield the eye from too strong light. An oily substance is\\nsecreted by a series of small glands, called the Meibomian,\\nlocated on the inner surface of the eyelids, which acts as\\na lubricator. This substance, covering the edge of the\\nlids, prevents the lids from adhering to each other, and\\nalso intercepts the overflow of tears upon the cheek.\\nThe Lachrymal Gland is situated in a depression of\\nthe bony wall of the orbit, at its outer angle. It is of an\\noval form, of about the size of an almond, and its office is\\nto secrete the tears, which flow through small ducts and\\nare spread out upon the eyeball. This secretion is con-\\nstantly being formed, keeping the eyeball moist, and\\nfurther assisting in preventing friction between the ball\\nand lids, and also in washing out dust, or other foreign mat-\\nter, which find their way into the eye. At the inner\\nangle of the eye is a small basin, called the lachrymal res-\\nervoir, which receives the overflow. At either side of this\\nbasin are two small canals through which the overplus\\npasses into the nasal duct, which empties into the nose.\\nTHE EAR.\\nThe ear, the organ of hearing, is a very complicated\\nand important portion of the human anatomy. It consists", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0188.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "THE ORGANS OF SPECIAL SENSES. 75\\nof three parts (1) The external ear; (2) the middle ear;\\nand (3) the internal ear.\\nThe External Ear is too conspicuous and well known\\nto need much description. It is composed of a curiously\\nfolded sheet of cartilage, covered with skin, arranged to\\ncatch sound. Attached to it are three small muscles,\\nscarcely more than rudimentary in man, but fully devel-\\noped in many animals, so that the ear can be freely moved.\\nFrom the outer ear a tube, or canal, called the auditory\\ncanal, or external auditory meatus, extends inward about\\nan inch or an inch and a quarter. A thin membrane,\\ncalled the drum, or membrane of the tympanum, is\\nstretched across the inner end. This membrane is kept\\nsoft and elastic by the secretion of a waxy substance,\\ncalled the ear wax, or cerumen. Short, stiff hairs spring\\nfrom the walls of the canal, preventing the entrance of\\ninsects and foreign bodies.\\nThe Middle Ear is located just within the drum of the\\near, and is a small, irregularly-shaped chamber, or cavity,\\ncalled the tympanum. Across this chamber hangs a chain\\nof three tiny bones, the auditory ossicles, named respec-\\ntively (1) stapes (stirrup) (2) malleus (hammer) and (3)\\nincus (anvil). These bones are so very small that they\\nweigh together out a few grains, yet they are covered by\\nperiosteum, are supplied with blood vessels, and articulate\\nwith each other with perfect joints, and the joints in turn\\nhave synovial membranes, cartilages, ligaments and\\nmuscles. The malleus is attached to the drum of the ear\\nand the stapes to a membrane of the internal ear, while\\nthe incus lies between the other two. A thin, delicate\\nmembrane separates the middle from the internal ear.\\nOpening into the middle ear is a small canal, called the\\neustachian tube, which leads to the upper part of the\\nthroat.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0189.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "76 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThe Internal Ear is a cavity, very irregular in shape\\nand complicated in structure, hollowed out of the solid\\nbone. From its complex character it is sometimes called\\nthe labyrinth. It is made up, in large part, of spiral\\ntubes, which open in front into a sort of court, or ante\\nchamber, about the size of a grain of wheat, called the\\nvestibule. These spiral tubes consist of three semicircu-\\nlar canals and the winding stair of the cochlea, or snail\\nshell, which coils around two and one half times. In the\\nwalls of the internal ear are expanded the delicate fibrils\\nof the auditory nerve. The labyrinth is tilled with watery\\nfluid, in which floats a little bag containing hair-like\\nbristles, fine sand, and two earstones, called otoliths.\\nWithin the cochlea are minute tendrils, termed the fibers\\nof Corti, which are regularly arranged, the longest at the\\nbottom and the shortest at the top.\\nOTHER SPECIAL, ORGANS.\\nThe Nose, the organ of smell, is the most conspicuous\\nfeature of the face. The nasal passages, or chambers, are\\nlined with mucous membrane, in which are distributed\\nthe fine branches, or filaments, of the olfactory nerve.\\nThese enter through a sieve-like, bony plate at the roof\\nof the nose. The nostrils open at the back into the\\npharynx.\\nThe Tongue, the organ of taste, has already been fully\\ndescribed under The Digestive Organs (Chapter V).\\nTouch, the remaining special sense. has no special\\norgan, its nerves being spread over the entire body.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0190.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER IX.\\nTHE BODY: ITS WEIGHT AND CON\\nSTITUENTS.\\nWEIGHT OF THE DIFFERENT PARTS OF THE BODY.\\nThe weight of the different parts of the human body of\\naverage size is about as follows:\\nLBS. OZ.\\nThe Skeleton, 21 8\\nMuscles and Tendons, 77 8\\nSkin and Subcutaneous Fat, 16 5\\nBrain, 3 2%\\nEyes,\\nSpinal Cord, ^H\\nTongue and Hyoid Bone, 3\\nEsophagus 1/4\\nStomach,\\nSmall Intestine, 1 UK\\nLarge Intestine, 1 1/2\\nSalivary Glands, %K\\nLiver, 4\\nPancreas, 3\\nSpleen, /4\\nThyroid Gland and remains op Thymus,\\nBlood (^weight of Body), about 17\\nHeart, 10^\\nKidneys, 10M\\nLarynx, Trachea and Large Bronchi, 2%\\nLungs, 2 10J\u00c2\u00a3\\nUnweighed Parts, 1 12%\\nTotal, 150 00\\n(77;", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0191.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "78 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nTHE CHEMICAL CONSTITUENTS OF THE BODY.\\nThe chief, inorganic, proximate constituent of the body\\nis water, which amounts to about sixty- one per cent.\\nNext in quantity are calcium phosphate, calcium car-\\nbonate, sodium chlorid, potassium chlorid, phosphates,\\nsulphates and carbonates of soda and potash, phosphates\\nand carbonates of magnesium, fluoride of calcium, and\\ncertain compounds containing iron, silica and manganese,\\nbesides traces of probably accidental substances such as\\ncopper, lead and aluminum. To these we must add am-\\nmonium, which exists in combination with the urine, and\\nlikewise carbonic acid, oxygen and hydrogen gases.\\nThe percentage of proportions of the ultimate elements\\nare as follows:\\nOxygen, 72.\\nHydrogen 9.1\\nNitrogen, 2.5\\nChlorin, .085\\nFluorine, .08\\nCarbon, 13.5\\nPhosphorus 1.15\\nCalcium 1.3\\nSulphur, .1476\\nSodium, .1\\nPotassium, .026\\nIron, .01\\nMagnesium .0012\\nSilica, .0002\\nTotal, 100.0000\\nThe entire body, with its natural moisture, is therefore\\ncomposed of about eighty-four parts of gaseous elements,\\nto sixteen parts of solid elements. The greater part of the\\noxygen and hydrogen exists in the state of water, but the\\ndried residue still contains some of the gaseous as well as\\nsolid elements.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0192.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "THE BODY: ITS WEIGHT AND CONSTITUENTS. 79\\nANATOMICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL CONSTANTS.\\n(After Huxley.)\\nBased on an average weight of 15-i pounds for a full grown man.\\nGeneral Statistics. Make-up of the average body:\\nMuscles and their appurtenances, 64 pounds skeleton, 24\\npounds skin, 10^ pounds fat, 28 pounds brain, 3\\npounds thoracic viscera, 2^ pounds abdominal viscera,\\n11 pounds; total, 147 pounds. Add 7 pounds for blood,\\nwhich will readily drain away from a body, equals 154\\npounds. Or, of water, 88 pounds solid matter, 66 pounds.\\nElements making up the solids: Oxygen, hydrogen,\\ncarbon, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulphur, silicon, chlorin,\\nfluorine, potassium, sodium, calcium (lithium), magnesium,\\nand iron (mangenese, copper, lead).\\nAmount lost daily (in grains) Water, 40,000, or 6\\npounds other matters, 14,500 carbon, 4,000 nitrogen,\\n300 mineral matters, 400.\\nOrgans through which the losses would occur, and\\namounts (in grains) By lungs water, 5,000 other mat-\\nters, 12,000; carbon, 3,300. By kidneys\u00e2\u0080\u0094 water, 23,000;\\nother matter, 1,000 nitrogen, 250 carbon, 140. By the\\nskin water, 10,000; other matters, 700; nitrogen, 10;\\ncarbon, 100. By fseces water, 2,000 other matters, 800\\nnitrogen, 40 carbon, 460.\\nGains to the body: Solid, dry food, 8,400; oxygen,\\n10,000 water, 36,100 total, 54,500. Losses Water, 40,-\\n000 other matters, 14,500 total, 54,500.\\nDigestion.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Daily food required: Carbon, 4,000 grains;\\nnitrogen, 300 grains. These might be obtained as follows:\\nProteids, 2,000 grains, containing 300 grains nitrogen and\\n1,000 grains carbon; carbo-hydrates, 4,500 grains, contain-\\ning 1,800 grains carbon; fats, 1,500 grains, containing 1,200\\ngrains carbon; minerals, 400 grains; water, 36,100 grains;", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0193.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "80 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ntotal, 44,500 grains, containing 300 grains nitrogen and\\n4,000 grains carbon.\\nCirculation. Heart beats per minute, 75; amount of\\nblood driven out from each ventricle at each stroke, 5 or 6\\ncubic inches, or 1,500 grains; rate of movement of blood\\nin the great arteries, 12 inches per second; in the capil-\\nlaries, 1 to 1A inches per minute; time required to perforin\\nthe whole circuit, about 30 seconds; pressure exerted by\\nthe left ventricle on the aorta equal to the pressure on a\\nsquare inch of a column of blood 9 feet high, or of a\\ncolumn of mercury 9| inches high.\\nRespiration. Breathing per minute, about 17 times\\nresidual air contained in the lungs, 100 cubic inches sup-\\nplemental or reserve air, about 100 cubic inches tidal\\nair, 20 or 30 cubic inches complemental air, 100 cubic\\ninches; vital capacity of chest c, greatest quantity of\\nair which can be inspired or expired), 230 cubic inches.\\nQuantity of air to pass through the lungs per diem, 350\\ncubic feet loss of oxygen in passing through the lungs, 4\\nto 6 per cent, of volume gain of carbonic acid, 4 to 5 per\\ncent.; amount of oxygen consumed in 24 hours, 10,000\\ngrains; amount of carbonic acid gas produced, 12,000\\ngrains, corresponding to about 3,300 grains of carbon\\namount of water exhaled from the respiratory organs,\\nabout 5,000 grains, or 9 ounces.\\nAmount of pure air vitiated to the extent of 1 per cent,\\nin each 24 hours, 1,750 cubic feet, or 17,500 cubic feet of\\npure air to the extent of 1 per 1,000. Taking the amount\\nof carbonic acid in the atmosphere at three parts, and in\\nexpired air at 470 parts in 10,000, 23,000 cubic feet of\\nordinary air would be required in order that the surround-\\ning atmosphere might not contain more than 1 per 1,000\\nof carbonic acid. Consequently at least 800 cubic feet of\\nwell-ventilated space is needed for a man of this weight.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0194.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "PART SECOND.\\nANCIENT AND MODERN EMBALMING.\\n(81)\\nE.-6", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0195.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0196.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER X.\\nANCIENT EMBALMING.\\nGENERAL. REMARKS.\\nWe are so accustomed to plume ourselves upon the\\nachievements of the nineteenth century, its discoveries and\\ninventions, and its progress in the arts and sciences, that\\nwe are often prone to forget its indebtedness to all preced-\\ning ages and generations. St. Paul, the great and learned\\napostle, declared that he was debtor both to the Greeks\\nand to the Barbarians both to the wise, and to the un-\\nwise. So, likewise, are we of to-day\\nWe the heirs of all the ages, in the foremost files of time.\\nFor every age is the inheritor of the wisdom conveyed\\nthrough the successes and failures of all its predecessors,\\nand is enabled, by the proper application of such wisdom,\\nto further its own advancement. Forward is the watch-\\nword of Time. The earth does not\\nStand at gaze like Joshua s moon in Ajalon.\\nNevertheless, its inhabitants, in their accomplishments,\\ncrept before they walked, and walked before they began\\ntheir grand triumphal march toward great material and\\nintellectual victories for which march, in these latter\\ndays, the music of the spheres themselves seem furnishing\\nthe lively quickstep.\\nIn the pride that swells our hearts at the knowledge\\nthat we live and move and have our being, in this age\\n(83)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0197.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "84 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\npar excellence of all the seons yet emanated from the\\nDeity, this reflection may beget within us a seemly humil-\\nity. The present age, that contributes to the world such\\ntriumphs of the electrician, bacteriologist, and general\\nscientist, to say nothing of corresponding conquests in\\nnumberless other fields and pursuits that, having found\\nthe X ray, proposes to subjugate, therewith, the microbe;\\nthat sets no limit to its ambition, and whose bright lexicon\\ncontains no such word as impossible: has accomplished\\nonly that which its forerunners have rendered feasible,\\nwhen it ceases to speak of first principles and presses\\non to perfection.\\nIn nothing is this tendency to press on toward perfec-\\ntion more clearly demonstrated than the progress which\\nhas been made in the art of embalming. What was, in\\nancient times, a labor attended with much ceremony, de-\\nlay and many drawbacks, becomes, to the thoroughly-\\nequipped, scientific operator of to-day, a simple task,\\naccomplished in a brief space of time, by the use of a\\ncomparatively small quantity of preservative fluid.\\nThe embalmer does not enter our houses heavily laden\\nwith hundred-pound weights of myrrh, aloes, saffron and\\ncassia. He is not burdened with opobalsamum the resi-\\nnous exudation called balm of Gilead, yielded by terebin-\\nfchine evergreens of Asia and Africa his assistants are\\nnot loaded down with gypsum, or bitumen.\\nAmong the distinctive characteristics of the work of\\nour times are skilled, scientific methods and simplicity of\\ndetail, which enable us effectually to discard a majority\\nof the cumbersome requisites indispensable to the laborers\\nof bygone ages.\\nStill, to the forerunner in any field of meritorious per-\\nformance, is due, of right, that acknowledgment belong-\\ning to the pioneer, however convincingly he who comes", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0198.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING. 85\\nafterward may be able to say, And yet show I unto you a\\nmore excellent way.\\nEGYPTIAN METHODS OF EMBALMING.\\nIt seems peculiarly appropriate that Egypt that land\\nof mystery should have been the first, so far as we have\\nknowledge, to embalm the human body after death.\\nEgypt, with its hieroglyphed, cartouched monoliths,\\nmighty pyramidal stairways ascending toward the sky,\\nand grove-shaded temples approached through massive\\ngateways and avenues of sphinxes! Egypt, the land of\\nbeauty, bearing olives, dates and citron trees; glowing\\npomegranates and ruddy-hued guavas; perennially green\\nacacias, papyrus reeds that fringe the stream, and gardens\\nsweet with rose and heliotrope!\\nThe men who reared Luxor and graved pictorial his-\\ntory on Karnac s walls and lofty pillars, with so lasting\\nyet so delicate a stroke, must have been beings deeply\\nimbued with sentiments and sympathies of a religious\\nnature. To these feelings, doubtless, may be ascribed\\ntheir reason for making such an elaborate disposition of\\nthe remains of their departed friends. Other assumptions\\nas to the causes from which this custom took its rise have\\nbeen made, but their credibility fades into insignificance\\nwhen compared with this. One of these other assumptions\\nis based on the assertion that sanitary expediency was the\\nprompting motive; another, that the periodical overflow of\\nthe Nile furnished hindrances to the ordinary form of\\ninterment. Still, we cannot but be firmly persuaded that\\na deeply-rooted, religious belief or superstition promoted\\nthis endeavor; their aim being to make the best possible\\nprovision lying in their power to secure a happy future for\\nthose whom they loved.\\nHerodotus, the Greek historian, tells us the Egyptians\\nwere the first people to believe that the soul is immortal.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0199.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "86 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nIn addition to this faith they held that this immortal\\ntenant of the human frame would never fully abandon its\\nplace of habitation so long as the body withstood the rav-\\nages of corruption. Embalming but emphasized their idea\\nthat if the body be kept free from putrefaction, its imma-\\nterial tenant would revisit it from time to time, and\\nreturn to take up its abode once more at the expiration of\\na certain period. It was a tenet of their faith, that, after\\ndeath, the soul was compelled to make the circuit of all\\nforms of animal life bird, beast, and reptile until it had\\ndwelt for a time in each of them. It then passed through\\nearth, air and water, and after the circle of necessity\\nhad been completed, returned to its long-empty tenement\\nand entered in. This journey could not be traveled under\\n3,000 years, and the embalmer s aim was so to preserve the\\nbody, that, when such a period should have elapsed, the\\nhome-coming soul would find all things in readiness for\\nits reception.\\nThe lengthy and painstaking preparation bestowed\\nupon the body in the embalming of that day speaks well\\nfor the estimate of worth the Egyptians placed on the im-\\nmortal part of man.\\nIt is probable that the embalmers of that period be-\\nlonged to the medical fraternity, as we read in the fiftieth\\nchapter of Genesis that the physicians embalmed Israel,\\nthe father of Joseph, who died in Egypt. Some writers\\nhave objected to this statement on the ground that em-\\nbalmers were, according to Herodotus, simply persons\\nappointed by law to exercise this art as their peculiar\\nbusiness. Also, it is claimed, for the reason that such\\npersons were drawn from the ranks of the priesthood. It\\nis easy to reconcile these objections with the Bible state-\\nment when it is remembered that Egyptian physicians\\nwere a body of specialists. So wisely, says Herodotus,", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0200.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING. 87\\nwas medicine managed by them, that no doctor was per-\\nmitted to practice any but his own peculiar branch. The\\nembalmer, even though from priestly ranks, must origin-\\nally have been compelled to acquire some knowledge of\\nthe action of drugs and essences employed in the embalm-\\ning of the body, upon its organs and tissues. Knowledge\\nof this character may have given him a right to the title\\nof physician, and license to practice in his own\\npeculiar branch, as an embalmer.\\nImmediately after death the body of the deceased was\\nbrought to the embalmers by his friends. To these friends\\nwere displayed wooden models and painted representa-\\ntions of different forms in which mummies were, so to\\nspeak, done up. A favorite style was that of likeness\\nto the god Osiris, who, in addition to other peculiarities,\\nhad the beard cut and arranged in a form belonging exclu-\\nsively to the gods. All who had lived virtuous lives and\\nwere accounted worthy of being finally reunited after\\ndeath with the god from whom they emanated, were en-\\ntitled to have their bodies preserved in this likeness and\\nto be called by this holy name. When the pattern was\\nfinally agreed upon and the price to be paid for the service\\nabout to be rendered determined, the friends withdrew,\\nleaving the subject in the embalmers hands. Herodotus\\nsays the work was begun by removing the brain, through\\nthe nostrils, with a curved iron hook or probe, and that\\nthe cavity from which the brain was extracted, was then\\ncleansed by an injection of certain astringent drugs with\\nwhich the skull was filled.\\nDiodorus does not mention, in his account of the proc-\\ness, the extraction of the brain in this manner and this\\nstatement has met with dissent, on the ground that extrac-\\ntion of the brain through the nostrils would be an exceed-\\ningly difficult, if not absolutely impossible, undertaking.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0201.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "88 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThat even if it could have been done, the nose must\\nby this means necessarily have been mutilated and the\\nlikeness destroyed whereas we are informed that so per-\\nfectly were all the members preserved, that even the hairs\\nof the eyelids and eyebrows remained undisturbed, and the\\nwhole appearance of the person was so unaltered that\\nevery feature might be recognized. Gryphius suggests\\nthat the brain might have been extracted through a fora-\\nmen, or orifice, in the back part of the head, near the\\nupper vertebra of the neck. But, as heads indicating this\\ndisposition of the brain have not generally been found in\\nmummies, it gives room for still another theory that of\\nthe injection of cedar oil, or some similar tissue-destroy-\\ning substance, through the nostrils or ear-passages, by way\\nof an artificial canal prepared for it, and the subsequent\\ncoming away of the brain in a state of dissolution. The in-\\njection of spirituous or aromatic wines could then have acted\\nas cleansing agents, followed by the final injection of melted\\nbitumen, or sweet balsam, which becomes a solid mass, filling\\nthe skull, when cold. Many mummy skulls have been found\\nto be full of earthy matter, in place of either of the above,\\nand some to have been prepared with wax and tannin.\\nWhile the care of the head was in process in the hands\\nof one embalmer. other necessary features of the work\\nwere assigned to his assistants.\\nDiodorus says First one, who is denominated the\\nscribe, marks upon the left side of the body, as it lies upon\\nthe ground, the extent of the incision which is to be made;\\nthen another, who is called paraschistes (the dissector), cuts\\nopen as much of the flesh as the law permits, with an\\nEthiopian stone, and immediately runs away, pursued by\\nthose who are present, throwing stones at him. amid bitter\\nexecrations, as if to cast upon him all the odium of this\\nnecessary act.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0202.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING. 89\\nThe stone thus made use of was undoubtedly in the\\nform of a flint knife. It may have been called Ethiopian,\\non account of its black color. Stones used in Egypt for\\nthe purpose of cutting were invariably of flint, and were\\ncommonly employed by the people. The stone knives\\nfound in excavations and tombs, at Thebes and elsewhere,\\nand exhibited in museums of Europe, are of two kinds.\\nOne is broad and flat, usually set into some kind of a han-\\ndle the other, which is without doubt the knife of the\\nembalmer, is short, pointed, and of razor-like sharpness.\\nThe pursuit of the joaraschistes already mentioned was\\nprobably a religious formality, the people having no real\\ndesire to harm him, and he entertaining no actual fear.\\nIt indicates, however, that the delicate sentiment which\\nleads modern embalmers to practice their art without\\nspectators, was utterly lacking among these ancient prac-\\ntitioners. In contradistinction to the odium cast upon\\nthis knife-user, was the high esteem in which the em-\\nbalmers themselves were held. They were associates of\\nthe priests, and were permitted free access to the temple,\\nas sacred persons.\\nThrough the hole cut in the side of the dead, the lungs,\\nliver, stomach, spleen, and all the organs except the kid-\\nneys and the heart, were removed from the body. The\\nlatter may have been left as the principal organ and\\nsource of vital heat, but it is a matter of uncertainty why\\nthe kidneys were not removed. Perhaps some religious\\nsuperstition determined their being left. The body was\\nlikewise divested of the entrails. These, and the cavity\\nfrom which the organs had been removed, were then\\nwashed with Phoenician or palm wine and other binding\\ndrugs. The entrails were afterward returned to the body,\\nif not otherwise disposed of, which was sometimes the\\ncase, through the sacred eye of Osiris, which was placed", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0203.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "90 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nabove the incision. This being done, the body was repeat-\\nedly anointed with oil of cedar. Myrrh, cassia, aloes and\\nsaffron all fragrant gums and odoriferous spices, with\\nthe exception of frankincense, which was consecrated to\\nthe worship of their gods were introduced into the cavity\\nand the body was sewn up.\\nAfter a certain time, the body was swathed in lawn\\nfillets, which were glued together with a kind of very\\nthin gum, and then crusted over with the most exquisite\\nperfumes.\\nSome historians make no reference to any further pre-\\nservative process between the use of the aromatics and\\nthe binding up of the body in anointed and perfumed\\nlinen but, from others we learn that after the application\\nof the drugs and spices and sewing up of the ventral inci-\\nsion, came the salting of the body. It was kept in natron\\nor anatron, known to chemistry as potassium nitrate, or\\nsalt of nitre, and to people in general as saltpetre, an anti-\\nseptic used in the curing of meat, for seventy or seventy-\\ntwo days. This was an arbitrary period to which the\\nembalmers were strictly confined. Upon the expiration\\nof these days, the body was washed and wrapped in linen\\nbandages dipped in oil of myrrh.\\nDiodorus. who speaks of the actual face of the body\\nbeing left exposed after restoration, in cartonnage and case,\\nto relatives and friends, is contradicted by Herodotus, who\\nsays the features and the whole body were enveloped in\\nwrappings and entirely concealed.\\nThe head was swathed in cloths made fast with flaxen\\nfilaments, sometimes of a delicate color. If the body were\\nthat of a Pharaoh, or other sacred person, under these fila-\\nments were sometimes pushed the steins of lotus buds.\\nThe lotus, a name applying to several kinds of water lilies,\\nwas a favorite and a sacred flower in Egypt, and was", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0204.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING. 91\\nused in religious ceremonies. It appears in hieroglyphics\\non Egyptian monuments, and entered into their works\\nof art.\\nHonorable women of high rank were kept for three or\\nfour days after death before being delivered to the em-\\nbalmers.\\nIn passing, it may be interesting to some to learn the\\nexact nature of the mummy wrappings. The words byssus\\nand Jitioii, used in describing them, indicate that they were\\nlinen, not cotton, although cotton cloth was manufactured\\nin Egypt, and dresses of that material were commonly\\nworn. Sometimes, however, these cerecloths were of\\nfinely-wrought silk, and have been known to be over one\\nthousand yards in length.\\nThe above was one of the most magnificent styles of\\nembalming, and was used for persons of quality. Its ex-\\npense amounted to \u00c2\u00a3250, or about $1,250 in American\\nmoney. When the usual routine work of embalming had\\nbeen finished, the mummy was enclosed in a first case,\\ncalled a cartonnage. This cartonnage was made of paste-\\nboard cut according to exact measurements of the mum-\\nmied body, and made to conform exactly to its shape, by\\nbeing fitted upon it when damp, and retaining the bent\\nlines imparted in this way, while in the process of drying.\\nIt was richly ornamented with a network of bugles, beads,\\netc., and the pictured face directly over the mummy s face\\nwas sometimes overlaid with gold leaf. Three or four\\nother cases, likewise ornamented and gilded, were super-\\nimposed upon this cartonnage, and the whole was then\\ninclosed in a sarcophagus of wood or stone, embellished\\nwith painting or sculpture. These sarcophagi were often\\nof cedar or a rot-proof wood called gimmis wood. They\\nwere of many different shapes, and the shapes of those\\nfashioned in wood differed from those of stone.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0205.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "92 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThe intestines of all persons embalmed by the most ex-\\npensive process for none of the first quality were em-\\nbalmed without the removal of the intestines were\\ndeposited in four vases of alabaster, hard stone, glass, porce-\\nlain or bronze, and these were placed with them in the\\nsarcophagus or tomb. These vases were variously orna-\\nmented, usually with the heads of the genii of Amenti.\\nHerodotus does not inform us with reference to what\\nbecame of the intestines of persons not embalmed as above\\nmentioned. Porphyry says they were thrown into the\\nriver. Plutarch gives a similar account and explains the\\nreason for such disposal. He speaks of them as being the\\ncause of all the faults committed by man. The intestines\\nwere embalmed in spices, and a separate portion allotted\\nto each of the four vases. In one was contained the large\\nintestine in company with the stomach. In another the\\nsmall intestine was placed. The lungs and heart, and the\\ngall-bladder and liver, were among the contents of the re-\\nmaining two.\\nThe most costly of these vases were of oriental ala-\\nbaster, from ten to twenty inches high, and about one\\nthird of the height in diameter. Each bore an inscription\\nembracing the name of the god the likeness of whose head\\nit bore.\\nIn those instances where the intestines were returned\\nto the body, images in wax of these four genii of Amenti\\nwere put into the cavity with them, as guardians of those\\nparts subject to their influence. Sometimes, instead, a\\nmetal plate, usually of lead, bearing their images, was sub-\\nstituted. The sacred eye of Osiris was placed over the\\nincision whether the entrails were returned to the body or\\nplaced in the vases.\\nSometimes in the higher grade of embalming, the skin\\nof the face itself, as well as, or instead of, the semblance", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0206.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING. 93\\non the cartonnage, was covered with a mask of gold leaf.\\nIn other instances, the entire body was so overlaid. Some-\\ntimes merely the eyelids or the finger nails alone.\\nEgyptian embalming may be classified under two gen-\\neral heads; those bodies embalmed with the ventral incision,\\nand those without. Under those embalmed with the inci-\\nsion, are classed bodies prepared with balsamic matter and\\nthose preserved by natron only. Balsamic embalming was\\nperformed with a mixture of resin and aromatics, or\\nasphaltum and pure bitumen. The first named of these\\nbodies those filled with resinous matter became of an\\nolive color, the skin dry and flexible, as if tanned, and ad-\\nhering to the bones. The features remained as in life.\\nThe features of those preserved in natron simply salted\\nand dried were completely destroyed, and they became\\nunrecognizable. The hair also fell out and the head be-\\ncame bald. But little care was exercised in the bandaging,\\nwhich scarcely separated the bodies from the earth in\\nwhich they were interred.\\nAn intermediate grade of embalming, between the most\\ncostly and the revolting form above indicated, was the in-\\njecting of cedar oil into the abdomen, through the funda-\\nment, by means of a syringe. This was done without\\nmaking a ventral incision, or removing the bowels.\\nCedar oil, which possesses heating and drying qualities,\\nalso corroded and consumed the substance of the bowels\\non which it acted. It consumed as well the surplus humid-\\nity of the body which brings about putrefaction. Care\\nwas taken to prevent this oil s escape while the body was\\nkept in natron during the appointed time. It was then\\ndrawn off, bringing with it the bowels upon which it had\\nacted destructively, in a state of dissolution. The natron\\ndissolved the flesh and caused the skin to cling to the bones.\\nThe body was then restored to the friends without further", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0207.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "94 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nattention. This manner of preserving the dead cost about\\n\u00c2\u00a360, or $300.\\nWhen the dead left no estate and the friends were very-\\npoor, the body was simply cleansed with an injection of\\nsyrmcea, and afterward kept salted in the customary man-\\nner for the usual seventy days.\\nIf a stranger were found dead in Egypt, the law re-\\nquired that he should be mummified in the most magnifi-\\ncent and expensive manner.\\nIt is not positively known when the custom of\\nembalming ceased in Egypt. It has been suggested that\\nit may have been when that land became a Roman\\nprovince. It is probable that after this time embalming\\nbecame less universal and gradually fell into disuse, rather\\nthan that it was suddenly abandoned. After the sixth\\ncentury, interest in this disposition of human bodies de-\\nclined so sensibly that only a few of the more studious\\nand scholarly were informed of the real secret of the art.\\nA description of Egyptian tombs, with their artistic\\nadornments, the mummy pits with which Egypt is honey-\\ncombed, and the funeral customs there observed, would\\nbe of interest to the curious inquirer concerning Egyptian\\nantiquities, but such description would form a lengthy\\narticle of itself, and does not, strictly speaking, come\\nwithin the province of this article.\\nJEWISH METHODS.\\nThe Jews adopted the custom of embalming to some\\nextent, the manner of the Jews being to employ linen\\nclothes with spices in winding the body. When Lazarus\\nwas resurrected by the Savior s command, Come forth,\\nhe appeared at the aperture of the tomb, bound hand\\nand foot with grave clothes, and his face was bound about\\nwith a napkin. But by whatever process his body may", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0208.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING. 95\\nhave been prepared for the sepulture, it is evident that his\\nsister Martha did not believe it sufficient to preserve it\\neffectually and with thoroughness; for, when Jesus had\\nsaid to the bystanders, Take ye away the stone that\\nobstructed the mouth of the cave, she had protested, declar-\\ning, Lord, by this time he stinketh, for he hath been dead\\nfour days. So hampered was Lazarus by the wrappings\\nin which he was swathed, that, though life had returned to\\nhim, he was unable to make use of his renewed vitality\\nuntil the authoritative mandate, Loose him, and let him\\ngo, had been obeyed.\\nJacob, who died in Egypt, was probably embalmed\\nafter the Egyptians most expensive and elaborate man-\\nner, for Joseph, who commanded the physicians to em-\\nbalm his father, was high in the royal favor the man\\nwhom the king delighted to honor. When Joseph went\\nup to the land of Canaan to bury his father, with him\\nwent up all the servants of Pharaoh, the elders of his\\nhouse, and all the elders of the land of Egypt.\\nProbably this same form of embalming was used with\\nJoseph, when he died being an hundred and ten years\\nold; and they embalmed him and he was put in a coffin\\nin Egypt. Before dying, he took an oath of the children\\nof Israel saying, God will surely visit you, and ye shall\\ncarry up my bones from hence.\\nWherever the body of Joseph was kept, whether in\\nan apartment of a house, according to the usage of some\\nof the Egyptians, or in a tomb prepared for it, this oath\\nwas strictly fulfilled by the descendants of those who made\\nit, nearly two centuries afterward, when the Israelites\\nreturned to their own land.\\nThis custom, here referred to, of keeping the mummied\\nbody, for a long time, in a place set apart for it in the\\nformer home of the person deceased, was sometimes", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0209.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "90 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\npermitted but some specious reason was usually assigned\\nin excuse for it, as it was considered a very grave thing to\\ndeprive one entitled to it of the right of burial. No grief\\nand shame could be more terrible to surviving friends than\\nto have departed dear ones, by a verdict rendered after\\npost-mortem judgment, which was common in Egypt, ac-\\ncounted unworthy of burial.\\nThe poor among the Jews, those known as the com-\\nmon people, were embalmed with bitumen, which was a\\ncheap material, easily procured. It was a mineral pitch\\nfound in large quantities on the shores of the Dead Sea,\\nwhich for this reason was also called the Asphaltic Lake.\\nThis lake was located in Palestine, about one hundred\\nmiles from Damiata in Egypt, and the bitumen used by the\\nEgyptians came from this place. The body and its envel-\\nopes were smeared with this substance with more or less\\ncare and diligence. This bitumen must, however, have\\npossessed considerable preservative power, as sepulchres\\nhave been opened in which thousands of bodies deposited\\nin rows, one above another, without coffins, have been\\nkept from decay for centuries, by its use. Coal tar, petro-\\nleum, and naphtha are of the same derivation. Mummies\\nprepared by this substance are. of course, black, hard and\\nshining. The skin appears as if varnished. They are dry,\\nheavy, and without odor. But the more usual form of em-\\nbalming, among the Jews, appears to have been made use\\nof more to perfume the body and keep at a distance as\\nlong as possible, the disagreeable odor which belongs to\\ndeath, than with the expectation that it would for any\\ngreat length of time ward off putrefaction. It was simply\\nthe binding of spices upon the limbs and body with the\\nusual linen bandages.\\nIn this manner, at the near approach of the Jewish\\nSabbath, which must not be defiled by the presence of the", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0210.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING. 97\\nunburied victims of the law, Jesus, when taken down from\\nthe cross where he had suffered for the sins of the whole\\nworld, was ministered unto by Joseph of Arimathea, a\\nsecret disciple, and Nicodemus, who brought a mixture\\nof myrrh and aloes, about an hundred-pound weight.\\nWhen the Sabbath was over, very early on the first day of\\nthe week, came the faithful women who had loved and\\nfollowed him, with spices and ointment they had prepared\\nwherewith to anoint him, not knowing that, already, this\\nloving service had been performed by the hand of pious\\naffection.\\nBut even in this simple style, embalming was not, it\\nappears, a prevalent mode of disposing of the dead, among\\nthe Jews.\\nMETHODS OF THE ROMANS AND OTHER NATIONS.\\nThe funeral rites of the Romans and many other nations\\nembraced embalming in some form. The deceased after\\nbeing washed in hot water, sometimes varied with oil,\\nevery day for seven days, to revive him in case he was\\nsimply in a condition of suspended animation, was dressed\\nand embalmed with the performance of a variety of singu-\\nlar ceremonies. After this his body was placed on a\\nfuneral pile and burnt. The ashes were then gathered\\ninto a vase or urn, and deposited in the tomb.\\nThe Babylonians made use of honey in anointing their\\ndead, or immersed them in this viscid fluid. The Scyth-\\nians immured the body in a coating of wax. The Ethio-\\npians washed it over with a sort of plastering called\\nparget. Embalming also was practiced among the Per-\\nsians, Assyrians, and many other ancient nations. The\\nGreeks acquired the art through their conquests.\\nThe Guanches, the original inhabitants of the Canary\\nIslands, probably obtained the custom of embalming their\\ndead from the Atlanteans who inhabited the famous lost\\nE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 7", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0211.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "98 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nAtlantis, an antediluvian island or continent which the\\nancients asserted was overwhelmed and swallowed by the\\ngreat deep. These islanders coated the body with a\\nliquid composed of a solution of resinous matter in an oil\\nor volatile liquid a sort of varnish after which they\\nwrapped it in goat skin and placed it in a wooden case.\\nON THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE.\\nWithout doubt, the aborigines of the Western Conti-\\nnent were familiar with the practice of this art. The\\nearly Peruvians, we learn from accounts contained in\\nPrescott s Conquest of Peru, preserved the dead body of\\nthe royal Incas by some marvelous process which did not\\ngive evidence of foreign applications, and secreted them\\nunder mounds of earth and in the interiors of their tem-\\nples. He presents an ancient picture of these embalmed\\nPeruvian monarchs sitting natural as life, in chairs of\\ngold, in the temples of the sun, at Cuzco. They were\\nclothed in their accustomed princely attire. The raven-\\nblack or silver-gray of the hair on their bowed heads was\\nstill unchanged, and their hands were crossed upon their\\nbosoms in the grim dignity of death.\\nThe Aztecs, a highly civilized race, and one of the most\\ninteresting and powerful of the indigenous tribes of Amer-\\nica, inhabiting the plateau of Anahuac later known as\\nMexico who were conquered by Cortez in 1519, and\\nwhose history has been traced back to the twelfth century,\\nmade careful preservation of the bodies of their dead, es-\\npecially those who could lay claim to royal descent.\\nAztec legends relate how, after the deluge, seven per-\\nsons issued from the tomb to which their mummied bodies\\nhad been committed, and, in renewed existence, repeopled\\nthe earth.\\nThe art was not unknown among the early North\\nAmerican Indians. Mummies remarkably well preserved", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0212.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "ANCIENT EMBALMING. 99\\nhave been found among the Flatheads, Dakotas, and Chi-\\nnooks; and the Florida and Virginia Indians so preserved\\nthe bodies of their kings. Quite a number of good mum-\\nmies have been found in Kentucky caves.\\nAMONG EARLY CHRISTIANS.\\nThe early Christians, for a time, embalmed their dead,\\naccording to those forms with which they were familiar in\\nPalestine. No special reason, so far as we have been able\\nto determine, has been given for their abandonment of this\\nceremony. It may be inferred that they feared, by its\\ncontinuance, to cast discredit upon the power of God to\\ncall together the scattered dust of the body which had\\nreturned to its native element, and present it like unto\\nChrist s own glorious body on the morning of the resur-\\nrection. But, if so, in this they erred.\\nWhen the Creator stated to Adam, For dust thou art,\\nand unto dust shalt thou return, he put forth a simple\\nstatement of fact; it was not the issuance of a command.\\nNo word was ever spoken by Jesus indicating his dis-\\napproval of attempts, with which, as a Jew, he was fully\\nfamiliar, to preserve the body from decay after death. St.\\nPaul, the greatest of the Christian apostles, inquired of the\\nCorinthians: What! know ye not that your body is a\\ntemple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which we have\\nof God and ye are not your own? Men preserve with\\ncare, in original grandeur and dignity, the palace where\\nan earthly king has dwelt, and the inn where some mighty\\nman has tarried for a night. Shall they let this temple of\\nthe King of Kings become dishonored so long as pres-\\nervation is a possibility? Shall they willingly give it\\nover to decay and corruption?\\nNo; let us care for the body, made in God s own image,\\nwhile we live; and let our friends, in recognition of the", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0213.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "100 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ntemple it has been of the soul and its Creator give to\\nit all the deference they can offer, when we shall have\\npassed on to dwell in it no more,\\nUntil the morning s happier light\\nIts glory shall restore.\\nAnd eyelids that are sealed in death\\nShall wake to close no more.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0214.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XI.\\nMODERN EMBALMING.\\nGreat progress has been made in embalming during\\nthe present century, and earlier methods have given way\\nto more modern and enlightened ones. Which one of the\\nearly modern embalmers justly merits the title of father\\nof the present system, matters but little, for like every\\nform of advancement it has had growth and development,\\nand the methods of none of these forerunners have sur-\\nvived, at least in this country only their investigations led\\nin new channels, resulting ultimately in the prevailing\\nmethods.\\nThe processes explained in this chapter are exclusively\\nEuropean.\\nDr. Frederic Ruysch, who occupied the chair of an-\\natomy at Amsterdam, Holland, during the closing third of\\nthe seventeenth, and early years of the eighteenth, century\\n(1665-1717), was probably the first to practice a successful\\nsystem of arterial injection, which, however, he used only\\nin preparing specimens for his anatomical work. He did\\nnot stop with a simple injection of the arteries, but, after\\npermitting the body to remain for some hours to allow a\\ndiffusion of the fluid through the structures, he proceeded\\nto lay open the body as in making a post mortem exami-\\nnation. The viscera of the chest and abdomen were re-\\nmoved, and the fluid in them sponged out. The organs\\nwere then steeped in spirits of wine, replaced, and covered\\n(101)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0215.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "102 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nwith a preservative solution. He brought his method of\\npreserving dead bodies to such extreme perfection that his\\nspecimens were the wonder of his generation, and indeed\\nof later ones. Peter the Great, who was among the distin-\\nguished personages to inspect his work, possibly paid the\\nhighest compliment to his art. by kissing the life-like lips\\nof a child, preserved by the great anatomist, without at first\\ndiscovering the fact that the lips were those of the dead.\\nDr Ruysch s method is said to have preserved the natural\\ncolor of the body, as well as the form and suppleness of the\\nlimbs. He left behind him at his death a large assortment\\nof injected portions of the human body, but no specimen\\nof the body entire. Peter the Great secured a large por-\\ntion of these specimens, which he carried to St. Petersburg.\\nWhether or not the Ruyschian method was as perfect as\\nclaimed for it, or whether some of the statements concern-\\ning it should be largely discounted, the brilliant anatomist\\nwas the first known arterial injector, as well as one of the\\nmost skillful of any age. However, he neglected to take\\nthe world, or other scientists, into his confidence hence,\\nbut little if anything is known as to the chemicals used\\nby him, or the manner of their injection. His discoveries\\nwere, consequently, lost to science. For this reason, others,\\nwhose methods were published to the world, have been\\nconsidered by many as better entitled to the honor natu-\\nrally accruing from a great discovery.\\nDr. William Hunter, an eminent Scottish physician,\\nanatomist and physiologist of the last century (1718-1783),\\nis by many given the credit of being the original inventor\\nof the injection method. Unlike Dr. Ruysch he published\\nhis plan of injection in minute detail. The artery usually\\nselected by him was the femoral. His solution was com-\\nposed of oil of turpentine, five pints Venice turpentine,\\none fluid pint oil of lavender, two fluid ounces oil of rose-", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0216.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING. 103\\nmary, two fluid ounces; and vermillion. This was forced\\ninto the vessels until it reached over the whole body, giving\\nthe skin a general reddish appearance. As in Dr. Ruysch s\\nmethod, complete diffusion of the fluid, through the\\nminute vessels of the body, was secured by leaviug the\\nbody untouched for a time. The body was then opened,\\nthe thoracic and abdominal organs were removed, emptied,\\nand cleaned, their vessels injected with the fluid, and the\\norgans steeped in camphorated spirits of wine. The cav-\\nities were washed with the camphorated spirits, the viscera\\nwere replaced, and the intervening spaces were filled with\\na powder composed of camphor, rosin and niter. This\\npowder was also placed in the mouth, nostrils and other\\nexternal cavities, and the body was rubbed over with essen-\\ntial oils of rosemary and lavender. The final operation\\nconsisted in placing the body thus prepared in a coffin\\nupon a bed of dry plaster of Paris, placed there to extract\\nall moisture from the body. The coffin was then closed\\nfor four years, when it was opened. Another bed of the\\nplaster was added at that time, in case desiccation had not\\nbeen complete.\\nJohn Hunter, a younger brother of William, was but\\nlittle less renowned along the same lines, and also helped\\ngreatly to advance the science of embalming, devoting\\nmuch attention to experiments with various preparations.\\nSome of the most perfect specimens of modern em-\\nbalming to be seen to-day are Hunterian, and are found in\\nthe museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, London.\\nOne is the body of the wife of the eccentric Martin Van\\nButchell, preserved, some authorities say, by Dr. John\\nHunter, by the injection of camphorated spirits of wine,\\netc., into the arteries and veins. Other, and probably\\nmore creditable, authorities, ascribe the work of preserva-\\ntion to the older brother, and declare that the method", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0217.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "104 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nused was the same as the one so fully outlined above.\\nAnother body preserved in this museum was that of a\\nyoung woman, who died about 1780, in the Lock Hospital,\\nof consumption.\\nThe Hunteriaii Method was practiced with or with-\\nout modification by many succeeding British anatomists.\\nDr. Matthew Baillic, instead of removing the intestines or\\nother viscera, injected the preserving fluid into the\\nstomach, rectum and lungs, after having made a complete\\ninjection of the arterial system. Dr. Sheldon used as his\\npreservative fluid, camphor dissolved in spirits, in the pro-\\nportion of one ounce of camphor to six of spirits. Here-\\nmoved the viscera and coated them and the visceral\\ncavities with tar, enveloping the body with a tarred sheet.\\nHis method is said to have been successful. Joshua\\nBrooks, the last of the great English anatomists having\\na distinctive school of anatomy of his own, practiced the\\nHunterian method with but slight if any modifications.\\nM. Boudet s process was a modification of the Egyp-\\ntian, he being one of the last to follow ancient methods\\nas well as the first to use corrosive sublimate as a preserv-\\native. He embalmed with tan, salt, asphalt, and Peru-\\nvian bark, camphor, cinnamon, and other aromatics, and\\ncorrosive sublimate. He also completely enveloped the\\nbody in bandages, varnish being coated over the body and\\ncavities and outer bandage.\\nM. Fraiichini s process consisted of injecting the ar-\\nteries through the common carotid artery with a solution\\nconsisting of eight decigrams of arsenious acid combined\\nwith a small quantity of cinnabar, dissolved in nine kilo-\\ngrams of spirits of wine. By this method bodies could be\\nkept odorless and natural in color for sixty days, after which\\nthey began to desiccate, and would mummify so as to\\nlast for all time. He had previously used a substance", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0218.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING. 105\\nwhich had to be reduced to a fluid by heat and which be-\\ncame hard when cooled. This was given up for the simpler\\nmethod outlined above.\\nJean Nicholas Gaimel (1791-1852), a shrewd and\\nprogressive French chemist, introduced a new system of\\nmerit in the 30 s of this century. Indeed several methods\\nbear his name, for he used different preparations at differ-\\nent times. He claimed to be able to preserve a body for\\nfive or six months by using acetate of alumina, which he\\nobtained by decomposing the sulphate of alumina and\\npotassa by the action of acetate of lead, using five or six\\nliters of this acetate of alumina of a density of 18\u00c2\u00b0\\n(Beaumi s areometer) to a body. He was also able to pre-\\nserve a body thirty to sixty days by using a solution of\\none kilogram of sulphate of alumina to five liters of\\nwater. In injecting he used one of carotids, injecting\\ndownwards. Later he found it necessary to open the\\nabdomen, in order to relieve the stomach and bowels of\\ngas. M. Uannal s secret formula, which he claimed\\ncontained no arsenic, on being analyzed by a govern-\\nmental commission, was found to contain that substance.\\nEmbalming with arsenious solutions having become com-\\nmon in France in Louis Philippi s time, the government\\ninterfered and prohibited the sale of arsenic and all\\ncompositions containing it for embalming bodies, as well\\nas for several other uses. The further use of M. Gannal s\\nsolution was therefore stopped. This prohibited solution\\nwas formed by saturating forty liters of water with five\\nhundred grains of arsenious acid, and dissolving therein\\nby heat equal parts of sulphate and acetate of alumina,\\nuntil the liquid attained a density of 20\u00c2\u00b0 (Beaumi s\\nareometer).\\nM. Sucquet, in a contest before a board of prominent\\nFrench physicians, in which MM. Gannal, Dupre and others", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0219.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "106 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nparticipated, won a signal victory for his method, using\\na nonarsenic preparation. His solution was composed\\nchiefly of chlorid of zinc, which he injected arterially.\\nM. Dupre made use of carbonic and sulphurous gases and\\nM. Gannal injected a solution composed of equal parts of\\nthe sulphate and the chlorid of alumina, at a density of\\n34\u00c2\u00b0. Bodies prepared according to these processes, in\\nthe presence of the body of physicians mentioned, were\\nburied for fourteen months, when they were disinterred in\\nthe presence of the same commission. M. Gannal s subject\\nwas found to have undergone putrefaction, while the one\\nprepared by M. Sucquet was in an excellent state of pres-\\nervation. The latter body, on exposure to the air, without\\nshowing any signs of putrefaction, dried to a state of\\nhardness, little short of that of wood or stone. In conse-\\nquence of the remarkable success of M. Sucquet s method,\\nit came into extensive use on the continent of Europe and\\nto a considerable extent in this country.\\nM. Falcony had a desiccatory process which mummi-\\nfied the body, gave it a yellow appearance, but well pre-\\nserved it, without any mutilation or injection, by simply\\nplacing the body in a bed of dry sawdust to which pow-\\ndered zinc sulphate had been added. In a paper read before\\nthe French academy, he said he found, after careful tests\\nwith different salts, that zinc sulphate of different degrees\\nof strength, according to the condition of the body,\\nweather, etc., to be the best preservative material; that a\\ngallon would perfectly preserve a body. Bodies so pre-\\nserved remained flexible for forty days, after which they\\nbegan to dry up, though still retaining their natural color.\\nOthers practiced this system with remarkable success.\\nDr. Chaussier s method, as given in Thenard s Chem-\\nistry was in brief, as follows: The body completely\\nemptied and thoroughly washed, was kept constantly", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0220.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING. 107\\nsaturated with corrosive sublimate. The salt gradually\\ncombined with the flesh, giving it firmness and rendering\\nit imputrescible and incapable of being injured by insects\\nor worms. The author states that he has seen a head pre-\\npared in this manner which had been exposed for several\\nyears to the alternation of sun and rain without suffering\\nchange, and was easily recognized, though the flesh had\\nbecome hard as wood.\\nFranciolla s method was not greatly different from\\nsome of the others given. The formula used by him\\nwas as follows: Arsenious acid, four ounces; carbonate\\nof potash, two ounces; powdered alum, eight ounces.\\nThe acid and potash were dissolved by boiling in three\\nquarts of water, the alum added, and the whole diluted\\nby the addition of water until it made one gallon of\\nthe preparation. He opened the abdomen, emptied the\\nstomach and other organs, washed, dried and injected\\nthem; then injected the bronchial tubes by puncturing\\nthe trachea. For arterial injection the right common\\ncarotid artery was selected, the blood being removed\\nfrom the veins by puncturing the inferior vena cava, a little\\nbelow the renal vein, and the jugular vein. The blood\\nwas let out of the vena cava before the abdomen was\\ncleansed, and was removed by a sponge or pump. After\\ninjecting the head and neck, Franciolla turned the injector\\ndownward and continued the injection until completed.\\nLater in his practice he selected the splenic artery for\\ninjecting. He poured a solution over the bowels before\\nreplacing them; a strong solution of bichromate of potash\\nbeing sometimes used, though not with the best of satis-\\nfaction. He also advocated filling the abdominal and\\nthoracic cavities with a liquid preparation of cornstarch,\\nwater, alcohol and corrosive sublimate, which, after hard-\\nening, would prevent the sinking of the parts.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0221.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "108 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nBrunetti, another Italian, used a method, which, it is\\nclaimed, preserved bodies so that they resisted decay for\\nhundreds of years, but they became hard as stone and\\nwere of course useless for anatomical study. They, how-\\never, retained their form and size in a remarkable degree.\\nBy this process the circulatory system was thoroughly\\ncleansed by washing for from two to five hours with cold\\nwater, until it issued from the body looking clear. Alcohol\\nwas then injected to remove the water, and sulphuric ether\\nto carry out of the system all fatty and greasy substances,\\nthese operations occupying five to ten hours. Equal time\\nwas spent in injecting a strong solution of tannin, after\\nwhich the body was dried by means of a current of warm\\nair which had been passed over heated chlorid of calcium.\\nA Method in Vogue in Belgium has proven quite\\nsuccessful, though the process is tedious and requires\\nconsiderable time for the preparation of the body. The\\npreserving fluid is composed of the following ingredients:\\nOne-half pound each of alumina and sulphate of alumina\\nand one ounce of corrosive sublimate, dissolved in one gal-\\nlon of water. The body is firsn thoroughly washed with\\nsoap and tepid water to remove every particle which\\nmight obstruct the pores of the skin, for the process de-\\npends largely upon absorption of the solution through the\\npores. After the body has been thoroughly dried by the\\nvigorous use of clean towels, the solution is applied exter-\\nnally, keeping the body moist. The application must be\\nrenewed from time to time as absorption and evaporation\\nlessen the supply. The theory of tins part of the process\\nis to keep the body as nearly as possible completely im-\\nmersed. The stomach and intestines are removed through\\nan incision in the abdomen and thoroughly cleaned. Blood\\nis withdrawn from the system by opening the inferior\\nvena cava, and the arteries are injected through the", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0222.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING. 109\\nabdominal cavity The diaphragm is punctured and the\\npleural cavities are filled with a solution of arsenite of\\nsoda.\\nDr. Tscheirnoff *s method was as interesting as it was\\nthorough, but its necessary expensiveness was fatal to its\\ngeneral use. The mutilation of the body, incident to this\\nmethod, also detracted from its popularity. He first opened\\nthe abdomen by making an incision extending from the\\nsternum to the umbilical region, with a short cross incision\\nabout midway. This gave a diamond-shaped opening ex-\\nposing the abdominal viscera. Entrance to the thoracic\\ncavity was gained by carefully cutting the ribs loose from\\nthe sternum and turning the latter back over the face.\\nThis exposed to view the heart, lungs and aortal arch.\\nThe next step was to displace the bowels and sponge out\\nall fluid or serum found around the intestines. The intes-\\ntines and other internal organs, whose contents were liable\\nto putrefaction, were emptied, the bladder being vacated\\nthrough the urinary canal by means of a catheter; after\\nwhich they were injected with fluid. He then injected\\nthe arteries through the descending aorta, which was\\nexposed by moving the small intestine to the right, to be\\nreplaced on completion of the operation.\\nThis did not complete the surgical part of the process,\\nfor the back of the skull was trepanned, making a two-\\ninch circular hole, through which the brain, or as much of\\nit as could be reached, was removed by means of a long-\\nhandled, slender, specially-made spoon. This cavity was\\nfilled with a thin paste made by fully saturating a half\\ngallon of water with alum, and thickening to the proper\\nconsistency by the addition of plaster of Paris the wound\\nwas then carefully closed and sewed up. The thoracic\\nand abdominal cavities and their contents were washed\\nand dried and the viscera surrounded with tannic acid.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0223.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "110 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThe sternum was then replaced and the wound tempora-\\nrily closed, and the body completely enveloped in a sheet\\nsaturated with fluid, in which condition it was left for\\ntwelve hours. The envelop was then removed, the cav-\\nities of the thorax and abdomen reopened, and the plaster\\nof Paris and alum paste, mentioned above, was poured over\\nand around the viscera, filling all the space to the level of\\nthe ribs. After the paste set tannic acid was sprinkled\\nover the top, the sternum was replaced and the wound\\npermanently and carefully sewed up. The inside of the\\nmouth was filled with cotton saturated with embalming\\nfluid in order that the face should retain its fullness the\\nnose cavity was also filled with paste. The entire body\\nwas finally coated with a preparation of Canada balsam\\nand turpentine, which is transparent and excludes the air.\\nThe Florentine Process of embalming, used chiefly\\nfor the preservation of subjects for the dissecting table,\\nas described by Dr. Venali, an Italian authority on the\\nsubject, was somewhat like Dr. Tscheirnoff s. The abdo-\\nmen was opened by a transverse incision across the body,\\nthe stomach and intestines emptied of any gaseous, liquid\\nor solid contents, and then injected; the cavity cleaned,\\nsponged, and sprinkled with tannic acid. The thoracic\\ncavity was entered from the abdomen, through the dia-\\nphragm and similarly treated. Arterial injection was made\\nthrough the femoral artery, the opening being made about\\neight inches from and below Poupart s ligament.\\nA German Process of preservation, which, when\\nproperly followed, has kept bodies so perfectly that they\\nretained their form, color and flexibility, so that, after a\\nperiod of several years even, they made good subjects for\\npurposes of dissection, and were free from offensive smells.\\nThe formula for the preserving fluid is as follows: In 3000\\ngrams of boiling water, dissolve alum, 100 grams; sodium", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0224.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "MODERN EMBALMING. Ill\\nchlorid, 25 grams potash, 60 grams arsenic acid, 10\\ngrams. This solution is then cooled and filtered to 10\\nliters, when 4 liters of glycerine and one liter of mythylic\\nalcohol is added. Bodies are injected arterially and sat-\\nurated with the liquid, 8 or 10 liters being used to a body,\\naccording to the size and condition.\\nEmbalming 1 but Little Practiced To-day in Eng-\\nland. Singularly enough, while the English, in the later\\nportion of the last, and first of this, century, made such\\nwonderful progress in embalming, the art is but little prac-\\nticed to-day in that country; and then generally for others\\nthan natives of Great Britain especially Americans. The\\nlate Dr. Benjamin Ward Richardson, F. R. C. S., in his\\nwork on The Art of Embalming, said:\\nEmbalming at the present clay is, in England, an exceptional proc-\\ness, and when we are called upon to perform it here, it is, in ninety-\\nnine cases out of the hundred, for some one foreign to our country. I\\nhave embalmed fifty bodies, but only in two or three instances the\\nbodies of English people, and in these exceptional instances the de-\\nceased, although they were born and died in England, had lived the\\ngreater part of their life abroad, and were embalmed in order to be\\nconveyed to friends at a distance, who wished to bury them.\\nA recent letter from Mr. Halford Lupton Mills, Cam-\\nbridge Place, Norfolk Square, Paddington, London, West,\\nwho is said to be the only British undertaker holding a\\ndiploma from an American School of Embalming, reaffirms\\nthis statement from both personal experience and obser-\\nvation.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0225.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XII.\\nUP TO DATE EMBALMING.\\nINTRODUCTORY REMARKS.\\nIn the last chapter we treated wholly of European\\nmethods and processes; in this and succeeding chapters we\\ntake up the latest and most approved practices in vogue\\nin this country.\\nThe methods of to-day, especially as practiced in Amer-\\nica, are far in advance of those of three thousand years ago,\\nor indeed of any processes that have been practiced in the\\ndistant or more recent past. We do not eviscerate, nor\\nmake any indecent exposure of the remains; and we ac-\\ncomplish in a few hours what our old friends, the Egyp-\\ntians, required days and weeks to perform. Our modern\\nmethods, simplified by our modern instruments and appli-\\nances, place us in a position where comparisons with the\\ncrude work of the Egyptians would be odious.\\nProf. Charles W. McCurdy, Sc. D., Ph. D., in his recently\\npublished thesis on Embalming and Embalming Fluids,\\nhas well said:\\nIn fact, the methods of embalming as taught and practiced in the\\npresent, demand a higher order of intelligence, a more thorough\\nknowledge of the anatomy of the body, a steadier judgment, and a\\nmore skillful hand than was at any time required of or presented by\\nthe ancients who relied largely upon atmospheric influences for the\\npreservation of their dead.\\nWere modern embalmers so disposed, I have no doubt they could\\nattain to the preservative excellence of their ancient brethern, indeed\\n(112)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0226.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "UP TO DATE EMBALMING. 113\\nfar surpass them, and prepare our dead for the judgment day j but\\nembalming, except for temporary convenience, as a rule, is not deemed\\ndesirable here or in Europe and, as it forms no part of the theological\\nsystem of Christian nations, we have no ambition to rival them in\\nmummification.\\nDr. Thomas Holmes, of Brooklyn, New York, is, with-\\nout doubt, justly entitled to the honor of being called the\\nfather of embalming in this country. During our late\\nwar Dr. Holmes embalmed many bodies for shipment to\\ntheir friends, to be buried in the cemeteries near their old\\nhomes, instead of being left to molder in the clay in\\nalien soil.\\nEmbalming is practiced to-day chiefly for two reasons,\\nviz: that of preservation and that of sanitation. Other\\nminor reasons may be advanced, but these are the princi-\\npal ones.\\nPRESERVATION AS A REASON FOR EMBALMING.\\nIn performing the last sad rites over the dead, the\\nperiod of mourning prior to interment usually lasts from\\ntwo to four days, and, in case of a shipment, sometimes it\\nis prolonged for months.\\nPrevious to the introduction of embalming as practiced\\nto-day in this country, the undertaker, or whoever took\\ncharge of the funeral, usually had to handle a putrefying\\nmass of animal tissue, sometimes in a horribly corrupt\\nstate, and always with more or less putrid odor. The in-\\ntroduction of ice modified these results to a certain extent,\\nbut all localities were not blessed with that precious prod-\\nuct. Therefore, with the growing demand for more\\nexpensive funerals, came the great desire for a better and\\nmore general means of preserving the body until inter-\\nment could take place. In case shipment of the remains\\nto some distant point is desired, embalmment is to-day\\nconsidered absolutely essential.\\nE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 8\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0MM", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0227.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "114 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nSANITATION AS A REASON.\\nSanitation as a reason has been considered second-\\nary, but it should not be so. Every body dying from\\ncontagious or infectious disease should be embalmed, for\\nthe purpose of destroying the germs of contagion and\\ninfection.\\nThe health-boards in every state, county, city or town,\\nshould make it incumbent on every person or persons who\\ninter bodies dying from cholera, yellow fever, smallpox,\\ndiphtheria, typhoid fever, or any other infectious or con-\\ntagious disease, to embalm them thoroughly with a fluid\\nthat contains the strongest disinfectants. It would lessen\\nthe danger in our own, and be a great safeguard to future,\\ngenerations. Cemeteries are being changed and bodies\\nare being disinterred at all times. Our water supplies are\\nliable to become contaminated by water running through,\\nor having their origin in or under, a cemetery. The spores\\nof contagion of the bacteria are not destroyed for a long\\nperiod of time by earth or water. Consequently running\\nwater may take them up and convey them to any distance,\\nthus spreading disease. Therefore, embalming, under the\\ncircumstances, would be of inestimable value as a sanitary\\nmeasure.\\nTHOROUGH EMBALMMENT.\\nThe Condition, Appearance and Disease of the\\nBody to be embalmed should be taken into consideration\\nbefore commencing the operation. The disease that\\ncaused death; the time that has elapsed since death\\noccurred the presence or absence of rigor mortis the ap-\\npearance of discoloration and the presence of gases\\nputrefactive or otherwise in the tissues or cavities, will\\ngovern the operation of embalming entirely.\\nIf the disease has been a simple one, the length of\\ntime since death but a few hours, no gases nor evidence of", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0228.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0229.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0230.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "UP TO DATE EMBALMING. 117\\nputrefaction present, the operation can proceed at once,\\nafter placing the body on the embalming board with the\\ntrunk and head elevated. Next select the artery for in-\\njection and raise it as directed under the proper heading;\\nwithdraw the blood and inject fluid sufficient to fill the\\ncapillaries. Then fill the stomach, through the esopha-\\ngus, and the lungs, through the trachea. Also, inject the\\nchest and abdominal cavity with fluid. If rigor mortis is\\npresent break it up as much as possible before beginning\\nthe operation. Special diseases will be treated under\\nseparate headings.\\nTo Thoroughly Embalm a body fluid should be in-\\njected into every tissue of the body, through the arterial\\nsystem, because it reaches every part of the body by way\\nof the capillaries. Also, fluid should be injected into\\nevery subdivision of, and into and around, every visceral\\norgan contained in the two great cavities of the body, and\\ninto the mouth, nose, gullet and trachea. Blood should be\\nwithdrawn from the vascular system, and the cavities re-\\nlieved of gases and morbid matter. To inject fluid only\\nthrough the arteries, in many cases, is not sufficient. The\\ncirculation may be obstructed by clots, calcareous deposits,\\ncontractions or aneurisms, thus preventing a proper distri-\\nbution of the fluid. There may be more or less morbid\\nmaterial in some of the visceral organs, or effete material\\nin the alimentary canal, the home of the bacteria of putre-\\nfaction. Fluid should be mixed with this material by\\ncavity injection as well as to fill the tissues of the walls of\\nthe cavities containing it, by the arterial injection. One\\nmethod should not be practiced to the exclusion of the\\nother. True, some cases can be preserved by either one\\nof these methods, when used alone. But this is no reason\\nwhy the other should be excluded. If a body dying from\\ntyphoid fever is injected by the cavity method alone, it", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0231.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "118 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nmay be successfully preserved, but the infectious bacteria\\nwill not be destroyed in the other parts of the body. As a\\nsanitary measure every body should be thoroughly em-\\nbalmed, and a rule should be adopted by every board of\\nhealth to enforce it.\\nAppearance of a Body After Thorough Embalm-\\nment. Owing to the chemicals contained in the fluid\\nthat has been injected into the body, changes in the appear-\\nance of the surface will likely manifest themselves within\\na few hours after death. A lifelike appearance will follow\\nthe introduction of some fluids, while a marble-like white-\\nness, a brownish tinge, or a leadish-like tinge, will follow\\nthe use of others. In some bodies the above changes do\\nnot take place at all.\\nThese changes will indicate that the fluid is having an\\neffect upon the rete mucosum and dermis only, and not\\nthat the body will keep forever as some would have you\\nbelieve. Neither does it indicate in those bodies where the\\nchanges do not take place, that a second injection should\\nbe resorted to, to keep them the usual length of time.\\nThe rule is that ordinary cases do not require a second in-\\njection, but an exception will occasionally occur. Very\\nfrequently special cases, such as septicaemia, consumption,\\ntyphoid fever, peritonitis, morphine cases, etc., require\\na second, or even a third, injection. Cases to be kept indefi-\\nnitely such as those that are to be shipped, those to be kept\\nfor identification, those to be placed in family vaults, etc.,\\nshould receive a number of injections.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0232.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIII.\\nDEATH: ITS MODES, SIGNS AND CHANGES-\\nModes of Death. Whether death results from natural\\ndecay, disease, or violence, the proximate causes may be\\nreduced, when fully analyzed, to two, namely, cessation of\\nthe circulation and cessation of respiration. On the con-\\ntinuance of these functions depends the life of the whole\\nbody, or any part of it. Their functions may stop from\\ncauses operating directly on their mechanism, or by causes\\noperating indirectly through the nerve centres which reg-\\nulate them. Hence it is usual to describe the latter as the\\nthird mode of death so that we speak of death being pro-\\nduced by the cessation of the function of any one of the\\nthree organs the heart, the lungs, or the brain.\\nSigns of Death. It is not always easy to determine\\nwhen life is extinct. We have no single positive sign of\\ndeath. We usually combine several signs to determine\\nwhen the spark of life has become finally extinguished.\\nSyncope, Asphyxia and Trance are the conditions\\nwhich most resemble actual death.\\nCessation of the Heart s Action. Proof of the ces-\\nsation of the heart s action is the most reliable sign of\\ndeath. Mere pulselessness is not proof, for the heart may\\nbe still beating, and resuscitation may be possible. The\\nstethoscope should be used skilfully over the region of the\\nheart. There should be no hurry; continue the auscultation\\n(119)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0233.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "120 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nfor some minutes, or even a half hour, if the case is a\\ndoubtful one.\\nIn hybernating animals during the hybernating period\\nthe pulse is slow and feeble only eight or ten beats per\\nminute but during activity the rate is eighty or ninety\\nper minute. A similar condition may exist in man.\\nThe cases of Colonel Townseud and of the Indian\\nfakirs, referred to as examples of the cessation of the cir-\\nculation, while life still remained, were not scientifically\\ninvestigated, and are to be set down as fakes.\\nMagnus recommends the application of a tight ligature\\non a finger or toe. If the circulation has ceased entirely,\\nthere will be no change in color but if there is any circu-\\nlation at all, it matters not how feeble, the extremity\\nsooner or later assumes a bluish tint, from strangulation\\nof the venous flow.\\nIf cessation of the heart s action is absolutely estab-\\nlished, other signs may be ignored.\\nCessation of Respiration. Respiration may appear\\nto be suspended, bat still it may be going on. The test for\\nmoisture, by holding a cold mirror over the mouth and\\nnostrils placing a flock of cotton wool on the lips to test\\nfor air currents and observing whether the reflection on\\nthe surface of a cup of water placed on the chest moves\\nor remains still, are all well adapted for the detection of\\nrespiration. If the results are all negative the indications\\nare that respiration has ceased.\\nIf death is present, the skin becomes ashy pale, and the\\ntissues loose their elasticity. Tension of the eye becomes\\nless, and the cornea becomes opaque. The pupils fail to\\nreact to light, Irritants applied to the skin do not cause\\nvital reaction. Certain parts may retain their independ-\\nent vitality after somatic death, though the body be dead\\nas a whole. The muscles may be made to contract, by", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0234.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "DEATH: ITS MODES, SIGNS AND CHANGES. 121\\nthe application of an electrical current, two or three hours\\nafter death.\\nThe following changes in the body not only indicate\\ndeath, but aid in fixing the probable time at which death\\noccurred\\nCooling of the Body. After death the body dying\\nfrom ordinary disease becomes cool gradually. If placed\\nin an average temperature without clothing it will cool at\\nthe rate of about 1\u00c2\u00b0 Fahrenheit per hour. A thick coating\\nof adipose tissue, as found in fat, heavy people, clothing,\\netc., retard cooling.\\nThe superficial coldness of collapse, which is due to\\ncessation of the peripheral circulation, must not be taken\\nfor cadaveric coldness, for there is still considerable inter-\\nnal heat which must pass off, and the body, cold to the\\ntouch before death, may after death rise in temperature,\\nas the internal heat radiates.\\nHypostasis. After death the blood gravitates to the\\ndependent parts of the body, giving rise to livid discolora-\\ntions, termed hypostasis. These discolorations are liable\\nto be confounded with ecchymoses or extravasations\\nof blood, but they differ from ecchymoses in the fact\\nthat the blood is contained in the vessels and not extrava-\\nsated into the tissues, as may be shown by an incision into\\nthe skin. If the blood remains in a liquid state, these dis-\\ncolorations may be made to disappear if the position of\\nthe body be reversed, but they will reappear in the other\\nparts that are now most dependent. They usually occur\\nin from eight to ten hours after death.\\nPost-Mortem Staining:. While hypostasis is making\\nits appearance, other important changes are taking place\\non the upper surface of the body. The blood undergoes\\nthe earliest and most rapid change. The hemoglobin\\nescapes from the red corpuscles, partly by exudation, and", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0235.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "12S CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\npartly by the destruction of the corpuscles themselves, being\\ndissolved in the liquid of the blood and passing through\\ninto the surrounding tissue, causing a staining of the tissue,\\nknown as post-mortem staining. This staining is of a\\nuniform pinkish-red color, and must be distinguished with\\ncare from the redness of hyperemia, which appears only\\nin points or layers. The amount of staining is in propor-\\ntion to the amount of blood and the rapidity of decompo-\\nsition.\\nRigor Mortis. Arrest of nutrition is accompanied by\\na state of rigidity in the muscles, known as rigor mortis,\\nor cadaveric rigidity. It is due to coagulation of the\\nmuscle plasma. This rigidity usually begins in the muscles\\nof the neck and face, and gradually extends from above\\ndownwards. Putrefaction begins in the same region and\\nfollows in the same order, so that while the upper parts\\nof the body appear flaccid, the lower extremities are rigid.\\nThis rigidity can be broken up and it will not return. If\\ncataleptic rigidity is broken up it will return. Mobility is\\nstill observable at the joints to a certain degree. Not so\\nin the stiffness of freezing where all parts are equally rigid\\nand crackle if bent. Rigor mortis takes place in all bodies\\nafter death. The muscles become firm and shortened, ap-\\nparently in a state of chronic contraction. It comes on at\\nonce after the muscles have lost their irritability. The\\ntime of its appearance and its intensity depends upon the\\nstate of muscular nutrition at the time of death. The\\ngreater the store of muscular energy at the time of\\ndeath, the longer it is before rigidity sets in, and the longer\\nit lasts. On the contrary, the greater the exhaustion the\\nsooner rigidity sets in, and the sooner it passes off. Rigor\\nmortis is longer appearing in subjects dying in vigorous\\nhealth, as by accident, than in those dying from exhausting\\ndiseases, as consumption, etc. In cases of full muscular", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0236.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "DEATH: ITS MODES, SIGNS AND CHANGES. 123\\nvigor the rigidity will come on in from one to twenty-four\\nhours and last from one to ten days, while in those of ex-\\nhaustion it may come on at once and last only a few\\nminutes.\\nPutrefaction is effected by micro-organisms, known\\nas saprophytes, or putrefactive bacteria. When rigor mortis\\npasses off, decomposition begins. The tissues undergo\\ndecided changes. The first external indication is a\\ngreenish discoloration over the right inguinal region.\\nInternally the mucous membrane of the larynx and tra-\\nchea is the first to change in color and consistence. The\\ndiscolorations are due to alterations in the transuded\\nhemoglobin. The less compact tissues are the first to\\nputrefy, the fibrous tissue resists for some time longer, and\\nthe compact tissue of the womb resists putrefaction longer\\nthan any other. In the course of time all the soft tissues\\ndisintegrate entirely and the skeleton is exposed and falls\\nto pieces.\\nThe process of putrefaction is accompanied by the gen-\\neration of gases very offensive to the smell, such as sulphu-\\nreted hydrogen, ammonia, nitrogen, carbonic acid, etc.\\nThe time that it takes for a body to decompose depends\\npartly upon the condition of the body itself, but principally\\non temperature, moisture, and exposure. A moist, high\\ntemperature, with free exposure, favors rapid putrefaction.\\nA dry, high temperature has a tendency to dry the tissues\\nand in this way produces mummification instead of putre-\\nfaction. Moisture alone tends to produce saponification,\\nespecially of the fatty tissues, with the formation of a sub-\\nstance termed adipocere. Putrefaction is less rapid in\\nwater and least rapid in earth. Signs of putrefaction begin\\nto appear on about the third day, under ordinary circum-\\nstances and an average temperature, commencing with a\\ngreenish discoloration in the right inguinal region. Many", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0237.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "124 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nmonths may pass before the soft tissues entirely disinte-\\ngrate. Judicial examination of the womb has been made\\nnine months after death, where antiseptics had not been\\nused. It is difficult to state how far putrefaction shall\\nhave advanced in a given time, for under similar condi-\\ntions apparently, a very great divergence of results have\\nbeen observed.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0238.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIV.\\nTHE BLOOD.\\nBlood, Lymph and Chyle are the nutrient fluids of\\nthe body. Others aid in the digestion of food, and still\\nothers are only excrementitious. The blood is the most\\nimportant fluid to the embalmer. It enters largely into the\\ndifficulties of his work, causing frequent discolorations. Its\\nproperty of coagulation often prevents its removal entirely.\\nIt is a fluid when pure, of a bright red or scarlet color\\n(arterial); when impure, of a dull red or purple color\\n(venous).\\nThe blood is composed of plasma, or liquor sanguinis, and\\nred and white corpuscles. The red corpuscles constitute\\nlittle less than one-half of the mass of blood, are about -^Vo\\nof an inch in diameter, and their color is due to the hemo-\\nglobin. Leucocytes, or white corpuscles, are much less\\nabundant, existing only in the proportion of one to several\\nhundred of the red corpuscles. The balance of the mass\\nis plasma.\\nCoagulation of the Blood. The blood retains its flu-\\nidity while it remains in the vessels and the circulation is\\nnot interfered with. But after death, or after it is drawn\\nfrom the vessels, it coagulates or sets into a jelly-like\\nmass. It coagulates after death, in the vessels, though less\\nrapidly than when removed from the body.\\nAs a rule it coagulates in from twelve to twenty-four\\nhours after death. The blood is found chiefly in the ve-\\nnous system, the arteries being emptied by post-mortem\\n(125)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0239.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "126 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ncontraction of their muscular coats. In the veins coagula-\\ntion is slow and imperfect. Coagula are found in the left\\nside of the heart and aorta, but they are much smaller than\\nthose found in the right side of the heart and large veins.\\nThe blood in the capillaries and smaller veins does not\\ncoagulate, or, if it does, it coagulates very imperfectly. It\\ngravitates rapidly to the dependent parts of the body.\\nCoagulation can be retarded or prevented by the addi-\\ntion of certain chemicals, such as the solutions of potash\\nand soda and some of their sal Other conditions prevent\\nor retard coagulation. The poison of venomous ser-\\npents, narcotic poisons, prussic acid, suffocation, whether\\nby drowning, hanging, or poisonous gases, prevent coagula-\\ntion, while lightning, electricity, blows on the abdomen,\\ncholera or violent exercise retard coagulation in the vessels.\\nThe blood not only causes discolorations, but it decom-\\nposes quickly, producing gases, and therefore should be\\nremoved. The proportion of the blood to the weight of\\nthe entire body is nearly in the ratio of one to eight or\\nsixteen to eighteen pounds of blood in a body weighing 140\\nto 150 pounds.\\nCirculation of the Blood. If reference is made to\\nthe anatomy of the heart, arteries and veins, in the preced-\\ning pages, a complete anatomical description will be found.\\nThis description should be studied until it is thoroughly\\nunderstood and committed to memory. The circulation of\\nthe blood will then be easily understood.\\nIn the study of the circulation, first remember that all\\nvessels that carry blood away from the heart are arteries, and\\nall those that carry blood to the heart are veins. It mat-\\nters not whether they carry arterial (pure), or venous (im-\\npure), blood, the proposition holds good. The venous blood\\nis carried by the pulmonary arteries, from the right side\\nof the heart to the lungs, where it gives off carbonic", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0240.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "THE BLOOD.\\n127\\nacid gas and receives oxygen, and then, after it is\\nchanged into arterial blood, the pulmonary veins carry\\nit back to the I Right\\nleft side of the {Right I Carotid\\nInnominate:\\nleft Common\\n-CAROTID\\nIf pr Sue, (Lft/iniJ\\nheart. This is B Clavian\\ncalled the Pulmonary\\npulmonary Veins\\ncirculation.\\nmi i, 4. Superior v\\nThe heart \\\\/e^f\\\\ y\\nthen forces CM Y A\\nit out through\\nthe aorta and\\nits subdivisions\\nto the capilla-\\nries, where it\\npermeates\\nevery tissue,\\ngives off oxy-\\ngen and re-\\nceives carbonic\\nacid gas, and is\\ncarried back inferior\\nthrough the\\nveins to the\\nright side of the heart\\nThis constitutes the sys\\ntemic circulation.\\nCause of Arteries Being\\nEmptied After Death. The ar-\\nteries are usually found empty after\\ndeath. This condition is due to the\\ntonic contraction of the nonstriated mus-\\ncular fiber in the heart and in the mus-\\ncular coats of the arteries. The muscular walls of the\\nPulmonary^\\nVEIN5. I\\nVena\\nCf\\\\VF\\\\\\nFig. 14. Cham-\\nbers, Valves\\nand Vessels of\\nthe Heart.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0241.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "128 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nventricles and arteries are the first to lose their irri-\\ntability, become rigid and contracted within an hour\\nor two after death, usually remaining in that state for ten\\nor twelve hours, and sometimes for twenty-four to thirty-\\nsix hours, then become flaccid again. The contraction\\nof the arteries is so great as to produce great diminu-\\ntion of the caliber. This no doubt contributes largely to\\nthe passage of the blood from the arteries into the veins,\\nwhich almost invariably takes place within an hour or\\ntwo after death. It also frequently prevents a free flow\\nof fluid through the arterial system.\\nCIRCULATION OF FLUID.\\nThe circulation of fluid is not exactly the same as the\\ncirculation of the blood. It does not pass through nor into\\nthe heart, unless it makes the entire circuit of the systemic\\nand pulmonary circulations, which it is not likely to do, un-\\nless a large amount of blood is withdrawn, or one of the\\nneedle processes is used. For instance, if the right brachial\\nartery is raised for the purpose of injection, the fluid starts\\nat the point of operation and passes through the axillary\\nand subclavian to the innominate, there taking the down-\\nward course (provided the body be on the incline), into and\\nthrough the aorta to the most dependent parts, filling them\\nfirst and reaching each arterial branch successively, as the\\nlevel of the fluid rises, supplying the tissues, reaching the\\nupper extremities, neck and head, last. After this point is\\nreached, enough fluid should be injected to cause it to pass\\nthrough the capillaries, which will be indicated by the in-\\ncreasing size of the superficial veins, especially those on the\\nforehead.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0242.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XV.\\nEMBALMING INSTRUMENTS: THEIR USE\\nAND CARE.\\nThe development and growth of embalming, especially\\narterial, has brought into existence a diverse and extended\\nlist of instruments and accessories, necessary or useful to\\nthe embalmer in the performance of his work. This\\nallows of great latitude in their selection, ranging in price\\nfrom the cheapest to the most expensive, in adaptability\\nfrom the most primitive to the most modern, and in grade\\nfrom the poorest to the best. One s ability as an embalmer\\nmay be judged by the quality, condition and appearance\\nof his instruments.\\nInstruments Should Be Kept Clean. The impor-\\ntance of keeping embalming instruments perfectly clean\\ncannot be over-estimated, inasmuch as they may be the\\ncause, if not so kept, of serious trouble to those who handle\\nthem, either to the operator himself or the assistant.\\nThere are many cases on record, some of them of recent\\ndate, when serious mishaps have occurred through the\\ncareless handling of filthy instruments. Two cases of\\npositive blinding are well known, having come under the\\nimmediate knowledge of the authors. One of the victims,\\na bright young man, son of an undertaker in the South, is\\nat the present time undergoing treatment to the end that\\nhis eyesight may be restored. Sore eyes and sore hands\\nE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 9 (129)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0243.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "130 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nare things of very common occurrence from accidental in-\\noculation from handling dirty instruments.\\nAseptic Instruments should be used in all cases.\\nWhat has been said about the danger from use of dirty\\nand filthy instruments being indisputable facts, every em-\\nbalmer should become the possessor of a set of instruments\\nwhich can be easily and thoroughly cleaned. Aseptic is\\ndefined as being free from the living germs of disease,\\nfermentation or putrefaction. Only those instruments\\nare aseptic which are made without visible joint, or which\\ncan be taken apart and every portion be cleansed. Such\\ninstruments, of course, cost more money than some other\\nkinds; but, the embalmer can make a great point in his\\nbusiness by having his instruments of the very best and\\nmost approved style.\\nShould Take Just Pride in His Instruments. The\\nup-to-date surgeon prides himself on his fine and perfectly-\\nkept instruments, always adding the very latest and best\\nimprovements. So does the dentist and physician. These\\nare professional men with whom the embalmer is, or cer-\\ntainly should be, on a level. They guard and care for the\\ninstruments of their respective professions more carefully\\nthan anything else they possess. It is a true saying, and\\none to be cherished, that a workman is known by his tools.\\nThe progressive undertaker spends thousands of dollars\\nfor his equipment of funeral cars, hearses, carriages, and\\nhorses, and in his show room and its contents. Ofttimes\\none thing only is neglected. The old, well-worn cabinet,\\nwith its rusty set of tools, often filthy and full of septic\\nmatter, is still allowed to do service, when in fact this\\npart of his paraphernalia should be the one which he should\\ntake pride in having as nearly perfect as possible. When\\ncalled to take charge of the remains of some prominent\\ncitizen, where no expense is spared in all the necessary", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0244.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": "EMBALMING INSTRUMENTS; THEIR USE AND CARE. 131\\nfurnishings, how inconsistent it is not to be able to con-\\nduct the embalming on an equal scale.\\nSterilizing Instruments. To sterilize instruments is\\nto render them free, by heating or otherwise, from living\\ngerms. The following formula for sterilizing is simple,\\ncheap and effective:\\nFirst thoroughly wash the instruments with soap and\\nwater; place in a tin vessel a quart of water, to which has\\nbeen added a quarter of a pound of bicarbonate of soda;\\nimmerse the instruments and boil for half an hour; take\\nout and wipe with a soft, woolen cloth until they are thor-\\noughly dry, when they will be positively free from all\\ndanger of inoculation.\\nTo Remove Rust from Steel Instruments. In case\\nsteel instruments should become rusted they can be made\\nperfectly bright by a very simple but effective process.\\nFirst rub them over with sweet oil; then bury them over\\nnight in ordinary white, dry, slacked lime. In the morn-\\ning remove them from the lime bath, rub them with a soft\\ncloth, and they will become bright and shining.\\nInstruments Should Be Sharp. The embalmer s in-\\nstruments should be sharp and keen cutting, or else the\\noperations cannot be made as quickly or neatly as they\\nshould be. A jagged cut is always unsatisfactory, and ap-\\npears unworkman-like and unprofessional.\\nThe Number and Quality of instruments to be pos-\\nsessed of course must be settled by the individual. As\\nalready intimated, the larger the number and variety of\\ninstruments and the better their quality, other things\\nbeing equal, the better will the embalmer be equipped for\\nhis work. Any first-class, reliable manufacturer or jobber\\nwill furnish an illustrated and descriptive catalogue of\\ninstruments and supplies from which a selection can be\\nmade of those needed or desired. The selections should", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0245.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "132 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nbe made with care, especially if the amount available for\\nthis purpose is anyways limited.\\nThe Instruments Necessary for Arterial Work are\\na scalpel, bistoury, scissors, grooved director, forceps, chain\\nand hooks or automatic stretcher, aneurism needle, tenac-\\nulum, a good pump (aspirator and injector), an assortment\\nof arterial tubes (different sizes and lengths), thread,\\nneedles, absorbent cotton, sheet lint, isinglass plaster, and\\na number of accessories.\\nInstruments Used for Cavity Injection. The oper-\\nator should select several trocars or hollow needles of\\ndifferent sizes and lengths, from the infant to the adult\\nsize, and from six to fifteen inches in length a couple\\nsizes of hard rubber nasal tubes; a stomach tube, silk No.\\n14 or 15; and a good aspirator.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0246.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVI.\\nARTERIAL INJECTION,\\nSELECTION OF THE ARTERY TO BE INJECTED.\\nIn the male subject convenience should govern the\\noperation, unless blood is to be withdrawn. If the latter\\nis necessary, then select either of the femorals, the left\\nbrachial, or one of the common carotids. If a female, avoid\\nthe femorals, on account of the necessary exposure that\\nwill follow in that region of the body. Avoid the common\\ncarotids on account of the mutilation leaving an unsightly\\nscar that may interfere with the wishes of friends in regard\\nto the dressing of the body. Either one of the brachials\\nor radials may be raised, unless blood is to be withdrawn\\nthrough the basilic vein if such is the case raise the left\\nbrachial artery and the left basilic vein, on account of the\\ncurve being more gradual in the left vein than in the right.\\nIf it becomes necessary to raise the femoral in the female,\\ndo so without any hesitancy. Undue exposure can be\\navoided by placing an old bed sheet over the body, and\\ncutting a slit through it over Scarpa s triangle. The opera-\\ntion should be performed through the slit in the sheet.\\nWhen bodies are dressed the radial can be used in either\\nsex. One artery is as good as another for the injection of\\nfluid, if no occlusion exists in the artery. The artery can be\\nraised in any part of its course, without reference to the\\ncollateral circulation. There is always sufficient collateral\\n(133)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0247.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "134 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ncirculation to supply the distal end of the artery with\\nplenty of fluid.\\nTHE RAISING AND INJECTING OF ARTERIES.\\nTo Raise an Artery at any point, the embalmer should\\nbe acquainted with the anatomy of the part as well as the\\nlinear and anatomical guides for making the incision. He\\nshould be able to distinguish between an artery, vein and\\nnerve.\\nAn artery is accompanied in its course by one or more\\nveins and usually by a nerve, and all are encased in a\\nsingle sheath.\\nThe artery is usually empty, cylindrical in form, of a\\ncreamish white appearance, and somewhat firm to the\\ntouch.\\nThe vein usually contains venous blood, is of a bluish\\ntint, is flattened, and of a soft velvety feel.\\nThe nerve is white, hard, and dense in structure.\\nThe brachial, femoral, common carotid, radial and pos-\\nterior tibial arteries are the ones most frequently operated\\nupon for embalming purposes.\\nIn raising an artery an incision should be made in the\\nskin at the proper place, of sufficient length to expose an\\ninch or more of the artery when it is raised out of the\\nwound less will do for the radial. After making the cut\\nthrough the skin, dissect carefully down to the sheath of\\nthe artery; incise the sheath with the scalpel on the\\ngrooved director, or with the scissors, and raise the artery\\nout of the wound. Make an incision through the wall\\nof the artery, either diagonally or transversely. The\\nsharp-pointed, straight or curved bistoury, is a good in-\\nstrument for incising the artery or vein. After the inci-\\nsion in the artery is made, insert an arterial tube with the\\nnozzle toward the heart. Tie the artery around the tube.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0248.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL INJECTION. 135\\nWhen fluid appears at the distal end of the artery, it can\\nbe tied. The appearance of fluid indicates an intact, col-\\nlateral circulation. If the fluid does not appear at the\\npoint of incision by the time the other parts of the body\\nhave received enough, remove the tube and tie the proximal\\nend, and insert it into the distal end and fill that part of\\nthe body with fluid.\\nAlways inject fluid into an artery very slowly; never be\\nin a hurry, but be patient, and take plenty of time, which\\nis usually necessary to insure the best results. Rapid and\\ncareless work may destroy the circulation, or flush the\\nface.\\nTHE BRACHIAL ARTERY AND BASILIC VEIN.\\nLocation. The brachial artery may not follow the\\nregular course, but it may descend down towards the inner\\ncondyle of the humerus. It may divide and descend as\\ntwo trunks each reduced to about half the normal size\\nin the same sheath and unite again at the lower part of its\\ncourse or, they may continue on through the forearm as\\nthe radial and ulna arteries.\\nThe Linear Guide. To mark out the course of the\\nbrachial artery, draw a line from the middle of the axillary\\nspace (armpit) to the center of the elbow, provided the\\npalm of the hand is supinated (turned up). If not supin-\\nated, direct the line to the center of the inner condyle of\\nthe humerus.\\nThe Anatomical Guide. The artery is situated on\\nthe inner side of the arm, extending from the lower part\\nof the axillary space to the middle of the elbow joint. Its\\nguide is the inner border of the biceps muscle. It lies in\\nthe groove between the biceps and triceps muscles. It is\\nsuperficial throughout its entire course, being covered only\\nby the skin, superficial and deep fascia.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0249.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "136 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nTo Raise the Artery or Vein, and inject artery, bring\\nthe arm out from the body to near a right angle and turn\\nthe palm of the hand upward. In this position the guide line\\nwill indicate the precise course of the artery. Make an in-\\ncision through the skin, and superficial fascia on the line,\\ntwo or three inches in length, beginning about three or four\\ninches above the elbow joint then catch up the deep\\nfascia with the forceps and divide it. This will expose the\\nvessels to view and their relation can be studied. The\\nartery will be seen between the vein and nerve, the\\nbasilic vein on the inner side and the nerve on the outer.\\nThe artery should be separated from the vein and nerve.\\nIf blood is to be withdrawn take up the vein and proceed\\nas directed for opening the basilic vein. Then raise the\\nartery out of the wound, make a diagonal or transverse\\nincision through the wall, and insert the arterial tube with\\npoint towards the heart. Tie the artery around the tube;\\nalso, the end back of the tube (distal end). Attach the\\npump and begin the injection of fluid slowly and carefully,\\nas force and rapidity may rupture the capillaries and cause\\nflushing of the face. Continue the injection until the\\nfluid has passed into or through the capillaries. Always\\ninject enough fluid.\\nTHE FEMORAL. ARTERY AND VEIN.\\nLocation. The femoral artery is situated on the an-\\nterior and inner side of the thigh, extending from Poupart s\\nligament to the upper border of the popliteal space, where\\nit becomes the popliteal artery.\\nLinear Guide. To locate the course of the femoral\\nartery, a line should be drawn from the front of the prom-\\ninence of the ilium (hip bone) to the center of the pubic\\narch. This line indicates Poupart s ligament. A second\\nline should be drawn from the centre of Poupart s ligament\\nto the inner side of the knee joint. The latter line will", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0250.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "^mgM^^", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0251.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0252.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL INJECTION. 139\\nindicate the course of the femoral artery, when the foot is\\nturned out.\\nThe Anatomical Guide is the inner border of the sar-\\ntorius muscle, which arises from the front part of the hip\\nbone and passes obliquely downwards and inwards to be in-\\nserted into the upper, internal surface of the tibia just below\\nthe knee joint. In the upper part of its course the femoral\\nartery passes through Scarpa s triangle, from its base to its\\napex. The base of the triangle is bounded by Poupart s\\nligament, inner side by the adductor longus, and the outer\\nside by the sartorius muscle.\\nTo Raise the Artery or Vein, make an incision from\\ntwo to three inches in length in the lower part of Scar-\\npa s triangle, or about two inches below Poupart s lig-\\nament, through the skin, fat and superficial fascia. Then\\ndissect the deep fascia from the sheath containing the ves-\\nsels. After this has been done, raise the sheath and place\\nthe handle of the bistoury beneath it. The sheath should\\nnow be opened and the artery and vein separated. If\\nblood is to be withdrawn from the vein, lift it upon the end\\nof the finger, incise the wall, insert the long silk vein\\ntube and proceed to remove the blood. This accomplished,\\nmake a diagonal or transverse incision through the wall\\nof the artery, insert the arterial tube with the point\\ntowards the heart and tie the artery around it; then attach\\nthe pump and begin the injection slowly and carefully. In-\\nject enough fluid to thoroughly fill the tissues. After suffi-\\ncient fluid has been injected, the tube may be capped if there\\nis a suspicion that another injection will be necessary. If\\nnot, remove the tube, tie the artery and sew up the incision.\\nTHE COMMON CAROTID ARTERY AND INTERNAL JUG-\\nULAR VEIN.\\nThe Common Carotid Artery has no particular\\nadvantage over any other except in size. It is the largest", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0253.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "140 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nartery used for embalming purposes. It is situated in the\\nneck, and extends from the upper border of the larynx\\n(Adam s apple) to the sterno-clavicular articulation. It is\\nscarcely possible to raise it without leaving an unsightly\\nscar, unless you incise the skin on the clavicle and draw it\\nupward. Therefore it should not be used unless unavoidable.\\nThe Linear Guide to the location of this artery is a\\nline drawn from behind the ear, downward to the joint of\\nthe sternum and clavicle. This will indicate the position\\nof the artery.\\nThe Anatomical Guide is the anterior border of the\\nsterno-cleido-mastoid muscle, which arises from the upper\\nend of the sternum and inner end of the clavicle, or collar\\nbone, crossing upward and a little backward to be inserted\\ninto the mastoid process of the temporal bone.\\nTo Raise the Artery and Vein the operator should\\nbegin the incision about an inch above the sternum in the\\nline that indicates the course of the artery and continue it\\nupward about one inch. Then dissect down carefully to\\nthe sheath which contains the artery, vein and pneumo-\\ngastric nerve. Open the sheath and separate the artery\\nfrom the vein and nerve. Raise the vein, insert a drainage\\ntube and let the blood drain from the head and face. Then\\nraise and incise the artery, insert the arterial tube with\\nthe point towards the heart, tie the artery around the tube\\nand tie it back of the tube. Commence the injection slowly\\nand carefully. Inject sufficient fluid to fill the tissues of\\nthe body. Remove the tube, tie the artery and carefully\\nclose the incision.\\nTHE RADIAL ARTERY.\\nTo Locate and Raise the Radial Artery is very\\nsimple. It can be raised in a moment and it will receive\\nthe fluid as fast as it should be injected in any case. Its posi-\\ntion makes it very convenient for that purpose when the body", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0254.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0255.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0256.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL INJECTION. 143\\nis already dressed for burial. At the point where it is usually\\nraised, it lies very superficial, being covered only with the\\nskin and superficial fascia. To raise the artery, make an in-\\ncision along the groove on the radial side of the wrist where\\nthe physician takes the pulse rate, about an inch or less in\\nlength, through the skin and superficial fascia. This\\nartery can also be raised higher up along its course,\\nwhere it will be found somewhat deeper. Open the\\nsheath, raise the artery, incise it and insert the small arte-\\nrial tube with the point toward the heart tie the artery\\naround and behind the tube. The wrist should be tied\\ntightly behind the tube to prevent a great amount of fluid\\nfrom reaching the hand, which is not desirable. Attach\\nthe pump and inject the fluid slowly and carefully. After\\nsufficient fluid has been injected, remove the tube, tie both\\nends of the artery, sew up the incision and cover with\\nisinglass plaster.\\nTHE POSTERIOR TIBIAL ARTERY.\\nLocation. The posterior tibial artery is found on the\\nposterior surface of the leg, extending from the lower\\nborder of the popliteal space downward behind the inner\\nmalleolus (ankle), where it becomes the plantar artery.\\nTo Raise the Posterior Tibial Artery an incision\\nshould be made beginning at the upper border in the de-\\npression, and extending in a curved line around the inter-\\nnal malleolus or ankle. Dissect down to, and open, the\\nsheath, raise the artery, make an incision in the artery and\\ninsert the arterial tube with the nozzle toward the heart. Tie\\nthe artery around the tube, attach the tube and inject fluid\\nsufficient to fill the tissues of the body. Then remove the\\ntube, sew up the wound and cover with plaster. After the in-\\njection place the trunk and lower extremities on a level, with\\nthe head slightly elevated. This will prevent the fluid from\\ngravitating to the lower organs and extremities.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0257.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "144 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nTO REMOVE THE BLOOD.\\nThe Blood should be removed from the veins to relieve\\nthe tissues from the pressure to make more room for the\\nfluid to pass through the capillaries and smaller vessels to\\nrelieve the congestion of the superficial or peripheral veins\\nof the head, face and neck, thereby removing discoloration\\nfrom that source; and to relieve the tissues from the\\nchanged and putrid blood, which decreases the chance of\\npreservation, and gives rise to post-mortem discoloration\\nand post-mortem staining.\\nThe Methods of removing blood from the body are by\\naspirating the heart or veins, or by drainage.\\nTo Remove Blood from the Heart, a trocar, or hollow\\nneedle, and an aspirator, are required. Select a needle or\\ntrocar six inches or more in length, very sharp and of fair\\ncaliber. The arrow-pointed needle is an excellent instru-\\nment for the purpose. Introduce the needle between the\\nthird and fourth ribs (third intercostal space) on the right\\nside, within half an inch of the right border of the sternum\\n(breastbone), directing it downward and a little to the left,\\nto the depth of about four inches, or until the point of the\\nneedle touches the spinal column, when it will have entered\\nthe right auricle of the heart. After the needle has been\\nintroduced, attach the aspirator, place the body in a sitting\\nposture, and raise the arms above the head for the purpose\\nof gravitating the blood toward the heart. To remove the\\nblood from the lower extremities the position of the body\\nmust be reversed, as blood can only be removed from the\\nbody by the aid of gravitation, or while the mouth of the\\ntube, or the point of the needle, is immersed in the fluid.\\nThe vacuum in the heart is not filled by the pressure of air,\\nas in the common pump, but by the force of gravity.\\nCirculation Not Destroyed by Tapping- the Heart.\\nObjection has been made to this operation by some", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0258.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0259.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0260.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL INJECTION. 147\\nembalmers raising the point that the circulation is destroyed\\nfor arterial embalming. The point is not well taken.\\nThe right auricle being the only part wounded, the fluid\\nwould have to make the whole circuit of the circulatory\\nsystem before it could escape. However, the heart may be\\noccupying an abnormal position, as a result of effusion\\ninto one of the pleural sacs or some other disease such\\nbeing the case, the left side of the heart or aorta may be\\ninjured. Even injury to the left auricle or ventricle would\\nnot destroy the circulation sufficiently to interfere with\\narterial embalming, unless the aortic valves were de-\\nstroyed.\\nThe Valves of the Heart and Veins act just the same\\nafter death as they do before. Before death they prevent\\nthe backward flow of the blood and after death they prevent\\nthe flow of fluid through the heart. Therefore fluid does\\nnot enter the left cavities of the heart at all, nor does it\\nenter the right cavities unless it makes the entire circuit\\nof the circulation. The coronary arteries supply the sub-\\nstance of the heart with fluid.\\nTo Remove Blood by the Veins will require at\\nleast two silk vein tubes, of different sizes and lengths\\nof sufficient caliber to enter the vein and long enough to\\nreach the heart an aspirator, and the usual instruments\\nfor raising an artery. In this operation it is better to\\nselect the most convenient vein. The one that accom-\\npanies the artery that is chosen for the injection of fluid will\\nbe the most convenient, as it is not necessary to make more\\nthan one incision for the raising of both artery and vein.\\nIf the Basilic Vein is selected, use the left one, as the\\nleft vein has a more regular curve than the right and the\\ntube will pass into the heart without difficulty.\\nTo Open the Basilic Vein. Tie the vein on either\\nside of the point of incision to prevent the blood from", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0261.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "148 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nflowing, until the tube is inserted. Then raise the vein upon\\nthe end of the finger, make an incision through the wall,\\nintroduce the silken tube towards the heart as far as the\\nligature; remove the ligature, then pass the tube carefully\\ntowards the heart until it reaches the right auricle, and\\nattach the aspirator. On removal of the tube, again tie\\nthe vein to prevent leakage.\\nIf the Femoral Vein is selected, either the right or\\nleft may be used, as the tube will pass through one about\\nas easily as the other. It will require a larger and much\\nlonger tube for the femoral vein, as the point of entrance\\nis at a greater distance from the heart than that of the ba-\\nsilic. More blood can be withdrawn from the femoral vein\\nthan any other, as it is more dependent and thus favored\\nby gravity.\\nThe Internal Jugular Vein may be used in the same\\nway. Also, a large, open-end, drainage tube may be intro-\\nduced upward, and the blood will drain out of the head,\\nneck and face.\\nThe basilic vein tube used should be at least eighteen\\ninches long and No. 8 to 12 in caliber. The femoral vein\\ntube should be thirty inches or more long and No. 8 to 12\\nin caliber. They should be well oiled before introduction.\\nIf the blood is coagulated, or does not flow freely, inject\\nthrough the tube a weak solution of the carbonate or sul-\\nphate of soda, or common salt (chlorid of sodium), using\\na ten or twelve per cent, solution. It will likely dissolve\\nthe clot, and the blood will flow more readily.\\nThe operations, as described under the directions for\\nraising the different arteries, will apply to the veins.\\nThe Proper Time to Withdraw the Blood. To\\nobtain the most satisfactory results, the operation of\\nwithdrawing the blood should be going on at the same\\ntime that the fluid is being injected into the arteries. The", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0262.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL INJECTION. 149\\nquantity is increased, the flow is easier, and time is saved\\nas well. The greater the quantity of blood extracted from\\nthe body the better will be the results.\\nSECOND INJECTION.\\nIf the case is one that will likely require a second injec-\\ntion the tube should be capped and left to remain in the\\nartery until the time has elapsed for the injection, when\\nthe cap can be removed and the injector attached. The\\ninterval between the different injections should be at least\\ntwelve hours. Sometimes as much fluid can be injected at\\nthe second, as at the first, operation. The arteries will be\\nfound empty, the fluid having passed into the surrounding\\ntissues by absorption and contraction of the arterial walls,\\ndriving the fluid through the capillaries into the tissues\\nand veins. In the course of a day or two the tissues become\\nhard to the touch, that soft natural feeling of the surface\\nwill have disappeared, the body will be rigid, the jaws\\nfirmly set an indication that it will keep, as long as it is\\nretained in a dry vault or room.\\nSKIN-SLIP: ITS CAUSES AND PREVENTION.\\nSlipping of the Skin is a result of the softening of the\\nrete mucosum\u00e2\u0080\u0094 the soft layer that contains the pigment or\\ncoloring matter of the skin. Many of the profession have\\nbeen led to believe that the trouble is caused by certain\\nfluids used for injecting the vascular system. This is an\\nerror and one that requires correction. Skin-slip is caused\\nby the putrefactive softening of the rete mucosum. This\\nearly softening is almost exclusively in cases of heart, liver\\nand kidney diseases, and other morbid changes that result\\nin dropsy, and there is always more or less dropsical effusion\\ninto the subcutaneous tissues, which transudes into the rete,\\ncausing the putrefactive softening. The general effusion\\ninto the subcutaneous and other tissues prevents perfect", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0263.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "150 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ncapillary circulation of the fluid and thereby prevents the\\ndistribution of fluid to the surface. Slipping of the skin\\nfrequently occurs when fluid is used only in the cavities,\\nnone being injected into the arteries. Under such cir-\\ncumstances how could fluid produce skin-slip? No\\nfluid that contains strong antiseptics injected into the vas-\\ncular system will cause slipping of the skin.\\nTo Prevent Slipping of the Skin, cases that die from\\ndiseases that cause dropsical effusion into the subcutaneous\\n(fat) tissues should be carefully handled. The skin on the\\nface and hands should not be rubbed or pressed upon for a\\nday or two, when the effusion will have settled to the de-\\npendent parts of the body and fluid will have reached the\\nskin to harden the rete mucosum and dry the surface.\\nFORMULA AND TREATMENT.\\nApply to the face and hands the following\\nAlum, Powdered, 4 ounces. Pure (grain) Alcohol, 1 pint.\\nMix apply by saturating a cloth (several thicknesses) and laying gently\\nover the parts, keeping it moist with the mixture, and allowing it to remain\\nfor ten to twelve hours\\nDISCOLORATION.\\nDiscolorations take place in all bodies sooner or later\\nafter death, due to certain changes. The areas of surface\\nthat most concern the embalmer, are those that are exposed\\nto view. They may be involved to a greater or less extent.\\nHypostasis, or congestion of the head, neck and face, may\\nresult from the body being left to lie with the head as the\\nmost dependent part for some time, the blood gravitating\\ntowards the head, causing a red or bluish-red color of the\\nwhole surface. The same condition of the surface will re-\\nsult from the forming of gases, in the thoracic and abdom-\\ninal cavities, in such quantities as to cause pressure\\nsufficient to force the blood out of the large vessels into the", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0264.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "ARTERIAL INJECTION. 151\\nhead and face. These discolorations result from over dis-\\ntension of the superficial veins and capillaries with venous\\nblood.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIn the former case reverse the position of the body in\\nthe latter, remove the gases. After this, follow with the\\nsame treatment in both conditions. Place the body on\\nthe incline and withdraw the blood, either through the\\nveins or by tapping the heart. If the blood has become\\ncoagulated, make cold applications in the form of pounded\\nice mixed with salt, applied between two thicknesses of\\ncloth, and exclude the air by covering. If this method of\\nprocedure is not successful, use the Champion Needle Proc-\\ness by injecting a few ounces of a ten per cent, solution of\\nsulphate of soda through the cerebral cavity, followed in\\na little while by a first-class preservative fluid. This will\\ndissolve the clot and wash the blood out of the peripheral\\nvessels.\\nHypostasis in other parts of the body does not concern\\nthe embalmer, as it exists in areas that are not exposed.\\nThe discoloration caused by post-mortem staining does\\nnot require any special treatment.\\nCongestion of the Peripheral Veins, caused by the\\nhasty injection of fluid, is known as flushing the face.\\nTo remove it resort to the needle process.\\nThe Brownish or Greenish Spots seen occasionally\\nunder the eyes, along the nose, and at the corners of the\\nmouth, are usually caused by putrefactive changes in the\\nblood and capillaries. The latter spots may be removed by\\ninjecting hypodermically a bleaching solution, using just\\nenough fluid to reach the circumference of the discoloration.\\nBruised and Other Spots, as a result of blood exuda-\\ntion, may be removed by the application of finely-pounded\\nice and salt. Mix the ice and salt together and apply it to", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0265.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "152 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nthe part as a poultice is applied. Let it remain from one\\nto several hours, or until the discoloration is removed.\\nSponge with some fluid with good bleaching qualities, or a\\nbleaching solution; allow the surface to dry, and cover\\nwit h a dry cloth to exclude the air.\\nDiscoloration Caused by Biliverdin (the coloring\\nmatter of the bile). This discoloration takes place during\\nlife. It is caused by the blood absorbing the biliverdin\\nwhen the flow of bile is seriously obstructed and\\ncarrying it to the tissues of the body. It stains the skin\\nand conjunctiva a yellow T or brownish color. A similar\\ndiscoloration may result from chemical changes in the pig-\\nment or tissues of the skin itself. These stainings cannot\\nbe removed. Light and shade must be relied on to modify\\nthe appearance. The color is permanent and unbleachable.\\nBleachers and fluids used on the face serve a purpose\\nin many cases of discoloration. They sometimes aid in\\nbleaching, and also in destroying odors.\\nTHE ICE MIXTURE.\\nFormula for removing discoloration caused by the\\nblood, by the application of ice Mix thoroughly three\\nparts of finely powdered ice with one of common salt.\\nPlace the mixture between two thicknesses of cloth and\\napply to the affected parts. Then cover with a blanket or\\nthick towels to exclude the air. The application can be\\nremoved in about two hours, when the discoloration will\\nbe found to have disappeared. Sponge the surface with a\\ngood bleacher and cover with a dry cloth.\\nA Substitute. When ice is not available apply the\\nfollowing Take equal parts of chlorid of sodium (com-\\nmon salt), nitrate of potash (salt petre), and chlorid of\\nammonia; place in a soft rubber bag; apply to the parts\\neffected, with a thin cotton cloth intervening.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0266.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0267.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0268.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVTI.\\nCAVITY INJECTION\\nThe reliance on cavity injection has been decreasing\\nfor the last few years. As an auxiliary to arterial embalm-\\ning it is indispensable. It has been said many times that\\ncavity work is sufficient to keep the body for the usual\\ntime three or four days. The proposition is true in a\\ngreat majority of cases. Suppose it would hold good in\\nnineteen out of twenty cases. Is not the fact that one\\ncase in twenty fails, reason enough for it to lose favor\\nThat one in twenty, to be kept in the best possible condi-\\ntion, would have to receive a thorough embalmment.\\nOtherwise a failure, or what is known as a partial failure,\\nwould result. Putrefaction does not usually make its ap-\\npearance, with an average temperature, until the third\\nday. The time would be shortened by a high, moist tem-\\nperature, and lengthened by a lower, dry temperature.\\nThe home of the putrefactive bacteria is in the alimentary\\ncanal of the body; therefore, to fill the stomach and intes-\\ntines and other cavities in the soft viscera with fluid will\\nextend the time of the beginning of disintegration, and\\npossibly long enough for burial on the third or fourth day,\\nor longer, without the evidences of putrefaction manifest-\\ning themselves. Even if the body can be preserved for the\\nusual length of time by cavity injection alone, as a sani-\\ntary measure it would be a sad failure. It would destroy\\nonly a part of the bacteria of infection in the body only\\n(155)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0269.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "156 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBA LM1XG.\\nthose with which it would come in contact. To destroy\\nall, a thorough arterial injection must be made in addition\\nto the cavity injection.\\nTHE THORACIC CAVITY.\\nThe student should study the anatomy of the thorax\\nuntil he becomes familiar with the divisions of the chest\\nor thoracic cavity. The chest is bounded below by the dia-\\nphragm, above by the root of the neck, in front by the\\nsternum, at the sides by the ribs and behind by the vertebral\\ncolumn. It is divided by the heart and mediastinum into\\nthe right and left cavities of the chest, or pleural cavities,\\ncontaining the right and left lungs, and the space between\\nthe lungs the mediastinal space containing the heart,\\naorta, venae cavee, trachea, gullet and other vessels.\\nThe Pleurae are shut, serous sacs. One forms a cover-\\ning for the right and the other for the left lung. One side\\nof the sac envelops the whole lung clear to the root and is\\nthen reflected onto the chest wall so that the other side of\\nthe sac lines the wall of the chest, forming what is known\\nas the pleural cavities right and left.\\nTO INJECT THE PLEURAL CAVITIES.\\nIntroduce the trocar (the infant trocar is large enough)\\nthrough the wall of the chest in the first or second inter-\\ncostal space at a point about four inches from the border\\nof the breastbone. After the point has passed the wall,\\ntilt the needle and push it to a depth of three or four\\ninches, keeping the point near the outer wall of the chest.\\nThen apply the pump and commence the injection. After\\nsufficient fluid has been injected, remove the needle and\\ntreat the other side in like manner. From one to four\\npints may be injected in this way. If the infant trocar is\\nused, the mutilation will amount to almost nothing.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0270.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0271.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "HHBHi\\n3\\n1^\\nFW jj\\ni\\\\J\\nEM\\n^E v^M!\\nBfi^yn\\n^5\\nn^^^p\\n.4hH\\n9C\\n4", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0272.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "CA VITY INJECTION. 159\\nThe Pleural Cavities May be Injected from the open-\\ning made in the third intercostal space for the purpose of\\ndrawing blood from the heart. The needle may be intro-\\nduced also at the median line, immediately above the\\nbreastbone. The skin should be drawn up before the\\npuncture is made. Introduce the needle at an angle of\\n45\u00c2\u00b0 from the median line, alternately into the right and\\nleft pleural cavities, keeping the point close to the collar\\nbone. Never introduce the needle any deeper into the\\ncavity than the lower margin of the collar bone. The\\namount of fluid to be injected depends upon the disease\\nand the judgment of the operator.\\nTo Inject the Lung Tissue, make an incision with\\nthe scalpel in the median line just above the breastbone\\ninto the trachea between the rings of cartilage; introduce an\\naneurism hook into the opening pull the rings apart; then\\nintroduce the common hard rubber nasal tube, and pass it\\ndownwards into the bronchi (branches of the trachea) on\\neither side, injecting into each lung as much as it will\\nhold. In all cases of consumption or lung fever this method\\nshould be used to disinfect and preserve the lung tissues.\\nThe lungs can be filled in this manner without endan-\\ngering the arterial circulation, when it is impossible to\\ninsert the nasal tube through the glottis into the windpipe.\\nTO INJECT THE ABDOMINAL CAVITY.\\nInsert the needle at the same point as directed in the\\nremoval of gases, and inject fluid around the organs and\\ninto every part of the cavity, being careful not to injure the\\nblood vessels. From one to four quarts of fluid should be\\ninjected, owing to the disease and size of the body. After\\nthe removal of the needle the wound should be stitched\\nand covered with isinglass plaster.\\nTo Inject the Stomach and Intestines. The most\\nsuccessful method of filling the stomach and intestines is", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0273.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "160 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nby introducing a stomach tube into the stomach through\\nthe nostrils or mouth.\\nTO REMOVE GASES AND LIQUIDS.\\nTo Remove Gases from the Thoracic Cavity.\\nGases may accumulate in the pleural cavities, which can\\nbe removed by the needle, by inserting it as directed in the\\ndescription for injecting the pleural cavities.\\nTo Remove Gases from the Abdominal Cavity.\\nRegional anatomy should be studied very thoroughly,\\nuntil the student becomes familiar with the regions, loca-\\ntion of the blood vessels, all organs and other viscera of\\nthe abdomen. As a result of the early putrefactive\\nchanges that take place in the soft viscera of the abdomen,\\nputrefactive gases are formed such as sulphureted hydro-\\ngen, ammonia, nitrogen, carbonic acid, etc. causing\\nvery offensive odors. To remove the gases, insert the\\nneedle at a point one inch below the ensiform cartilage, or\\npoint of the breastbone, and one and a half inches to the left\\nof the median line, to avoid injuring the blood vessels. The\\nneedle should be made as sharp as a point can be made, as\\nthe organs cannot be punctured with a dull needle, when\\nthey are distended with gas to their full capacity. First\\npuncture the stomach, then the intestines, being careful\\nnot to wound the blood vessels. If the needle is sharp, and\\nthe organs are properly located, a failure to remove the\\ngas in this manner, if persisted in, will be impossible. Let\\nthe gas pass into the fluid bottle through the rubber tube.\\nTo Remove Liquids from the Abdominal Cavity,\\ninsert a large, sharp needle at the median line just above\\nthe pubic arch. Push it into the parts which contain the\\nmatter. Place the body on the incline, attach the aspi-\\nrator and pump out the liquid.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0274.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0275.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0276.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XVIII.\\nTHE NEEDLE PROCESSES.\\nTHE EYE PROCESS.\\nThe needle process was introduced by Prof. F. A.\\nSullivan, in the fall of 1891, to the profession in this\\ncountry. The method consisted of introducing two small\\nneedles into the inner corner of each eye, through one of\\nthe foramina at the inner end or point of the sockets to\\nthe base of the brain, and injecting fluid. This is known\\nas the Eye Process.\\nThe Operation. The body should be placed on the\\nembalming board in an elevated position. A small needle\\nabout six inches in length (known as the eye trocar) should\\nbe introduced at the inner corner of each eye, directing its\\ncourse along the inner wall of the orbit, through the small\\nforamen at the point of the socket, into the cranial cavity,\\nto a distance of about four or five inches; then tilt the head\\nbackwards and raise the body to nearly a sitting posture.\\nThe injector should be attached to the needles and the\\ninjection should be begun very slowly and without force.\\nAfter a few moments the rapidity can be slightly increased.\\nFrom two to four pints can be injected in this manner in\\nfrom twenty to thirty minutes. The only objection to this\\nmethod is, that an accident may occur if too much force is\\nused at the beginning of the operation, or, if the needle is\\n(163)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0277.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "164 CHAM PI OX TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nwithdrawn too soon, fluid may regurgitate and fill the\\nloose tissues behind and push the eye forward. If this result\\nshould obtain, it is no serious matter, as the fluid will\\ndisappear after a short period of time by absorption and\\ngravitation and allow the eye to settle back in its place.\\nTo prevent such a result, be careful to inject slowly and\\nuse the least force at the beginning of the injection, and\\nafter the injection is finished allow the needle to remain\\nin position for a period of five to ten minutes before\\nremoval. Do not low T er the body until after the needle\\nis removed. This method is as scientific as any method\\never introduced for embalming through the cerebro-\\nspinal cavity.\\nTO INJECT THROUGH THE FORAMEN MAGNUM.\\nThe introduction of the needle through the foramen\\nmagnum into the cerebral cavity has been recommended.\\nThe manner of distribution of the fluid is just the same as\\nthat in the eye or Champion processes. The only difference\\nis the point of introduction of the needle. To introduce the\\nneedle through the foramen magnum, it is necessary to\\nincline the head to one side and bend it downward upon\\nthe chest. If rigor mortis is present break it up before the\\nattempt to introduce the needle is made. Then draw a\\nline from the lower angle of the jaw straight around the\\nneck. Then a second line from the mastoid process to\\nthe center of the clavicle or collar bone. The lines will\\ncross just back of, and a little below, the lobe of the ear.\\nIntroduce the needle on the first line at a point one inch\\nbehind the crossing of the lines, directing the needle up-\\nward and inward toward the opposite eyebrow, when the\\nneedle will enter the cavity with ease. Then apply the in-\\njecting apparatus. This operation has not met with much\\nfavor.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0278.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0279.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0280.jp2"}, "281": {"fulltext": "THE NEEDLE PROCESSES. 167\\nTHE CHAMPION NEEDLE PROCESS.\\nThis process for injecting fluid through the cranial\\ncavity into the circulation is attended with the least danger.\\nThe Operation. Place the body on the embalming\\nboard. Drill a small hole through the skull in the slight\\ndepression immediately in front of the occipital protuber-\\nance in the median line. Introduce a small needle, about\\nfour or six inches in length, to a depth of about two and a\\nhalf to four inches, between the lateral halves of the brain.\\nThe needle may be inclined backward or forward but not\\nto either side. It will pass through the superior and in-\\nferior longitudinal sinuses, then into the ventricles and\\nsubarachnoidean spaces.\\nAfter the needle is properly introduced, place the body\\nin nearly a sitting posture for the purpose of taking advan-\\ntage of the force of gravity. Then attach the injector and\\ncommence the injection very slowly, using the least force\\nafter a few moments the flow can be increased, so that\\nfrom three to four pints of fluid can be injected into the\\nbody in from twenty to thirty minutes. It may be neces-\\nsary to push the needle a little deeper or to withdraw it\\npartly to start the flow. In this operation the fluid gets\\ninto the vascular system by exudation. The drill should be\\nlarge enough to admit the needle easily it does not matter\\nif it is even a size larger, so as to give easy entrance. Do\\nnot let the drill drop through the membranes, after the\\nbone is penetrated, or the fluid, if a little too much force is\\nused, will appear at the opening; otherwise, not a drop of\\nfluid will escape. The fluid reaches the ventricles and sub-\\narachnoidean spaces and is distributed to the whole surface\\nof the pia mater, the vascular membrane of the brain; the\\narachnoid, the serous membrane; and the dura mater, the\\nfibrous membrane. The fluid exudes through the walls of\\nthe smallest arteries and veins, and the capillaries of these", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0281.jp2"}, "282": {"fulltext": "168 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nmembranes, and through the walls of the sinuses, and,\\nassisted by the force of gravitation, is carried to every\\ntissue of the body.\\nThis operation is not recommended to take the place\\nof arterial embalming in all cases, but, when the needle\\nprocess becomes necessary, we do recommend it as the sim-\\nplest, best, and the easiest to practice.\\nIn infants and small children the arteries are usually\\ntoo small for the use of distributing fluid into all the tissue\\nby the usual method of injecting through the arteries.\\nAlso, in certain diseases, the arteries are found to be oc-\\ncluded. In all such cases the Champion Needle Process\\nwill be found successful, and should be used.\\nA small rachet drill is made for the purpose of drilling\\nthrough the skull, by the use of which the operation can\\nbe effected in a few seconds.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0282.jp2"}, "283": {"fulltext": "PART THIRD.\\nMORBID ANATOMY AND TREATMENT OF\\nSPECIAL DISEASES.\\n(169)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0283.jp2"}, "284": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0284.jp2"}, "285": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.\\nThe morbid changes which take place in the different\\norgans and tissues of the body, as a result of the many\\ndiseases that human flesh is heir to, are scarcely understood\\nby the embalmer. In many cases his knowledge of the\\nreal condition of the visceral organs and tissues is very\\nslight indeed. There is nothing more essential, in the\\npractice of embalming, than to understand which organs\\nare affected and what their condition is at death. It will\\nbe our endeavor to place before our readers, in as plain\\nterms as possible, the morbid anatomy of certain diseases,\\nand their treatment. We shall be limited to only the\\nmost important diseases.\\nDefinition Morbid Anatomy treats of the changes\\nproduced by disease in the solids and fluids of the body, as\\nin the blood, muscles, skin, secretions, etc. The different\\ncavities contain effusions of blood serum, purulent matter,\\netc. We will show which organs and tissues are affected\\nby complication and otherwise, so that the embalmer\\nmay know where to look for, and how to reach, all\\ndiseased tissues, for the purpose of destroying the bacteria\\nof infection and putrefaction, and to preserve the parts\\nthoroughly, and thereby have no failures.\\n(171)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0285.jp2"}, "286": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XIX.\\nACUTE INFECTIOUS DISEASES.\\nSMALLPOX,\\nSmallpox is an acute infectious disease, very conta-\\ngious, produced by a specific micro-organism.\\nMorbid Anatomy. The morbid changes are observed\\non the skin and mucous surfaces. Embalming for preser-\\nvation should not be considered at present at all, but\\nthe body should be thoroughly embalmed as a sanitary\\nmeasure.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIt is a great mistake not to inject these cases. While it\\nis true that they are not exposed to view as other cases,\\nand are hurriedly buried, nevertheless, as a protective\\nmeasure, such bodies should be scientifically treated, thus\\nassisting the sanitary authorities in preventing the spread\\nof this loathsome disease. It is a well authenticated fact\\nthat years after interment the ground when opened gave\\nforth the germs that caused an epidemic. Some reader\\nmay be placed in a position outside of large cities, where\\nthe authorities have not provided trained men to handle\\nthese bodies, leaving the disagreeable and dangerous task\\nto the undertaker. If bodies dying from smallpox were\\ntreated as follows, it might be the means of saving many\\nlives:\\n(172)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0286.jp2"}, "287": {"fulltext": "ACUTE INFECTIOUS DISEASES. 173\\nWrap the body in a sheet thoroughly saturated with\\na solution of bichlorid of mercury, one ounce to a gallon\\nof water. Inject the cavities through the sheet with all\\nthe embalming fluid it is possible to put in them. Mix\\ntwenty-five pounds of hardening compound with same\\namount of sawdust. Place a layer in bottom of coffin.\\nPlace body on top of it and cover with the remainder of\\nthe mixture.\\nWhen the body is placed in a sheet saturated as di-\\nrected, there is no immediate danger to the operator from\\nthe body not any more than there would be in handling\\nit as it is ordinarily done. The time is coming when all\\ncases dying from contagious diseases, including smallpox,\\nwill be arterially embalmed, in addition to some such\\ntreatment as that just given. Epidemics will then be\\nless frequent.\\nSCARLATINA\u00e2\u0080\u0094 SCARLET FEVER.\\nScarlatina is an infectious and contagious febrile\\ndisease. A scarlet flush generally appears on the fauces\\nand pharynx, and in the face and neck, which spreads\\nover the whole body and commonly terminates in\\nscaling. The fever is accompanied with affection of the\\nkidneys, often with severe disease of the throat or of some\\ninternal organ, sometimes followed by dropsy. As in\\nother fevers the poison of scarlet fever acts on the brain\\nand its membranes, causing inflammation.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThese bodies, as in other contagious diseases, are buried\\nsoon after death; consequently, the aim of the embalmer\\nis to disinfect rather than preserve. Nevertheless, they\\nshould be thoroughly embalmed to make disinfection", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0287.jp2"}, "288": {"fulltext": "174\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nmore effective. First wrap the body in a sheet thoroughly\\nsaturated with a solution of bichlorid of mercury, one\\nounce to a gallon of water. Inject arteries and cavi-\\nties with embalming fluid. The saturated sheet should be\\nleft on the body until it is about to be placed in the coffin\\nor casket. The room should be fumigated and disinfected\\nas directed elsewhere.\\nDIPHTHERIA.\\nDiphtheria is an acute infectious disease, caused by an\\ninfectious bacillus. It is highly contagious and in the\\nmalignant form is a very grave disease, with a high\\nmortality rate. It is principally a disease of childhood,\\nalthough no age is entirely exempt.\\nOccasionally an adult becomes in-\\nfected.\\nMorbid Anatomy. It is char-\\nacterized by a false membrane in\\nthe throat, nose, and other parts of\\nthe mucous surfaces. The fauces\\nare usually the only parts found\\ncovered with the false membrane.\\nAlthough a constitutional disease,\\nthe morbid changes are not appar-\\nently very great.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe treatment should be similar\\nto that of scarlatina or scarlet fever.\\nThe embalmer should be careful not to wound himself\\nwith any of the instruments used in embalming the\\ncase. The great tendency is to blood poisoning when\\nwounds occur during the dissection of all infectious\\ndiseases. Fill the mouth and nostrils with fluid in addi-\\ntion to the treatment given for scarlet fever.\\nFig. 22.\\nBacillus Diphtheriae, from colony\\nupon an agar plate, 24 hours old,\\nX 1000. From a photomicrograph\\nby Frankel and Pfeiffer.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0288.jp2"}, "289": {"fulltext": "ACUTE INFECTIOUS DISEASES. 175\\nTYPHOID FEVER.\\nTyphoid fever is an acute infectious disease, due to the\\npresence of a micro-organism\u00e2\u0080\u0094 the typhoid bacillus.\\nMorbid Anatomy.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 When death occurs early in the\\ndisease, the body is not greatly emaciated rigor mortis is\\nmarked there is hypostatic congestion in the dependent\\nparts. The muscles appear very dark red, hard and dry,\\nwhen cut through in opening M^xflg^-G^mrfu\\nthe body. The bio d in the gg*\u00c2\u00a3 -|4$I\u00c2\u00a9\u00c2\u00a9%f\\nheart and large vessels is tHcL,\\ndark in color, and contains W\u00c2\u00a3%v ^s^ ^^^f^^^i^^\\nsmall, blackish-red coagula. k^^ ^te^ \u00c2\u00aeM^^^^\\nThis dark color indicates an\\nincrease of blood corpuscles, L SlSSi\\nof blood corpuscles, I\\nand results from the thicken- g\\ning of the blood, caused by per- |j\\nspiration and loss of water\\nby diarrhea.\\nIf this were the condition\\nin Which all bodies dying from Section through wall of intestine showing\\nt ,1 invasion by typhoid bacilli, X 950 (Baum-\\ntypnoid lever were found, there garten).\\nwould likely be no trouble, unless it were in withdrawing\\nthe blood.\\nIf death occurs later in the disease, the body is more or\\nless emaciated; the skin is pale; rigor mortis moderate;\\nthere is less hypostatic conjestion; bed sores are usually\\npresent; the muscles are pale and infiltrated.\\nThe blood is now fluid in the heart and large vessels,\\nand often contains fibrinous clots, and is easily withdrawn.\\nThe organs of respiration are changed more or less in all\\ncases. Occasionally there is ulceration of the throat and\\ntrachea; congestion of the bronchi; more or less hypostatic\\ncongestion of the lungs and sometimes splenization.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0289.jp2"}, "290": {"fulltext": "176 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nPneumonia frequently occurs and may be complicated\\nwith pleurisy. The spleen is sometimes more or less en-\\nlarged and softened; it may be from twice to six times its\\nnormal size; rupture of the capsule may have occurred,\\nfollowed by the escape of blood into the peritoneal cavity.\\nThe most important changes take place in the small\\nintestine. The typhoid bacilli seem to attack the solitary\\nand Peyer s glands in the lower part of the ileum. Owing\\nto the time that death occurs, whether early or late in the\\ndisease, we may find these glands enlarged from the size of\\na pea to the size of a silver dollar, and in the vicinity of\\nthe ileo-cgecal valve they may coalesce and cover a strip of\\nthe wall of the intestine several inches in length. The\\nmesenteric glands are enlarged from the size of a hazelnut\\nto the size of a hen s egg.\\nLate in the disease, Peyer s and the solitary glands may\\nslough, leaving an open ulcer. At this time the contents\\nof the bowels are of a pea-soup-like appearance and con-\\nsistency, and the large intestine is inflated with gas.\\nPerforation of the intestine may have taken place,\\nthrough which gas and fecal matter will have passed into\\nthe peritoneal cavity, causing peritonitis. Sometimes\\nother organs are involved the bladder, the kidneys, the\\nliver, the meninges of the brain. In some cases the mus-\\ncular tissues become soft and easily broken down.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIf gas is present remove it from the body. The blood\\nshould then be withdrawn by tapping the heart or a vein.\\nIf death occurs early in the disease, and the blood should\\nbe clotted in the heart, inject and eject a ten per cent,\\nsolution of common salt, until the clot is dissolved. If the\\nperipheral veins of the neck and face should be congested,\\napply the ice poultice, or cold mixture, or use the Cham-\\npion Needle Process, and inject two or three quarts of fluid.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0290.jp2"}, "291": {"fulltext": "ACUTE INFECTIOUS DISEASES. 177\\nWhen death occurs later, the blood is fluid. After with-\\ndrawing all the blood that is possible, or at the same time,\\ncommence the injection of fluid into the artery, gently and\\ncarefully, and continue until the body has received a suffi-\\ncient amount to thoroughly fill the tissues. Next, treat\\nthe cavities, being careful not to injure the blood vessels.\\nRemove the contents of the pleural cavities by aspiration,\\nand fill them with fluid. This should be done by intro-\\nducing the long trocar in the third intercostal space, at the\\nsame point used for tapping the heart; then, inject the\\nlung tissues through the trachea the stomach shoul d be\\nfilled through the stomach tube, or, by the needle, intro-\\nduced into the stomach through the abdominal wall. The\\nintestinal canal should be filled with fluid, as it is the res-\\nervoir of a putrid mass, containing millions of putrefactive,\\ninfectious bacteria. The peritoneum should be thoroughly\\ninjected. Each organ should be surrounded, and the whole\\nabdominal cavity should be injected with all the fluid\\nthat it will hold. Then place the body on the level, with\\nthe head only elevated, so that the fluid will not gravitate\\naway from the viscera in the upper part of the cavities.\\nAfter a few hours pump out the fluid from the cavities and\\nrefill. Treat every case of typhoid fever very thoroughly,\\nas many of them are difficult cases to preserve, and no liv-\\ning man can select those that are easy.\\nTYPHUS FEVER.\\nKnown Also as Ship Fever.\\nThis disease is known by the latter name, from the fact\\nthat it is imported in vessels bringing emigrants from\\nIreland to this country. Typhus is an acute infectious dis-\\nease, highly contagious. The percentage of mortality is\\nabout the same as that of typhoid fever.\\nE.-12", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0291.jp2"}, "292": {"fulltext": "178\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nMorbid Appearances. Emaciation is not well\\nmarked unless the case is protracted through the inter-\\ncurrence of complications when it may reach an extreme\\ndegree. Rigor mortis is not\\nwell marked and usually lasts\\nbut a short time. Hypostasis\\noccurs rapidly, and putrefac-\\ntion begins very soon after\\ndeath. The only constant\\nlesion noticed in this disease\\nis the profoundly changed con-\\ndition of the blood, which is\\ndark in color and very fluid.\\nIf clots exist at all they are\\nlarge and soft and easily broken\\ndown. The amount of fibrin\\nand the number of red cor-\\npuscles are diminished, but the\\nnumber of white corpuscles are\\nincreased. No doubt a specific poison of some kind exists\\nin the blood. Therefore, in the\\nTREATMENT\\nof this disease, as much of the blood should be removed\\nas possible. To do this raise the femoral artery and vein\\nand proceed in the same manner as directed in the treat-\\nment of septicaemia in removing the blood and filling the\\ntissues through the circulation with fluid. Treat the cavi-\\nties very thoroughly.\\nTUBERCULOSIS CONSUMPTION.\\nFig. 24.\\nBacillus Typhi Abdominals, from single\\ngelitin colony. X 1000. From a photomicro-\\ngraph by Sternberg.\\nTuberculosis (consumption) is one of the most wide-\\nspread and deadly diseases known. It is an acute infectious\\ndisease, due to the presence of the tubercular bacillus.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0292.jp2"}, "293": {"fulltext": "ACVTE INFECTIOUS DISEASES.\\n179\\nMorbid Anatomy. Morbid changes very frequently\\ntake place in the larynx, trachea and bronchi. Tubercles\\nusually develop first in the upper part of both lungs;\\nsometimes, only in one. Their development is always, in\\na greater or less degree, associated with other morbid\\nchanges of the lungs; such as congestion and oedema of the\\nlungs, bronchial catarrh, pneumonia, etc.\\nCavities are usually found throughout the lung, from\\nthe size of a pea to the size of an\\norange; sometimes large enough\\nto involve the whole lung. The\\npus from these cavities may have\\nescaped into the pleura, or per-\\nforated the diaphragm, escaping\\ninto the abdomen. Pleurisy is\\nan invariable complication, with\\neffusion of serum or suppurative\\nmatter into the pleural cavities.\\nThere may be extensive pleuritic\\nadhesion. Sometimes the morbid\\nchanges are very great in the in-\\ntestines, peritoneum, mesenteries\\nand other organs; such as ulcera- Washington, by Gray\\ntion of the intestines, abcess of the mesenteries, general\\nor circumscribed peritonitis, etc.\\nFig. 25.\\nBacillus Tuberculosus in giant\\ncell, X 1000. From photomicrograph\\nmade at the Army Medical Museum.\\nGr\\nTREATMENT.\\nIt must be remembered, in the treatment of these\\ncases, that fluid does not reach the lungs through the\\npulmonary circulation, but by the bronchial arteries\\nbranches of the thoracic aorta. Sometimes these are closed\\nin the diseased portions of the lungs, when it will be im-\\npossible to supply the morbid material in that way with\\nfluid. If fluid appears at the mouth or nose, it will", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0293.jp2"}, "294": {"fulltext": "180 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nindicate that fluid is finding its way into the tubercular\\ncavities, and that the morbid material will receive all that\\nis necessary. To stop the leakage will require the occlu-\\nsion of the trachea by the use of a tampon of cotton or\\nlint. When fluid does not appear, inject fluid into the\\ntubercular cavities through the trachea. Then follow with\\nthe usual methods of cavity treatment.\\nCHOLERA, ASIATIC.\\nAsiatic cholera is an infectious disease produced by the\\ncomma bacillus, or spirillum cholerse Asiaticae. The\\n^^^^s^ comma bacillus was discovered,\\nl^f\u00c2\u00ab3\u00c2\u00bb**v in 1884, by Koch, in the excreta\\nof cholera patients and in the\\nintestinal canals of bodies having\\nrecently died of cholera. The\\nresearches of Koch made in India\\nand Egypt, and research made by\\nvarious bacteriologists since that\\ntime, in different parts of the\\nworld, show that the comma\\nbacillus is always present in the\\nintestinal contents of cholera\\nFi s- 26 patients during the height of the\\nm SfS^C disease, and that it is not found\\nri^ ed ^oma%Z d tomicrog\u00c2\u00b0raph in the intestinal contents of\\nby Frankel and Pfeiffer.\\nthose suffering irom other dis-\\neases, nor in persons in perfect health.\\nThe disease is characterized by violent vomiting and\\npurging, with rice-water evacuations, cramps, prostration,\\ncollapse and other striking symptoms. It runs a rapidly\\nfatal course, and is capable of being communicated to", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0294.jp2"}, "295": {"fulltext": "ACUTE INFECTIOUS DISEASES. 181\\nothers through the dejecta of patients suffering from the\\ndisease. These excreta are most commonly disseminated\\namong a community, and taken into the system by means\\nof drinking water or by anything swallowed which has\\nbeen contaminated by the excretions from a patient suf-\\nfering with cholera. In a dried state, the bacilli in cholera\\nexcreta may be carried in clothing to any point or distance\\nwhere the disease may be communicated, as they retain\\ntheir power of development for a long period of time, only\\nrequiring a proper soil.\\nMorbid Anatomy. The appearance is very char-\\nacteristic after death in collapse of cholera. The whole\\nbody has a shrunken aspect, a grayish or leaden pallor,\\nwhich contrasts with the livid hue of the lips, eyelids,\\nears, abdomen, back, fingers and toes. The eyes are sunken\\ndeeply in their sockets the nose is bent and sharp the\\ntemples are hollow, and the skin clings tightly to the\\nbones the tissues of the body are hard and dry, and, owing\\nto the wasting of the softer parts, the muscles stand out\\nprominently decomposition takes place very slowly on\\naccount of the absence of moisture rigor mortis is marked\\nand persistent. The occurrence of muscular contraction\\nafter death is a very notable phenomenon. It may occur\\nspontaneously, or, it may be excited mechanically. A case\\nis reported by Eichhorst in which the fibers of the biceps\\nmuscle were noticed to move tremulously, and then the\\nentire muscle contracted, causing flexion of the forearm,\\nthree hours after death. Even the fingers performed move-\\nments like those made in piano-playing. The lower jaw\\nmoves in some cases, causing the mouth to open and shut.\\nBarlow reports a case as follows The patient was a\\nstrong man the course of his attack was rapid, aud he suf-\\nfered most cruelly from cramps. Within two minutes of his\\nceasing to breathe, muscular contractions began, becoming", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0295.jp2"}, "296": {"fulltext": "182 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nmore and more numerous. The lower extremities were\\nfirst affected Not only were the sartorius, rectus, vasti\\nand other muscles thrown into violent spasmodic move-\\nments, but the limbs were rotated forcibly, and the toes\\nwere frequently bent. The motions ceased and returned\\nthey varied also now one muscle moved, now many.\\nQuite as remarkable were the movements of the arm the\\ndeltoid and biceps were peculiarly influenced; occasionally\\nthe forearm was flexed upon the arm flexed completely\\nand when I straightened it, which I did several times, its\\nposition was recovered instantly. The fingers and thumbs\\nwere now and then contracted, and at times the thumbs\\nwere separately moved. The fibers of the pectoral muscles\\nwere often in full action distinct bundles of them were\\nseen at intervals beneath the skin. After I had taken leave\\nof the body, the nurse was horrified by a movement of the\\nlower jaw, which was followed by others and I thought\\nfor a moment that the man was alive. The facial muscles\\nbecame generally affected, and at length all was still.\\nThese contractions vary from slight trembling to power-\\nful contraction of the muscle. Cases have been known to\\nturn completely on the side by a strange and forcible com-\\nbination of muscular contractions. These phenomena are\\nnot peculiar to cholera only. In cases of yellow fever they\\nhave been observed as well. In both diseases they occur\\nwhen the cases are severe and rapidly fatal, and the patient\\nis robust, with great muscular energy.\\nStilla says: On opeuing the abdominal cavity of per-\\nsons who have died in collapse of cholera, one is struck by\\nthe general pink or rose tint of the peritoneal coat of the\\nintestines. It is produced by a repletion of the minute\\nbranches of the portal venous system. Sometimes the\\ncolor of the peritoneum is rendered very dark by the pitchy\\nblood contained in the veins. The stomach generally", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0296.jp2"}, "297": {"fulltext": "ACUTE INFECTIOUS DISEASES. 183\\nhas a thin, partially transparent liquid of a greenish\\nor grayish color. The intestinal canal is, in a majority\\nof cases, partially filled with liquid which has the aspect\\nof turbid serum, more or less mixed with the previous\\ncontents of the bowel, if death has taken place very\\nrapidly, but otherwise it is almost colorless. In the more\\nprolonged cases the contents at the upper part of the\\nbowel are less liquid and are darker in color.\\nThe comma bacilli are found in the intestinal contents,\\nespecially in the lower part of the small intestine, when\\ndeath occurs at the height of the disease, also in the\\ndiarrheal discharges, but when the discharges become fecal\\nor more solid the bacilli disappear.\\nTREATMENT.\\nPreservation of bodies dying from this disease should\\nnot be considered at all. A thorough embalment is neces-\\nsary only as a sanitary measure. Disinfection of the body\\nshould be complete internally as well as externally.\\nFirst remove all clothing from the body and place it upon\\nthe board. Then pour a first class disinfecting fluid into\\nthe mouth and nostrils soak a sheet in the fluid and wind\\nit around the body, covering every portion. Raise an artery\\nand fill the circulation full of fluid, forcing all that can be\\ngotten into it. Then fill the intestinal canal and cavities\\nof the chest and abdomen as full as possible. By this\\nmeans the bacilli will be destroyed in a short time, render-\\ning dissemination impossible.\\nAll bodies dying from infectious disease, as directed\\nelsewhere, should be thoroughly embalmed, if interment is\\nto take place, as the bacteria may get into our water sup-\\nplies by some means, or necessary disinterment may follow\\nat some future time, greatly endangering a community.\\nThe above measures or cremation should be enforced by\\nour health boards in these cases.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0297.jp2"}, "298": {"fulltext": "184 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMIXG.\\nYELLOW FEVER.\\nYellow Fever is a specific, infectious disease, so named\\nfrom the yellow color of the skin which appears in the ad-\\nvanced stages of the severe forms of the disease and in the\\ndead body. The infectious bacillus peculiar to this disease\\nhas not yet been determined, although it is supposed to\\nexist in the intestinal contents. It is peculiarly a disease\\nof the cities or where\\nthere is a density of\\npopulation. It does\\nnot originate in\\ncountry districts. It\\nprevails in cities, on\\nthe shores of the\\nocean, along the large\\nrivers and on ships.\\nIt neither prevails in\\na hot, dry nor cold\\nclimate. It matters\\nnot how violent the\\ndisease may be at any\\nplace, yellow fever\\nwill be arrested on\\nthe morning of a heavy frost or freeze. It seems that a\\nhot, moist temperature is essential to its existence.\\nMorbid Appearances. In cases dying from yellow\\nfever the features are frequently bloated the skin of the\\nface and upper portion of the body is of a golden-yellow\\ncolor while the dependent parts present a mottled purple\\nand a yellow ecchymosed appearance. On section of the\\nmuscle a large amount of dark fluid blood escapes, which\\non exposure becomes bright scarlet. Putrefactive changes\\nFig. 27.\\nBacillus Cadaveris. Smear preparation from liver\\nof yellow fever cadaver, kept 48 hours in an antiseptic\\nwrapping. From a photomicrograph (Sternberg).", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0298.jp2"}, "299": {"fulltext": "ACUTE INFECTIOUS DISEASES. 185\\nmay take place early, sometimes appearing to begin before\\ndeath. However, in some cases, especially in those stricken\\nwith the disease in full muscular vigor, peculiar muscular\\nphenomena take place, when the disease is severe and\\nrapidly fatal, similar to those in cholera.\\nDr. Dowler, of New Orleans, reports a case, as follows\\nNot long after the cessation of respiration the left hand\\nwas carried by a regular motion to the throat, and then to\\nthe crown of the head the right arm followed the same\\nroute on the right side the left arm was then carried back\\nto the throat, and thence to the breast, reversing all of its\\noriginal motions, and finally the right arm did exactly the\\nsame thing.\\nAll the vital organs and other viscera of the different\\ncavities are affected more or less. The blood is altered in\\ncolor and consistency. The secretions are changed. Bile\\nis always absent from the intestinal contents. There is\\nextreme congestion of the dependent portions of the lungs.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe same treatment should be followed as that given\\nfor cholera, and for the same purpose.\\nCEREBRO-SPINAL MENINGITIS.\\nIn the exudate of cerebro-spinal meningitis, various\\nmicro-organisms have been found of the pathogenic type,\\nwhich leaves little doubt that the disease is due to their\\npresence.\\nMorbid Anatomy. On observing the exterior of the\\nbody after death in the early stages there will be seen spots\\nof transudation of blood into the tissues, especially in the\\ndependent parts, where the patches are enlarged, and of a\\nlivid hue. The muscles are of darker color than natural.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0299.jp2"}, "300": {"fulltext": "186 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nThere is congestion of the brain its blood vessels are\\nfilled with dark blood, and the sinuses are usually filled\\nwith dark coagula. The ventricles are sometimes filled\\nwith purulent matter. Even all the space within the\\ncranial cavity may be filled with purulent matter. Later\\nin the disease the blood may become very thin. The same\\nlesions will be found in the spinal cord that exist in the\\nbrain.\\nTREATMENT.\\nBlood should be withdrawn and fluid thoroughly mixed\\nwith it for the purpose of disinfection. Then, inject fluid\\nby the Champion Needle Process, completely filling the\\ntissues. Fill the cavities in the usual manner.\\nCHOLERA INFANTUM.\\nThis disease is peculiar to infantile life. It attacks\\nchildren under two years of age. Death usually occurs\\nduring the second or third day.\\nPost-mortem Anatomy. Great emaciation is usually\\na result. Rigor mortis comes on quickly and passes off\\nvery soon. The mucous membrane of the intestines both\\nlarge and small is of a dark-reddish color. There is\\nmore or less softening and injection of the cerebral tissues.\\nTREATMENT.\\nAs these bodies commence decomposing soon after\\ndeath, prompt treatment should follow. Inject the tissues\\nfull of fluid by the Champion Needle Process. Also, fill the\\ncavities in the usual manner.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0300.jp2"}, "301": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XX.\\nDISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD.\\nSEPTICAEMIA,\\nSepticaemia usually follows injuries, surgical opera-\\ntions, childbirth, erysipelas, carbuncles, burns, scalds, dis-\\nsection wounds, etc.\\nThe Morbid Anatomy of septicaemia has recently been\\nvery carefully studied, and as a result the most charac-\\nteristic lesions are found in the blood and alimentary canal.\\nThe manifestation of blood poison is the rapid putrefac-\\ntion of the body after death.\\nRigor mortis comes on and passes off instantly. It may\\nnot be detected at all. Davaine defines septicaemia as\\nputrefaction of the living body.\\nWatson says: It has also been observed that putre-\\nfaction in the human cadaver begins much sooner and\\nprogresses much more rapidly under similar circumstances\\nwhen the death has been produced by this disease than\\nwhen it has occurred from any other cause. Further-\\nmore, this rapid decomposition is not limited to the in-\\nternal organs, but may be frequently strongly marked on\\nthe surface of the body after a lapse of a few hours.\\nWhen septicaemia originates in an external wound,\\nputrefaction goes on most rapidly in the vicinity of the\\nwound after death occurs. Coagulability of the blood is\\n(187)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0301.jp2"}, "302": {"fulltext": "188 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\ndiminished or destroyed. A few imperfect, deep-black\\ncolored clots of blood are found after death. The pres-\\nence of this blood greatly hastens putrefaction of the soft\\ntissues. Putrefaction goes on most rapidly in the depend-\\nent portions of the body on account of the hypostasis\\nand along the course of the large veins.\\nSepticemic blood is usually acid in reaction and always\\ngives off a peculiar, putrefactive odor. Microscopy has\\nshown that the blood and the various organs of the body\\ncontain, under these circumstances, a great number of the\\nrod bacteria. Intestinal catarrh is always present.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIn the treatment of septicemic cases, it is highly im-\\nportant to remove at once all of the blood that is possible.\\nThis is best done by raising the femoral vein. The femo-\\nral vein is the most dependent, and more blood can be\\ndrawn by this method than by any other. After withdraw-\\ning all of the blood that is possible, let the vein remain\\nopen and commence the injection of fluid through the\\nfemoral artery. This operation will cause the blood to\\nflow more freely through the vein, and when the fluid\\nmakes its appearance at the opening, tie the vein, and con-\\ntinue the injection until the circulation is entirely filled\\nwith fluid. Then fill the alimentary canal with fluid.\\nThis should be done by inserting the stomach tube through\\nthe mouth or nostrils, into the stomach then, attach the\\naspirator and pump into the stomach and intestines from\\none to two quarts of fluid. This can be done by elevating\\nthe body to the sitting posture after the tube is introduced.\\nInject fluid around the other visceral organs of the abdo-\\nmen and into the peritoneum fill the pleural cavities and\\ninject the lung tissues through the trachea. Eemove all\\ngases before proceeding to inject the body. Pump out and", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0302.jp2"}, "303": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD. 189\\nrefill the cavities; also, reinject the vascular system if\\nnecessary.\\nPY/EMIA.\\nPyaemia is due to the entrance of septic products into\\nthe blood, and is characterized usually by the blocking up\\nby clots, or emboli, of the arterioles of the lungs and other\\norgans, and the consequent occurrence therein of scattered\\npatches of congestion, hemorrhage, inflammation, suppu-\\nration, or gangrene. It results from either of the fol-\\nlowing causes injuries, surgical operations, burns, scalds,\\nerysipelas, carbuncles, dissection wounds, puerperal fever,\\netc.\\nMorbid Anatomy. The external appearance of the\\nbody varies. In some cases the skin will be found every-\\nwhere to be of a dark orange or icteric tinge, and in others\\nit will be pale, or anaemic, in appearance. Sometimes, livid\\nblack or yellow spots (produced by the effusion of blood\\ninto the areolar or fat tissues) exist on the surface of the\\nbody, and the edges of ulcers or wounds are generally of a\\nblackish or dirty yellow color. If the disease has been\\nprotracted there is usually great emaciation. Rigor mortis\\nis usually well marked after a few hours. There is diffuse\\nsuppuration in the cellular tissue, forming a thin and un-\\nhealthy pus, which is very liable to burrow. Sometimes\\nsuppuration takes place beneath the fascia of the tendons\\nof muscles. Suppuration or gangrene may be found in\\nany part of the body, but most frequently in the lungs and\\npleurae. The pleural cavity may contain a large amount\\nof purulent matter. Abscesses may be found in the liver,\\nspleen and kidneys. Pus accumulates on the surface and\\nin the Haversian canals of the bones, and forms in the\\njoints. The blood in pyaemia is usually normal but it may\\ncontain the rod bacteria.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0303.jp2"}, "304": {"fulltext": "190 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe treatment as given for septicaemia should be fol-\\nlowed for the above disease.\\nPERITONITIS.\\nAcute, general peritonitis is an acute inflammation of\\nthe peritoneum. It may be primary or secondary. That\\nis, the peritoneum may be attacked primarily or it may re-\\nsult secondarily from some other disease such as inflam-\\nmation or extensive ulcerations of the stomach or intes-\\ntines, cancer, suppurative inflammations of the spleen,\\nliver, pancreas and the pelvic viscera.\\nPerforation of the peritoneum occurs frequently and is\\nfollowed by inflammation. It may result from external\\nwounds, ulceration of the stomach or intestines, of the gall\\nbladder, abscess of the liver, spleen or kidneys, appendicitis\\nor inflammation of the ovaries.\\nMorbid Anatomy. When the abdomen of a recent\\ncase is opened, the coils of the intestines are distended and\\nglued together by lymph, and the peritoneum appears to\\nbe injected in patches and sometimes over the whole sur-\\nface. Sometimes, there will be but little fluid present;\\nonly a thick exudation upon the walls. Then again, the\\nintestinal coils will be covered with lymph, and there will\\nbe present a large amount of a yellowish, sero-fibrinous\\nfluid. If the stomach or intestines be perforated, food and\\nfecal matter may be mixed with the fluid. When puru-\\nlent, the exudation is either thin and greenish-yellow in\\ncolor, or opaque-white and creamy; if the material is\\nputrid, the exudate is grayish-green in color, thin, and has\\na putrid odor. This usually results from perforative or\\npuerperal peritonitis. If blood is present, it results in\\ncases caused by wounds, cancer and tubercle.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0304.jp2"}, "305": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD. 191\\nThe amount of effusion into the peritoneal cavity varies\\nfrom one to fifty pints.\\nThe different conditions are produced by some of the\\nvarious species of micro-organisms.\\nAcute inflammation of the small intestine and colon,\\nobstruction of the bowels and other diseases, may be mis-\\ntaken for peritonitis, as their symptoms are similar. Such\\nbeing the case, the physician s certificate may be mis-\\nleading.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe treatment of cases of peritonitis should be thorough.\\nAfter extracting the blood and injecting the arterial system,\\nrelieve the cavities of gas. Aspirate the contents of the\\nperitoneum and other cavities and organs of the abdomen.\\nAspirate the chest cavities and fill them with fluid. After\\na few hours, withdraw the fluid from the abdomen and re-\\ninject as before. Place the body in a horizontal position,\\nonly elevating the head.\\nPUERPERAL OR CHILD BED FEVER.\\nPuerperal fever is an infectious disease, due, usually,\\nto the septic inoculation of wounds resulting from child-\\nbirth. Pathogenic bacteria are always present.\\nMorbid Anatomy.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The morbid changes which take\\nplace in the inflamed peritoneum are precisely the same\\nas those which attend inflammation of other serous mem-\\nbranes. The exudation from the surface of the peritoneum\\nmay form a false membrane, from one fourth to one half\\nan inch or more in thickness. More or less fluid substance\\nis found in the peritoneum. In many cases there is sup-\\npuration, pus being found in the peritoneal cavity. Pus or\\nabscesses are found in the lungs and other organs, and in", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0305.jp2"}, "306": {"fulltext": "192 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nthe serous membranes, pleurae, pericardium, etc. Septi-\\ncaemia (blood-poisoning) may be the cause of death. Rigor\\nmortis is very slight. Decomposition follows very quickly.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThere are few cases which give more trouble than\\nthese; consequently, they require the closest attention,\\nleaving nothing undone that will assist in the preservation\\nof the body.\\nGases being present in large quantities their removal\\nshould be the first operation. At the same time, the\\ncavity of the abdomen should be filled with fluid. Next,\\nmake a thorough injection of the arterial system, leaving\\nthe tube in the artery, as a second injection may be nec-\\nessary.\\nThe blood should be withdrawn and the chest cavities\\ninjected. Make an incision over the pubic arch, in the\\nmedian line, and pass the trocar into the cavity of the\\npelvis; attach aspirator, elevate the body well, and with-\\ndraw all the fluid previously injected into the cavity of the\\nabdomen. Withdraw the trocar, sew up the opening, and\\nreinject cavity of the abdomen. Have the body on the\\nlevel while injecting, and so leave it.\\nTake cotton saturated with fluid and pass it up into the\\nvagina all it will receive. A thorough injection of the\\nwomb, through the vagina, before packing, would be an\\nadvantage. This may be done with a small curved instru-\\nment made for the purpose.\\nERYSIPELAS.\\nErysipelas is usually divided into simple cutaneous,\\ncelluo-cutaneous, and cellular or diffuse cellulitis.\\nMorbid Anatomy. It is both infectious and con-\\ntagious. The spread of erysipelas has been so frequently", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0306.jp2"}, "307": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD. 193\\nobserved, both in the sick room and in the wards of hospi-\\ntals, that no doubt concerning the infectiousness of this\\ndisease can exist. Erysipelas also spreads by fomites. In\\nerysipelas, as in other diseases of the zymotic class, it is\\nbelieved a poison is absorbed that affects the blood; that,\\nafter a given period of latency, it generally, but not con-\\nstantly, produces the phenomenon of fever which sometimes\\nterminates in inflammation of the brain. The great spe-\\ncific action of the poison, however, is made manifest by\\ninflammation of the skin\\nand subcutaneous cellular\\ntissue, which runs a defi- sg\\nnite course. The inflam-\\nmation is usually of con i\\nsiderable extent, affect k^-~~-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 z f ^ffl*^\\ning very commonly the Rs- 28.\\nonfivofano Vioarl anrlnAr lr Section from margin of an erysipelatous in-\\ntJIlbiieiclt/t!, UtJclU, ctiiu I1CC1V, fl amrnat ion showing streptococci, in lymph\\nOr a large portion Of the s P aces X90 From a photograph hy Koch.\\ntrunk, or one or both of the upper or lower extremities.\\nIn some cases the cuticle is raised into a large number\\nof vesicles of greater or less size, and sometimes into large\\nbladders containing transparent, yellowish serum.\\nErysipelas sometimes terminates in gangrene. The\\nskin becomes livid or black, its whole texture more or less\\ndisorganized, while these bullae or bladders become filled\\nwith a bloody serum. The quantity effused is generally so\\ngreat that the head, face, or limb is greatly and sometimes\\neven hideously swollen.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThese cases should be handled with gloves. Withdraw\\nthe blood by tapping the heart. Inject by the needle proc-\\ness; fill the cavities with all the fluid they will hold;\\npack the head or other affected parts on the surface with\\nE\u00e2\u0080\u0094 13", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0307.jp2"}, "308": {"fulltext": "K)4 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nhardening compound. Allow it to remain in this condition\\nas long as possible. After removing the hardening com-\\npound, sponge the face over with fluid.\\nSUNSTROKE.\\nAnother remarkable advance in medical investigation\\nhas been made during the past summer, and the cause of\\nsunstroke, a subject until now obscure, has at length\\nbeen definitely discovered. To the New York State Path-\\nological Institute is due the credit of the discovery.\\nThese investigations show, that, instead of the sun s rays\\nbeing the direct cause of sunstroke, as has all along been\\nbelieved by the medical profession, as well as by the peo-\\nple at large, the fact is, the internal chemistry of the\\nbody and its secretions are so modified by atmospheric con-\\nditions of excessive hot weather that some of the secre-\\ntions become abnormal, either in quality or quantity, and\\nare absorbed by the blood and act as virulent poisons.\\nOn the first day of the recent heat plague, Dr. Ira T. Van\\nGieson, director of the State Pathological Institute, assisted\\nby Dr. Alexander Lambert and Dr. Lewis, began investiga-\\nting. Their experiments were made with the brain fluids,\\nthe cerebro-spinal fluid, and the brain ventricular fluids.\\nThese were of acute cases immediately after death. The\\nsubjects had died in the hospital a few hours after being\\nreceived there. Four rabbits died from the injection of\\nthese fluids within twelve hours. Other experiments were\\nmade with the blood of living cases just after they had\\nbeen stricken by the sun, and there was no mistaking the\\nfact that it was a deadly poison, as it killed in a very short\\ntime any animal into which it was injected.\\nAnatomical Characters. The heart may be found\\nfirmly contracted, but not always so; it may be flaccid. The", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0308.jp2"}, "309": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD. 195\\nlymph and the brain and its membranes are usually con-\\ngested. The venous trunks and right side of the heart are\\ntoo full of blood, and the pulmonary vessels may be over-\\nloaded with blood. The blood itself is very dark and more\\nfluid than natural. Rigor mortis comes on very rapidly.\\nThe face becomes dark and swollen. The body retains a\\nhigh temperature for some time after death. Gases form\\nquickly, and purging and general decomposition soon\\nfollow.\\nTREATMENT.\\nTo iusure success, prompt and energetic work is neces-\\nsary. The blood must be removed quickly and thoroughly.\\nIt is advisable to remove the blood by the femoral vein\\n(using the femoral vein tube), injecting the fluid through\\nthe femoral artery at the same time. On account of the\\nfluid condition of the blood in these cases, the greater part\\nof the blood in the body may be forced out by the above\\noperation. When all the blood possible has been removed,\\ntie up the vein and continue the injection of the arteries\\nas long as they will receive the fluid.\\nThen, make the cranial injection, putting in as much\\nfluid as will pass in easily; after which, inject the lungs\\nthrough the trachea, using about a pint of fluid. A thor-\\nough injection of the cavities should follow, putting in all\\nthe fluid they will hold. Allow the body to remain on a\\nlevel as long as possible. The application, for a short time,\\nof cloths saturated with fluid would assist in lowering the\\nheat of the body.\\nGANGRENE.\\nThis is a form of necrosis which especially attacks the\\nlower extremities of old people, and is the result of several\\nconditions.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0309.jp2"}, "310": {"fulltext": "196 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nMorbid Anatomy. Arterial degeneration may, in\\nitself, be sufficient to cause the arrest of the circulation,\\nand the formation of thrombi or clots in the vessels of the\\nlimbs, thus causing gangrene. The supervention of the\\ngangrene, however, is usually determined by some inju-\\nrious stimulation of the tissues, as a slight abrasion of the\\nfoot, a bruise, injury to a corn, and excess of heat or cold,\\nwhich sets up inflammation in the already weakened part.\\nThese, by still further obstructing the circulation therein,\\nand impairing its vitality, cause death.\\nIn a limb, for example, decomposition proceeds as fol-\\nlows gases are generated in the part, principally sulphu-\\nreted hydrogen, ammonia, nitrogen, and carbonic acid.\\nThe tissues, at the same time, undergo process of softening\\nor liquefaction, the limb becomes exceedingly offensive, and,\\nowing to alterations in the transuded coloring of the blood,\\nchanges from a reddish color to a brownish or greenish\\nblack. This is known as moist gangrene. It occurs only\\nin external parts, and those internal organs to which the\\nair is freely accessible, as the lungs. When met with in\\nother situations, it is due to infection with septic matter.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe part should be washed with a four per cent,\\nsolution of carbolic acid, then thoroughly bandaged with\\nhardening compound. The result will be a thorough dis-\\ninfecting, deodorizing and hardening of the parts, so that\\nunder no circumstances will there be any unpleasantness.\\nThere is no treatment known to science that will produce\\nsuch satisfactory results as will the above.\\nThe injection of fluid, arterially, and by the cavities,\\nshould be done as in ordinary cases as also should be the\\nwithdrawal of the blood.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0310.jp2"}, "311": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE BLOOD. 197\\nPOST-MORTEM CASES.\\nFor the ordinary length of time that bodies are usually\\nkept, a case may be treated successfully in the following\\nmanner After thoroughly drying out the cavity, fill with\\nhardening compound, completely surrounding the muti-\\nlated organs and viscera. When the body is to be shipped\\nor kept for a length of time, if the brain has not been re-\\nmoved, inject the carotid arteries, tying the severed ends.\\nThe arms may be injected through the subclavian, right\\nand left. The legs can be injected from the iliacs, right\\nand left. If organs in the pelvic cavity have been muti-\\nlated, the femorals must be used. If the skull cap has\\nbeen removed and the brain mutilated, fill the cavity sur-\\nrounding the brain with hardening compound.\\nIn case there should be cancerous tumors in the abdo-\\nmen, do not remove but inject them with fluid and cover\\nwith hardening compound, when they will become hard-\\nened, as will also the viscera of this cavity. Sew up inci-\\nsions carefully, and bandage.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0311.jp2"}, "312": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXI.\\nDISEASES OF THE AIR PASSAGES\\nAND CHEST.\\nPNEUMONIA LUNG FEVER.\\nAcute or Croupous.\\nPneumonia (lung fever) is an infectious disease, to\\nwhich the human family at all ages is subject. Children\\nare equally susceptible to it with\\nadults. It is the special enemy\\nof old age. It attacks males more\\nfrequently than females. Weak-\\nened or debilitated persons are\\nespecially liable.\\nMorbid Anatomy. If death\\noccurs early in the disease, during\\nthe stage of engorgement, the\\nlung tissue is a deep red in color,\\nand firm to the touch. On section,\\nthe surface is bathed w T ith blood\\nand serum and still contains air.\\nLater, during the stage of red\\nhepatization, the lung is solid,\\nIt is much larger, and has in-\\non the surface, when an entire\\nFig. 29.\\nMicrococcus pneumoniae crouposse\\nin sputum of a patient with pneu-\\nmonia, X 1000. From photomicro-\\ngraph by Frankel and Pfeiffer.\\nfirm, and without air.\\ndentations of the ribs\\nlobe is\\ninvolved.\\n(198)\\nOn section, the surface is drv. reddish", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0312.jp2"}, "313": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE AIR PASSAGES AND CHEST.\\n199\\nbrown in color, and readily broken down by the finger.\\nThe air cells are filled with fibrinous plugs; this is also\\noften the case with the smaller bronchi. Very frequently\\nthe blood vessels are filled with solid molds of blood clots.\\nStill later, in the stage of gray hepatization, the tissue\\nhas changed from a reddish brown to a grayish white in\\ncolor. On section, the surface is more moist, the exuda-\\ntion more turbid, and the tissue more easily broken down.\\nIn a more advanced stage of gray hepatization, there is\\npurulent infiltration. The lung tissue is softened and\\nbathed with purulent fluid. As a rule, the bronchi, at\\ndeath, contain a frothy, serous fluid.\\nThe smaller bronchi in the affected areas often contain\\nfibrinous plugs which may extend into the larger tubes,\\nforming perfect casts.\\nThe pleural surface of the inflamed lung is nearly\\nalways involved. The exudation into the pleura may be\\nconsiderable.\\nThe bronchi containing frothy, serous material, results\\noften in a purging of the same from the mouth and nostrils.\\nDecomposition of the diseased por-\\ntion of the lung is going on, even\\nwhile rigor mortis is present, not to\\na great extent, but still enough to\\nform sufficient gas for the driving\\nout of this bloody, frothy matter.\\nIf we stop decomposition of the\\nlung, and check the formation of\\ngas, we shall have stopped this flow,\\nor purging, of frothy matter.\\nIn pneumonia, the heart is dis-\\ntended with firm, tenacious clots.\\nThe distention of the right chambers of the heart is par-\\nticularly marked. In no other acute disease do we meet\\nSingle colony of micrococcus\\npneumonise crouposse upon agar\\nplate 24 hours old, X 100. (Frankel\\nand Pfeiffer.)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0313.jp2"}, "314": {"fulltext": "200 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nwith such solid and firm coagula. It can be removed only\\nby dissolving.\\nInflammation of the pericardium (heart sac) frequently\\noccurs, especially when the left lung is involved. The\\nhepatic veins are often extremely engorged with blood,\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe discoloration and purging, which are nearly always\\npresent in this disease, make these cases disagreeable, and\\nsometimes difficult ones to handle satisfactorily.\\nFirst inject the arteries. As purging may come from the\\nstomach as well as the lungs, it must be stopped by either\\nof the following processes:\\nPass a stomach tube into the stomach through the\\nmouth or nostrils, and inject a small quantity of fluid.\\nAttach aspirator and withdraw contents of the stomach,\\nrefilling with fluid; or, pass the trocar into the stomach\\nfrom a point on the abdomen over the stomach, when the\\ngases of the stomach will pass out, instantly stopping\\npurging from that organ. Draw the skin up tightly and\\nmake an incision into the trachea, between the rings, at a\\npoint immediately above the breast bone separate the\\nrings with the tenaculum and introduce an ordinary curved\\nnasal tube, and pass it down into the lungs. Attach syringe\\nand inject about a half pint of fluid, first into one lung, then\\ninto the other. This may have the effect of forcing matter\\nout into the mouth and nostrils. After having injected the\\nlungs, attach aspirator to nasal tube and remove all the\\nfluid matter possible. Reinject fresh fluid, and the chances\\nare very much in favor of your having no further trouble\\nin this direction.\\nIf, however, there is still purging, insert the trocar at\\nthe point used for tapping the heart, and force it in dif-\\nferent directions upwards and through the lungs as far as", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0314.jp2"}, "315": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE AIR PASSAGES AND CHEST. 201\\nthe upper end or apex, when all danger of purging will be\\npast.\\nYou may possibly have some trouble in drawing blood,\\non account of its coagulated condition in the heart. If so,\\ninject into the right auricle a small quantity of a salt solu-\\ntion then aspirate.\\nThe pleural cavities may be injected from the same\\npoint as used for tapping the heart. In a great many cases\\nbut a small quantity of fluid can be injected into these\\ncavities, as the lungs become greatly distended, completely\\nfilling the cavities.\\nThe cavity of the abdomen should receive thorough\\ntreatment, as very often the viscera in this cavity is in-\\nvolved.\\nInexperienced embalmers, writing on the treatment of\\npneumonia cases, advise the tying of the trachea and gul-\\nlet with tape, in order to stop purging from lungs and\\nstomach. None but the merest tyros would pay any\\nattention to such advice.\\nGANGRENE OF THE LUNGS.\\nUpon post-mortem examination, the morbid changes\\nwill consist of a cavity, irregular in outline, with ragged\\nwalls, sometimes containing loose fragments of lung tissue,\\nor a dirty greenish or brownish mass of material with the\\nregular gangrene odor. The cavity is usually in the middle\\nor lower lobe of the right lung.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIn the treatment of a case of this kind fluid should be\\ninjected into the lung through the windpipe several times,\\nat intervals of two or three hours. Treat the arteries and\\ncavities in the usual way.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0315.jp2"}, "316": {"fulltext": "202 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALM IN\\nPLEURISY\u00e2\u0080\u0094 PLEURITIS-\\nPrimary Pleurisy.\\nPrimary pleurisy does not often produce death. We\\nusually have pleurisy to deal with as a complication of\\nsome other disease.\\nMorbid Anatomy. But where death does occur from\\nprimary pleurisy, there will be found a large amount of\\neffusion in the pleural cavity or cavities, having the ap-\\npearance of diluted blood, which coagulates when it comes\\nin contact with the air. Sometimes the lung is collapsed,\\nand the heart is pushed to one side; even the face and\\nsurface of the body will appear as if death had been caused\\nby asphyxia.\\nPurulent Pleurisy Sometimes Called: Pyothorax, Em-\\npy/emia, Suppurative Pleurisy, or Chronic Pleurisy.\\nThis is a disease of the pleura which secretes pus instead\\nof the bloody-like appearing fluid as described above.\\nMorbid Anatomy. This disease is usually found\\naccompanying wounds of the chest, fractures of ribs,\\nabcesses of the walls of the chest, and gangrene of the\\nlungs. It is also frequently found in measles, smallpox,\\nscarlet fever and all diseases of the lungs. Therefore,\\nwhen death occurs from either of the above diseases, the\\npleural cavities must be carefully examined and treated.\\nUnder these circumstances the liquid is either thin or\\nthick pus. It will become putrid in a very short space of\\ntime, gases forming quickly, causing putrefaction of the\\nsurrounding tissues. Children as well as adults are\\nattacked.\\nTREATMENT.\\nTreatment should be prompt and vigorous. The pus\\nand liquid contained in the pleural cavities should be", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0316.jp2"}, "317": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE AIR PASSAGES AND CHEST. 203\\nwithdrawn with the aspirator at once. This is very im-\\nportant and under no consideration should it be neglected.\\nIntroduce the trocar at the same point as that in tapping\\nthe heart, passing it down into the lower part of each\\npleural cavity, aspirate their contents and fill with fluid.\\nThen follow with the usual treatment, filling the arteries\\nand withdrawing the blood and filling the cavities.\\nPERICARDITIS.\\nInflammation of the Pericardium.\\nMorbid Anatomy. The morbid appearances result-\\ning from inflammation of the pericardium are essentially\\nthe same as those seen in other serous sacs. Exudation of\\nfibrin or lymph has taken place in more or less abund-\\nance and is deposited in layers on the parietal and visceral\\nsurface of the membrane. More or less liquid effusion of\\nserum, turbid from the admixture of lymph, is found in the\\nsac, sometimes in enormous quantities amounting to eight\\nor ten pints. Sometimes the walls are partially adhered\\nto each other, and at others the amount of effusion is so\\ngreat as to fill the greater part of the thoracic cavity and\\npush the diaphragm downwards.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe effusion must be aspirated as well as the blood.\\nThe cavity of the sac must then be filled with fluid. The\\narteries and cavities should be filled with fluid as in ordi-\\nnary cases.\\nPNEUMO-PERICARDITIS.\\nThis name denotes the presence of air or gas within the\\npericardial sac in cases of pericarditis. Air or gas may find\\nits wav into this situation through a wound of the chest", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0317.jp2"}, "318": {"fulltext": "204 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nwalls, or of the esophagus, and through a fistulous commu-\\nnication between the lungs or the stomach and the peri-\\ncardial cavity. It is possible that gas may be generated\\nquickly by putrefaction of inflammatory products within\\nthe cavity.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIt matters not what the cause may be that produced\\nthe gas, it should be removed and the sac filled with\\nfluid. Otheiwise, the case should be treated as indications\\nrequire.\\nVALVULAR DISEASES OF THE HEART.\\nMorbid Anatomy.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Valvular lesions of the heart are\\nsituated, in the great majority of cases, in the left side of\\nthe heart at the mitral and aortic openings. Lesions on\\nthe right side are comparatively rare. The valves are fre-\\nquently thickened and contracted or, they may simply be\\nencumbered with vegetations of greater or less size, with-\\nout being incapacitated for the performance of their func-\\ntion. They are sometimes rendered more or less rigid by\\nthe deposit of calcareous matter. The aortic and mitral\\nvalves may become enlarged and thickened sufficiently to\\nalmost close the orifices, or they may become atrophied,\\nrendering them liable to rupture or perforation. Enlarge-\\nment of the heart follows either of the above conditions.\\nWhen the aortic valves are diseased sufficiently to interfere\\nor prevent perfect closure of the aortic orifice, fluid, when\\ninjected through the arteries, will enter the left side of the\\nheart, and if, in tapping the heart, the left side be perforated\\nby the trocar, a partial destruction of the circulation will\\nresult and the fluid fail to permeate a part at least of the\\ntissues. The lungs may become involved, resulting in\\noedema, hemorrhages, or pulmonary apoplexy. Dropsy of", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0318.jp2"}, "319": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE AIR PASSAGES AND CHEST. 205\\nthe serous sacs or general dropsy may be present. Death\\nmay have been caused by heart failure or apoplexy. The\\nface and upper surface of the body is congested and edem-\\natous, rendering the removal of blood necessary.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIn tapping the heart care should be taken not to wound\\nthe left side as it may interfere with the circulation of the\\nfluid, but such cases are not frequent. It is only when the\\nsemilunar valves at the aortic orifice are diseased that\\ntrouble will result. Mitral disease will not affect the circu-\\nlation of fluid. The patient may have died from asphyxia,\\nas a result of oedema of the glottis, hydro-pericardium, or\\npulmonary congestion. Congestion of the face and neck\\nwill be produced. The blood must be removed at once.\\nThe water must be taken from the cavities and subcutane-\\nous tissues. Treat the lung tissues through the trachea; fill\\nthe thoracic and abdominal cavities with fluid. The arte-\\nries should be filled by a thorough injection. Handle the\\nbody with care for a time, until the skin hardens. The\\nalimentary canal should not be neglected. Chemical and\\nputrefactive changes take place early in these cases, there-\\nfore, prompt and heroic treatment should be given, in every\\ncase.\\nOTHER DISEASES OF AIR PASSAGES AND\\nCHEST,\\nSuch as Laryngitis, Bronchitis, Etc.,\\nShould be treated as all other ordinary cases, except\\nthat fluid should be injected into the throat and trachea.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0319.jp2"}, "320": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXII.\\nDISEASES AFFECTING THE ALIMENTARY\\nCANAL.\\nOBSTINATE CONSTIPATION.\\nThis is caused by intussusception, torsion or knotting\\nof the bowels, foreign bodies, or stricture.\\nMorbid Anatomy. The skin usually has an icteric or\\nsallow appearance. The color of the contents half di-\\ngested food, as partly altered milk, meat, or vegetable mat-\\nter of the intestinal canal and stomach, is brown, black,\\ndark green or yellow. The colon is distended sometimes\\nas to almost fill the abdomen. Ulceration of the mucous\\nmembrane and perforation of the wall of the gut some-\\ntimes follow with extravasation into the abdominal cavity.\\nPeritonitis may result. Abscesses may form in the cellu-\\nlar tissues around the rectum. The accumulation of fecal\\nmatter in the sigmoid flexure may be very excessive.\\nPeacock reports a case where fifteen quarts of semi-solid,\\ngreenish-colored, fecal matter were removed at the autopsy.\\nSamazurier reports one of thirteen and a half pounds,\\nand Chelins one of twenty-six pounds. Bristowe reports\\none where the whole length of the colon, from the anus to\\nthe ca?cum, was filled with semi-solid, olive-green colored\\nfeces, and the small intestine was filled throughout with\\nsemi-fluid, olive-green contents. In composition the mass\\n(206)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0320.jp2"}, "321": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 207\\nconsists of fecal matter with unaltered vegetable fiber.\\nThey may be partly composed of the skin of grapes, cherry-\\nstones, biliary calculi, hair, woody fiber, magnesia or\\nother foreign substances.\\nTREATMENT.\\nAfter removing the gases, withdraw the blood and fill\\nthe tissues through the arteries. Then treat the viscera\\nvery thoroughly. If the colon is filled with semi-fluid and\\nsemi-solid matter, remove if possible by aspiration. The\\nmatter should be removed at all hazard, even if an incision\\nhas to be made in the median line above the pubic arch\\nfor its complete removal. After aspiration, fill the stom-\\nach and intestines and inject fluid around the organs and\\nfill the abdominal cavity. Then place the body on the\\nlevel, elevating the head.\\nDYSENTERY FLUX.\\nDysentery is inflammation of the large intestine, at-\\ntended with mucous and bloody dejections.\\nMorbid Anatomy. In severe cases, the inflammation\\nis very extensive, involving not only the rectum, but the\\ngreater part of the colon. The affected membrane, on ex-\\namination after death, is found to be reddened, congested,\\nswollen, softened, pulpy, presenting, in different cases, ec-\\nchymoses, excoriations, from pealing off of the epithelium,\\nabrasions, and ulcerations in greater or less numbers, the\\nlatter being sometimes small and sometimes of consider-\\nable size. The ulcers may or may not be seated in the in-\\nternal glands. The swelling of the membrane is due to\\nsubmucous infiltration, and the latter is sometimes so\\ngreat, at certain points, as to give rise to protuberances\\nresembling warty growths. The protuberances may be", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0321.jp2"}, "322": {"fulltext": "208 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nmore or less numerous, and sometimes coalesce, giving\\nto the surface a lobulated appearance. Patches of exuded\\nfibrin are frequently adherent to the inflamed membrane,\\npresenting a greenish or brownish color. The intestine\\ncontains more or less morbid life, consisting of mucous,\\npus, fibrinous flakes and bloody serous liquid. The intes-\\ntine may present a dark, almost black, appearance from\\ncongestion. Sloughing aud ulceration is present. As a\\nrule, the appearances denote progressively a greater\\namount of disease in passing from the upper part of the\\nlarge intestine downward to the anus; the greater amount\\nbeing in the rectum and sigmoid flexure of the colon.\\nThe mesenteric glands are sometimes considerably en-\\nlarged, and in some instances contain pus.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThis disease seems, generally, to be confined to the\\nlarge intestine. Sometimes, when the mesenteries become\\ninvolved and ulcerations take place higher up in the colon,\\nperitonitis results. If the latter condition is present,\\nthe peritoneum must be treated as directed in the general\\ntreatment of peritonitis. Gases must be removed from the\\nlarge intestine, which should be filled with fluid. Other\\nvisceral organs must be treated as usual. A thorough\\narterial injection should be made.\\nAPPENDICITIS.\\nInflammation of the Appendix Vermiformis.\\nAppendicitis is an inflammation of the vermiform\\nappendix. It is located in the right iliac region.\\nMorbid Anatomy. Ulceration may occur and result\\nIn perforation into the surrounding tissues, including the", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0322.jp2"}, "323": {"fulltext": "DISEASES AFFECTING THE ALIMENTARY CANAL. 209\\nperitoneum. Violent suppurative peritonitis will follow\\nperforation of the peritoneum. Pus may pass into the\\ntissues behind the peritoneum and form a large perine-\\nphritic abscess; or pus may pass downward along the psoas\\nmuscle, forming abscesses in the gluteal region. A large\\namount of tissue may be involved in the lower part of the\\nabdominal cavity and frequently requires heroic treatment.\\nTREATMENT.\\nGive the body a thorough arterial injection. Treat the\\norgans of the chest in the usual manner. The abdominal\\norgans should be treated very carefully, especially the\\nregion of the right lower part, and the pelvic cavity. Be-\\nfore injecting the abdominal cavity aspirate the pus and\\nblood, if any be present, from the peritoneum and the\\nregion of the caecum.\\nHERNIA OR RUPTURE.\\nThe morbid changes in hernia or rupture are similar\\nto those in Appendicitis, and similar treatment is required.\\nSPORADIC CHOLERA\u00e2\u0080\u0094 CHOLERA MORBUS.\\nThis is an affection of the mucous membrance of the\\nstomach and intestines, characterized by violent pain in the\\nabdomen, nausea, violent and incessant vomiting, and by\\npurging of watery fluid. This disease rarely proves fatal,\\nalthough a state approaching collapse sometimes occurs,\\nbut is usually followed by reaction. It is not contagious.\\nMorbid Appearances. Even when the symptons are\\nthe most severe during life, we do not always find morbid\\nchanges sufficient to account for the cause of death. There\\nE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 14", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0323.jp2"}, "324": {"fulltext": "210 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nare, however, usually evidences of gastro-intestinal catarrh;\\nthe mucous membrane is congested throughout. The soli-\\ntary gland and Pyer s patches are swollen and prominent.\\nThe blood is dark and thickened. The appearance may\\nresemble that of Asiatic cholera. The kidneys are con-\\ngested and enlarged.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe treatment should be thorough. The blood should\\nbe removed and the tissues filled with fluid. The cavities\\nshould be filled in the usual manner. Pay especial atten-\\ntion to the stomach and intestines.\\nOTHER DISEASES OF THE ALIMENTARY\\nCANAL.\\nSuch as Gastritis; Enteritis, Colitis and Entero-Col-\\nitis, usually known as inflammation of\\nthe Bowels, etc., etc.\\nThe morbid changes are confined to the parts affected,\\nexcept when perforation or extensive and deep inflamma-\\ntion exists, usually involving the peritoneum, causing peri-\\ntonitis, as in inflammation of the stomach and intestines,\\nboth large and small. Cancer may involve the liver,\\nspleen, pancreas, kidneys and bladder.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIn all such cases treat the abdominal cavity very\\nthoroughly, besides the usual general treatment of the\\nvascular system. The stomach and intestines should be\\nfilled with fluid.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0324.jp2"}, "325": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXIII.\\nDISEASES OF THE KIDNEYS.\\nBRIGHT S DISEASE\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ALBUMINURIA.\\nBright s disease of the kidneys is of three forms:\\ninflammatory (acute and chronic), waxy or amaloid, and\\ncirrhotic or gouty.\\nMorbid Anatomy. As a result we have atrophy, fatty\\ndegeneration, hypertrophy, diminution of urine, albumi-\\nnuria, hematuria, dropsy, etc.; also, later changes in the\\nheart and blood vessels and other organs, waxy disease of\\nthe liver, spleen and intestinal canal, hypertrophy of the\\nheart, oedema of the lungs, etc. The kidney may reach\\ntwelve ounces in weight, or it may be reduced in weight\\nand size to one and a half ounces. In addition to the\\nabove, other organs become affected. There is usually\\ngreat pallor of the surface. (Edema of the surface in gen-\\neral dropsy is present; also, oedema of the lungs and glot-\\ntis, pleural effusion, mitral regurgitation (disease of the\\nmitral valves of the heart), abdominal dropsy. Dropsy is\\nalways present to a greater or less degree. The serous\\ncavities and subcutaneous tissues may be filled with water\\nto the greatest distension, or, there may be only a slight\\neffusion in the tissues, sufficient to cause softening of the\\nrete mucosum and resulting in skin-slip. Pneumonia,\\npleurisy, gastritis, etc.. may accompany this disease.\\n(211)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0325.jp2"}, "326": {"fulltext": "212 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe treatment should be thorough. Remove all of the\\nwater as directed in the treatment of dropsies. The ulti-\\nmate cause of death may have been asphyxia, resulting\\nfrom cedema of the glottis. If such is the case there will\\nbe congestion of the peripheral veins. The blood must be\\nwithdrawn and fluid injected slowly into the arterial sys-\\ntem fluid should also be injected into the cranial cavity.\\nTreat the lung tissues through the trachea, and inject the\\npleural cavities. The alimentary canal and other viscera\\nof the abdomen should receive careful and thorough treat-\\nment. Water may be present in the tissues sufficient to\\ncause the skin to slip, but not enough to cause oedema of\\nthe surface. If the skin is inclined to slip, handle the case\\ncarefully and after the water has evaporated and settled\\nto the dependent parts of the body, it will harden and\\nbecome firm in a few hours. After treatment, place the\\nbody on a level with only the head elevated.\\nNEPHRITIS.\\nInflammation of the Kidney.\\nDropsy is always present. May be slight or excessive.\\nOtherwise the body will be in a similar condition as in\\nBright s disease, and will require similar treatment.\\nDIABETES.\\nSugar in the Urine.\\nDiabetes is not a disease of the kidneys as was formerly\\nsupposed. These organs merely excrete sugar contained\\nin the blood brought to them by the renal arteries. The\\nsugar in the blood increases the functional activity of the", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0326.jp2"}, "327": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE KIDNEYS. 213\\nkidneys, acting like a diuretic, and hence the quantity of\\nurine is greatly increased.\\nMorbid Anatomy. This disease has no constant ana-\\ntomical characters, aside from lesions belonging to con-\\ncomitant or consecutive affections. The kidneys are often\\nenlarged or hypertrophied, atrophied, or contain abscesses.\\nThe blood contains sugar. It has been found in the saliva,\\nin the infusions, in the serous cavities, in the humors of\\nthe eye, and in the spermatic fluid. Pulmonary affections\\nare frequent complications, such as pneumonia or tuber-\\nculosis. Desquamation of the cuticle often occurs. Boils\\nand sometimes large abscesses are found in different parts\\nof the body; also, gangrene, or ulceration without gangrene,\\nof the lower extremities. (Edema of the legs often occur.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe treatment in these cases depends entirely upon the\\namount of tissues involved by complication. Inject the\\nvascular system and cavities thoroughly in every case. If\\ndropsy is present, which is frequently the case, adopt the\\nusual means of removing the water from the tissues. If\\nabscesses or gangrene are present, use hardening compound,\\nas directed under the head of gangrene. These cases\\nshould be handled carefully. The tissues being filled more\\nor less with water there is a liability to skin-slip.\\nDISEASES OF THE BLADDER.\\nThe bladder may be the seat of the following morbid\\nconditions: inflammation and acute or chronic abcess:\\natrophy or hypertrophy; mechanical distension with\\nchronic engorgement; the retention of urine; tumors or\\ngrowths; epithelioma and carcinoma; tubercular disease;\\nulceration; vesico- vaginal or vesicointestinal fistule. It\\nmav contain blood or purulent material.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0327.jp2"}, "328": {"fulltext": "2 1 4 CH A MPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBA LMING.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe trocar should be introduced immediately above\\nthe pubic bone in the median line, directing it inward and\\ndownward to reach into the bladder. Withdraw all liquid\\nmatter and inject fluid, mixing it thoroughly with the\\ncontents; then, withdraw the same and inject fresh fluid,\\ntilling the organ as full as possible. Otherwise, the body\\nshould be treated in the usual manner.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0328.jp2"}, "329": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXIV.\\nDISEASES OF THE NERVES.\\nPARALYSIS.\\nThis is the loss of the power of motion, or ot sensation,\\nor of both motion and sensation. The different forms of\\nparalysis of common occurrence are due\\n(1) To disease of the brain, in which form the muscles\\nmay be rigid or relaxed, the disease of the brain being the\\nresult of syphilitic poison, the epileptic or chronic state.\\n(2) To pressure upon or injury to a nerve.\\n(3) To diseases of the spine.\\n(4) To the influence of poison, such as have arsenic and\\nmercury.\\nMorbid Anatomy. Paralysis having its origin in one\\nside of the brain is characterized by a very prominent\\nfeature, namely, one-sidedness. This phenomenon con-\\nstitutes that form of paralysis called hemiplegia, or paraly-\\nsis of one side of the body, from disease of the opposite half\\nof the brain.\\nLesions which give rise to hemiplegia are\\n(1) Softening. If a clot or abscess in the corpus striatum,\\nor optic thalamus, or in the immediate vicinity of these\\nparts, produces pressure upon these central ganglia, or\\ncentres of volition, or if the fibers be otherwise inter-\\nfered with, paralysis will result. The center of volition\\n(215)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0329.jp2"}, "330": {"fulltext": "216 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nreaches from the corpora striata in the brain down the\\nentire length of the anterior horns of the gray matter of\\nthe spinal cord, and includes the locus rigor in the crus\\ncerebri of the mesocephalin and of the medulla oblongata.\\nDisease of any part of this center, or range of structures\\nis capable of producing paralysis.\\n(2) The intra-cranial portion of the above range exer-\\ncises the greatest and most extended and complete paraly-\\nsis, and takes place from disease of the intra-cranial portion.\\n(3) In cases of central disease, it must be observed and\\nremembered that the intra-cranial portion of the center of\\nvolition for the left side of the body is situated on the\\nright side, and that for the right side is situated on the left\\nside of the cranium, while the intra-spinal portions main-\\ntain, relatively, their respective sides. These two portions\\nare connected by the oblique fibers from the anterior pyr-\\namidal column of the medulla oblongata, which crossing\\nfrom right to left, decussate with similar fibers proceeding\\nfrom left to right.\\n(4) Exudations, which are the result of inflammatory or\\nother diseased state of the membranes of the brain, which,\\nas they increase and cause pressure on the surface, trans-\\nmit the effects of pressure downwards to the corpus stria-\\ntum and optic thalamus, and thus cause paralysis.\\n(5) Morbid states, which affect or destroy fibers of deeper\\nseated parts, such as the crura cerebri, or of the cerebellum\\nin its crura (because a connection exists between the hem-\\nisphere of the cerebellum and the fibers of the pyramids\\nin the pons Varolii), cause paralysis.\\nOf the different forms of paralysis of motion, those\\nknown as paraplegia and hemiplegia require more promi-\\nnent illustrations.\\nParaplegia is a form of paralysis affecting the lower\\nhalf of the body only, in which both legs and perhaps also", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0330.jp2"}, "331": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE NERVES. 217\\nsome of the muscles of the bladder and rectum are para-\\nlyzed.\\nHemiplegia is a form of paralysis affecting one lateral\\nhalf of the body. It is that form of paralysis to which the\\nname of paralytic stroke is commonly applied. Either\\nhalf of the body may be affected, and the parts which are\\nactually involved are generally the upper and lower ex-\\ntremities of one side, the muscles of mastication, including\\nthe buccinator, and the muscles of the tongue on one side.\\nThe paralysis may be either complete or incomplete, as\\nregards motion power.\\nThe special lesions of the brain, causing hemiplegia are:\\n(1) Obstr action of a principal, central artery by a plug\\nof fibrin, detached from an excrescence on one of the\\naortic or other valves of the heart, the result of a former\\nendocarditis.\\n(2) A coagulum formed in an artery, resulting from\\nsome altered nutrition of its wall, and connected in\\ngeneral with rheumatic or other morbid state of the blood.\\n(3) A softened state of the brain, such as the condition\\nknown as white softening, which follows the retardation\\nand diminution of cerebral circulation by diseased ar-\\nteries, or by the complete stoppage of an artery by a plug.\\nAnaesthesia, or paralysis of the nerves of sensation, may\\nresult from disease:\\n(1) Of the cerebrum, where the fifth nerve takes its\\norigin.\\n(2) Of the nerve within the cranium.\\n(3) Of the nerve after it has emerged from the cranium,\\nand ascended to the seat. The symptoms vary.\\nThe disease may be in consequence of some injury,\\nsuch as the extraction of a tooth. Dissections show that con-\\ndensation, atrophy, softening, and the pressure of tumors, are\\nthe morbid conditions out of which the anaesthesia springs.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0331.jp2"}, "332": {"fulltext": "218 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nTREATMENT.\\nParalytic cases being invariably very much emaciated,\\nthe operator often makes the mistake of using only a small\\nquantity of fluid. It is at times difficult to inject into the\\narteries very much fluid on account of the obstructions in\\nthe vessels. If any trouble is experienced in injecting an\\nartery on one side, allow the incision in the artery to re-\\nmain open and operate on an artery on the opposite side.\\nFor instance, if the right radial or brachial were opened\\nand a successful injection did not result, open the same\\nvessel on the left side. If fluid did not pass out of the first\\nopening by the injection of the second, that would be evi-\\ndence that there was no circulation in the vessels in the\\nright arm. If the vessels of the face were not distended\\nby the injection of the artery in the arm, that would indi-\\ncate the fact that there was no fluid going to these parts.\\nAn injection through one of the carotids would then be in\\norder; inject very slowly upwards until the vessels show\\ndistention; then reverse the tube and inject towards the\\nheart, putting in all the fluid the vessels will receive with-\\nout much pressure. The Champion Needle Process should\\nthen be used, injecting slowly, with the body in an elevated\\nposition, as much fluid as will pass in easily. Careful\\nattention must be given the parts that it is thought have\\nnot received the fluid (hand and arm first operated on).\\nThe lungs and cavities of the chest should be treated, and a\\nthorough treatment of the abdominal cavity is necessary.\\nInject into it all the fluid it will hold, keeping the body on\\nthe level as long as possible. When bodies of this kind are to\\nbe kept for a long time, or shipped to a distance, a complete\\nbandaging with hardening compound would be advisable, as\\nseldom if ever is the fluid brought to the surface by arterial\\ninjection; hence, the softened condition of the exterior,\\nwhich may be prevented by the use of hardening compound.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0332.jp2"}, "333": {"fulltext": "DISEASES OF THE NERVES. 219\\nAPOPLEXY.\\nThe liability to apoplexy has a manifest relation to\\nage. The liability increases from the age of twenty years\\nupwards, and in the majority of cases, the age of those\\nattacked is over sixty. Males are more subject to this affec-\\ntion than females.\\nMorbid Anatomy. In fatal cases of apoplexy, the\\nmost frequent pathological condition is hemorrhage within\\nthe cranium. An examination, when death has followed\\nin a few hours after extravasation, shows a clot with bloody\\nserum contained in a cavity produced by laceration of the\\nsubstance of the brain.\\nMicroscopical research has appeared to show that hem-\\norrhage into the substance of the brain is generally the\\nresult of either fatty or calcareous degeneration of the\\ncoats of the smaller cerebral arteries. Owing to their\\nweakness or brittleness, rupture or fracture is liable to occur.\\nTREATMENT.\\nOwing to the discoloration of the face, ears and neck,\\nalways existing in these cases, and the tendency of the\\nblood to coagulate quickly, the first operation should be\\nthe withdrawal of the blood by the most convenient\\nmethod. If discoloration remains, apply the ice poultice\\nas directed elsewhere.\\nThere is no advantage over that of arterial injection\\nto be gained by any of the needle processes. The injec-\\ntion at any point should be made very carefully, using\\nas little force as possible; take time, and work slowly. In\\nordinary cases a quart or two of fluid, injected arterially,\\nis usually sufficient. If more should be necessary, as in\\npreparing for shipment, make a second injection, allowing\\nsome hours to intervene between the first and second.\\nTreat cavities in the usual manner.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0333.jp2"}, "334": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXV.\\nSPECIAL DISEASES.\\nALCOHOLISM.\\nThe experienced inquiry and pathological observations,\\non the bodies of known drunkards, by Dr. Roesch and Dr.\\nFrancis Ogston, are contributions which have placed on a\\nsurer foundation our previous theoretical information re-\\ngarding the morbid status, which follows the persistent use\\nof alcohol. The term alcoholism is used to denote various\\nsymptoms of disease attending morbid processes of various\\nkinds, which are capable of being traced to the use of stim-\\nulants containing alcohol. The immediate effects of in-\\ntemperance as it is commonly called the nature of\\ndelirium tremens and of spontaneous combustions, may be\\nembraced under the general designation of alcoholism.\\nThe pernicious effects of alcoholic stimuli in excess on the\\norgans and tissues of the body have been deduced from a\\ncareful study of the morbid appearances of a chronic kind,\\nmet with in the bodies of individuals known to have lived\\nintemperate lives, and who had perished suddenly from\\nthe effects of accident, suicide or homicide, and while\\napparently in ordinary health and activity. The extent of\\nsuch chronic change in the various organs of such indi-\\nviduals are found to have been far in excess of what could\\nhave been usually looked for in a like number of persons\\n(220)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0334.jp2"}, "335": {"fulltext": "SPECIAL DISEASES. 221\\nof the same age and of temperate habits, suddenly cut off,\\nwhile apparently in average health and vigor.\\nThe cumulative effects of long-continued intemperance\\nhave been clearly proved by Dr. Ogston s observations\\nand the results of his post-mortem inspections, on the\\nwhole, support the conclusions vvhich have been arrived at.\\nThe following statements contain a summary of these re-\\nsults\\n(1) The nervous centers present the greatest amount of\\nmorbid changes, the morbid appearances within the heart\\nextending over ninety-two per cent, of those examined.\\nBy this observation the theoretical remarks of Drs. Craigie\\nand Carpenter are clearly established.\\n(2) The change in the respiratory organs succeed in\\nfrequency those of the nervous centers, yielding a per cent-\\nage of 63.24 of those examined.\\n(3) Morbid changes in the liver are most in order of\\nfrequency and are due to enlargement or granular degen-\\neration. The nutmeg-like congestion comes next, and\\nlastly the fatty state.\\n(4) Next to changes in the liver come those in the heart\\nand large arteries.\\n(5) Least frequent of all are morbid changes in the ali-\\nmentary canal.\\nTwo orders of changes may be observed to result from\\nintemperance in the use of alcoholic fluids: namely, one set\\nof long duration, or which at least must have taken some\\nconsiderable time before they could be completed another\\nset of shorter duration, and which probably are more\\nclosely connected with the immediate symptoms which\\nprecede the fatal event. The abnormal changes in the\\ncranium, the substance of the brain, its convolutions, and\\ncerebral ventricles, all indicate the prolonged action of a\\nmorbid poison. The prolonged action of the alcoholic", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0335.jp2"}, "336": {"fulltext": "222 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\npoison on the cranial contents is to produce induration of\\nthe cerebral and cerebellar substance in by far the greatest\\nnumber of cases coincident with an increased amount of\\nsubarachnoid serum and the steatomatous degeneration\\nof the small arteries leads to atrophy of the convolutions\\nand oedema of the brain.\\nWhen spirituous liquors are introduced into the stomach,\\nthey tend to coagulate in the first instance all albuminous\\narticles of food or fluid with which they come in contact\\nas an irritant they stimulate the glandular secretions from\\nthe mucous membrane and ultimately lead to permanent\\ncongestion of the vessels, to spurious, melanotic deposit in\\nthe mucous tissue, and to the thickening of the gastric\\nsubstance. By the veins and absorbents of the stomach,\\nthe alcohol mixes with the blood, and immediately acts as\\na stimulant to all the viscera with which it is brought in\\ncontact. The functions of the brain are at once stimu-\\nlated and ideas follow in more rapid succession the liver\\nis excited to secrete an excess of sugar by the immediate\\naction of the stimulant on its tissues. The flow of urine is\\nexcited in a similar manner, and in these effects it is im-\\npossible not to recognize the operation of an agent most\\npernicious in its results. The mere coagulation of the\\nalbuminous articles of food and fluid is very different from\\nthat effected by the gastric juice.\\nPositive irritation very soon succeeds the intemperate\\nuse of alcohol. It is manifested in a variety of ways; some-\\ntimes by an unnaturally voracious appetite, and those who\\nover-indulge in the use of such stimuli subsequently suffer\\na total disrelish for food. They become unable to eat, and\\ndyspeptic symptoms of various kinds betray the irritated\\nstate of the alimentary canal, such as stomach ache, vomit-\\ning, frequent generation of gases, waterbrash, heartburn,\\nsyncope and palpitations, a constipated condition of", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0336.jp2"}, "337": {"fulltext": "SPECIAL DISEASES. 223\\nthe intestines, attended with deficient secretions of bile,\\nwhich is known not to be secreted in due quantity. If one\\nfollows the course of alcoholic absorption through the\\nvascular and pulmonary systems, it is found unquestionably\\nto retard the motion of the blood, while it produces a\\ntemporary increase in the action of the heart and a con-\\ngestion of the whole system of the pulmonary capillary\\nvessels. In the case of habitual spirit drinkers there is thus\\nconstantly going on a temporary stimulus and quickened\\nmotion of the blood through the vessels, especially mani-\\nfested by cerebral, thoracic and hemorrhoidal phenomena,\\nfollowed by a corresponding depression and tendency to\\nstagnation of the blood in the capillaries of all the internal\\norgans, especially in the membranous tissues and the lax\\nareolar tissues of dependent parts. The most common\\nform of alcholism is that about to be noticed, namely,\\nDELIRIUM TREMENS.\\nThis disease has only been known and described since\\nthe beginning of the century. The essential nature of the\\naffliction is associated with the loss of the cerebral power\\nin the control of thoughts, emotions and muscular action,\\nconsequent to an over-excitement by alcoholic stimuli, and\\nsometimes immediately dependent upon the diminution of\\nthe degree of excitement to which the brain has been\\naccustomed. With this form of deliriums, there is always\\nassociated more or less derangement in several other\\nfunctions. The patient is generally void of all appetite, or\\nmay even be squeamish and vomit at intervals; sometimes,\\nhe is thirsty and calls loudly for liquor. In some cases,\\ngreat aversion and even dread of food and drink is evinced\\nand it is impossible to persuade the patient to partake\\nof either. There is generally fulness or distension and", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0337.jp2"}, "338": {"fulltext": "224 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nnot unfrequently tenderness and pain in the epigastric, um-\\nbilical and right hypochondriac regions. The skin is bathed\\nabout the head and neck with a clammy, unctuous, cold\\nmoisture. The pulse varies from 96 to 120, or more. The\\ncarotid and temporal arteries beat more violently, the ac-\\ntion of the heart is unusually violent, and the cardiac beat\\nis diffused over the entire chest. After symptoms of rest-\\nlessness and sleeplessness have continued for three or four\\ndays, the patient may either fall into a sound sleep, which\\nlasts for hours and proves a crisis; or, on the other hand,\\nthe symptoms may pass into a state of coma rigor, the\\npupil becomes contracted, the muscles of the face and jaw\\nare moved incessantly, and death may ensue from prolonged\\ncoma or convulsions. The duration of the disease varies\\nfrom three or four to seven days, and a favorable or fatal\\ntermination may result in from three to four. The great-\\nest mortality is between the ages of twenty-five and fifty.\\nThe apparent cause of death in sixty cases was as fol-\\nlows Thirty-three by exhaustion (often with coma); six-\\nteen by coma; ten by fits (sometimes apoplectic); one\\nfound dead in bed.\\nConvulsions occurred in at least twenty-four of the\\nabove cases.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThese cases are to be distinguished from typhoid fever\\nand from paralysis agitans by the previous history of the\\ncase. When the case is one that has been a habitual\\ndrunkard, the conditions are similar to typhoid fever and\\nrequire very thorough treatment. The conditions of the\\narteries are very often such as to prevent a successful in-\\njection of the vascular system, and, as all the organs con-\\ntained in the cavities of the abdomen and chest, as well as\\nthe brain, are involved, a most thorough treatment of", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0338.jp2"}, "339": {"fulltext": "SPECIAL DISEASES. 225\\nthem is absolutely necessary. The Champion Needle Proc-\\ness should be used for the purpose of introducing the\\nembalming fluid into the brain tissues; as much fluid as\\nthe arteries will receive should be introduced into them.\\nThe blood should be withdrawn by one of the processes\\ngiven. The lungs should be filled by the injection of the\\ntrachea. Sometimes there is an effusion in the luug cav-\\nities aspirate to determine that fact then, fill the cavities\\nwith fluid. The stomach should be injected by the esoph-\\nagus with a stomach tube. The cavity of the abdomen\\nshould be injected to distention, allowing the body to re-\\nremain perfectly level as long as possible, that the fluid\\nmay be kept in contact with the liver, spleen, pancreas\\nand kidneys. A second injection after six or eight hours\\nwould be advisable, after aspirating the fluid first injected\\ninto the abdominal cavity.\\nDROPSY.\\nDropsy is always the result of some other morbid con-\\ndition, as heart disease, liver disease, kidney disease, etc.\\nIt is not a disease per se, but only a symptom of disease.\\nMorbid Anatomy. Dropsies receive their names\\nfrom their situations. If seated in serous cavities they are\\ndesignated by prefixing hydro to the name of the serous\\nmembrane. Dropsy of the areolar tissue is called oedema,\\nas oedema of the glottis, or oedema of the legs, arms, face,\\netc. An effusion into the air cells is called oedema of the\\nlungs. An effusion of the abdomen is ascites, or abdom-\\ninal dropsy. When oedema is general over the surface of\\nthe body, it is called anasarca. When an effusion is found\\nin all parts of the body, it is called general dropsy.\\nFrequently death is caused by asphyxia, as from\\noedema of the glottis, hydro-thorax, etc.\\n10.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 15", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0339.jp2"}, "340": {"fulltext": "226 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nWhen death is caused by asphyxia, the peripheral veins\\nwill be congested, with extensive discolorations of the face\\nand neck. In general dropsy, the cavities and subcutaneous\\nand areolar (fat) tissues are all filled with fluid, more or\\nless, in every part of the body. The cavities sometimes will\\nbe filled to great distention, especially the abdominal cav-\\nity. It may contain many quarts of water. From disten-\\ntion of the pleural sacs, the lungs may be collapsed and\\nthe heart pushed out of position. The forearms, hands,\\nlegs, feet, and other parts, may be distended to an enormous\\nsize. The cuticle will have a tendency to loosen and slip,\\non account of the softening of the rete mucosum, the pig-\\nment layer between the cuticle and the true skin.\\nA case of general dropsy, of the severe type, is one\\nwhich frequently tries the skill of the embalmer and\\nshould be thoroughly treated.\\nTREATMENT.\\nPlace the body on an embalming board, well elevated,\\nover which has been placed a rubber cover. Roll up the\\nsides of this to prevent fluid matter from soiling the car-\\npet. Bring the lower end corners of the cover together so\\nas to form a spout, underneath which place a vessel to\\nreceive the water from the body.\\nThe most common kind of dropsy is that of the abdo-\\nmen. To relieve the body of water, in this instance, make\\nan incision in the lower part of the abdomen, immediately\\nover the pubic bone. Insert trocar, pointing upwards, and\\ninto the space containing the water. Attach pump and\\naspirate contents.\\nIt may be, the case is one where water also may be\\nlocated in the cavity of the abdomen, floating the intes-\\ntines and stomach. To relieve this condition, pass the\\ntrocar directly down into the cavity of the pelvis, at the", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0340.jp2"}, "341": {"fulltext": "SPECIAL DISEASES. 227\\nsame point of incision used in the foregoing case. Give\\nthe body a good elevation, and aspirate. When the water\\nis located in the limbs, the rubber bandage will be of great\\nassistance in removing it.\\nTo remove water from the hands and arms, first make\\nan incision at the point of the elbow, passing the trocar\\nunderneath the skin, towards the shoulder, in different\\ndirections, and then in the same manner towards the\\nhands. Afterwards apply bandage, wrapping from the\\nshoulder to the elbow, then from the hand to the elbow.\\nThe pressure wil] force the water out of the incision at\\nthe elbow, when it will find its way along the rubber cover\\ninto the vessel ready to receive it.\\nTo remove the water from the lower limbs, make an\\nincision on either side of the knee, passing the trocar up-\\nwards; also, make incisions on either side of the ankles,\\ndirecting the trocar towards the knee. Apply the band-\\nage, commencing with the upper parts and working down.\\nThe operation of drawing blood, in dropsy, is one of\\nthe greatest importance, as discoloration of the face and\\nneck invariably are present. A large quantity of bloody\\nwater can be easily aspirated from the heart and vessels\\nabove, it being in a very liquid condition.\\nAs a rule, in these cases, a second arterial injection is\\nnecessary, as is also a pumping out and reinjection of the\\ncavities.\\nIt is never necessary, under any circumstances, to open\\nthe body for the purpose of removing water. When the\\nwater is located in the pleural cavities, an incision should\\nbe made at the lower parts of the cavities, on both sides,\\nbetween the seventh and eighth ribs, passing trocar im-\\nmediately through the wall of the chest, when it will be in\\nthe sac of water. The water will pass out by gravitation,\\nor may be aspirated. Then sew up the incision.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0341.jp2"}, "342": {"fulltext": "228 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nAs this operation necessitates two incisions, it is not as\\ndesirable as that of passing the trocar, from the same\\npoint used in tapping the heart, down into each cavity, and\\naspirating. By operating at this point water can be re-\\nmoved from the heart sac. Very often water is located in\\ndifferent parts of the face. By passing a needle under the\\nskin, at a point behind the ears, the water can be easily\\nremoved, and the mutilation will not be observable. In\\ncase of shipment, it would be wise to bandage dropsical\\ncases, using the improved process given elsewhere.\\nJAUNDICE.\\nJaundice is never strictly an individual disease. It is\\nmerely an effect or a symptom of disease. Thus, jaundice\\noccurs in certain cases of all the hepatic affections, such\\nas hepatitis, cirrhosis, phlebitis, cancer, etc. It occurs also\\nin several general or constitutional diseases, namely, septi-\\ncaemia, and puerperal, remittent, and relapsing fever.\\nThe presence of bile pigment in the blood is due to the\\nreabsorption of bile within the liver after its secretion.\\nThe biliverdin and the biliary salts are found within the\\nliver; that is, they do not preexist in the blood. The re-\\nabsorption of bile within the liver, in the great majority of\\ncases, is due to obstruction to its passage into the intestine.\\nIt may proceed from other causes. Yellowness of the con-\\njunctiva and skin takes place after a certain amount of\\nbile has been reabsorbed. The discoloration of the surface\\ndepends mainly on the presence of the bile pigment in the\\ntransuded liquid which infiltrates the tissues.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThere is no method of embalming that will remove\\nthe discoloration peculiar to jaundice. It will depend on", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0342.jp2"}, "343": {"fulltext": "SPECIAL DISEASES. 229\\ncircumstances with regard to other conditions of the body,\\nas to how difficult its preservation will be. In all cases\\ngive the body a thorough arterial and cavity treatment,\\nalways tapping the heart.\\nRHEUMATISM.\\nThe great majority of cases of acute rheumatism ulti-\\nmately end in recovery, the proportion of death as the\\nimmediate result of an attack being only four per cent.\\nOn the other hand, a large number of persons suffer from\\nremote effects of the disease, many of which are not only\\ndistressing, but likely to lead to death. Of the immedi-\\nately fatal cases, the larger proportion are associated with,\\nif not actually due to, acute diseases of the respiratory\\norgans. The fatal cases which present cardiac diseases,\\nespecially acute pericarditis, are scarcely less numerous.\\nAltogether, it may be said that from one half to three\\nfourths of all cases of death during acute rheumatism are\\nreferable to acute cardiac and pulmonary diseases, either\\nseparately or combined. It is doubtful whether acute\\nrheumatism ever proves fatal that is, whether any patient\\ndies from excessive pain, sweating, and consequent ex-\\nhaustion. Hyperpyrexia is the most common cause of\\ndeath, next to pulmonary and cardiac complications. In a\\nsmall number of cases, acute alcoholism and other compli-\\ncations, mentioned elsewhere, lead to fatal termination. A\\nmost common effect is valvular diseases of the heart,\\nwhich, in the majority of cases, are referable to acute en-\\ndocarditis occurring as a complication of rheumatism.\\nIt is impossible to estimate the number of diseases of the\\nlungs, vessels, brain, kidneys and other organs, which, in\\ntheir turn, are caused by such heart diseases. The vessels\\nsuffer directly from the effects of rheumatism, and when.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0343.jp2"}, "344": {"fulltext": "230 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nin addition, the remote effects of pneumonia and pleurisy\\nand the other less common complications of rheumatism\\nare considered, the ultimate changes are very extensive.\\nSome of the complications in rheumatism are inflam-\\nmation of the heart and pericardium, hyperemia, and\\ninflammation of the lungs, trachea, and larynx, inflamma-\\ntion of the various serous membranes, various nervous\\naffections, such as meningitis and mental derangement,\\nerythema, nodisum, and scarlatina, albumiuria, hyper-\\npyrexia, hemorrhage, and lastly venous or intercurrent\\nconditions. Cardiac complications are by far the most\\nfrequent, being present in no fewer than fifty per cent, of\\nall cases. Inflammation of the heart and pericardium are\\nfully described under their appropriate headings.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe treatment of these cases is indicated by the\\ncomplicating diseases from which the patient dies. It is\\nnecessary to know the disease to understand the morbid\\nanatomy. If the case is one of cardiac disease, or disease\\nof the respiratory organs, the treatment should be the\\nsame as that given under these several heads.\\nTUMORS.\\nBy a tumor is meant a more or less circumscribed mass\\ngrowing in some tissue or organ of the body, and depend-\\nent on a morbid excess of, or deviation from, the normal\\nnutrition of the part. Tumors are of many varieties, and\\nmay be found in any portion of the body. Cystic tumors\\nof the ovary, which sometimes attain an enormous mag-\\nnitude, are the kind that most requires our attention.\\nThey vary in size from a very small affair to a tumor", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0344.jp2"}, "345": {"fulltext": "SPECIAL DISEASES. 231\\nweighing many pounds. As they grow, their walls some-\\ntimes become very thick and firm, and often of great tough-\\nness. The contents may be thin and slightly colored, or,\\nthick and of a dark color sometimes, of a yellowish hue.\\nThe quantity will vary from pints to many gallons. En-\\ncysted tumors, containing hair and fatty matter, will be\\nmet with occasionally. The fatty matter may be in a\\nsomewhat fluid condition.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIntroduce the trocar into the abdomen at a point im-\\nmediately below the navel, passing it downwards and in-\\nwards into the tumor. Attach aspirator and draw off the\\ncontents. It may be necessary to move the trocar in dif-\\nferent directions inside the tumor, as there may be divisions\\nor cells which will have to be broken in order to reach the\\nliquid substance. Always inject fluid into the mass after\\naspirating.\\nWhen the tumor is on the surface of the body, it should\\nbe pierced with the trocar and liquid contents removed if\\nthere be any. It should then be injected with fluid.\\nThere is no necessity of removing tumors from the\\ncavity of the abdomen if they are treated in this way and\\ninjected with a first class fluid. In other respects, the treat-\\nment of such cases is similar to that of ordinary cases.\\nCANCER.\\nCancers are internal or external, soft or hard. The\\nsurface of the external cancer may be entirely covered\\nwith skin, or it may be open and in a sloughing condition,\\nemitting a very offensive odor. When located on the face,\\nthe features may be more or less destroyed.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0345.jp2"}, "346": {"fulltext": "232 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIf cancers are internal, or covered with an unbroken\\nskin, they should be treated with the trocar; that is, they\\nshould be emptied of their contents and fluid pumped into\\nthe tumor. If they are external, and the skin is broken\\nand in a sloughing condition, wash the surface with hot\\nwater and apply hardening compound. If sloughing has\\nresulted in the destruction of the features, apply hardening\\ncompound to destroy the odor and absorb the moisture,\\nleaving it remain for an hour or two, then cleanse the sur-\\nface and build up with plaster of Paris, coloring with\\npencil tints. Treat the arteries and cavities in the usual\\nmanner.\\nSYPHILIS.\\nThis is a specific, contagious disease communicable by\\ncontact of the poison with a breach of the surface, or by\\nhereditary transmission.\\nMorbid Anatomy. Syphilis is characterized by a\\nperiod of incubation, and (except in cases of inheritance)\\nby certain changes in the seat of contagion, and in the\\nproximate lymphatic glands. These are followed by erup-\\ntions on the skin and mucous membrane, and sometimes by\\nlesions of the deeper tissues and viscera. Frequently bur-\\nrowing abscesses, involving much tissue, are found in the\\nperitoneum, groins, neck, and other parts of the body.\\nSepticaemia may be the cause of death. The visceral\\norgans may become a putrid mass. The sources of conta-\\ngion are very numerous. Wherever the poison comes in\\ncontact with a broken surface, it may be absorbed and gen-\\neral infection follow.\\nInstances of syphilis being conveyed quite independ-\\nently of sexual relations are very common. The disease", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0346.jp2"}, "347": {"fulltext": "SPECIAL DISEASES. 233\\nmay be spread by kissing, contagious syphilitic lesions be-\\ning quite common around the lips and in the mouth.\\nMedical men not infrequently contract it by examining or\\noperating on syphilitic cases.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIn the handling of these cases, the care of one s hands\\nis of the greatest importance. Before touching the body,\\nthoroughly rub the hands, and under the finger-nails,\\nwith hand protector. Gloves should be worn as much\\nas possible. The arterial injection should be made with\\nthe greatest care; in fact, should only be made when\\nit cannot be avoided. The injection by the needle process\\nis less dangerous to the operator, and is advised in these\\ncases. Tap the heart, removing all the blood possible,\\nwhich should be handled with the greatest caution. Fill\\nthe cavities with as much fluid as they will receive.\\nSponge the body thoroughly with a good disinfecting fluid,\\nand apply hardening compound to all sores on its surface.\\nCONDITION AND TREATMENT OF\\nMOTHER AND FCETUS\\nThe condition of the child and surrounding tissues will\\ndepend largely upon the cause of death, at what time\\nduring pregnancy it occurred, and whether the child died\\nseveral days previous or at the same time.\\nMorbid Anatomy. If death has occurred early in\\npregnancy, the morbid changes will not be very great, nor\\nwill the case give much trouble. But if at the full period,\\nand the child has been dead for some days, the morbid\\nchanges will likely be considerable. There may be a putre-\\nfying mass of soft tissue, surrounded by a putrid fluid", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0347.jp2"}, "348": {"fulltext": "234 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nfilled with the putrefactive bacteria. If the child dies at\\nthe same time, only the liquor amnii (water) may be\\npresent.\\nTREATMENT.\\nMake an incision about two inches below the umbilicus\\nor navel, on the median line. Pass the trocar into the\\nwomb allowing gases to escape. Move point of trocar to\\nthe lower part of the womb and attach aspirator; then re-\\nmove all the liquid matter possible, which, as a rule, is\\nconsiderable. Then inject fluid into the child and sur-\\nround it with fluid; fill the womb with all it will take.\\nAfter injecting arteries and treating the other cavities,\\nremove the fluid from the womb, and inject fresh fluid.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0348.jp2"}, "349": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXVI.\\nDEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CAUSES.\\nDROWNED CASES.\\nIt will depend upon the length of time that the body has\\nbeen in the water, and the condition of the body before\\ndrowning, as to how difficult it will be to preserve it.\\nTREATMENT.\\nTreat cases which have been in the water twenty-four\\nhours or less, as follows\\nCover the face and hands immediately, so as to exclude\\nair and light. Inject arteries and cavities thoroughly.\\nRemove all the blood possible also, empty the lungs\\nand stomach of the water contained in them, which\\nmay be easily accomplished by placing the body face\\ndownward, elevating the lower parts, and pressing in the\\nregion of the stomach and lungs. A drawing out of the\\ntongue at times will facilitate the operation. Keep face\\nand hands covered with a bleaching fluid for several hours.\\nTREATMENT OF A FLOATER.\\nWhen the body has been in the water sufficiently long\\nto cause it to bloat, or, when it is in the condition known\\nas a floater, the following treatment will leave it in a\\nstate in which it may be placed in any kind of a casket,\\n(235)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0349.jp2"}, "350": {"fulltext": "236 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nand a funeral service at home or church is possible, with-\\nout causing any inconvenience whatever to any person\\npresent\\nRemove the water from the stomach and lungs as above\\ndirected. Insert long trocar into the cavities, allowing the\\ngases to escape, and thoroughly fill the cavities with fluid.\\nInsert needle at various parts of the face and body, imme-\\ndiately under the skin, passing it around to every possible\\npoint, when the gases will escape. The opening should be\\nmade with the point of the needle pointing downward, as\\ngases rise, and are more easily extracted from the body\\nthan if the instrument were reversed. After removing\\ngases, inject fluid wherever gases existed. Several gallons\\nof fluid may be injected in this way, which will have the\\neffect of arresting putrefaction of the surface and parts\\nunderneath.\\nIf there is time to give (take it if possible), in addition\\nto following the treatment prescribed above, success be-\\nyond a doubt will be the result. Take of Champion Hard-\\nening Compound about fifteen pounds. Mix with about\\ntwenty-five pounds of sawdust. Place a layer of a few\\ninches in the bottom of a box, place the body upon it and\\ncover with the remainder of the mixture, allowing a layer\\nto intervene between the air and the body. In twenty-four\\nhours the body will be in a satisfactory condition for the\\nfuneral.\\nThe peculiar discoloration existing in a floater cannot\\nbe removed by any process known to science, but the de-\\nodorizing, disinfecting, and hardening of the body is a just\\nsource of gratification to the friends and relatives of the\\ndeceased, whose great wish is to give the unfortunate one\\nthe benefit of the church service. Of course, to produce a\\nnatural appearance of such bodies is out of the question\\nand should not be expected.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0350.jp2"}, "351": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CAUSES. 237\\nLIGHTNING AND ELECTRICITY.\\nDeath produced from these causes may show, in a\\npost-mortem examination, an entirely different condition\\nin different bodies. Some may exhibit no lesion whatever,\\nthe manner of death in these instances being shock to the\\nbrain and general nervous system. On the other hand the\\nelectricity may, in its passage through the body, produce a\\nnumber of mechanical effects. Wounds like those inflicted\\nby a blunt stabbing instrument may mark the point of\\nentry and departure. Bones have been broken, internal\\nviscera torn, and arteries and veins ruptured. Rigor mortis\\nis not apparent as a rule, and the blood remains in a liquid\\ncondition. Decomposition commences very soon after\\ndeath.\\nTREATMENT.\\nRemove the blood as quickly as possible by opening the\\nfemoral vein. Inject fluid into the femoral artery. An\\ninjection of fluid by the Champion Needle Process will be\\nof great advantage. As the entire viscera becomes putrid\\nin a very short time, the cavities should be thoroughly\\ntreated. Withdrawing the fluid and reinjecting them with\\nfresh fluid, is also an advantage.\\nCASES OF MUTILATION.\\nAs in Railroad and Other Accidents.\\nIn death from railroad and other similar accidents\\ngreat mutilation of the body often results. The extremities\\nmay be torn from the body; the trunk itself severed in\\ntwain; the head mashed, the brains oozing from the\\nwounds; vessels torn, rendering the circulation of fluid\\nthrough the arteries impossible.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0351.jp2"}, "352": {"fulltext": "238 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe treatment of these cases will vary from the ordi-\\nnary. The vessels, if possible, should be tied and injected;\\nbut, where it is impossible to do so, fluid should be freely\\ninjected into the subcutaneous tissues. Hardening com-\\npound should be used over the surface of the body and of\\nall mutilated parts, and over and in the cavities. When\\nthe walls of the cavities are intact fluid should be injected\\nfreely into them and into all of the soft viscera. All\\ngashes and cuts should be neatly sewed up and covered\\nwith hardening compound. Bruises and discolorations\\nupon the face should be treated with the ice poultice. If\\nthe nose, lips and other parts of the face should be torn\\naway they should be built up with plaster of Paris, and\\ntinted sufficiently to produce the natural color as nearly\\nas possible. All severed members should, if possible, be\\nneatly sewed on.\\nIf a body is torn to pieces in such a manner that coap-\\ntation of the parts is impossible, the following treatment\\nmay be used: take 15 pounds of hardening compound and\\n25 pounds of sawdust; thoroughly mix; cover the bottom\\nof the box to a depth of two inches or more; place the\\nparts therein, and cover with the remainder, allowing\\nthem to remain for twenty-four to forty-eight hours.\\nThis will thoroughly deodorize, harden and preserve the\\nparts for shipment.\\nGUNSHOT WOUNDS.\\nIf the wounds are in the head, they will interfere with\\nthe injection of the arteries, as the fluid will pass out\\nthrough the ruptured vessels and escape through the open-\\nings made by the bullet. However, the injection should be\\nmade through some convenient artery, allowing the fluid", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0352.jp2"}, "353": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CAUSES. 239\\nto ooze out through the wounds. With it, will pass out\\nconsiderable blood which has escaped into the cavity.\\nWhen the fluid which escapes commences to come clear,\\npack the opening tightly and inject about a quart of\\nfluid. Allow the body to remain in an elevated position\\nfor several hours, in which time much of the fluid in\\nthe cavity of the cranium will have been absorbed by\\nthe tissues, or descended by gravitation to the lower\\nparts. Remove the plugs from the wounds and force\\nall the hardening compound you can possibly make use of\\ninto the cavity, backed up with some absorbent cotton.\\nMix a small quantity of plaster of Paris with water, putting\\ninto the mixture a little salt, filling the hole with the mix-\\nture. Putty made of a proper consistency, may be used\\ninstead. The part can be tinted, with flesh tints, to re-\\nsemble the color of the surrounding parts. Treat cavities\\nas usual.\\nASPHYXIA.\\nAsphyxia is understood to mean that condition that\\nresults from the interruption or cessation of the function\\nof respiration.\\nCauses. Disease of, or injury to, the medulla oblongata,\\nproducing paralysis of there spiratary nerve centers par-\\nalysis of the nerves or muscles of respiration collapse or\\ndisease of the lungs closing of the air passages by tumors\\nor spasms of the glottis by foreign bodies, suffocation,\\nstrangulation, hanging, drowning, etc.\\nAnatomical Characters. Dr. Ferrier says: The blood\\nis of a dark color, owing to complete reduction of the hemo-\\nglobin, and the proportion of carbonic acid is greatly in-\\ncreased. The blood coagulates slowly or imperfectly,\\nremaining fluid a long time, or forming only a few soft", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0353.jp2"}, "354": {"fulltext": "240 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ncoagula. The right side of the heart, large venous trunks,\\nand the pulmonary artery, are distended with dark blood.\\nSometimes the left side and large arteries are full, but\\nmore frequently they are empty or contain only a small\\nquantity of dark blood. The capillaries of the face and\\nneck may be more or less congested. The lungs may be\\ncongested, but more frequently are pale and anaemic.\\nHypostasis is present. The viscera of the abdomen are\\nusually congested.\\nTREATMENT.\\nIn the treatment of asphyxia first ascertain whether\\ndeath is present. When that is determined, place the\\nbody on the incline and remove the blood by tapping the\\nheart. If discolorations remain in the face and neck apply\\nthe ice poultice. Then inject the vascular system by\\nthe Champion Needle Process, or by raising an artery.\\nTreat the cavities thoroughly and place the body on the\\nlevel.\\nOPIUM OR MORPHINE POISONING.\\nIn consequence of the extent to which opium and its\\npreparations, including morphia, are used for the relief of\\npain, and the readiness with which the drug is procurable,\\npoisoning by opium is of frequent occurrence; doubtless\\ngreat numbers of infants perish every year in this country\\nthrough the improper use of quack remedies containing\\nopium.\\nAnatomical Characters.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The post mortem changes\\nmay be very slight. Generally the brain is congested,\\nthe puncta cruenta being especially marked; and the\\nlungs and right side of the heart may exhibit an engorge-\\nment, as if from a modified asphyxia. This condition\\nhowever is variable.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0354.jp2"}, "355": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CAUSES. 241\\nTREATMENT.\\nThe body should be placed on the incline and the blood\\nwithdrawn by tapping the heart. The arterial system\\nshould then be injected with all the fluid that it will re-\\nceive; also, fill the cavities very thoroughly. Inject fluid\\ninto the lungs through the trachea. Place the body on\\nthe level with the head only elevated. If trouble should\\nsupervene in the course of a few hours, such as the cellu-\\nlar and other tissues of the body softening and filling with\\ngas, place the body high on the incline, and remove the\\ngas by inserting the trocar from above downward into the\\nsubcutaneous tissue. Before removing the trocar inject\\nfluid. Repeat this in all parts of the body, injecting fluid\\nat each point. A gallon or more may be injected in this\\nmanner. Also, reinject arteries; pump out and reinject\\nthe cavities; then replace the body on the level. If the\\nbody is treated in this manner the results will be satis-\\nfactory.\\nDEATH CAUSED BY POISONOUS GASES.\\nPOISONING BY CARBONIC ACID.\\nTo inhale carbonic acid will produce fatal results sooner\\nor later, owing to the degree of concentration. It accumu-\\nlates in a very concentrated degree in pits, cellars, mines,\\nold wells, lime kilns, fermenting vats, etc. When it is\\nundiluted it is very rapidly fatal, as is seen when persons\\nincautiously descend into an old well, or where miners\\nenter a part of an old mine, or certain parts of a mine\\nafter an explosion. Death in these cases results very\\nquickly.\\nMorbid Anatomy. The morbid condition is similar\\nto that of asphyxia, viz. a general engorgement of the\\nvenous system. The blood is dark and fluid and easily\\nE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 16", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0355.jp2"}, "356": {"fulltext": "242 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nwithdrawn. The hemoglobin is completely reduced. The\\nheat of the body is retained a long time after death. Rigor\\nmortis is well marked and lasts a long time.\\nTREATMENT.\\nWithdraw the blood by tapping the heart. Then fill the\\narteries and cavities in the usual manner.\\nPOISONING BY CARBONIC OXIDE.\\nThe deaths caused by charcoal fumes are due to carbonic\\noxide. Persons sleeping in close rooms in which the\\nfumes escape from the stove or pipe are often asphyxiated.\\nDeath results quickly, as this gas is very poisonous.\\nMorbid Anatomy. The specially characteristic mor-\\nbid appearance is the bright cherry-red color of the blood\\nand of the internal organs. The post-mortem discoloration\\nis of a similar red tint. Also, the face of those poisoned\\nwith this agent retains a ruddy hue. Death ensues from\\nasphyxia therefore, a general engorgement of the venous\\nsystem results heat of the body is retained for a long\\ntime the blood remains fluid rigor mortis is marked.\\nTREATMENT.\\nWithdraw the blood by tapping the right auricle of the\\nheart and inject the arterial system and cavities in the\\nusual manner.\\nPOISONING BY COAL GAS.\\nDeath caused by coal gas often occurs by accident.\\nPersons not in the habit of burning gas for illuminating\\npurposes leave the gas cocks open on account of not know-\\ning how to turn them off properly. Also, the gas is turned\\non in a close room for the purpose of committing suicide.\\nMorbid Anatomy. On opening the body the smell of\\ngas is often very marked. The blood is of a dark color,\\nwhich readily coagulates, causing congestion of the face", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0356.jp2"}, "357": {"fulltext": "DEATH FROM ACCIDENTAL CAUSES. 243\\nand neck. The lung tissue is of a bright color; also, there\\nis more or less froth in the air passages.\\nTREATMENT.\\nTo remove the congestion in the face and neck the\\nblood should be withdrawn, or the ice and salt should be\\napplied. Inject the arterial circulation thoroughly. Also,\\nfill the cavities with fluid.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0357.jp2"}, "358": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0358.jp2"}, "359": {"fulltext": "PART FOURTH\\nSANITATION AND DISINFECTION.\\n(245)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0359.jp2"}, "360": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0360.jp2"}, "361": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXVII.\\nINFECTION.\\n(After Sternberg.)\\nCHANNELS OF INFECTION.\\nWe have abundant evidence that an accidental infec-\\ntion, through an open wound or abrasion of the skin, is\\nthe common mode of infection in tetanus, erysipelas, hos-\\npital gangrene, and the traumatic infectious diseases\\ngenerally. Other infectious diseases may be transmitted\\nin the same way. We have also satisfactory evidence that\\ntuberculosis may be transmitted to man by the accidental\\ninoculation of an open wound.\\nThe question whether infection may occur through the\\nunbroken skin, has been studied by several bacteriologists,\\nand an affirmative result obtained.\\nInfection may also occur through the mucous mem-\\nbrane of the respiratory organs. This has been demon-\\nstrated by several bacteriologists, and especially by the\\nexperiments of Buchner, who mixed dried anthrax spores\\nwith lycopodium powder or pulverized charcoal, and\\ncaused mice and guinea pigs to respire an atmosphere\\ncontaining this powder in suspension. In a series of sixty-\\nsix experiments, fifty animals died of anthrax (splenic\\nfever), nine of pneumonia, and seven survived. That in-\\nfection did not occur through the mucous membrane of\\nthe alimentary canal, was proved by comparative experi-\\nments in which animals were fed with double the quan-\\ntity of spores used in the inhalation experiments. Out of\\n(247)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0361.jp2"}, "362": {"fulltext": "248\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALM IXG.\\nthirty-five animals fed in this way, but few contracted\\nanthrax.\\nThat infection occurred through the lungs, was also\\ndemonstrated by the microscopical examinations of sec-\\ntions and by culture experiments, which showed that the\\nlungs were extensively invaded, while in many cases the\\nspleen contained no bacilli. That man may be infected by\\nanthrax, by way of the respiratory organs, seems to be\\nwell established.\\nSUSCEPTIBILITY AND IMMUNITY.\\nNo questions in general biology are more interesting or\\nmore important, from a practical point of view, than those\\nwhich relate to the susceptibility of certain species of bac-\\nteria, and the im-\\nmunity, natural\\nor acquired, from\\nsuch pathogenic\\naction which is\\npossessed by other\\nanimals. It has\\nlong been known\\nthat certain infec-\\ntious diseases,\\nnow demonstrat-\\ned to be of bac-\\nterial origin, pre-\\nvail only, or prin-\\ncipally, among\\nanimals of a sin-\\ngle species. Thus,\\ntyphoid fever, cholera, and relapsing fever are diseases of\\nman, and the lower animals do not suffer from them when\\nthey are prevailing as an epidemic. On the other hand,\\nL\\n8*1\\nr\\nb\\n5*\\nFig. 31.\\n.\u00c2\u00a3ij\\nBacillus Cadaveris, smear preparation from liver of yel-\\nlow fever cadaver, kept 48 hours in an anticeptic wrapping,\\nX 1000. From photomicrograph (Sternberg).", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0362.jp2"}, "363": {"fulltext": "INFECTION. 249\\nman has a natural immunity from many of the infectious\\ndiseases of the lower animals.\\nExceptional susceptibility or immunity may be, to\\nsome extent, a family characteristic, or one of race. Thus,\\nthe negro race is decidedly less subject to yellow fever than\\nthe white race, and this disease is more fatal to the fair-\\nskinned races of the north of Europe, than among the\\nLatin races living in the tropical region. On the other\\nhand, smallpox appears to be exceptionally fatal among\\nnegroes and dark-skinned races generally.\\nIn the infectious diseases of man, involving the system\\ngenerally, a single attack commonly confers immunity\\nfrom subsequent attacks. This is true of eruptive fevers,\\ntyphoid fever, yellow fever, mumps, whooping cough, and,\\nto some extent at least, of syphilis. But it seems not to\\nbe the case in epidemic influenza (la grippe), in croupous\\npneumonia, or in Asiatic cholera, in which diseases second\\nattacks not infrequently occur.\\nIn localized infectious diseases, such as diphtheria, ery-\\nsipelas, and gonorrhoea, one attack is not protective.\\nCroupous pneumonia should perhaps be grouped with\\ndiphtheria and erysipelas, as local infections with consti-\\ntutional symptoms resulting from the absorption of tonic\\nproducts. But typhoid fever, mumps and whooping cough,\\nin which one attack gives immunity, are also localized in-\\nfectious diseases.\\nWe are therefore able to group infectious diseases into\\ntwo classes, in one of which there is general infection fol-\\nlowed by immunity and in the other a local infection\\nwithout subsequent immunity. Indeed, in the eruptive\\nfevers and specific, febrile, infectious diseases generally,\\nthe immunity following an attack is not absolute.\\nSecond attacks of smallpox, scarlet fever, and yellow\\nfever, occur occasionally, although a large majority of those", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0363.jp2"}, "364": {"fulltext": "250 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nwho suffer an attack of one of these diseases, have an im-\\nmunity for life. On the other hand, in the diseases men-\\ntioned, in which one attack is not generally recognized as\\nprotecting from future attacks, it is probable that a certain\\ndegree of immunity, of limited duration perhaps, is ac-\\nquired.\\nIn localized infection, as in gonorrhoea or erysipelas,\\nthe invaded tissues appear, after a time, to acquire a cer-\\ntain tolerance to the pathogenic action of the invading\\nparasite, and no doubt recovery from these diseases would\\nin many cases, after a time, occur without medical assist-\\nance.\\nIn diphtheria, cholera and epidemic influenza, second\\nattacks do not often occur during the same epidemic, and\\nthere is reason to believe that a recent attack affords a cer-\\ntain degree of immunity. That immunity may result from\\na comparatively mild attack, as well as from a severe one,\\nis a matter of common observation in cases of smallpox,\\nscarlet fever, yellow fever, etc. Since the discovery of\\nJenner, we have in vaccination a simple method of pro-\\nducing immunity in the first mentioned disease.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0364.jp2"}, "365": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXVIII.\\nf^^^r\\nHISTORY OF BACTERIOLOGY.\\n(AFTER ABBOTT.)\\nAntony Van Leeuwenhoeck, in the year 1675, gave\\nbirth to the study of bacteriology, by observations he then\\nmade with his primitive microscope. Though it is during\\nthe past twenty years that the research in this line has\\nreceived its great-\\nest impulse, yet it\\nwas developing for\\nat least two cen-\\nturies. Its rela-\\ntions to hygiene\\nand preventive\\nmedicine are of\\nthe most impor-\\ntant nature. Fig. 32\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Colonies of Bacteria.\\nIndeed, modern hygiene owes much of its value to a\\nmore intimate acquaintance with the biological activities\\nof the micro-organisms. Also, our knowledge in regard to\\ninfectious diseases has been developed to the present posi-\\ntion. Though the contributions of the last few years have\\ndone more to place bacteriology on the footing of a science,\\nyet, during the earlier years of its development, many were\\nthe observations made, which formed the groundwork for\\na great deal of that which has followed.\\nLeeuwenhoeck was born in Holland in 1632. He was\\nnot considered liberally educated, as he had been appren-\\nticed in his early years to a linen draper. While an\\n(251)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0365.jp2"}, "366": {"fulltext": "252 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\napprentice he learned the art of lens grinding, which en-\\nabled him to perfect a lens by which he could see much\\nsmaller objects than had hitherto been seen by the micro-\\nscopes in use at that time. He was still following in the\\ntrade of a linen draper in Amsterdam at the time he made\\nhis discoveries. In 1675 he published the fact that he\\ncould detect living, motile animalcules of the very small-\\nest dimensions smaller than anything that had hereto-\\nfore been seen by means of his perfected lens. Being\\nencouraged by this discovery he continued his work to the\\nexamination of various other materials for the presence of\\nanimal life, as he considered it, in its most minute form.\\nIn sea water, in well water, in his own diarrhoeal stools, and\\nin the intestinal canal of frogs and birds, he found organisms\\nwhose morphology differed, and which also differed in the\\npeculiarity of movement which some were seen to possess.\\nIn 1683 he examined the tartar scraped from between\\nthe teeth, and discovered a form of micro-organism upon\\nwhich he laid great stress. He made a contribution of this\\ndiscovery, which was presented to the Royal Society of\\nLondon on September 14, 1683. The particular impor-\\ntance of this paper is because of the careful description\\ngiven of an objective nature of the bodies seen by him, and\\nfor the illustrations which accompany it. There is little\\nroom for doubt that Leeuwenhoeck, with his primitive lens,\\nhad seen the bodies that we now recognize as bacteria.\\nWith the greatest astonishment he saw distributed every-\\nwhere through the material which he was examining ani-\\nmalcules of the most microscopic dimensions, which moved\\nthemselves about in a remarkably energetic way. This\\nwas followed shortly after by other equally important ob-\\nservations.\\nSpeculation is absent throughout all of his work. His\\ncontributions are of a purely objective nature.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0366.jp2"}, "367": {"fulltext": "HISTORY OF BACTERIOLOGY.\\n253\\ns\\nPlenciz,. a Vienna physician, a believer in the work of\\nLeeuwenhoeck, in 1762, made observations confirming the\\ndiscoveries of the latter. He claimed a casual relation be-\\ntween the micro-organisms discovered and described by\\nLeeunwenhoeck and all infectious diseases. He also claimed\\nthat infection could be nothing else than a living sub-\\nstance, and endeavored to explain the variations in the\\nincubation period of the different\\ninfectious diseases on these grounds.\\nHe believed that the micro-organ-\\nisms were capable of multiplying\\nin the living body, and spoke of\\nthe possibility of its transmission\\nthrough the air. He taught that\\neach disease had its special germ,\\non the principle that only one kind\\nof grain can grow from a given\\ncereal.\\nHe found innumerable minute\\nanimalcules in all decomposing\\nmatter, and was so thoroughly con-\\nvinced of their etiological relation\\nto the process, that he formulated the law, that decomposi-\\ntion can only take place when the decomposable material\\nbecomes coated with a layer of the organisms, and can\\nproceed only when they increase and multiply.\\nThe arguments of Plenciz were looked upon by some,\\nas the imaginations from an unbalanced mind, and by\\nothers as entirely absurd.\\nOzanam, in 1820, expressed himself on the subject as\\nfollows: Many authors have written concerning the an-\\nimal nature of the contagion of infectious diseases; many\\nhave indeed assumed it to be developed from animal sub-\\nstances and that it is itself animal and possesses the\\nFig. 33.\\nBacillus Tuberculosus, from a cul-\\nture on glicerin-agar, X 1000. From\\na photomicrograph by Friinkel and\\nPfeiffer.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0367.jp2"}, "368": {"fulltext": "254 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nproperty of life. I shall not waste time in efforts to refute\\nthese absurd hypotheses.\\nMany other medical men expressed similar opinions\\nduring this time, doubting the possibility of animal life\\nexisting in these micro-organisms.\\nThe true relation of the lower organisms to infectious\\ndiseases was established scientifically, just before the\\nmiddle of the present century, by the coincidence of a\\nnumber of important discoveries. The cause of putrefac-\\ntion in beer and the souring of wine, by Pasteur; the\\nfinding of rod -shaped organisms in the blood of all the an-\\nimals that die of splenic fever (anthrax), by Pollender and\\nDavaine; and the knowledge upon the parasitic nature of\\ncertain diseases of plants, arouse attention to the old\\nquestion of animal contagion. Henle was the first to\\nlogically teach this doctrine of infection. The principal\\npoint that had occupied the attention of scientific men\\nfrom time to time, up to the middle of this century, was\\nthe origin of these micro-organisms. One side claimed that\\nthey descended from creatures that existed previously, of\\nthe same kind. Needham. in 1749, held firmly to the doc-\\ntrine of spontaneous generation as a result of vegetation\\nchanges in the substances in which they were found. He\\nexperimented with a grain of barley placed in a watch\\ncrystal of water, carefully covered, allowed it to germinate,\\nand claimed that the bacteria that were present were the\\nresult of changes in the barley grain itself, incidental to\\nits germination.\\nSpallanzani, in 1769, drew attention to the laxity of\\nNeedham s methods, and demonstrated that if infusions of\\ndecomposable vegetable matter were placed in flasks,\\nhermetically sealed, then allowed to remain in boiling\\nwater for some time, no living organisms nor decomposi-\\ntion would appear in the infusion so treated. Objection", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0368.jp2"}, "369": {"fulltext": "HISTORY OF BACTERIOLOGY. 255\\nwas raised to this method, on the grounds that the high\\ntemperature to which the infusion had been raised had so\\naltered them, and the air around them, that the favorable\\nconditions no longer existed to spontaneous generation.\\nTo meet this objection, Spallanzani took one of his flasks\\nthat had been boiled and tapped it gently against some\\nhard object until he produced a very minute crack; organ-\\nisms and decomposition appeared, as in infusions that were\\nnot so treated. Very little advance was made from this\\ntime until 1836, when Schulze called attention to the sub-\\nject by his investigations. He allowed air, deprived of its\\norganisms by passing through a strong acid or alkaline\\nsolution, to gain access to boiled infusions, and no living\\norganisms nor decomposition appeared in the infusions.\\nSchwann, in 1837, robbed air of its organisms by passing\\nit through highly heated tubes into his infusions.\\nSchroder and Von Dusch interposed cotton-wool between\\nthe infusion and the air, robbing the air of its micro-\\norganisms as it passed into the infusions by filtration.\\nHoffman, in 1860, and Pasteur, in 1861, demonstrated\\nthat all that was necessary was to draw out the neck of\\nthe flask into a fine tube, bend it down along the side of\\nthe flask and then bend it up again a few inches from its\\nextremity, and leave the mouth open, to prevent the access\\nof bacteria to the infusion in the flask, as when boiled\\nthe drop of water of condensation in the lower angle will\\navert the organisms and none can enter the flask. Doubters\\nstill existed and some still held out for spontaneous gen-\\neration, wanting further proof, when, in 1876-77, Prof.\\nTyndall made his investigations upon the floating matter\\nin the air, and demonstrated that these organisms, being\\npresent in decomposing fluids, were always to be explained\\neither by the preexistence of similar living forms in the\\ninfusion, or upon the walls of the vessel containing it, or, by", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0369.jp2"}, "370": {"fulltext": "256 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OK EMBALMING.\\nthe infusion having been exposed to air which had not been\\ndeprived of its organisms.\\nFORMS OF BACTERIA.\\nIn form, bacteria are unicellular and are seen to exist\\nas spherical, rod or spindle-shaped bodies developed from\\npreexisting cells of same character, not spontaneous. They\\nare now classified into three groups with their subdivisions,\\nthe outline of which is a sphere, a rod, or a spiral.\\nTo these three divisions are given the names\\nCocci, or Micro-cocci spherical forms.\\nBacilli oval or rod forms.\\nSpirilli twisted like a corkscrew.\\nThe duration and vitality of spores of different organ-\\nisms varies from weeks to years. In all cases it exceeds\\nthat of the mature state, which is limited\\nto that of hours. Whereas drying or drown-\\ning rapidly disposes of many active mi-\\ncrobes, they produce much less effect on\\nspores. The importance of spore forma-\\ntion depends upon the fact that spores are\\nfar more persistent and more resistant to\\ninimical influence, than the microbes from\\nFig 34. which they are derived; this, combined\\nPus containing strep- J\\ntocoeci, x 800 (Fmgge). w ith their minuteness, facilitates their\\ndiffusion, and the dissemination of the diseases to which\\nthey give rise.\\nAN ANTISEPTIC.\\nAn antiseptic is a body which, by its presence, prevents\\nthe growth of bacteria without of necessity killing them.\\nA body may be an antiseptic without possessing disinfect-\\ning properties to any very high degree, but a disinfectant\\nis always an antiseptic as well.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0370.jp2"}, "371": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXIX.\\nRECENT METHODS OF GIVING IMMUNITY\\nTO CERTAIN DISEASES.\\nSMALLPOX.\\nThe same obscurity hangs over the cause of smallpox\\nas over those of many other diseases of the zymotic class,\\nsuch as of measles and scarlatina. While, however, the\\ncauses of these two latter diseases seem still active, there\\nis every probability that of smallpox has subsided, and\\nthat this disease has now no other source than human\\ncontagion. The poisonous material of smallpox is given\\nout from the mucous and cutaneous surfaces of the patient,\\nespecially from the lungs and skin, and from the exhala-\\ntions, the secretions, the excretions, the matter in the\\nvessels and pustules, and the scabs. These all contain the\\nnoxious germs of the disease, which may attach them-\\nselves to bedclothes, body cloths, and especially to woolen,\\ncotton and felten articles. Such stuffs retain the specific\\npoison for a very long but undetermined period, just as\\nthe hat, cap and coat worn in the dissecting room retains\\nthe peculiar odor of the place for a very long period. It\\nis not yet determined at what period the poison is gener-\\nated by the patient s person, whether during the primary\\nfever or not till after the eruption has appeared; but it is\\nprobably secreted during the primary fever. Generally\\nit may be stated that the poison is most powerful when it\\nis most manifest to the sense of smell; that the dried\\nE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 17 (257)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0371.jp2"}, "372": {"fulltext": "258 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ncrusts of the pustules or scabs possess a contagious quality\\nand retain it for a very long time, and it is unsafe for a\\nsusceptible person to be in the same room or in the same\\nhouse pervaded by the disease. The dead body of a\\nvariolated person is equally infectious, and students who\\nhave been near it when brought into the dissecting room\\nhave in consequence fallen ill of the disease. The infect-\\ning distance must therefore be many yards around the\\npatient s room. The fact of the contagious nature of\\nsmallpox has been fully demonstrated by the one general\\npractice of inoculation, and the poison by this operation\\nhas been proved to exist in the serum, in the pus, and in\\nthe crusts of the smallpox pustule. There is no law more\\nsingular and unexpected in the whole range of morbid\\npoisons than that the introduction of the variolous poison\\nby means of the cutaneous tissue should produce an in-\\nfinitely milder disease than when the same poison is ab-\\nsorbed by a mucous tissue. The causes which predispose\\nto smallpox, or increase the susceptibility of infection, are:\\n(1) A very early age.\\n(2) Not having been vaccinated.\\n(3) Not having had the disease before.\\nSuch are called unprotected persons.\\n(4) Peculiarity of constitution, e. g., the negro and dark\\nraces.\\n(5) Fear of infection.\\n(6) Epidemic influences.\\nIt is very gratifying to know that of recent years the\\nprevalence and mortality of smallpox is greatly less than\\nit was wont to be.\\nThe prognosis of the natural smallpox is always most\\ngrave. The danger may be measured to a certain degree, by:\\n(1) The quantity and confluence of the eruption.\\n(2) The state of the circulating fluids.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0372.jp2"}, "373": {"fulltext": "RECENT METHODS OF GIVING IMMUNITY. 259\\n(3) The presence and nature of the respiratory organs\\nand nervous centers.\\n(4) Age and habit of the patient.\\n(5) Nature of the epidemic constitution which may pre-\\nvail.\\nAccording to some authorities the greatest number die\\non the eighth day, others say the eleventh, and others be-\\ntween the eleventh and eighteenth.\\nVACCINATION.\\nThousands of physicians concur in confirming the belief\\nin the prophylactic and modifying influence of vaccination\\nin smallpox. The conclusions now arrived at regarding\\nvaccination maybe summed up in the following statements:\\n(1) That, vaccination is a safe and efficient protection,\\nand confers an immunity upon those who mingle with\\nsmallpox cases.\\n(2) That, there is no important difference between the\\nprotecting power of varioloid and vaccinia during child-\\nhood, under circumstances of ordinary exposure. With\\nregard to severe exposure, there are no facts to determine\\none way or the other.\\n(3) That, there are no facts to determine the compara-\\ntive protective power of varioli and vaccination in adults\\nunder ordinary exposure, but there is abundant proof of\\nthe enormous amount of protection afforded by vaccina-\\ntion.\\n(4) That, adults severely exposed relying in what is\\nordinarily termed vaccination will probably take smallpox,\\nthough of a modified nature, in a greater ratio than those\\nhaving previously had smallpox by inoculation.\\n(5) That, if vaccination has been thorough and efficient,\\nit is extremely probable that the liability to smallpox\\nunder severe exposure is not greater than after inoculation.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0373.jp2"}, "374": {"fulltext": "260 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\n(6) That, those statements are entirely without founda-\\ntion which speak of smallpox after inoculation as a risk\\nhardly exceeding a possibility and never to be taken into\\naccount, while smallpox after vaccination is represented as\\na thing of daily and constant occurrence.\\n(7) That, the representation that the protection afforded\\nby vaccination gradually wears out till at length it leaves\\nthe system as liable to attack as though protection had\\nnever been imparted, is not only unproved but is opposed\\nto important facts and in all probability will turn out to\\nbe unfounded.\\n(8) That, there is, however, a great proclivity to small-\\npox, whether natural or after vaccination, between the ages\\nof fifteen and twenty-five.\\n(9) That, the mortality from smallpox has decreased\\nsince vaccination was introduced.\\nDIPHTHERIA.\\nDiphtheria is an acute infectious disease, produced by\\na diphtheritic bacillus. It is characterized by local mani-\\nfestations in the throat and larynx, by a false membrane,\\nsometimes extending into the posterior nares, sometimes\\nthroughout the larynx, trachea and bronchi. There is no\\ndoubt of the disease being constitutional; that is, the\\npoison is absorbed by the blood and carried to all the tis-\\nsues of the body. As the disease has become more preva-\\nlent, the great object of the physician has been to stay its\\nravages in some manner.\\nANTITOXIN.\\nTherefore, the bacteriologists have studied the disease\\nwith a view not only to lessen the gravity and introduce\\na specific treatment, but to give immunity against the\\ndisease, by a similar process to that of vaccination as a", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0374.jp2"}, "375": {"fulltext": "RECENT METHODS OF GIVING IMMUNITY. 261\\npreventive to smallpox. Bacteriologists in America and\\nEurope have given this matter thorough study, and, as a\\nresult, have introduced to the profession a material now\\nknown as antitoxin, which counteracts the toxic effects\\nof the diphtheritic poison.\\nDr. Behring (Berliner Klinische Wochenschrift, 1894,\\nNo. 36), has ably summed up the blood serum theraputic\\nmethod as follows\\nFirst. It is an antitoxic method by which we endeavor\\nto combat this infectious disease. The specific antitoxin,\\nwhich is the active agent, has until now been found in\\nquantities sufficient to be available for human medication,\\nonly in the blood of immunized animals.\\nSecond. It is a principle of the blood serum therapy\\nthat large doses are never injurious, but on the contrary\\ncan be only beneficial.\\nThird. -The blood serum therapy is a specific therapy.\\nThe blood antitoxin is immunizing and curative only for\\nthe infection.\\nFourth. Under the influence of a specific toxin there\\nis produced a specific antitoxin from the albumen of the\\nliving cell. Whilst this is going on there is a disturbance\\nof the regulating mechanism of the general organism.\\nThe febrile and other symptoms of the toxic infection are\\nan expression of the effort of the living organism to render\\nthe foreign poison innocuous. In animal experiments we\\ncan so arrange things that the living organism succeeds.\\nIn immunizing animals we can render the absorption of\\nlarge quantities of the poison harmless by increasing the\\ntoxin production.\\nFifth.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 If we examine the fluids of the body after\\nrecovery from an artificial or natural toxic infection, we\\nfind not only that the toxin is compensated by the anti-\\ntoxin, but that there is a surplus of the latter. This sur-", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0375.jp2"}, "376": {"fulltext": "262 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nplus is the reason why a larger quantity of the toxin must\\nnow be introduced, in order to produce an intoxication.\\nAnd this surplus can be employed to help other individuals\\nto overcome the same intoxication.\\nSixth. Since the antitoxin is a soluble body, it is not\\nimpossible that it may eventually be produced outside the\\nliving body, or even compounded synthetically.\\nTETANUS, OR LOCK-JAW.\\nOur knowledge regarding the pathology of tetanus\\nuntil recently has been very limited. The symptoms\\nwhich characterize this affection were referable to an\\nabnormal influence of the nerve centers, which control the\\naction of the voluntary muscles. But since the progress in\\nbacteriology our knowledge has been much increased in\\nthis respect. Tetanus has been found to be produced by a\\nspecific bacillus, known as the bacillus tetani.\\nNicolaier, in 1884, produced tetanus in mice and rab-\\nbits, by introducing garden earth beneath their skin, and\\nshowed that the disease might be transmitted to other\\nanimals by inocculation with pus or cultures in blood\\nserum, containing the tetanus bacillus.\\nSternberg, in 1880, produced tetanus in a rabbit by\\ninjecting beneath its skin a little mud from the street\\ngutters in New Orleans.\\nTetanus bacillus appears to be a widely distributed mi-\\ncroorganism in superficial layers of the soil in temperate\\nand especially in tropical regions.\\nTETANUS ANTITOXIN,\\nIf used in its fresh state, has been found to produce immu-\\nnity from the disease, and is said to be curative by some\\nthat have experimented with this antitoxin.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0376.jp2"}, "377": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXX,\\nDISINFECTION AND ITS EFFECTS.\\n(AFTER SYKES.)\\nDisinfection, strictly speaking, implies dealing with in-\\nfection, but, in its popular and wider sense, it embraces\\npurification in all its applications. The burning of vola-\\ntile substances, the libations of liquids and the sprinkling\\nof powdery compounds on a large scale, are now recog-\\nnized as feeble or futile substitutes for physical and chem-\\nical means of destroying infection.\\nStable and unstable, organic and inorganic, substances\\nare dealt with either by physical or chemical means, in the\\nprocess of cleansing and purificatioD. We apply physical\\nmeans to movable matters, without regard to their preser-\\nvation, by removing by road or water, and disposing of\\nthem upon the surface, or by burial, or by burning, accord-\\ning to the proximity of dwellings, and other conditions.\\nSuch objects as are not removable are washed, scraped,\\netc., the resultant refuse being taken away or destroyed in\\nsome way. There are other methods which with the\\nabove should be adopted in preference to the more tem-\\nporary measures resorted to by the use of chemicals for the\\npurpose of treating organic decomposing matters. It is\\nthis process of chemical treatment of decomposable refuse\\nthat popularly and fallaciously passes under the name of\\ndisinfection. This is fostered by the popular habit of\\nstyling many and varied substances disinfectants.\\n(263)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0377.jp2"}, "378": {"fulltext": "264 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nDecomposition and putrefaction are the result of micro-\\norganic life in the beneficent work of resolving organic\\nsubstances into their inocuous elements. During this\\ntransmutation malodorous gases are given off, and deodor-\\nants, whether by overpowering or by absorbing, or by\\nbreaking up the gases, produce little or no effect upon the\\ndecomposing substances. Odors are the tell-tales of filth,\\nand simply washing them is a fallacious remedy. To pre-\\nvent the odoriferous stage being reached, preservation\\nagainst decomposition is practiced by the use of antisep-\\ntics, but their application is limited to substances and\\nplaces where removal or destruction are undesirable,\\ntemporarily or permanently, and they require careful and\\ndiscriminate employment to be of value in preventing the\\neffects of access of micro-organisms.\\nIncidentally it may be mentioned that food is pre-\\nserved by physical means, as cold, exclusion or filtration\\nof air, and by chemical means, as smoking, salting, and the\\nuse of other chemical substances. Their interest here\\nonly lies in the fact that preservatives are allied closely to\\nantiseptics in their effects on organic substances.\\nThe only antiseptics that should be used are those\\nwhich not only inhibit microscopic life, but are directly\\nfatal to it as germicides. This implies the actual destruc-\\ntion of the germs, and the measure of this power requires\\nmore exact verification than the mere prevention of de-\\ncomposition, which antiseptics may be held to infer,\\nalthough many germicides, in a diluted or weakened state,\\nbecome or act as antiseptics.\\nDisinfection, in a more restricted and accurate sense,\\nimplies the destruction of the infection produced by the\\nspecific micro-organisms of disease, as distinguished from\\npollution by micro-organic life generally. Although it\\nmust be admitted that our knowledge as yet scarcely", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0378.jp2"}, "379": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION AND ITS EFFECTS. 265\\nenables us to draw any sharp line between pathogenic and\\nnonpathogenic organisms, and especially in reference to\\nthe causation of septic diseases, yet, in the recognized in-\\nfectious diseases, whether the specific organisms have been\\nfound or not, disinfection is applied to the destruction of\\nthe specific infection. The only means of judging whether\\nthis destruction is effectually accomplished is by actual\\nexperiment upon cultivations of known microbes, a method\\nthat has largely displaced the earliest rough process of\\nmeasurement by the retardation of decomposition. Thus,\\nrestricted to the destruction of specific infection, the proc-\\ness of disinfection admits of the application of various\\nmeasures by mechanical means, and by physical and chem-\\nical agencies. Some of the physical means are cleansing,\\nexposure to air, heat (as burning), steam, dry heat, etc.\\nMoist heat (steam) is by far the most efficacious. Dry heat\\nis distributed too unequally, so that it does not penetrate\\nbulky articles.\\nOf the vast number of chemical agents vaunted as disin-\\nfectants, very few possess any true germicidal power. A\\ncertain number are more or less antiseptic a large number\\nare merely deodorant, and many are more or less inert.\\nThe efficacy of a germicide depends upon the quantity\\nin which it is used and the length of time during which it\\nis allowed to act. A true disinfectant may be used in such\\nsmall quantity, or may be diluted so largely by the medium\\nto be disinfected, that its action may be reduced to infin-\\nitesimal proportions, and in actual practice this is what\\nusually occurs.\\nKoch s experiments upon anthrax spores, with a large\\nnumber of chemical agents in solution, showed that they\\nwere killed within one day s exposure only by the follow-\\ning chlorin bromine (2 per cent.), iodine, mercuric chlo-\\nrid (1 per cent.), potassic permanganate (5 per cent.),", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0379.jp2"}, "380": {"fulltext": "266 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nosmic acid (1 per cent.). Oil of turpentine (pure) required\\nfive days exposure hydrochloric acid (2 per cent.), ten\\ndays ferric chlorid (5 per cent.), six days chlorid of\\nlime (5 per cent.), five days and formic acid, four days. As\\ndisinfection under ordinary conditions must be completed\\nrather in minutes than in hours, the latter class is out of\\nthe question. Of the former, osmic acid is not fitted for\\npractical use, and the quantity of permanganate of potash\\nrequired would be excessive. There remain, therefore,\\nmercuric chlorid and the halogens. Mercuric chlorid has\\nbeen shown to be the most powerful disinfectant in solu-\\ntion known at present.\\nKoch found that one part per million checked the\\ngrowth of anthrax bacilli, and three parts arrested it, and\\nthat one part per thousand killed the spores of anthrax in\\nten minutes. Klein s experiments were in the main con-\\nfirmatory, but required stronger solutions to produce the\\nsame results. It is these differences of results, due to\\nvarying conditions, in experiments with disinfectants, that\\nrender it difficult to estimate their true value. Carbolic\\nacid has lost its high reputation in the hands of Koch. He\\nfound that it required a one per cent, solution of phenol\\nmore than one day to kill spores: hence, a ten per cent,\\nsolution one day to destroy the infection of tuberculous\\nsputum. The halogens iodine, bromine and chlorin\\nare used in the form of gases in a similar manner to nit-\\nrous and sulphurous acid gases.\\nAbbott says, In the destruction of bacteria by means\\nof chemical substances, there occurs most probably a\\ndefinite chemical reaction that is to say, the character-\\nistics of both the bacteria and the agent employed in their\\ndestruction are lost in the production of a third body, the\\nresult of their combination. It is impossible to say with\\nabsolute certainty, as yet, that this is the case, but the", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0380.jp2"}, "381": {"fulltext": "DISINFECTION AND ITS EFFECTS. 267\\nevidence that is rapidly accruing from the more recent\\nstudies upon disinfectants and their mode of action,\\npoint strongly to the accuracy of this belief. This reaction,\\nin which the typical structure of both bodies concerned\\nis lost, takes place between the agent employed for disin-\\nfection and the protoplasm of the bacteria. For example,\\nin the reaction that is seen to take place between the salts\\nof mercury and albuminous bodies, there results a third\\ncompound, which has neither the characteristics of mer-\\ncury nor of albumin, but partakes of the peculiarities of\\nboth; it is a combination of albumin and mercury known\\nby the indefinite term albuminate of mercury. Some such\\nreaction as this occurs when the soluble salts of mercury\\nare brought in contact with bacteria. He says, further,\\nthat this view has recently been strengthened by the ex-\\nperiments of Geppert, in which the reaction was caused to\\ntake place between the spores of the anthrax bacillus and\\na solution of mercuric chlorid, the result being the ap-\\nparent destruction of the living properties of the spores by\\nthe formation of this third compound. Still, it did not of\\nnecessity imply the complete death of the protoplasm of\\nthe spores, for if by proper means the combination of mer-\\ncury with their protoplasm was broken up, many of the\\nspores returned from apparent death to life, with .their\\nprevious disease-producing and cultural peculiarities.\\nGeppert employed a solution of ammonium sulphid for the\\npurpose of destroying the combination of spore-protoplasm\\nand mercury. The mercury was precipitated from the\\nprotoplasm as an insoluble sulphid, and the protoplasm of\\nthe spores returned to its original condition.\\nThese and other similar experiments have given a new\\nimpulse to the study of disinfectants, and in the light shed\\nby them many of our previously formed ideas concerning\\nthe action of disinfecting agents must be modified. We", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0381.jp2"}, "382": {"fulltext": "268 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nmust use a disinfectant sufficiently strong and enough of\\nit to destroy the bacteria in the material that we wish to\\ndisinfect.\\nFor example, the disinfection of certain kinds of mate-\\nrial containing pathogenic organisms, such as sputa, excrete\\nor blood, by means of corrosive sublimate, is questionable.\\nThe amount of sublimate may be used up and rendered\\ninactive as a disinfectant by the presence of the albumi-\\nnous bodies without having any effect upon the bacteria\\nwhich may be in the matter. Although, as a matter of\\nfact, I believe that if a solution strong enough and a sufficient\\nquantity be used in contact with the bacteria for a long enough\\ntime, it will insure their destruction.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0382.jp2"}, "383": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXI.\\nANTISEPTIC AND GERMICIDAL VALUE OF\\nVARIOUS SALTS.\\n(after sternberg.)\\nArranged Alphabetically.\\nAlum: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:222.\\nAluminum Acetate: According to Dela Croix, this salt\\nis an antiseptic in the proportion of 1:6310. (Kiihne.)\\nAluminum Chloric!: Antiseptic in the proportion of\\n1:7U. (Miquel.)\\nAmmonium Carbonate: When present in the propor-\\ntion of 1:125, it restrains the development of typhoid\\nbacilli, and in five hours it kills them. The cholera spiril-\\nlum is killed, in the same time, by 1:77. (Kitasato)\\nAmmonium Chlorid: Antiseptic in the proportion of\\n1\u00c2\u00b1\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (Miquel.)\\nAmmonium Fluosilicate: The bacilli of anthrax and\\ntyphoid fever fail to grow in nutrient gelatin containing\\n1:1000, and a two per cent, solution kills anthrax spores\\nin from one to three quarters of an hour. (Koch.)\\nAmmonium Sulphate: Antiseptic in the proportion of\\nVA.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (Miquel.)\\nBarium Chlorid: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:10.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094(Miquel.)\\nCalcium Chlorid: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:25.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094(Miquel)\\n(269)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0383.jp2"}, "384": {"fulltext": "270 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nCalcium Hypochlorite This is a powerful germicidal\\nagent and has great value as a practical disinfectant.\\nGood chlorid of lime contains from twenty-five to thirty\\nper cent, of available chlorin as hypochlorite. The\\nexperiments made by the Committee on Disinfectants\\nof the American Public Health Association, in 1885,\\nshowed that a solution, containing 0.25 per cent, of chlo-\\nrin as hypochlorite, is an effective germicide, even when\\nallowed to act only for one or two minutes. In Bolton s\\nexperiments, a solution of chlorid of lime of 1:2000\\n(available chlorin 0.015) destroyed the typhoid bacillus\\nand the cholera spirillum in two hours. For the destruc-\\ntion of anthrax spores a one per cent, solution (avail-\\nable chlorin 0.015) was required. Nissen found that\\nthe typhoid bacillus and the cholera spirillum are\\ndestroyed with certainty, in five minutes, by a solution\\ncontaining 0.12 per cent.\\nChloral Hydrate: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:107.\\n(Mi quel.)\\nCupri Chlorid: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:1428.\\n(Miquel.)\\nCupri Sulphate: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:111\\n(Miquel.) Kills the cholera spirillum in the propor-\\ntion of 1:3000 in ten minutes. A solution of 1:20 kills\\nthe typhoid bacillus in ten minutes. In Bolton s ex-\\nperiments made for the Committee on Disinfectants of\\nthe American Public Health Association, the following\\nresults were obtained: Bacillus of typhoid fever were\\nkilled by solution, 1:200; cholera spirillum, 1:500; and\\nbacillus pyocyanus, 1:200.\\nFerri Chlorid: A five per cent, solution failed, in two\\ndays, to destroy anthrax spores, but succeeded in de-\\nstroying them in five days. (Koch.)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0384.jp2"}, "385": {"fulltext": "VALUE OF VARIOUS SALTS. 271\\nFerrous Sulphate: In the writer s experiments in 1883,\\na solution of twenty per cent, failed to destroy micro-\\ncocci and putrefactive bacteria. In more recent exper-\\niments, a solution of ten per cent, failed to kill pus\\ncocci, but was fatal to micrococcus tetragenus, after two\\nhours exposure. The antiseptic power of ferrous sul-\\nphate is placed by Miquel at 1 :90.\\nGold Chloric!: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:4000.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094(Miquel)\\nLead Chloricl: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:500.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094(Miquel.)\\nLead Nitrate: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:11.\\n(Miquel.)\\nManganese Protochloricl: A solution of 1:1000 de-\\nstroys anthrax spores in a few minutes. (Koch.)\\nAccording to Yersin, a solution of 1:1000 kills the\\ntubercle bacillus in one minute. This is a valuable\\nagent as an antiseptic and germicide for geueral pur-\\nposes of disinfection, in the proportion of 1:500 or\\n1:1000.\\nMercuric Cyanide: The development of bacillus an-\\nthracis in culture solution is prevented by the presence\\nof cyanide of mercury in the proportion of 1:250000.\\nMercuric Iodide: The antiseptic value of this salt is\\nplaced by Miquel at 1:40000.\\nMorphia Hydrochlorate: Antiseptic in the proportion\\nof 1:400.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (Miquel.)\\nPlatinum Bichlorid: Antiseptic in the proportion of\\n1:3333.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (Miquel.)\\nPotassium Acetate: A saturate solution of this salt\\nfailed to kill anthrax spores in ten days. (Koch.)\\nPotassium Arsenite: Miquel places its antiseptic value\\nat 1:8.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0385.jp2"}, "386": {"fulltext": "272 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nPotassium Bichromate: Efficient as an antiseptic in\\nthe proportion of 1:909. (Miquel.)\\nPotassium Bromide: The bacillus of typhoid fever and\\nthe cholera spirillum failed to grow in culture solu-\\ntions containing 9:10.6 per cent, and were killed in\\nfive hours by one per cent. (Kitasato.)\\nPotassium Chroma te: A five per cent, solution failed\\nto kill anthrax spores in five days. (Koch.)\\nPotassium Cyanide: Antiseptic in the proportion of\\n1:909.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (Miquel.)\\nPotassium Iodide: A five per cent, solution does not\\ndestroy anthrax spores in eighty days. (Koch.) Pu-\\ntrefactive bacteria in broken-down beef infusion are not\\ndestroyed by two hours exposure in a twenty per cent.\\nsolution. (Sternberg.) It is antiseptic in the propor-\\ntion of 1:7. (Miquel.)\\nPotassium Permanganate: Antiseptic, according to\\nMiquel, in the proportion of 1 :285.\\nQuinine Hydrochlorate: Antiseptic in the proportion\\nof 1 :9000. (Ceci.) Quinine dissolved with hydrochloric\\nacid in a one per cent, solution destroys anthrax spores\\nin ten days.\\nQuinine Sulphate: Prevents development of various\\nmicrococci and bacilli in the proportion of 1 :800.\\nSilver Nitrate:\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Miquel places this next to mercuric\\nchlorid as an efficient antiseptic, in the proportion of\\n1:12500. Behring also places it next to bichlorid as an\\nantiseptic and germicide, and claims it is even superior\\nto this salt in aluminous fluids.\\nSilver Chlorid: A solution of chlorid of silver in hypo-\\nsulphite of soda is, as an antiseptic, much less effective\\nthan nitrate of silver.\\nSodium Borate: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:14.\\n(Miquel.)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0386.jp2"}, "387": {"fulltext": "VALUE OF VARIOUS SALTS. 273\\nSodium Carbonate: A solution of 2.2 per cent, restrains\\nthe growth of typhoid bacillus, and one of 2.47 per\\ncent, that of the cholera spirillum. (Kitasato.)\\nSodium Chlorid: Antiseptic in the proportion of 1:6.\\n(Miquel.)\\nSodium Hyposulphite: Antiseptic in the proportion of\\n1:3.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (Miquel)\\nSodium Sulphite: The result of the writer s experi-\\nments with a saturated solution of this salt, was entirely\\nnegative.\\nTin Chlorid: A one per cent, solution, acting for two\\nhours, destroyed the bacteria in putrefying bouillon.\\n(Abbott)\\nZinc Chlorid: In the writer s experiments, 1:200 de-\\nstroyed micrococcus Pasteuri in two hours. Antiseptic\\nin the proportion of 1:526. (Miquel.)\\nZinc Sulphate: A twenty per cent, solution has failed\\nto destroy micrococci from the pus of an abcess in two\\nhours.\\nE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 18", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0387.jp2"}, "388": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXII.\\nPRACTICAL DIRECTIONS FOR DISIN-\\nFECTION.\\n(AFTER STERNBERG.)\\nAfter years of experimenting and investigation, we\\nhave arrived at the conclusion that the following are the\\nbest disinfectants known to science:\\nThe Best Agents for Destroying- Spore Containing\\nInfections Material Are:\\nComplete destruction by fire.\\nStrong steam pressure, 105\u00c2\u00b0 C. (221 C F.) for half an hour.\\nBoiling in saturated salt solution one pound to a\\ngallon.\\nChlorid of lime, an eight per cent, solution.\\nBichlorid solution of 1 :500.\\nFor Destruction of 3Iicro-organisms Not Con-\\ntaining Spores:\\nBoiling in water for half an hour.\\nDry heat, 110\u00c2\u00b0C. (230\u00c2\u00b0F.) for two or three hours.\\nChlorid of lime, a four per cent, solution.\\nChlorinated soda, a ten per cent, solution.\\nBichlorid of mercury, a solution of 1 :2000.\\nCarbolic acid, a ten per cent, solution.\\nZinc chlorid, a ten per cent, solution.\\nSulphur dioxide, a fumigation of at least twelve hours\\nin the presence of moisture.\\n(274)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0388.jp2"}, "389": {"fulltext": "DIRECTIONS FOR DISINFECTION. 275\\nFor Exerementitious Matter in Sick Room:\\nChlorid of lime in solution, four per cent.\\nCarbolic acid in solution, five per cent.\\nSulphate of copper in solution, five per cent.\\nIn Privy Vaults:\\nMercuric chlorid in solution, 1 :500.\\nCarbolic acid in solution, five per cent.\\nFor Disinfection and Deodorization of Surface\\nMatter in Water Closets:\\nChlorid of lime, in powder.\\nFor Clothing, Bedding, etc.:\\nBoiling for at least one hour.\\nImmersion in a four per cent, solution of carbolic acid\\nfor four hours.\\nFor Outer Garments of Wool or Silk:\\nA strong current of steam for fifteen minutes.\\nExposure to a dry heat at a temperature of 110\u00c2\u00b0C.\\n(230\u00c2\u00b0F.) for three hours.\\nFor Mattresses, Blankets, and All Bedding- Soiled\\nby the Discharge of the Sick\\nDestruction by fire.\\nExposure to super-heated steam, 105\u00c2\u00b0 C. (221\u00c2\u00b0 F.) for\\nhalf an hour mattresses to have the covers freely\\nopened.\\nImmersion in boiling water for one hour.\\nFor Furniture, etc.:\\nWashing several times with a solution of carbolic acid,\\nfive per cent.\\nFor the Person:\\nThe hands and body may be washed with a solution of\\nchlorinated soda diluted with nine parts of water, 1:10.\\nCarbolic acid, a ten per cent, solution.\\nMercuric chlorid, 1:1000.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0389.jp2"}, "390": {"fulltext": "276 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nFor the Dead:\\nEnvelop the body in a sheet thoroughly saturated with\\na four per cent, solution of chlorid of lime.\\nMercuric bichlorid solution, 1:500.\\nCarbolic acid solution, five per cent.\\nFor Sick Rooms:\\nWash all surfaces with bichlorid of mercury in solu-\\ntion, 1:500.\\nCarbolic acid in solution, ten per cent.\\nFumigate with sulphur dioxide for twelve hours, burn-\\ning at least three pounds of sulphur to every thousand\\ncubic feet of air in the room.\\nWash all surfaces with one of the above solutions and\\nafterwards with soap and boiling water; then ventilate\\nfreely by opening doors and windows.\\nA More Desirable Method would be the following:\\nTake for an ordinary sized room containing about 1000 cu-\\nbic feet of air, two pounds of chlorid of lime. Place in an\\nearthen dish. Mix six ounces of muriatic acid with a quart\\nof water, and pour the mixture on the lime. Keep the room\\ntightly closed for four hours, then ventilate by opening\\ndoors and windows. Furniture may be washed as in di-\\nrection given above.\\nFor Rags:\\nRags used for wiping infectious sores should be burned.\\nFor Disinfection of the Hands:\\nRemove all visible dirt from the finger nails. Brush\\nthe hands thoroughly with hot water and soap. Immerse\\nthe hands for ten minutes in a bichlorid solution, seven\\ngrains to the pint. Rub thoroughly with a clean towel.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0390.jp2"}, "391": {"fulltext": "PART FIFTH.\\nGENERAL MISCELLANY.\\n(277)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0391.jp2"}, "392": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0392.jp2"}, "393": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXIII.\\nRESUSCITATION\\nDefinition. The recovery from suspended animation\\nor apparent death. In these conditions of course all signs\\nof circulation and respiration have disappeared, but usu-\\nally the failure of one function has preceded the other.\\nFor the purpose of treatment we may regard as\\n(a) Syncope, those cases when the lips and mucous\\nmembrane are found pale and exsanguine; and as\\n(b) Asphyxia, those when they are dark colored.\\nTREATMENT FOR SYNCOPE.\\nPlace the patient horizontally on his left side, with the\\npelvis and feet raised. Nelaton has urged complete inver-\\nsion of the body, but by its interference with the free\\naction of the diaphragm this method may be injurious.\\nThe windows of the room should be opened the face\\nfanned and a little cold water may be sprinkled on the\\nforehead, smelling salts being held to the nostrils. If nat-\\nural breathing has not returned, begin\\nHOWARD S METHOD OF ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION:\\nPosition of Patient. Face upwards; a hard roll be-\\nneath thorax, with shoulders slightly declining over it.\\nHead and neck bent back to the utmost. Hands on top\\nof the head. Strip clothing from waist and neck.\\nPosition of Operator. Kneel astride of patient s hips;\\nplace your hands upon his chest so that the ball of each\\nthumb and little finger rest upon the inner margin of the\\nfree border of the costal cartilages, the tip of each thumb\\n(279)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0393.jp2"}, "394": {"fulltext": "280 CHAM PI OX TEXT BOOK ON EMBALM 1 NG.\\nnear or upon the ensiform cartilage, the fingers dipping\\ninto the corresponding intercostal spaces. Fix your elbows\\nfirmly, making them one with your hips.\\nAction of Operator. Pressing upwards and inwards\\ntowards the diaphragm, use your knees as a pivot, and throw\\nyour weight slowly forwards two or three seconds, until\\nyour face almost touches that of your patient, ending with a\\nsharp push which helps to jerk you back to your erect\\nkneeling posture. Rest three seconds, then repeat this\\nmovement as before, continuing it at the rate of seven to\\nten times a minute, taking the utmost care in the occur-\\nrence of a natural gasp, gently to aid and deepen it into a\\nlonger breath, until respiration becomes natural. The\\nmethod is said to keep the passage through the larynx free\\nwithout the aid of any assistance or any contrivance for the\\npurpose, and is recommended for that reason. Keep up\\nthe temperature of the body by hot blankets or hot bottles.\\nEther or nitrate of amyl may be held to the nostrils. A\\nlittle brandy and hot water, eau de cologne and water,\\nwine or other stimulant, as sulphuric ether or sal volatile,\\nshould be given with care, that none of it enter the trachea.\\nIf swallowing be impracticable, inject warm fluids into the\\nrectum.\\nTREATMENT FOR ASPHYXIA.\\nAsphyxia from Breathing Noxious Gases. The\\nbody should be brought into fresh air and artificial respi-\\nration at once commenced, whilst an assistant should blow\\ninto the mouth and nostrils three or four times apply hot\\nblankets and hot water bottles.\\nAsphyxia from Mechanical Obstructions of the Air\\nPassages. The cause of obstruction must be removed, if\\npossible. By adopting the inverted position of Howard s\\nmethod, coins or fruit stones may thus dislodge themselves.\\nIn the absence of forceps, a button hook or the handle of a", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0394.jp2"}, "395": {"fulltext": "RES USC IT A TION. 281\\ntablespoon may be useful, especially in the removal of a\\nlump of hard food.\\nAsphyxia from Poisons or Anaesthetics. In the\\nasphyxia of advancing coma from narcotics, the breathing\\nmay stop from the failure of the medulla and respiratory\\nnerves to act. In this case artificial respiration by simply\\ncompressing the chest at intervals of five seconds may\\nsuffice, but very often there is the mechanical obstruction\\nin the larynx to be considered. If raising the chin and\\nthrowing the head back does not effect a free passage of\\nair, Howard s or some other method of artificial respiration\\nshould be commenced.\\nTREATMENT FOR RESTORING A DROWNED PERSON.\\nAsphyxia, from Drowning-. In asphyxia from im-\\nmersion in the water there are two serious complications,\\nnamely, first, the presence of water and mud in the air\\npassages and secondly, the depressing effect of cold. With\\nthe view of more effectually removing the water from the\\nair tubes, Howard gives the following rules\\nPosition of Patient. Face downwards; a hard roll of\\nclothing underneath the stomach making that the highest\\npart, the mouth the lowest. Forehead resting on forearm\\nor wrist. Keeping mouth from ground.\\nPosition and Action of Operator. Place left hand\\nwell spread upon the base of thorax to the left of spine, the\\nright hand upon the spine, a little below the left and over\\nthe lower part of the stomach. Throw upon them with a\\nforward motion all the weight and force the age and sex\\nof the patient will justify, ending this pressure of two or\\nthree seconds by a sharp push, which helps you back again\\ninto the upright position. Repeat this two or three times,\\naccording to the duration of the immersion and then resort\\nto the method described in the treatment of syncope.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0395.jp2"}, "396": {"fulltext": "282 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nDIRECTIONS FOR RESTORING THE APPARENTLY DEAD.\\nIf from drowning or from other suffocation or narcotic\\npoisoning: Send immediately for medical assistance,\\nblankets and dry clothing, but proceed to treat the patient\\ninstantly, securing as much pure air as possible.\\nThe points to be aimed at are, first and immediately,\\nthe restoration of breathing and secondly, after breathing\\nis restored, the promotion of warmth and circulation.\\nThe efforts to save life must be persevered in until the\\narrival of medical assistance, or until the pulse and breath-\\ning have ceased for at least an hour.\\nTREATMENT FOR LIGHTNING STROKES.\\nA stroke of lightning is not necessarily fatal in spite of\\nthe popular notion to the contrary. Prof. Oliver Lodge\\nwarns the public against this belief. He says that light-\\nning stops the vital organs, but rarely destroys them. If\\nrespiration can be artificially maintained sufficiently long,\\nthere is a fair chance that the heart will resume its sus-\\npended action, and that the victim will recover. Conse-\\nquently, a person struck by lightning should never be\\npronounced dead, until Howard s method of resuscitation,\\nexplained above, has been practiced upon the apparent\\ncorpse for two or three hours. Dr. d Arsonval. in France,\\nhas practiced this method with success, and strenuously\\nurges its adoption. Experience in this country also justi-\\nfies the practice. This is a matter of great importance,\\nfor, although comparatively few people are killed by light-\\nning in this country, it seems probable enough that the\\nnumber could be still further reduced by practicing artifi-\\ncial respiration.\\nTREATMENT FOR RESTORING NATURAL BREATHING.\\nRule 1. To Maintain a Free Entrance of Air Into\\nthe Windpipe: Cleanse the mouth and nostrils; open", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0396.jp2"}, "397": {"fulltext": "RES USC IT A TION. 283\\nthe mouth draw forward the patient s tongue and keep it\\nforward. An elastic band over the tongue and under the\\nchin will answer this purpose. Remove all tight clothing\\nfrom about the chest and neck.\\nRule 2. To Adjust the Patient s Position: Place\\nthe patient on his back on a flat surface, incline a little\\nfrom the feet upwards, raise and support the head and\\nshoulders on a small firm cushion or folded article of\\ndress placed under the shoulders.\\nRule 3. To Imitate the Movements of Breathing-:\\nGrasp the patient s arms just above the elbows and draw\\nthe arms steadily and gradually upward, until they meet\\nabove the head, and keep the arms in that position for two\\nseconds. (This is for the purpose of drawing air into the\\nlungs.) Then turn down the patient s arms, and press them\\ngently and firmly for two seconds against the sides of the\\nchest. (This is with the object of pressing air out of the\\nlungs. Pressure on the breastbone will aid this.) Repeat\\nthese measures alternately, deliberately and perseveringly,\\nfifteen times a minute, until a spontaneous effort to respire\\nis perceived, immediately upon which cease to imitate the\\nmovements of breathing and proceed to induce circulation\\nand warmth. Should a warm bath be procurable the body\\nmay be placed in it up to the neck, continuing to imitate\\nthe movements of breathing. Raise the body in twenty\\nseconds to a sitting posture, and dash cold water against\\nthe chest and face and pass ammonia under the nose. The\\npatient should not be kept in the warm bath longer than\\nfive or six minutes.\\nRule 4. To Excite Inspiration: During the em-\\nployment of the above method, excite the nostrils with\\nsnuff or smelling salts, or tickle the throat with a feather\\nrub the chest and face briskly, and dash cold and hot water\\nalternately on them.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0397.jp2"}, "398": {"fulltext": "284 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nTREATMENT AFTER NATURAL BREATHING HAS\\nBEEN RESTORED.\\nRule 1. To Induce Circulation and Warmth:\\nWrap the patient in dry blankets and commence rubbing\\nthe limbs upwards firmly and energetically. Promote the\\nwarmth of the body by the application of hot flannels,\\nbottles or bladders of hot water, hot bricks, etc., to the pit\\nof the stomach, armpits, between the thighs, and at the\\nsoles of the feet. Warm clothing can generally be had\\nfrom the bystanders. When swallowing has returned, a\\nteaspoonf ul of warm water, small quantities of wine, warm\\nbrandy and water or coffee should be given. Sleep should\\nbe encouraged. During the reaction large mustard poultices\\napplied to the chest will relieve the distressed breathing.\\nRule 2. If from Intense Cold Rub the body with\\nsome ice or cold water. Restore warmth by slow degrees.\\nIt is dangerous to apply heat too early.\\nRule 3. If from Intoxication: Lay the individual\\non his side on a bed, with his head raised. The patient\\nshould be induced to vomit.\\nRule 4. If from Apoplexy or Sunstroke: Cold\\nshould be applied to the head which should be kept raised.\\nTight clothing should be removed and stimulants cau-\\ntiously used.\\nSTIMULANTS AND POOD.\\nHow soon should alcoholic stimulants be given Cer-\\ntainly not till natural respiration has been induced, and, in\\ncases of narcotic poisoning, not until consciousness has\\nbeen restored. If on the return of consciousness the patient\\nis in pain or faint, the inhalation of a few drops of ether or\\nsmelling salts is advised. In their absence a few drops of\\nbrandy may be given. Hot tea and coffee should be the first\\nrefreshment swallowed, and in general it should not be\\npressed upon the patient as vomiting is more exhausting\\nthan waiting a few hours for food,", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0398.jp2"}, "399": {"fulltext": "CHAPTER XXXIV.\\nMISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION.\\nPost- Mortem Wounds.\\nPost-mortem wounds are poisoned wounds resulting\\nfrom the inoculation of a virus derived from the dead\\nbodies of men or lower animals. The poison is present in\\nits most virulent form in fresh bodies, and diminished in\\nintensity as decomposition advances. It is most marked\\nwhen inoculation occurs in handling cases of septic peri-\\ntonitis or pleurisy, pyaemia, septicemia, puerperal fever,\\ndiffuse cellulitis, erysipelas or spreading gangrene. The\\npoison only acts by direct inoculation, usually occurring\\nthrough a scratch or wound made accidentally while oper-\\nating on the body. Any partly healed raw surface, or the\\ncracks in chapped hands, or the little fissures at the margin\\nof the nails, serve equally well as points of inoculation.\\nPrevention. Before operating upon the dead body\\nthe hands should be very carefully examined. If the cuti-\\ncle be denuded at any point on the hands or fingers, use\\nrubber gloves, finger cots, or the Champion Hand Pro-\\ntector. The latter is rubbed over the hands, under and\\naround the nails very carefully, to prevent the absorption\\nof the poison. While operating be very careful not to\\nwound with the different instruments used in the opera-\\ntion. If such an accident should occur, suck the wound\\nthoroughly and wash out with a fluid that contains bi-\\nchlorid of mercury, and cover with Champion Hand Pro-\\ntector. Gas from the body does not cause blood poisoning\\nwhen inhaled, but it may cause a kind of septic fever.\\n(285)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0399.jp2"}, "400": {"fulltext": "286 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nIf a wound is received and inoculation results, in from\\ntwelve to twenty-four hours the point of inoculation be-\\ncomes more or less red and irritated. It may remain in\\nthis state for another day, when a brawny swelling of a\\ndusky red color forms around it, and extends rapidly in all\\ndirections, but principally along the line of the lymphatics.\\nThere is intense burning pain and severe constitutional\\ndisturbances, high temperature and total loss of appetite,\\nwhich may be followed by spreading gangrene; or. the\\nlymphatic glands may become swollen and painful and\\nabscesses form at the elbow and axilla. Septicaemia or\\npyaemia may follow.\\nIf any of the above symptoms result, send for the\\nfamily physician at once and be placed under proper treat-\\nment.\\nTo Bandage a Body for Shipment.\\nEncasing the body in bandages is not necessary, not even\\nin cases for shipment, unless the case is one of dropsy, when\\nit should be done as follows: Use a roll of unbleached mus-\\nlin bandage or cheese cloth from three to four inches wide,\\ncommencing at the neck and including every part of the\\nbody to the tips of the fingers and toes, in the same man-\\nner as the surgeon applies a bandage to a broken limb,\\nexcept it is not necessary to reverse it, to make it conform\\nto the shape of the body. After one course of bandage\\nhas been neatly applied, cover it all over with a coat of\\nsilicate of soda by means of a two or three inch varnish\\nbrush. This should be followed by another bandage and\\ncoat of silicate of soda, finally covering the whole with a\\nbandage neatly applied. This encasement will be im-\\npervious to air and become as hard as glass itself in a few\\nminutes. The face should be left exposed to view.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0400.jp2"}, "401": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY\\nAbdomen.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The largest cavity of the body, in which are situated the in-\\ntestines, stomach, etc.\\nAbductor.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A muscle which moves certain parts by separating them from\\nthe axis of the body.\\nAbsorbents.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The vessels and portions of the body which concur in the ex-\\nercise of absorption.\\nAcetabulum.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The socket for holding the head of the thigh bone.\\nAddison s disease.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Disease of the suprarenal capsules.\\nAdductor. A muscle which draws one part of the body toward another.\\nAdipoeere. A substance formed by a spontaneous change in the dead\\ntissues of animals.\\nAdipose.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 That which relates to fat fatty.\\nAgminate. To aggregate or cluster together; said of lymphatic glands\\nforming patches in the small intestine (Peyer s patches), as dis-\\ntinguished from the solitary glands.\\nAlbumen {alius, white). A thick, viscid substance, which forms a con-\\nstituent part of both animal fluids and solids, which exists nearly\\npure in the white of egg.\\nAlbuminuria. Albumen in the urine Bright s disease.\\nAlimentary.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pertaining to food.\\nAlimentary canal. The great duct or intestine by which aliments or food\\nare conveyed through the body, and the useless parts evacuated.\\nAlkali. A substance having the following properties solubility in water\\npower of neutralizing acids and forming salts with them; combining\\nwith fats to form soaps corrosive action on animal and vegetable\\ntissues changing the tint of many vegetable coloring matters.\\nAlkaline. Pertaining to, or having the properties of, alkali.\\nAlkalis (fixed). Potash, soda, and lithia.\\nAmyloid. Resembling starch.\\nAnaemic\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Bloodless.\\nAnsesthesia. Loss of sensation.\\nAnsesthetie. A substance that destroys the feeling of pain.\\nAnasarca. Effusion of fluid into subcutaneous and other cellular tissues\\nAnastomosis. Communication between two vessels.\\n(287)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0401.jp2"}, "402": {"fulltext": "288 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nAnatomy. The art of dissecting, or artificially separating the different parts\\nof any organized body, to discover their situation, structure and\\neconomy.\\nAneurism. A tumor connected with an artery containing blood.\\nAnimaleula. A small animal.\\nAntiseptic. A substance that prevents or retards putrefaction.\\nAntitoxin. The serum of the blood of a horse, that has been inoculated\\nwith diphtheria material, used as subcutaneous injection for the cure\\nof diphtheria,\\nAnthrax. See Carbuncle.\\nAorta. The main artery of the body from which all others (except pul-\\nmonary) originate (p. 56).\\nAponeurosis. A white, shining membrane, composed of interlacing fibers,\\nsometimes continuous with the muscular fibers, and differing from a\\ntendon only in having a flat form.\\nAponeurotic. Pertaining to aponeurosis.\\nApoplexy. Loss of consciousness, sensation and voluntary motion, due to\\na morbid state of the brain.\\nAppendage. That which is attached to something as a necessary part.\\nAppendicitis. Inflammation of the appendix vermiformis.\\nAppendix vermiformis. A worm-like process, about the size of a goose\\nquill, which hangs from the caecum, whose functions are unknown.\\nApproximation.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Approaching; being near.\\nAppurtenance.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 An adjunct, or appendage.\\nAqueous humor. A limpid fluid filling the space between the crystalline\\nlens and the cornea, and divided into two chambers by the iris.\\nArachnoid. A membrane like a spider s web covering the brain.\\nAreolae. The interstices between the fibers composing organs.\\nAreolar. Pertaining to areola? filled with interstices or areola?.\\nAreolar tissue. A loose mixture of the white fibrous, and yellow elastic\\ntissues the loose tissue connecting the skin with subjacent parts.\\nArterialization. The transformation of venous blood and chyle into\\narterial blood by respiration.\\nArteriole (dim. of arteria). A small artery.\\nArtery. A vessel of the body which contains pure blood.\\nArticulate.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To unite by means of a joint.\\nArticulation. The joining or juncture of the bones of a skeleton.\\nArytenoid cartilages. Two cartilages of the larynx which by approxi-\\nmation diminish the aperture of the glottis.\\nAscites. Dropsy of the peritoneum abdominal dropsy.\\nAseptic. Free from the living germs of disease, fermentation and putre-\\nfaction.\\nAsphyxia. Suspended animation caused by the non-conversion of the\\nvenous into arterial blood in the lungs.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0402.jp2"}, "403": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY. 289\\nAssimilation.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The process by which nutriment is changed into, and be-\\ncomes a part of, a living tissue.\\nAsthma.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Difficult breathing.\\nAtlas. The first cervical vertebra, supporting the weight of the head.\\nAtrophy. Defective nutrition.\\nAtrophy of the liver.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Diminution in size.\\nAuricles (auris, ear). Two upper cavities of the heart.\\nAuricular. That which belongs to the ear.\\nAuscultation.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The act of listening.\\nAxilla. The cavity beneath the juncture of the arm with the shoulder.\\nAxis. Second vertebra.\\nAxis. A right line which passes through the center of a body.\\nB\\nBacilli (pi. of bacillus). Microscopical, vegetable organisms, having the\\nform of very slender, straight filaments, consisting of a single cell\\nrod-shaped bacteria.\\nBacteria.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The lowest known forms of life can be seen only by the\\nmicroscope.\\nBasilar. That which belongs to certain parts which seem to serve as\\nbases to others, as the sacrum and sphenoid bones.\\nBasilic. See Basilar.\\nBiceps. A muscle with two heads a name given to a muscle of the upper\\npart of the arm and one of the thigh.\\nBifurcation. Division of a trunk into two branches.\\nBile. A fluid secreted by the liver.\\nBiliary.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pertaining to the bile.\\nBiliverdin (green).\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The coloring matter of the bile.\\nBlood. The fluid which circulates through the arteries and veins, carrying\\nnutriment to all parts of the body (pp. 54 and 144).\\nBone. A firm, hard substance composing the skeleton.\\nBrain, anaemia of.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Deficient quantity of blood in the brain.\\nBrain, aneurism of.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Disease of the arteries of the brain.\\nBrain, carcinoma of.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cancer of the brain.\\nBrain, congestion of. An increased quantity of blood in the brain.\\nBright s disease. Disease of the kidneys, in which the tissues may fill\\nmore or less with water; albuminuria.\\nBronchi. The two branches of the windpipe.\\nBronchial tubes.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Subdivisions of bronchi.\\nBronchioles. The last and most minute subdivisions of the bronchi.\\nBronchitis. An inflammation of the lining membrane of the bronchial\\ntubes.\\nBulla. A portion of the cuticle detached from the skin by the interpo-\\nsition of a transparent, watery fluid.\\nE\u00e2\u0080\u0094 19", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0403.jp2"}, "404": {"fulltext": "290 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING,\\nBurrow. To excavate a hole in.\\nBursa (a purse). A small sac near a joint containing fluid.\\nCaecum. The commencement of the large intestine, forming a closed tube\\nbefore the insertion of the small intestine.\\nCalcareous. Containing, or consisting of, lime.\\nCalculus (pi. calculi). Any hard, solid concretion formed in any part of\\nthe body, especially in the excretory canals.\\nCaliber. The diameter of a body.\\nCanaliculus.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A small channel.\\nCancer, or Carcinoma. A roundish, hard, unequal, scirrhous tumor,\\nwhich usually ulcerates, is very painful, and generally fatal.\\nCapillaries. The smallest of the blood vessels, connecting the arteries\\nand veins.\\nCarbonic acid.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A deadly gas given off by the lungs and by fire.\\nCarbonic oxide.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A gaseous compound of one equivalent of carbon and\\none of oxgen. It is fatal to animal life, extinguishes combustion,\\nand burns with a pale blue flame, forming carbonic acid.\\nCarbuncle, or Anthrax. A specific local inflammation of the subcuta-\\nneous areolar tissue, rapidly leading to sloughing of the deeper parts,\\nfollowed by destruction of the skin, the whole of the dead tissue\\nfinally separating in the form of a slough.\\nCarcinoma.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 See Cancer.\\nCarotids {karos, lethargy). Arteries of the neck.\\nCarpus.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The wrist.\\nCartilage.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Gristle an elastic, animal tissue, similar to bone, but softer.\\nCartilaginous.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pertaining to, consisting of, or resembling, cartilage.\\nCartoueh. An elliptical oval on ancient Egyptian monuments, and in\\npapyri, containing groups of characters giving the names and titles of\\nthe Pharaohs.\\nCatalepsy. A disease of the nervous system, characterized by attacks of\\npowerlessness, commonly with loss of consciousness, accompanied by\\na peculiar form of rigidity of the muscles, in which the extremities\\nremain for a time in the position in which they are placed.\\nCataleptic. Eelating to, or affected with, catalepsy.\\nCatarrh. An inflammation, acute or chronic, of the mucous membrane of\\nsome organ.\\nCauda equina (horse s tail). The spinal marrow at its termination, about\\nthe second lumbar vertebra, gives off a number of nerves which,\\nwhen unraveled, resemble a horse s tail.\\nCellular.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Full of cells.\\nCellulitis. Inflammation of the cellular membrane.\\nCephaline. The base or root of the tongue.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0404.jp2"}, "405": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY. 291\\nCerebellum (A little brain).\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The small, back division of the brain.\\nCerebro-spinal fever. An inflammation of the covering membranes of\\nthe brain and spinal cord.\\nCerebro-spinal meningitis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 An alarmingly fatal form of epidemic fever.\\nCerebro-spinal system. The part of the nervous system having its origin\\nin the brain and spinal cord.\\nCerebrum. The larger division of the brain.\\nCereeloth. A cloth smeared with melted wax, or with some gummy or\\nglutinous matter.\\nCerumen. The ear wax.\\nCervical. Relating to the neck.\\nChild-bed fever.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 See Puerperal Fever.\\nCholera. A disease characterized by vomiting and purging, as the essential\\nsymptoms, and also by griping and spasms in the legs and arms.\\nCholera, Asiatic.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A malignant form of cholera.\\nCholera infantum.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A fatal disease of childhood.\\nCholera morbus. The mild and common form of cholera.\\nChoroid coat.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Middle coat of the eye.\\nChoroid plexus. Two membranous and vascular duplicatures of the pia\\nmater, situated in the lateral ventricles of the brain.\\nChyle. A nutritive fluid, extracted by intestinal absorption from food\\nwhich has been subjected to the action of the digestive organs.\\nChyliferous.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Chyle-bearing.\\nChyme. Food as it passes into the small intestine after partial digestion\\nin the stomach.\\nCircle of Willis. The anastomosis which exists between the branches\\nof the internal carotid and vertebral arteries at the base of the\\nbrain.\\nCirculatory system.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The heart and blood vessels.\\nCircumduction. The moving of a limb around an imaginary axis so as to\\ndescribe a conical form, the distal end moving in a circle, while the\\nproximal end remains fixed.\\nCirrhosis. A yellow coloring fluid, sometimes secreted by the tissues,\\nowing to a morbid process.\\nCirrhotic. Affected with, or having the character of, cirrhosis.\\nCoagulability.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Capacity of being coagulated.\\nCoagulation. Change of a fluid to a curd-like state, by some kind of\\nchemical action a clotting of blood.\\nCoagulum (pi. coagula). A soft mass formed in a coagulable liquid.\\nCoaptation. To join or bring together.\\nColitis. Inflammation of the colon or large intestine dysentery.\\nCollateral. That which accompanies, or proceeds by the side of, another.\\nColon. That part of the large intestine which extends from the csecum to\\nthe rectum.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0405.jp2"}, "406": {"fulltext": "292\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nComa. A profound state of sleep, from which it is extremely difficult to\\nrouse the individual stupor.\\nComma bacillus.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A name applied by Koch to a rod-like bacteria with\\nrounded ends, usually slightly curved like a comma, found in excreta\\nand intestines of cholera patients by other bacteriologists named\\nspirrilum choleras Asiatic*.\\nCommissupe. A collection of transverse fibers connecting parts on each\\nside of the brain and spinal marrow.\\nCondyle. An articular eminence, round in one direction, flat in the\\nother.\\nCongested. Containing an unnatural accumulation of blood.\\nConjunctiva. The mucous membrane covering the external surface of\\nthe eye and inner surface of the lids.\\nContagious. Communicable by contact, by the breath, etc.\\nContraction. Act of contracting, or drawing together.\\nConvolutions. Wave-like projections on the surface of the brain turns\\nmade by the intestines.\\nConvulsion. An unnatural violent and involuntary contraction of the\\nmuscular parts of the human body.\\nCornea. The transparent portion of the external coat of the eye.\\nCornieulum laryngis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A small, very movable, cartilaginous tubercle.\\nobserved on the arytenoid cartilages.\\nCorpora striata (pi. of corpus striatum). Pyriform eminences, which\\nform part of the floor of the lateral ventricles of the brain.\\nCorpus.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A body.\\nCorpus eallosum. A white, medullary band perceived on separating the\\ntwo hemispheres of the brain.\\nCorpuscles. A little body applied to the disks of the blood.\\nCorpus flmbriatum. A narrow, white, tape-like band, situated immedi-\\nately behind the chorid plexus.\\nCranial. Of, or pertainining to, the cranium, or skull.\\nCranium.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The skull.\\nCremation.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A burning of the body.\\nCreseentie-shaped. Shaped like a crescent.\\nCrus. Leg or horn.\\nCrus cerebri.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A peduncle of the brain.\\nCrystalline lens.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The lens of the eye, situated immediately behind the\\npupil.\\nCulture. To cultivate a term used in science to denote the cultivation of\\nvarious forms of micro-organisms.\\nCutaneous. Pertaining to the skin.\\nCuticle. Outer layer of the skin.\\nCutis. Inner layer of the skin derma, or true skin.\\nCyst. A closed pouch or sac containing fluid or soft matter.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0406.jp2"}, "407": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY. 293\\nDecomposition. The separation of parts decay.\\nDecussate. To cross like an X.\\nDecussation. Union in the shape of an X or cross.\\nDeglutition. The art by which substances are passed from the mouth into\\nthe stomach, through the pharynx and esophagus.\\nDejecta. The discharge from the alimentary canal excrement.\\nDependent.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Lowest.\\nDerma. True skin inner layer of the skin.\\nDesiccate. To become dry.\\nDesquamation (to scale off). Separation of the epidermis, in the form of\\nscales of a greater or less size.\\nDiabetes. A disease characterized by great augmentation, and often mani-\\nfest alteration in the secretion of urine, with excessive thirst and\\nprogressive emaciation.\\nDiaphragm. The membranous muscle which separates the thoracic from\\nthe abdominal cavity.\\nDiffusion. Dissemination, or spreading, as of a fluid through the vessels\\nand tissues of the body.\\nDigestion. The process by which the food is prepared for absorption into\\nthe circulation.\\nDiploe. The areolar structure which separates the two tables of the skull\\nfrom each other.\\nDiphtheria. An epidemic disease in which the air passages, and especially\\nthe throat, become coated with a false membrane, produced by the\\nsolidification of an inflammatory exudation.\\nDiscoloration, post-mortem. Changes in the surface of the body, caused\\nby diffusion of the blood into the tissues, formation of gases, putre-\\nfactive changes, etc.\\nDisinfection. Any process by which the contagion of any given disease\\nmay be destroyed or rendered inert.\\nDisseminate.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To spread diffuse.\\nDistal.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Outer end, or end farthest from center of body.\\nDiuretic. Having the power to excite the secretion and discharge of urine.\\nDorsal (dorsum). The back.\\nDorsum Of tongue. The upper surface of tongue.\\nDropsy. An unnatural collection of serous fluid in any cavity of the body\\nor in the areolar tissues.\\nDuet.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A small tube.\\nDuodenum.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The upper part of the small intestine (p. 39).\\nDuramater (dura, hard mater, mother). A fibrous, semitransparent mem-\\nbrane lining the cavity of the cranium and containing the spinal marrow.\\nDysentery.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Inflammation of the mucous membrane of the large intestine.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0407.jp2"}, "408": {"fulltext": "294 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nEeehymoma.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A livid, black or yellow spot, produced by blood effused\\ninto the areolar tissue from a contusion.\\nEeehymosis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 See ecchymoma.\\nEdematous.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Affected with cedema.\\nEffete. Worn out; exhausted energy.\\nEffusion.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Escape of blood or any other fluid from its natural vessel into\\nthe areolar membrane, or into the cavities of the body.\\nEliminate.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To expel.\\nEmaciation.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The condition of being lean wasting or loss of flesh.\\nEmbolism.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The arrest in the arteries or capillaries of a solid body that\\nhas been carried along in the course of circulation.\\nEmbolus (pi. emboli). A wedge or plug.\\nEmphysema. A distention of a part by air or gas.\\nEmpysemia. A collection of blood, pus, or other fluid, in some cavity of\\nthe body, especially that of the pleura.\\nEnamel. The substance covering the crown of the teeth.\\nEndemic disease. A disease peculiar to a people or nation.\\nEndocarditis. Inflammation of the lining membrane of the heart.\\nEndocardium. The membrane lining the interior of the heart.\\nEndometritis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Inflammation of the lining membrane of the uterus.\\nEndOSteum. The membrane lining the interior of bones.\\nEnteritis. Inflammation of the intestines.\\nEntero-COlitis. Inflammation of small intestine and colon.\\nEpidemic. A disease affecting a great number of persons at once.\\nEpidermis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Outer layer of the skin.\\nEpigastric region. Above the stomach, or what is commonly known as\\nthe pit of the stomach.\\nEpiglottis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The valve which prevents the entrance of food and drink into\\nthe larynx.\\nEpistaxis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Bleeding from the nose.\\nEpithelioma.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cancer of epithelium or skin.\\nEpithelium.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The thin layer of epidermis, covering parts deprived of\\nderma, as the nipple, lips, etc.\\nErosion.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A destruction of superficial tissue, as by friction, pressure, etc.\\nErysipelas. A febrile disease, accompanied with a diffused inflammation\\nof the skin, which, starting usually from a simple point, spreads\\ngradually over its surface.\\nErythema.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Erysipelas.\\nEscharotie. An agent that destroys tissue and produces a slough.\\nEsophagus.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The gullet.\\nEviscerate.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To disembowel.\\nExcoriation.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A slight wound, which removes only the skin.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0408.jp2"}, "409": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY. 295\\nExcrement. Everything which is evacuated from the body, such as the\\nfecal matter, urine, etc.\\nExudate. Exudation act of exuding sweating.\\nExerementitiOUS.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pertaining to excrement.\\nExcrete.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To throw off.\\nExcretion. Excrement.\\nExcretory. Having the quality of throwing off excrementitious matter.\\nExhumation. The disinterment of a corpse.\\nExophthalmic. Protrusion of the eyeball from the socket to such an ex-\\ntent that the lids will not close.\\nExsanguine.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Deprived of blood bloodless.\\nExtension. The act of extending a spreading.\\nExtravasation. Escape of a fluid from the vessel containing it.\\nExtravasation of blood. The escape of blood from the blood vessels into\\nthe surrounding tissues.\\nExtremity. The end or termination the limbs.\\nExudation (to sweat). The oozing of a material through the pores of a\\nmembrane.\\nF\\nFalx. A membranous reflection, having the shape of a falx or scythe.\\nFalx cerebri. The greatest process of the dura mater.\\nFascia. A bandage or fillit.\\nFasciSB. The aponeurotic expansion of muscles which bind parts together.\\nFasieulus(pl. fasiculi).\u00e2\u0080\u0094A small bundle.\\nFauces. The posterior part of the mouth, terminated by the pharynx and\\nlarynx.\\nFebrile. Pertaining to fever indicating fever.\\nFeces. Excrement.\\nFiber. A slender, thread-like element, as of any tissue.\\nFibrin. A complex, nitrogenous substance which appears in fresn blood,\\nand is found in the chyle. It is elastic and generally of a thread-like\\nstructure, which is insoluble in water, but soft when exposed to air.\\nFibrous tissue. The connective tissue of different parts of the body.\\nFilament. A separate fiber of a nerve, or other tissue.\\nFistula. A permanent, abnormal opening into the soft parts with a con-\\nstant discharge.\\nFistulous. Relating to, or resembling, a fistula.\\nFlaccid.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Soft.\\nFlexion.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A bending.\\nFlexure.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A turn, bend, or fold.\\nFloater. A body which has remained in the water long enough to become\\nbloated and rise to the surface.\\nFoetus. The young of any creature the unborn child", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0409.jp2"}, "410": {"fulltext": "296 HAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nFollicles. Small, glandular tubes; glands.\\nFomites. A term applied to substances which are supposed to retain con-\\ntagious effluvia as woolen goods, feathers, etc.\\nForamen. Any cavity pierced through and through.\\nForamen magnum. A large oval aperture or opening in the median line\\nof the occipital bone.\\nFossa. A cavity of greater or less depth a groove.\\nFrsenum. A bridle; name given to several membranous folds, which\\nbridle and retain certain organs.\\nFumigate. To fill a circumscribed space with gas or vapor, with the in-\\ntention of purifying the air.\\nFunction. The action, or mode of operation, peculiar to any organ.\\nFusiform. Spindle-shaped.\\nG\\nGall bladder. A conical-shaped, membranous sac, the reservoir of the bile.\\nGanglion. A knot-like enlargement in the course of a nerve a collection\\nof nerve cells.\\nGangrene. Privation of life or partial death of an organ first step of\\nmortification of living flesh.\\nGastric. Pertaining to the stomach.\\nGastric juice. A digestive fluid secreted by the peptic glands.\\nGastritis. A disease characterized by pyrexia, seated in the peritoneal or\\nmucous coat of the stomach.\\nGelatine (jelly). A nutritious substance, semi-transparent, insipid and\\ninodorous in character.\\nGermicide. A disinfectant having the power to destroy all living disease\\ngerms, or bacteria.\\nGerms. Microorganisms, especially of injurious kinds.\\nGland. A soft, globular organ in the human body, which secretes or ex-\\ncretes some substance peculiar to itself.\\nGlandular. Having the appearance, form or texture of a gland.\\nGlenoid. The cup-shaped cavity w r hich receives the head of the humerus.\\nGlottis. The opening between the pharynx and larnyx.\\nH\\nHalogens. Substances w r hich by combination with a metal form haloid salts.\\nHeart. The chief organ of circulation.\\nHematuria.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Voiding blood by the urine.\\nHematemesis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Vomiting of blood.\\nHemiplegia. Paralysis of one side of the body.\\nHemoglobin.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Coloring matter of the blood.\\nHemoptysis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Spitting of blood hemorrhage of the lungs.\\nHemorrhage. The escape of blood from any part of the circulation\\nbleeding.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0410.jp2"}, "411": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY. 297\\nHepatization. A solid and friable condition of the lung resembling the\\nliver somewhat in its physical characters.\\nHepatitis. Inflammation of liver or its peritoneal covering.\\nHernia. See Eupture.\\nHobnail liver. Cirrhosis of the liver.\\nHomogeneous. Consisting of similar parts, or of like nature.\\nHumid. Moist, as a humid atmosphere.\\nHybernate. To winter to pass the winter in close quarters, as birds or\\nbeasts.\\nHydrsemia. A watery condition of the blood.\\nHydro. A prefix meaning watery.\\nHydrogen. The lightest gas known one of the elements of water.\\nHydro-thorax.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Dropsy in the chest.\\nHypsemia. A deficiency of blood in a part.\\nHyperemia. An excess of blood in a part.\\nHyperpyrexia. Excessive pyrexia, or fever.\\nHypertrophy. Excessive growth of a part.\\nHypodermieally. Consisting in the application of remedies under the skin.\\nHypostasis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Settling of blood into the dependent parts of the body.\\nHypoglossal (under the tongue). A nerve of the tongue.\\nHypostatic. Eelating to hypostasis.\\nI\\nIcteric. Pertaining to, or affected by, jaundice.\\nIleac\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pertaining to the ileum.\\nIleum. The third and longest division of the small intestine, extending\\nfrom the jejunum to the caecum.\\nIliac\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Of or belonging to the ilium.\\nIlium. Upper part of the hip bone.\\nImmunity. Freedom from danger of contagion.\\nImputreseible. Not subject to putrefaction.\\nIncubation. The period that elapses between the introduction of a mor-\\nbific principle into the animal economy and the invasion of the disease.\\nInfectious. Communicable by infection specially applied to diseases\\nwhich are capable of being communicated from one to another, or\\nwhich pervade certain places, attacking persons independent of any\\ncontact with those already sick.\\nInfiltrate. To enter by penetrating the pores of a substance.\\nInflammation. A redness or swelling of any part or organ of the body,\\nattended by heat, pain, and febrile symptoms.\\nInfusion. The act or process of steeping any insoluble substance in water\\nin order to extract its virtues also, the liquid so obtained.\\nInguinal. Belonging or relating to the groin.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0411.jp2"}, "412": {"fulltext": "298 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nInhibit.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To repress or restrain.\\nInoculation. An operation by which adisease may be artiflcally communi-\\ncated, by introducing the virus of the particular disease into the\\neconomy by means of a puncture.\\nInorganic. Not having the organization of parts characteristic of living\\nbodies not possessing life.\\nInosculate.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To anastomose, or unite.\\nInsertion. The condition of being inserted.\\nInsertion of muscle.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Its more movable extremity.\\nInterstices. Intervals between organs, or parts of organs.\\nInterosseous. That which is situated between the bones.\\nIntestine.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Lower part of the alimentary canal, divided into small and\\nlarge.\\nIntussusception. A form of intestinal obstruction, in which one portion\\nof the bowel passes into another portion.\\nInvagination. Same as intussusception.\\nInvoluntary muscle.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A muscle not under control of the will.\\nIrritability. A susceptibility to the influence of natural or medical\\nagents.\\nIrritant. That which irritates or causes pain.\\n-itis. A suffix used to indicate inflammation of an organ or tissue.\\nJaundice.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A disease giving a yellowness to all the tissues and secretions\\nof the body, caused by impregnation with bile-pigment.\\nJejunum. Upper portion of the small intestine, twelve finger breadths in\\nlength.\\nK\\nKidney, Bright s disease of the. See albuminuria.\\nKidneys. Secretory organs of the urine.\\nLachrymal (lachryma, tear). Pertaining to tears.\\nLaeteals. Minute tubes which absorb the chyle from the small intestine,\\nand convey it into the circulation.\\nLacuna (pi. lacunae). A small cavity in the bone structure.\\nLamina (a plate).\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A thin, flat part of a bone.\\nLaryngitis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Inflammation of the larynx.\\nLarynx. Upper part of the windpipe.\\nLatency. The state of being concealed.\\nLesion. Derangement disorder.\\nLeucocytes. A term applied to corpuscles which seem to resemble each\\nother essentially in their chemical and microscopical characters.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0412.jp2"}, "413": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY. 299\\nLigament (Ugo, I bind). A band of tissue, binding the bones together.\\nLigature. A band bandage.\\nLinea.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Line.\\nLinea aspera (rugged ridge). A rough projection at the posterior surface\\nof the femur, which gives attachment to muscles.\\nLiquor amnii. The liquid which envelops the foetus the waters.\\nLiquor sanguinis. A term applied to one of the constituents of the blood.\\nLiver. The largest gland of the body.\\nLubricate.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To oil in order to prevent friction.\\nLumbar. Pertaining to, or near, the loins.\\nLung fever. An inflammation of the lungs.\\nLungs. The chief organs of respiration.\\nLunula (little moon). The white, crescent-shaped part of the nail.\\nLymph. A yellowish, alkaline fluid secreted by the lymphatic glands.\\nLymphatic glands. Small bodies through which the lymphatics pass on\\ntheir way to the thoracic duct.\\nLymphatics. Small, transparent vessels, existing in various parts of the\\nbody.\\nM\\nMalformation. A deviation from the natural standard, in size, form,\\nnumber, or situation of any part or organ of the body.\\nMalignant. A term applied to a disease of a very serious character.\\nMalleolus (mallus, a mallet). The projection formed by the bones of the\\nleg at the ankle ankle.\\nMalodorous.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Offensive.\\nMammalia. A class of animals comprehending the mammals.\\nMarrow. A soft tissue found in the interior of many bones.\\nMastication. The act of chewing.\\nMatrix.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The womb.\\nMeatus. A passage, or canal.\\nMediastinum. A membranous space, formed by the approximation of the\\npleura?, dividing the chest into two parts, the one right, the other left.\\nMedulla oblongata. That portion of the brain which is continuous with\\nthe spinal cord.\\nMeibomian glands.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Glands at the inner surface of the eyelids.\\nMelanosis. A morbid deposit of black matter in the organs of the body.\\nMelanotic. Pertaining to, or having the character of, melanosis.\\nMembrane. An expansion of any soft tissue, or part, in the form of a thin\\nlayer, generally covering or lining some other part.\\nMeningitis. Inflammation of a membrane, especially of the meninges.\\nMentum.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The ohin.\\nMesentery. A membrane in the abdomen, which retains the intestines and\\ntheir appendages in the proper position, allowing more or less motion.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0413.jp2"}, "414": {"fulltext": "300 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nMesocolon. That part of the mesentery to which the colon is attached.\\nMicrococci. Bacteria of a spherical form.\\nMicturition. Urination, or the act of passing the urine.\\nMimical.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Imitative.\\nMonoliths. A pillar consisting of a single stone.\\nMorbid. Diseased opposite to healthy.\\nMorbid anatomy. Anatomy of the diseased human body.\\nMorphology. That which relates to the anatomical conformation of parts.\\nMortification.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Gangrene.\\nMotile. Having powers of self motion.\\nMotor. That which imparts motion.\\nMotory. Giving motion.\\nMucous membrane. The membrane that lines the alimentary canal and\\nair passages.\\nMucus. The viscid fluid secreted by the mucous membrane.\\nMummification. The mode of preparing a mummy.\\nMummy A dead body embalmed and dried for the purpose of preservation.\\nMuscle. A bundle of fibers covered by a membrane.\\nMuscular. Belonging to, or relating to, muscles.\\nMuscular rheumatism.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Rheumatism affecting the muscles.\\nN\\nNecropsy. Post-mortem examination.\\nNecrosis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Death mortification especially, state of a bone, or portion of a\\nbone, deprived of life.\\nNephritis. Inflammation of the kidneys characterized by acute pain,\\nburning heat, suppression or diminution of urine, etc.\\nNitrogen.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A tasteless, colorless, odorless gas, forming nearly four-fifths of\\nthe air.\\nNonstriated.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Smooth unstriped.\\nNutrition.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Process of absorbing into the tissues such food as will build up\\nand repair the living tissues.\\no\\nObesity. An abnormal development of fat.\\nOcclusion (to shut up). Sometimes this word signifies, simply, the tran-\\nsient approximation of the edges of a natural opening.\\nOZdema. A dropsical effusion into the cellular tissue a disease of various\\norgans and parts in the body.\\nOlfactory. Pertaining to the smell.\\nOmentum (pi. omenta). A membranous covering of the bowels, attached\\nto the stomach, and lying at the anterior surface of the intestines.\\nOpaque. Impervious to the rays of light; dark.\\nOptic. Of, or belonging to, the eye.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0414.jp2"}, "415": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY. 301\\nOrganism. A structure composed of, or acting by means of, organs.\\nOrigin of muscle.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The more fixed extremity.\\nOs.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Bone.\\nOs ealeis. Bone of heel.\\nOsseous.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Bone-like.\\nOsteology That part of anatomy which treats of the nature, arrangment\\nand uses of the bones.\\nOvum. An egg.\\nOxygen. A colorless, odorless, tasteless gas, forming 23% of the weight of\\nthe- air the active element of the air.\\nOxygenation. The process of combining with oxygen.\\nP\\nPalate. Boof of the mouth.\\nPancreas. A large gland near the stomach, which secretes the pancreatic\\njuice.\\nPanereatic juice. A clear, viscid fluid which aids in intestinal digestion.\\nPapilla (pi. papillae). A minute, thread-like projection.\\nParacentesis. The operation of tapping any cavity of the body to draw\\noff fluid or gas.\\nParalysis. A disease in which the power of motion, or sensation, or both,\\nis lost.\\nParaplegia. Paralysis of the lower part of the body and lower extremities.\\nParasite. An animal living in or upon another, subsisting at the expense\\nof the latter.\\nParget.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Gypsum.\\nParietes. The walls of a cavity or part of the body.\\nParotid. One of the salivary glands.\\nPatella. The largest sesamoid bone in the body the knee-pan.\\nPathogeny. The branch of pathology which relates to the generation,\\nproduction and development of diseases.\\nPathology. The branch of medicine whose object is the knowledge of\\ndiseases.\\nPeduncles (of the brain). Two white cords on the outside of the corpora\\nalbicantia, arising from the medullary substance.\\nPenniform. Applied to muscles whose fleshy fibers are inserted at\\nthe side of a middle tendon, like the feathers of a fan on their com-\\nmon stalk.\\nPeptic An agent that promotes digestion.\\nPerforation. The act of boring or piercing through.\\nPericarditis. Inflammation of the heart sac, or pericardium.\\nPericardium. The sac which surrounds the heart.\\nPerichondrium. A membrane of a fibrous nature, which covers cartilages\\nthat are non-articular.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0415.jp2"}, "416": {"fulltext": "302 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nPerinephritic\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pertaining to perinephritis.\\nPerinephritis. Inflammation of the cellular tissue around the kidney.\\nPeriosteum {peri, around osteon, bone). The dense, fibrous membrane,\\nwhich surrounds the bones in the living body.\\nPeripheral. Relating to the periphery or circumference around the\\noutside of an organ.\\nPeritoneum. The serous membrane of the abdomen.\\nPeritonitis. Acute inflammation of the peritoneum, attended by violent\\npain.\\nPer se. By, or of, itself.\\nPerspiration.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The excretion from the skin.\\nPertussis. Whooping cough.\\nPeyer s glands. Small, agiminated glands situated beneath the villous coat\\nof the intestines.\\nPharynx. The muscular, membranous cavity at the back of the mouth.\\nPhlebitis. Inflammation of the inner membrane of a vein.\\nPhlemasia dolens.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Milk leg.\\nPhonation. The physiology of the voice.\\nPhysiology.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The science which relates to the functions or uses of the\\ndifferent parts or organs of the body.\\nPia mater {pia, tender; mater, mother). A very delicate membrane cov-\\nering the brain completely, enveloping the cerebellum.\\nPigment. Coloring matter.\\nPituitary body. A small, round body, occupying the sella turcica of the\\nsphenoid bone.\\nPlacenta. A soft, spongy, vascular body, adherent to the uterus, and\\nconnected with the foetus by the umbilical cord.\\nPlasma. The nutritious fluid of the blood.\\nPleura. The membrane that lines the chest and envelopes the lungs.\\nPleuritis, or pleurisy. An acute or chronic inflammation of the pleura,\\naccompanied with fever, pain, difficult respiration and cough.\\nPlexus. A network of blood vessels or of nerves.\\nPneumonia.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 See Lung Fever.\\nPneumonitis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 See Lung Fever.\\nPneumo-perieardium.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A collection of air or gas in the pleura; a com-\\nplaint generally sudden in its invasion and fatal in character.\\nPneumo-thorax. A collection of gas in the pleural cavities.\\nPons Varolii. An eminence at the upper part of the medulla oblongata.\\nPost-mortem examination. An examination, after death, of the body\\nfor the purpose of ascertaining the cause or causes of death.\\nPrehension.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The act of laying hold of.\\nProcess. A projection.\\nProphylactic A preservative or preventive.\\nProteids. Applied to certain food stuffs, which are primarily tissue formers.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0416.jp2"}, "417": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY. 303\\nProtoplasm. The viscid, nitrogenous material in vegetable cells, by\\nwhich the process of nutrition, secretion, and growth goes forward.\\nProximal. Toward or nearest the end of a bone, limb, or organ nearest\\nthe point of attachment of insertion opposed to distal.\\nProximate.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Nearest next to center of body.\\nPtery go-palatine. That which belongs to the pterygoid process and\\npalate.\\nPuerperal fever.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Child-bed fever.\\nPuerperal peritonitis. Inflammation of the peritoneum during parturi-\\ntion.\\nPulmonary.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pertaining to the lungs.\\nPurulent.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Consisting of pus.\\nPus. The secretion from inflamed textures.\\nPustule. An elevation of the cuticle, with an inflamed base.\\nPutrefaction. A decomposition, experienced by animal substances when\\ndeprived of life becoming putrid.\\nPysemia. A dangerous disease produced by the mingling of the poisonous\\nmatters of pus with the blood.\\nPylorus. The lower or right orifice of the stomach.\\nPyriform.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pear-shaped.\\nQ\\nQuadratus.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Square.\\nRacemose. Resembling a raceme in clusters, like grapes.\\nRamus.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Branch.\\nReeeptaeulum ehyli.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Receptacle of the chyle a dilation of the thoracic\\nduct.\\nRectum. The third and last portion of the large intestine.\\nRecurrent (recurrens, returning). To run back.\\nReflex. A term applied to an action, which consists in the reflection by an\\nefferent nerve of an impression conveyed to a nervous center by an\\nafferent nerve.\\nRegurgitation. The act by which a canal or reservoir throws back sub-\\nstances accumulated in it.\\nRespiration. The act of breathing.\\nRete. The name given to the interlacing and decussion of blood vessels,\\nlymphatics, fibers and nerves, when they form a kind of network.\\nRete mucosum. The second layer of skin. It is between the cutis vera\\nand cuticle, and gives color to the body.\\nReticular.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Resembling a net applied to many structures in the body.\\nRetina. Innermost coat of the eye, consisting of an expansion of the optic\\nnerve.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0417.jp2"}, "418": {"fulltext": "304 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBA LMIXG.\\nRheumatism. A painful inflammation, or neuralgia, affecting the muscles,\\njoints and other parts of the body.\\nRickets. The arrest of natural growth and development.\\nRigOP mortis. The stiffening of the muscles after death.\\nRotation.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The act of rotating.\\nRupture. A preternatural opening of the walls of the abdomen with\\nprotusion of internal parts; hernia; the state of being broken, as\\nrupture of a vessel.\\nSacculated. Furnished with little sacs.\\nSaliva. The fluid secreted by the salivary glands.\\nSanitary. Pertaining to health.\\nSaprophytes.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Putrefactive bacteria.\\nSarcophagus.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A tomb.\\nScapula. The shoulder blade.\\nScarlet Fever A contagious febrile disease, characterized by inflamma-\\ntion of the fauces, and a scarlet rash, appearing usually on the second\\nday, and ending in desquamation about the sixth or seventh day.\\nSearletina\u00e2\u0080\u0094 See Scarlet Fever.\\nSclerotic\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The outer coat of the eye.\\nScybala. Feces in the form of round, hard lumps.\\nSebaceous glands. Small, conglomerate glands situated in the subcutane-\\nous areolar tissue, either isolated, or connected with the hair follicles,\\nwhich secrete the sebaceous humor.\\nSecretion (secretum, to separate). The process of preparing and separating\\nsubstances necessary for the activity and health of the body the\\nsubstances so prepared and separated.\\nSenility. That condition of the body resulting from old age.\\nSeptic A substance causing putrefaction.\\nSepticaemia\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Blood poisoning.\\nSeptum. A part destined to separate two cavities from each other, or to\\ndivide a principal cavity into several secondary cavities.\\nSerous. Thin watery relating to the most watery portion of animal\\nfluids, or to the membranes that secrete them.\\nSerous membrane. A thin tissue, covering the cavities of the body that\\nare not open to external air.\\nSerum. The most watery portion of animal fluids, exhaled by serous\\nmembranes.\\nSesamoid bones. Small bones situated in the substances of tendons near\\ncertain joints.\\nSinus. A cavity in a bone or other part, the interior of which is more\\nexpanded than the entrance.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0418.jp2"}, "419": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY. 305\\nSlough. The dead material resulting from gangrene, ulceration or low\\nforms of inflammation of soft tissues.\\nSmallpox. An exanthematic disease, consisting of a constitutional\\nfebrile affection, and a cutaneous eruption.\\nSoftening, post-mortem.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Softening after death of different organs due\\nto post-mortem changes.\\nSomatic. That which concerns the body death of entire body.\\nSpinal column.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Back-bone.\\nSplenitis. Inflammation of the spleen.\\nSplenization.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A morbid condition of the lungs in which they sometimes\\nresemble the spleen in color and consistency.\\nSpores An organized body of extremely minute size a germ.\\nSpurious disease. A disease which is mistaken for another.\\nSputum. The secretions ejected from the mouth in the act of spitting.\\nSteatoma. An encysted tumor, containing matter like suet a wen.\\nSteatomatous. Of the nature of a steatoma.\\nStereoraeeous vomiting.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Vomiting of fecal matter.\\nSterilize. To render free from living germs, as by heating or other-\\nwise.\\nStethoscope. An instrument employed to examine the chest sounds, in\\nauscultation.\\nStriated.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Striped.\\nStricture. A contraction of a tube, duct, canal, or orifice.\\nStimulus. Anything that excites the animal economy.\\nStructure. The arrangement of the different tissues and organic elements\\nof which the body is concerned.\\nSubcutaneous. That which is placed immediately under the skin.\\nSubjacent Lying under or below.\\nSublingual (sub, under; lingual, tongue). The salivary gland located\\nunder the tongue.\\nSubmaxillary (sub, under; maxilla, jaw). The salivary gland located\\nunder the jaw.\\nSuffocation. Obstruction of respiration by means other than pressure on\\nthe neck (hanging, strangulation), or submersion (drowning).\\nSulcus (pi. sulci). A furrow or groove; a name given to the grooves on\\nthe surface of bones or other organs.\\nSupinated.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Turned up.\\nSuppuration. Producing purulent matter, or forming pus.\\nSuture. A kind of immovable articulation, in which the bones unite by\\nmeans of serrated edges, which are dovetailed into each other.\\nSympathetic system.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The portion of the nervous system controlling\\nthe voluntary functions of the various organs.\\nSymphysis. Articulation or union of bones.\\nSymphysis pubis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Articulation of the pubis.\\nE\u00e2\u0080\u0094 20", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0419.jp2"}, "420": {"fulltext": "306 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nSyncope. A state of suspended animation, due to sudden failure of the\\nheart.\\nSynovia. A fluid resembling the white of egg, secreted by the synovial\\nmembranes, which lubricates the joints.\\nSynovial.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 That which relates to the synovia.\\nSynovial membranes. Membranes covering the joints.\\nSynthesis.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The operation by which divided parts are reunited.\\nSynthetically.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 In a synthetical manner; by synthesis.\\nSystemic. Belonging to the general system.\\nSystemic circulation. General circulation of the blood through the ar-\\nteries, veins and capillaries.\\nT\\nTampon.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A plug.\\nTemporal.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Relating to the temple.\\nTendon. A cord, or bundle of fibers, by which motion is communicated\\nfrom a muscle to a bone.\\nTetanus.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Lockjaw.\\nThorax. The cavity containing the lungs.\\nThrombosis. The coagulation of fibrin in the heart, or blood vessels, dur-\\ning life.\\nThrombus. A small, hard, round, bluish tumor, formed by an effusion of\\nblood in the vicinity of a vein, which has been opened in the operation\\nof blood-letting a coagulum of blood.\\nTissue. A general term applied to the textures of which the different\\norgans are composed.\\nTonic. A medicine which has the power of exciting slowly the organic\\nactions of the different systems of the animal economy.\\nTorsion (tortum, to twist).\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Twisting.\\nTortuous.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Twisted.\\nToxaemia.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Poisoning of the blood.\\nTrachea.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The windpipe.\\nTrance. A sleep-like state which comes on spontaneously and from which\\nthe sleeper cannot be roused must not be confounded with death.\\nTransude. To pass through the pores of a texture.\\nTraumatic Anything relating to a wound.\\nTriceps. A muscle with three heads or origins.\\nTricuspid. That which has three points a name applied to the triangular\\nvalves of the heart.\\nTrochanter. Name of the process at the upper extremity of the femur.\\nTuberosity. An eminence or process, with an unequal and rough sur-\\nface.\\nTumor. Swelling caused by some form of new growth, such as cancer,\\nfibroid, boil, etc.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0420.jp2"}, "421": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY. 307\\nTyphoid Fever. A continued fever of long duration, usually attended with\\ndiarrhoea, characterized by peculiar intestinal lesions and enlargement\\nof the spleen.\\nTyphus Fever. A contagious febrile disease, marked by a peculiar, dark\\nrash, with considerable cerebral depression, and lasting about three\\nweeks.\\nu\\nUmbilical. That which belongs or relates to the navel.\\nUmbilical cord.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A cord-like substance which extends from the placenta\\nto the, umbilicus of the foetus.\\nUnetUOUS.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Fat, oily, greasy.\\nUnicellular. Containing one cell.\\nV\\nV or Vel.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Or.\\nVaccination. The operation of inserting the vaccine virus under the\\ncuticle, so that it may enter into the absorbents.\\nVaccinia.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cowpox.\\nValvular. Containing valves.\\nVarioloid. Smallpox modified by vaccination.\\nVasa vasorum. Small vessels which supply larger vessels with blood for\\ntheir nutrition.\\nVascular. Consisting of, or containing, vessels.\\nVasomotOP. That which causes movement in the vessels.\\nVegetation. A morbid production which rises as an excrescence on an\\norgan or part a fleshy granulation at the surface of a wound or ulcer.\\nVenae Comites. Companion veins accompanying an artery.\\nVenesection.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Blood-letting.\\nVentral. Belonging to the abdomen.\\nVentricle. A cavity, especially of the heart also, of the brain.\\nVermiform appendix.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 See appendix vermiformis.\\nVertigo. Giddiness, dizziness, or swimming of the head.\\nVilli (pi. of villus, a tuft of hair). Minute, highly vascular, papillary eleva-\\ntions projecting from the mucous membrane of the small intestine\\nthroughout its whole extent, giving to its surface a velvety appear-\\nance, and serving chiefly for absorption.\\nVillous membrane. Membrane covered with fine, delicate prolongations,\\npapillse, or villi.\\nVirus. A poison.\\nViscera. The contents of the cavities of the body, as of the head, thorax,\\nabdomen, etc.\\nViscid. Sticky, or adhering; having a ropy or glutinous consistency.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0421.jp2"}, "422": {"fulltext": "308 CHAMPIOX TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMTXG.\\nVolatile. Capable of wasting away; evaporation.\\nVoluntary muscle. A muscle under control of the will.\\nw\\nWormian bones. Small bones in the sutures of the bones of the cranium.\\nWry-neek. Twisting of the neck to one side.\\nz\\nZygomatic.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 That which relates to the cheek-bone.\\nZymotic disease. Any epidemic, endemic, contagious, or sporadic affec-\\ntion which is produced by some morbific principle acting on the\\nsystem like a ferment.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0422.jp2"}, "423": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX\\nAbbott, observations of, 266.\\nBacteriology, history of, 251.\\nAbdomen, 18, 37. 42.\\nContents of, 43.\\nRegions of, 43.\\nEpigastric (or epigastrium). 37, 41, 43.\\nHypochondriac (or hvpochondrium),\\nleft, 37, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44.\\nRight, 37, 41. 43.\\nHypogastric, 43. 44.\\nInguinal, left, 43, 44.\\nRight, 43, 44.\\nLumbar, left, 43, 44.\\nRight, 43. 44.\\nUmbilical, 43, 44.\\nAbdominal cavity, 42, 159.\\nTo inject the, 159.\\nTo remove gases from, 160.\\nTo remove liquids from, 160.\\nAbsorbents, the, 20.\\nAir passages, asphyxia from mechanical ob-\\nstructions of, 280.\\nAlimentary canal, the, 33.\\nAmerican Indians, embalming not unknown\\namong, 98.\\nAmerican Public Health Association, ex-\\nperiments by Committee on Disinfectants\\nof, 270.\\nAnaesthetics, asphyxia from poisons or, 281.\\nAnatomy, morbid, 169.\\nVisceral, 26.\\nAncient and modern embalming, 81.\\nAncient embalming, 83.\\nAnthrax spores, Koch s experiments upon.\\n265.\\nAntiseptic, an, 256.\\nAntiseptic and germicidal value of various\\nsalts, 269.\\nAntitoxin, diphtheria, 260.\\nTetanus, 262.\\nAppendix\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Questions for Review, 217.\\nAppendix vermiformis, the, 40, 44.\\nArterial injection, 133.\\nArtery or arteries, 50.\\nAnastomica magna, 63.\\nAorta, 56.\\nAbdominal, 43, 56.\\nArch, 56, 57.\\nThoracic, 37, 56, 60.\\nArch, deep palmar, 60.\\nSuperficial, 60.\\nArterite receptaculi, 58.\\nAuricular, posterior, 57.\\nAxillary, 59.\\nBrachial, 18,59.\\nBranches of, 60.\\nBronchial, 56, 61,\\nCarotid, common. 18, 57.\\nLeft, 56.\\nRight, 57.\\nExternal, 57.\\nInternal, 58.\\nCerebral, anterior, 58.\\nMiddle, 58.\\nPosterior, 58.\\nChoroid, anterior, 58.\\nCircle of Willis, 58.\\nCircumflex, external. 63.\\nInternal, 63.\\nCceliac axis, 38, 61.\\nCommunicating, anterior, 58.\\nPosterior, 58.\\nCoronary, 56, 57.\\nDorsalis pedis, 64.\\nEpigastric, 62.\\nSuperficial, 63.\\nEsophageal, 56.\\nBranches of, 61.\\nFacial, 57.\\nFemoral, 18, 62, 63.\\nMuscular branches of, 63.\\nGastric, 56, 61.\\nGastro-epiploic. right, 38.\\nHepatic. 45. 56.61.\\nIliac, 56.\\nCircumflex. 63.\\nCommon, 56, 62.\\nExternal, 62.\\nInternal, 62.\\nSuperficial circumflex, 63.\\nInnominate, 56, 57.\\nIntercostals, 56, 59, 61.\\nSuperior, 59.\\nLingual, 35, 57.\\nLumbar, 56, 62.\\nMammary, internal, 59.\\nMaxillary, internal, 57.\\nMediastinal, posterior, 56, 61.\\nMesenteric, inferior, 56, 62.\\nSuperior, 42, 56, 61.\\nOccipital, 57.\\nOphthalmic, 58.\\nPalatine, descending, 36.\\nPalmar arch, deep, 60.\\nPancreaticai parvse, 42.\\nPancreatiea magna, 42.\\nPancreatico-duodenalis. 42.\\nPerforating, 63.\\nPericardiac, 56.\\nBranches of, 61.\\nPharyngeal, ascending, 35,36, 57\\nPhrenic, 56,61.\\nInferior, 42.\\nPlantar arch, 64.\\nExternal, 61.\\nInternal, 64.\\nPopliteal, 63.\\n(309;", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0423.jp2"}, "424": {"fulltext": "310\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nArtery or arteries Cont d.\\nProfunda femoris, 63.\\nPterygo-palatine. 36.\\nPudie,deep external. 03.\\nSuperficial external. 03.\\nPulmonary, 52, 04. 71. 126.\\nRight and left, 65.\\nPyloric, 38.\\nRadial. 60.\\nRenal, 42, 56, 62.\\nSacra media. 56, 62.\\nSpermatics, 56, 62.\\nSplenic, 38. 42, 56, 61.\\nSubclavian, 58.\\nLeft, 56.\\nRight. 57.\\nSubmental. 35.\\nSuperficial arch, 60.\\nSuprarenal. 42, 56. 62.\\nSuprascapular, 59.\\nTemporal, 57.\\nThyroid axis, 59.\\nThyroid, inferior. 59.\\nSuperior, 36, 57.\\nTibial, anterior, 64.\\nPosterior. 64.\\nTracheal. 48.\\nTransversalis colli. 59.\\nTympanic, 58.\\nUmbilical. 71.\\nVertebral, 58.\\nArtificial respiration. Howard s m\\nof, 279.\\nAsphyxia, 119.\\nAsphyxia from.\\nBreathing noxious gases, 280.\\nDrowning, 281.\\nLightning stroke. 282.\\nMechanical obstruction of the air\\nsages, 280.\\nPoisons or anesthetics. 281.\\nAssyrians, embalming among the. 97.\\nAtlanteans, methods of the. 97.\\nAuthors, portraits of. frontispieces.\\nAztecs, methods of the, 98.\\nBabylonians, methods of the, 97.\\nBacillus or bacilli. 256.\\nAnthrax, 206, 269.\\nCadaveris, 181.24s.\\nComma. 180, 183.\\nDiphtherise, 174.\\nPyocyanus, 270.\\nTetanus, 262.\\nTubercle, 271.\\nTubercular, 178.\\nTuberculosus, 179.\\nTyphi abdominalis, 178.\\nTyphoid, 175. 209, 27m. 272, 273.\\nBacteria, forms of, 256.\\nBacteriology, history of (after Abbott), 251.\\nBandage a body for shipment, to, 280.\\nBarlow, Asiatic cholera case reported by, 181.\\nBehring, Dr.. observations cm antitoxin, 201.\\nBiliverdin, discoloration caused by, 152.\\nBladder, 44.\\nBlood. 54. 125, 144.\\nArterial, 52.\\nBlood, lymph and chyle, 125.\\nCause of the arteries being empty after\\ndeath, 127.\\nCirculation of the. 55. 120.\\nCirculation not destroyed by tapping the\\nheart. 144.\\nCoagulation of, 125.\\nCorpuscles, 25, 54.\\nCrystals, 54.\\nHeart and veins, valves of the, 147.\\nHeart, to remove from the, 144.\\nPlasma, the, 54.\\nProper time to withdraw the, 148.\\nTo remove by the veins, 147.\\nTo remove the, 144.\\nVenous, 52.\\nBody, 77.\\nAnatomical and physiological constants,\\n79.\\nCirculation, 80.\\nDigestion, 79.\\nGeneral statistics, 79.\\nRespiration, 80.\\nChemical constituents of the, 78.\\nHuman, the. 1.\\nTo bandage for shipment, 286.\\nWeight and constituents, its, 77.\\nBolton, experiments of, 2f0.\\nBone or bones\\nAnalysis of, 3.\\nArticulations of. 12.\\nBreaking of, 8.\\nCarpus, 11.\\nClassification of, 6.\\nClavicle, 10.\\nCoccyx. 10.\\nComposition of. 6.\\nCranial cavity. 9.\\nDevelopment of 7.\\nElbow, 11.\\nExtremities, 10.\\nFemur, 11.\\nFoot, 11.\\nFresh or living, 7.\\nHand, 11.\\nHaversian canals, 7.\\nHead and trunk. 5.\\nHead, of the, 9.\\nCranial cavity, 9.\\nSkull and face, 9.\\nSkull bones. 9.\\nHumerus, 11.\\nInjury and repair of 8.\\nInnominata, 10.\\nJoints, 8.\\nStructures, the, 12.\\nArticular lamella, 12.\\nCartilage, 12.\\nFibro-cartilage, 12.\\nSynovial membrane, 8, 12.\\nLigaments, 12.\\nKnee joint. 11.\\nLacunae, 7.\\nLigaments, 12, 13.\\nLower extremities, of the, 11.\\nMetacarpal, 11.\\nNumber. 5.\\nPatella, 11.\\nPhalanges, 11.\\nPubic arch. 10.\\nRepair of. 8.\\nRibs, 10.\\nScapula, 10.\\nSesamoid, 12,", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0424.jp2"}, "425": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\n311\\nBone or bones\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cont d.\\nShoulder, 10.\\nShoulder joint, 10.\\nSkeleton, analysis of 3.\\nSkull, 9.\\nSkull and face, 9.\\nSpinal column. 9.\\nSternum, 10.\\nStructure of, 7.\\nTibia, 11.\\nTrunk, of the, 9.\\nWormian, 12.\\nWrist, 11.\\nUpper extremity, of the, 10.\\nBrachial artery and basilic vein, 135.\\nBrain, the, 29.\\nCerebellum, 30.\\nCerebro-spinal system, 28.\\nCerebrum, 29.\\nCranial nerves, 32.\\nGanglions, 29.\\nMedulla oblongata, 31.\\nWeight of, 29.\\nBristowe, case of obstinate constipation re-\\nported by, 206.\\nBronchi, the, 47, 48.\\nBuchner, experiments of, 247.\\nCsecurn, 39.\\nCapillaries, the, 50, 70.\\nCapsules, suprarenal, the, 42, 43, 44.\\nCarbonic acid, poisoning by, 241.\\nOxide, poisoning by, 242.\\nCarpenter, Dr., on alcoholism, 221.\\nCartilage, or cartilages, 12, 75.\\nCavity injection, 155.\\nCeci, on antiseptics, 272.\\nCerebro-spinal axis, the, 31.\\nCerebro-spinal system, the, 28.\\nChampion Hand Protector, 285.\\nHardening Compound, 230.\\nNeedle process, 107. 180. 218, 225, 237, 240.\\nChannels of infection, 247.\\nChelins, case of obstinate constipation, re-\\nported by, 20G.\\nCholera spirillum, 209, 270, 272,273.\\nChyle, 24.\\nChyme; 38.\\nCirculation, 80.\\nBlood, of the, 55, 56.\\nEmbalming fluid, of, 128.\\nFoetal, the, 71.\\nLesser or pulmonary, 64.\\nOrgans of, 50.\\nSystemic, the, 56.\\nCoal gas, poisoning by, 242.\\nCocci or micrococci, 256.\\nColon, the, 40.\\nComma bacillus, 180, 183.\\nContents, Table of, vii.\\nCornea, tin-, 72.\\nCraigie, Dr., on alcoholism, 221.\\nCranium, the, 29.\\nCrypts of LieDerktihn, 88.\\nCuticle, 20, 21.\\nCutis, 20.\\nd Arsonval, Dr., experiments of,\\nDavaine, discoveries of, 254.\\nSepticaemia, on, 187.\\nDeath: its modes, signs and changes,\\n119.\\nCessation of respiration, 120.\\nCessation of the heart s action, 119.\\nCooling of the body, 121.\\nHypostasis, 121.\\nModes of, 119.\\nPost-mortem staining, 121.\\nPutrefaction, 123.\\nRigor mortis, 122.\\nSigns of, 119.\\nSyncope, asphyxia and trance, 119.\\nDe la Croix on antiseptics, 269.\\nDerma, 20.\\nDiaphragm, the, 18, 51.\\nDigestion, the organs of, 33.\\nDiphtheria, 260.\\nAntitoxin, 260.\\nDiploe, 9.\\nDirections for restoring the apparently\\ndead, 2S2.\\nDiscoloration, 150.\\nBiliverdin, caused by, 152.\\nBrownish or greenish spots, 151.\\nBruised and other spots, 151.\\nCongestion of the peripheral veins, 151.\\nHypostasis, 121.\\nPost mortem staining, 121.\\nDiseases, description and treatment, 169.\\nAccidents, railroad and other, 237.\\nAir passages and chest, other diseases of,\\n205.\\nAlbuminuria\u00e2\u0080\u0094 B right s disease. 211.\\nAlcoholism, 220.\\nAlimentary canal, other diseases of, 210.\\nApoplexy, 219.\\nAppendicitis, 208.\\nAsiatic cholera, 180.\\nAsphyxia, 239.\\nBladder, diseases of, 213.\\nBright s disease\u00e2\u0080\u0094 albuminuria, 211.\\nBronchitis, 205.\\nCancer, 231.\\nCellulitis, cellular or diffuse, 192.\\nCerebro-spinal meningitis, 185.\\nChild bed or puerperal fever, 191.\\nCholera, Asiatic, 180.\\nCholera infantum, 186.\\nCholera morbus, or sporadic, 209.\\nChronic pleurisy, 202.\\nColitis, 210.\\nCondition and treatment of mother and\\nfoetus, 233.\\nConstipation, obstinate, 206.\\nConsumption tuberculosis, 178.\\nDelirium tremens, 223.\\nDiabetes\u00e2\u0080\u0094 sugar in the urine, 212.\\nDiphtheria, 174.\\nDropsy, 225.\\nDrowned cases, 235.\\nFloater, treatment of a. 235.\\nDysentery\u00e2\u0080\u0094 flux, 207.\\nElectricity, lightning and, 237.\\nEmpysemia, 202.\\nEnteritis, 210.\\nEn tern-colitis, 210.\\nErysipelas, 192.\\n!el lulo-cuta ne us, 192.\\nCutaneous, 192.\\nFlux\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Dysentery, 207.\\nGangrene, 195.\\nGangrene of the lungs, 201,\\nGastritis, 210,", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0425.jp2"}, "426": {"fulltext": "Hi:\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\nDiseases, description and treatment\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cont d\\nGunshot wounds, 238.\\nHeart, valvular diseases of, 204.\\nHernia, or rupture, 209.\\nInflammation of the\\nBowels, 210.\\nLarge intestine. 207.\\nKidney, 212.\\nPericardium, 203.\\nPeritoneum, 190.\\nVermiform append. x, 208.\\nJaundice, 228.\\nLaryngitis, 205.\\nLightning and electricity. 237.\\nLung fever, 198.\\nLungs, gangrene of, 201.\\nMeningitis, cerebrospinal, l.sr,.\\nMorphine or opium poisoning. 210.\\nMother and foetus, condition and treat-\\nment of, 233.\\nMutilation, eases of, 237.\\nNephritis\u00e2\u0080\u0094 inflammation of kidney, 212\\nObstinate constipation, 206.\\nOpium or morphine poisoning, 24n.\\nParalysis. 215.\\nHemiplegia, 217.\\nParaplegia, 216.\\nPericarditis, 203.\\nPeritonitis, 190.\\nPluerisy\u00e2\u0080\u0094 pleuritis, 202.\\nPrimary, 202.\\nPurulent. 202.\\nSuppurative or chronic, 202.\\nPleuritis, 202.\\nPneumonia\u00e2\u0080\u0094 lung fever. 198.\\nAcute or croupous, 198.\\nPneumo-pericarditis, 103.\\nPoisonous gases, death caused by, 241.\\nCarbonic acid, 241.\\nCarbonic oxide, 242.\\nCoal gas, 242.\\nPost-mortem cases, 197.\\nPuerperal or child bed fever, 191.\\nPyaemia, 189.\\nPyothorax, 202.\\nRheumatism, 229.\\nRupture, or hernia. 209.\\nScarlatina, 173.\\nScarlet fever, 173.\\nSepticaemia, 187.\\nShip fever, 177.\\nSmallpox, 172.\\nSporadic cholera, 209.\\nSunstroke, 194.\\nSuppurative pleurisy, 202.\\nSyphilis, 232.\\nTuberculosis\u00e2\u0080\u0094 consumption, 178\\nTumors. 230.\\nTyphoid fever, 175.\\nTyphus fever, 177.\\nYellow fever, 184.\\nTrine, sugar in the, 212.\\nValvular diseases of the heart, 204.\\nDiodorus on Egyptian methods, 87,88, 90\\nDisinfection and its effects (after Sykes) 2(13\\nPractical directions for (after Stern\\nberg) 274.\\nSanitation and, 245.\\nDowler, Dr., on yelW fever, 185.\\nDrowned person, treatment for restoring\\na, 281.\\nDrowning, asphyxia from, 281.\\nDuct or ducts.\\nArteriosus. 71.\\nCystic. 41.\\nHepatic, 41,\\nPancreatic, 42.\\nRivinus, of, 33.\\nSterno s,33.\\nThoracic, 43. 44.\\nWharton s, 33.\\nDuctus communis choledochus. 39,41,42. 45\\nDuodenum. 39.\\nEar, 74,\\nExternal, 75.\\nInternal, 76.\\nMiddle, 75.\\nEichhorst, Asiatic cholera case reported\\nby, 181.\\nEmbalming, ancient and modern, 82.\\nAncient methods, 83.\\nGeneral remarks, 83.\\nEarly Christians, among. 99.\\nEgyptians, 85.\\nAfter sixth century. 94.\\nCartonnage, a. 91.\\nClasses of, 93.\\nCosts of, 91,94.\\nMummies, pattern of 87.\\nMummy wrappings, 91.\\nParaschistes, the, 88, 89.\\nSarcophagi, the, 91.\\nScribe, the, 88.\\nStranger, found dead, 94.\\nWomen of high rank, 91.\\nJewish, 94.\\nPoor embalmed with bitumen, 96.\\nRomans and other nations, of the, 97.\\nAssyrians, the, 97.\\nBabylonians, the, 97.\\nEthiopians, the, 97.\\nGreeks, the, 97,\\nGuanches, the. 97.\\nPersians, the, 97.\\nScythians, the, 97.\\nWestern hemisphere, on the. 98.\\nAztecs, the, 98.\\nIndians, North American, 98.\\nChinooks, 99.\\nDakotas. 99.\\nFlatheads, 99.\\nFlorida, 99.\\nVirginia, 99.\\nRoyal In cas, 98.\\nInstruments, their use and care, 129\\nModern methods of. 101.\\nBaillic, Dr. Mathew, 104.\\nBelgian, 108.\\nBoudet, M., 104.\\nBrooks, Joshua, 104.\\nBrunetti, 108.\\nChaussier, Dr., 106.\\nEngland, but little practiced in, ill.\\nFalcony, M.. 106.\\nFlorentine, 110.\\nFranehini, M., 104.\\nFranciolla, 107.\\nGannal, Jean Nicholas. 105.\\nGerman, 110.\\nHunter, Dr. William, 102.\\nHunterian, 104.\\nHunter, John, 103.\\nRuysch. Dr. Frederic, 101.\\nSheldon, Dr., 104,", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0426.jp2"}, "427": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\n313\\nEmbalming, ancient and modern\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ConVd.\\nModern methods of\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cont d.\\nSucquet, M., 105.\\nTscheirnoff, Dr., 109.\\nUp to date, 112.\\nIntroductory remarks, 112.\\nHolmes, Dr. Thomas, father of em-\\nbalming, 113.\\nMcCurdy, Prof. Chas. W., quotation\\nfrom, 112.\\nPreservation as a reason, 113.\\nSanitation as a reason, 114.\\nThorough embalmment, 114.\\nAppearance of a body after thorough\\nembalmment, 118.\\nCondition, appearance and disease of\\nthe body, the, 114.\\nTo thoroughly embalm, 117.\\nEmbalming fluid, circulation of, 128.\\nEndocardium, 51.\\nEndosteum, 7.\\nEpidermis, 20.\\nEpiglottis, 47.\\nEsophagus, the, 33, 36, 49.\\nEustachian tubes, 36, 75.\\nEye, 72.\\nChambers of, 72.\\nEyelids, the, 74.\\nIris, the, 73.\\nLachrymal gland, the, 74.\\nMembranes, the, 72.\\nRetina, the, 73.\\nEye process, the, 163.\\nFalx Cerebri, 30, 31.\\nFascise, 16.\\nDeep, 16.\\nSuperficial, 16.\\nFauces, pillars of the, 33, 35.\\nFerrier, Dr., on asphyxia, 239.\\nFibers of Corti, 76.\\nFibrils (filaments), 15.\\nFibro-areolar tissue, 16, 20.\\nFibro-cartilage, 12.\\nFloater, treatment of a, 235.\\nFluid, embalming, circulation of, 128.\\nFoetal circulation, 71.\\nFallopian tubes, the, 44.\\nFollicles of Lieberkiihn, 38.\\nForamen magnum, to inject through the. 164.\\nFundus, the, 37.\\nGall bladder, 41, 43.\\nGanglions, 27, 29.\\nGeppert. experiments of, 267.\\nGermicidal and antiseptic value of various\\nsalts, 269.\\nGland or glands\\nBrunner s, 38, 40,\\nDuodenal, 38.\\nLachrymal, 74.\\nLiver, 40.\\nMeibomian, 74.\\nSalivary. 33. 34.\\nSebaceous, 22.\\nSolitary, 38.\\nSublingual, 34.\\nSubmaxillary. 34.\\nSudoriferous, 22.\\nSweat, 22.\\nThyroid, 47.\\nGlossary, 287.\\nGlosso-epiglottic ligament, 35.\\nGlottis, 47.\\nGryphrius, on ancient embalming, 88.\\nGullet, 36.\\nH\\nHair, the, 22.\\nFollicles, 22.\\nHaversian canals, 7.\\nHeart and veins, valves of the, 147.\\nHeart, the, 49, 50.\\nAuricle, left, 52, 53, 71.\\nRight, 52, 71.\\nBlood, to remove from the, 144.\\nCapacity, its, 52.\\nCavities, its, 51.\\nCirculation not destroyed by tapping the.\\n144.\\nDescription and location, 50.\\nVentricle, left, 51, 52, 53, 71.\\nRight, 52, 53, 71.\\nWeight and size, 51.\\nWeight of, 77.\\nHenle, first to teach doctrine of infection\\nfrom bacteria, 254.\\nHerodotus on Egyptian methods, 85, 86,88.\\nHistory of bacteriology (after Abbott), 251.\\nHoffman, demonstrations of, 255.\\nHoward s method of artificial respiration,\\n279.\\nHuman body, the, 1.\\nIce mixture. 152.\\nFormula, 152.\\nSubstitute, a, 152.\\nIllustrations, List of, xix.\\nImmunity to certain diseases, recent\\nmethods of giving, 257.\\nSusceptibility and (to infection), 248.\\nIndex, General, 309.\\nInfection, 247.\\nChannels of, 247.\\nSusceptibility and immunity, 248.\\nInjection, arterial, 133.\\nArteries, the raising and injecting of, 134.\\nArtery, selection of the, to be injected, 133.\\nBlood, to remove the, 144.\\nBasilic vein, to open the, 147.\\nCirculation not destroyed by tapping\\nthe heart, 144.\\nFemoral vein, if the, 148.\\nHeart and veins, valves of the, 147.\\nJugular vein, internal, 148.\\nMethods, 144.\\nProper time to withdraw, 148.\\nTo remove by the veins, 147.\\nTo remove from the heart. 144.\\nBrachial artery and basilic vein, 135.\\nAnatomical guide, 135.\\nLinear guide, 135.\\nLocation. 135.\\nTo raise the, 136.\\nCommon carotid artery and internal\\njugular vein, 139.\\nAnatomical guide. 1 10.\\nCommon carotid artery, 139.\\nLinear guide, 140.\\nTo raise the, 110.\\nDiscoloration. 150.\\nBiliverdin, caused by, K 2.\\nBrownish or greenish spots. 151,", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0427.jp2"}, "428": {"fulltext": "314\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nInjection, arterial\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cont d.\\nDiscoloration Cont d.\\nBruised and other spots, 151.\\nCongestion of the peripheral veins. 151.\\nTreatment of, 151.\\nFemoral artery and vein, 136.\\nAnatomical guide, 139.\\nLinear guide, 136.\\nLocation. 136.\\nTo raise the, 139.\\nIce mixture, 152.\\nFormula. 152.\\nSubstitute, a, 152.\\nPosterior tibial artery, 143.\\nLocation, 143.\\nTo raise the, 143.\\nRadial artery. 140.\\nTo locate and raise the, 140.\\nSecond injection. 149.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Skin slip: its causes and prevention\\n149.\\nFormula and treatment. 150.\\nTo prevent slipping of the skin. 150.\\nInjection, cavity. 155.\\nAbdominal cavity, to inject the, 159.\\nStomach and intestines, to inject the.\\n159.\\nGases and liquids, to remove, 160.\\nAbdominal cavitv. to remove gases from\\nthe. 160.\\nTo remove liquids from the, 160.\\nThoracic cavitv. to remove gases from\\nthe. 160.\\nPleural cavities, to inject the. 156.\\nLung tissue, to inject the, 159.\\nThoracic cavity, the, 156.\\nPleurae, the. 156.\\nInject through the foramen magnum, to. 161.\\nInstruments, embalming. 129.\\nAseptic, 130.\\nNecessary for arterial work, 132.\\nNumber and quality. 131.\\nShould lie kept clean. 129.\\nShould be sharp, 131.\\nShould take just pride in his. 130.\\nSterilizing. 131.\\nTo remove rust from steel. 131.\\nUsed for cavity injection, 132.\\nIntestines, 33, 43.\\nLarge, 33,39.\\nAppendix vermiformis, 40. 44.\\nCeecum, 39.\\nColon, 39, 40, 44.\\nRectum, 39. 40.\\nSigmoid flexure, 40, 44.\\nSmall, 33, 38, 44.\\nDuodenum, 39.\\nIleum, 39.\\nJejunum. 39.\\nJaws, 33. 36.\\nJejunum, 39.\\n.Tenner, discovery of, 250.\\nK\\nKidney, 44.\\nKitasato on antiseptics, 269.\\nKlein, experiments of, 266.\\nKoch, researches of, concerning Asiatic\\ncholera, 180.\\nExperiments upon anthrax spores, 265.\\nKuhne, on antiseptics, 269.\\nLabyrinth, the, 76.\\nLacteals, the, 24.\\nLacuna?, the, 7.\\nLambert, Dr. Alex., investigations on sun-\\nstroke, 194.\\nLarynx, the, 47.\\nLeeuwenhoeck, Antony Van, discoveries\\nof, 251.\\nLens, crystalline, 73.\\nLewi-. In-., investigations on sunstroke,\\n194.\\nLigaments, the, 12, 13.\\nGlosso-epiglottic, 35.\\nLightning stroke, treatment for, 282.\\nLiver, the, 33,40,43.\\nLockjaw or tetanus, 262.\\nLodge. Dr. Oliver, observations of, 282.\\nLungs, the, 48. 71.\\nStructure of the, 4.s.\\nLung tissue, to inject the. 159.\\nLunula, 23.\\nLymphatic glands, 24.\\nDuct, 25.\\nSystem, the. 24.\\nLymphatics, the, 24.\\nLymph, the, 24,25.\\nM\\nMastication, 35, 36.\\nMcCurdy, Prof. Chas. W., quotation from,\\n112.\\nMembrane, mucous. 33, 35, 11.\\nSerous. 11.\\nMesenteries, 45.\\nMesos, or mesenteries, 45.\\nMicrococcus or micrococci. 252, 256,270.\\nPasteuri,273.\\nPneumonias crouposa?. 198, 198.\\nTetra genus, 271.\\nMills, Halford L.. observations of, 111.\\nMiquel on antiseptics. 269.\\nMiscellaneous information, 285.\\nMiscellany, general, 277.\\nMorbid anatomy and treatment of special\\ndiseases (see also diseases), 169.\\nIntroductory remarks. 171.\\nAccidental causes, death from, 235.\\nAcute infectious diseases, 172.\\nAirpassages and chest, diseases of, 198.\\nAlimentary canal, diseases affecting the,\\n206.\\nBlood, diseases affecting the, 187.\\nKidneys, diseases of the. 211.\\nNerves, diseases of the. 215.\\nSpecial diseases, 220.\\nMouth, 33, 35, 46.\\nMuscles, 14.\\nArrangement of, 16.\\nAttachment of, 17.\\nInsertion, 17.\\nOrigin. 17.\\nBiceps. 18.\\nContractility of, 15,\\nDevelopment of, 19.\\nDiaphragm, the. 18.\\nFascia?. 16.\\nKinds of, 17.\\nInvoluntary, 17.\\nVoluntary. 17.\\nModification of, 16.\\nMuscular sense, 19.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0428.jp2"}, "429": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\n315\\nMuscles\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cont d.\\nNumber, 15.\\nSartorius, 18.\\nSterno-cleido-mastoid, 17.\\nTendons, the, 15.\\nWonders of, 18.\\nN\\nNails, the, 23.\\nNecrosis, 195.\\nNeedham s doctrine of spontaneous genera-\\ntion, 254.\\nNeedle processes, the, 163.\\nChampion, the, 167.\\nEye process, the, 103.\\nForamen magnum, to inject through the.\\n164.\\nNerve current, 27.\\nSensation, 27.\\nNerves, the, 27.\\nNervous svstem, the, 26.\\nTissue, 26.\\nNew York State Pathological Institute, in-\\nvestigation concerning sunstroke, 194.\\nNicolaier s experiments with tetanus, 262.\\nNissen, experiments of, 270.\\nNose, 46, 76.\\no\\nOgston, Dr., observations on alcholism, 221.\\nOmentum or omenta, the, 44, 45.\\nOrgans of special senses, 72.\\nOsteology, 5.\\nOtoliths, 76.\\nOzanam on bacteriology, 253.\\nPalate, hard and soft, 33.\\nPancreas, 33, 41, 43, 44.\\nPapilla, or papillae, 22, 35.\\nPasteur, discoveries of, 254, 255.\\nPeacock, case of obstinate constipation re-\\nported by, 206.\\nPelvic cavity, the, 45.\\nPericardium, 51.\\nPeriosteum, 7.\\nPeritoneal sacs, 44.\\nPeritoneum, 44.\\nPeyer s patches, 38.\\nPharynx, the, 33, 36, 46.\\nPlenciz, observations of, 253.\\nPleurae, the, 49, 156.\\nPleural cavities, to inject the, 156.\\nMay be injected, the. 159.\\nPlutarch on Egyptian methods, 92.\\nPoisons or anaesthetics, asphyxia from, 281.\\nPollender, discoveries of, 254.\\nPons Variolii, 30,31.\\nPorphyry on Egyptian methods, 92.\\nPortal system, the, 09.\\nPost-mortem cases, 197.\\nWounds, 285\\nPrevention of, 285.\\nPoupart s ligament, 43.\\nPractical directions for disinfection, 271.\\nPreface, v.\\nPrescott s Conquest of Peru, from 98.\\nPreservation as a reason for embalming, 118.\\nPrevention of post-mortem wounds, 285.\\nPulmonary circulation, 64.\\nSystem (of veins), 09.\\nPyloric orifice, 37,38.\\nPylorus, 37, 38.\\nQuestions for Review\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Appendix, 317.\\nReceptaculum chyli, 43.\\nRectum, the, 40.\\nRespiration, the organs of, 46.\\nRestore natural breathing, to, 282.\\nRestoring the apparently dead. 282.\\nDrowned persons, treatment for, 281.\\nResuscitation, 279.\\nDefinition, 279.\\nApparently dead, directions for restoring\\nthe, 282.\\nArtificial respiration, Howard s method\\nof, 279.\\nAsphyxia, treatment for, 280.\\nBreathing noxious gases, from. 280.\\nMechanical obstruction of the air pas-\\nsages, from, 280.\\nPoisons or anaesthetics, from, 281.\\nDrowned person, treatment for restoring\\na, 281.\\nAsphyxia from drowning, 281.\\nLightning strokes, treatment for, 282.\\nNatural breathing has been restored, treat-\\nment after, 282.\\nIf from apoplexy or sunstroke, 284.\\nIntense cold, 294.\\nIntoxication, 284.\\nTo induce circulation and warmth, 284.\\nTreatment for restoring, 282.\\nStimulants and food, 284.\\nSyncope, treatment for, 279.\\nRete mucosum, 21.\\nRetina, the, 72.\\nReview, Questions for\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Appendix, 317.\\nRichardson, Dr. B. W., quotation from, 111.\\nRoesch, Dr., on alcoholism, 220.\\ns\\nSaliva, the, 35.\\nSamazurier, obstinate constipation, 206.\\nSanitation and disinfection, 245.\\nAs a reason for embalming, 114.\\nSchroder, experiments of, 255.\\nSchulze, investigations of, 255.\\nSchwann, experiments of, 255.\\nSebaceous glands, 22.\\nShipment, to bandage a body for, 280.\\nSinus or sinuses, 65.\\nCavernous, 00.\\nCircular, 66.\\nCoronary, 52.\\nLateral, 06.\\nLongitudinal, inferior, 66.\\nSuperior, 66.\\nOccipital, 66.\\nPetrosal, inferior, 66.\\nSuperior, 00.\\nStraight, 66.\\nTransverse, 60.\\nSkeleton, bones of the, J.\\nAnalysis of the human, 3.\\nSkin, the, 20, 21.\\nHair, 22.\\nNails, 23.\\nRete mucosum, 21.\\nStructure of 20,", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0429.jp2"}, "430": {"fulltext": "316\\nCHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\ni ses of, 21.\\nSkin slip. 21.\\nSmallpox. -257.\\nVaccination, 259.\\nTreatment of, 172.\\nSolar plexus. 43.\\nSpallanzani, experiments of. 254.\\nSpecial senses, organs of, 72.\\nSpinal cord, 31.\\nSpirillum or spirilli, 256.\\nCholera Asiatic-re. 180.\\nSpleen, the. 33, 42. 43, 44.\\nSternberg, antiseptic and germicidal value\\nof various salts (after), 269.\\nExperiments concerning tetanus, 262.\\nInfection, (in. 247.\\nPractical directions for disinfection, 274.\\nStilla, observations concerning Asiatic-\\ncholera cases. 182.\\nStomach and intestines, to inject. 159.\\nStomach, the, 33, 37. 43.\\nStreptococci, 193.\\nSudoriferous glands, 22.\\nSunstroke, latest discovery concerning. 194.\\nSuprarenal capsules, the, 42.\\nSusceptibility and immunity, 248.\\nSweat glands, 22.\\nSykes, disinfection and its effects. 203.\\nSympathetic system, the, 28.\\nSymphysis pubis, 10.\\nSyncope, 119.\\nTreatment for, 279.\\nSynovia. 13.\\nSynovial membrane, 8, 13, 75.\\nTeeth, the. 33, 35.\\nTendons, the, 15.\\nTetanus, or lockjaw, 262.\\nAntitoxin, 262.\\nThoracic cavity, 156.\\nTo remove gases from the. 160.\\nThoracic duct. 25.\\nThymus, 42.\\nThyroid, 42.\\nTissue, 16.\\nFibro-areolar, 16.\\nTongue, 33, 35, 76.\\nTouch. 76.\\nTrachea, or windpipe, 47.\\nTrance. 119.\\nTympanum, the, 75.\\nTyndall, Prof., investigations of, 255.\\nu\\nUreter, right and left. 44.\\nUterus, 43, 44.\\nUvula, 33.\\nV\\nVaccination, 259.\\nVan Geison, Dr. Ira T., investigations on\\nsunstroke, 194.\\nVan Leeuwenhoeck, Antony, discoveries of,\\n251.\\nVasa Vasorum,55.\\nVein or veins, 50. 65.\\nAuricular, posterior, CO.\\nAzygos, 44, 49. 67,\\nLeft lower (minor). 67.\\nLeft upper (minimus), 67.\\nRight (major). 67.\\nBasilic, 18.\\nBronchial. 48, 49, 67.\\nCardiac. 69.\\nCephalic. 67.\\nCerebral and cerebellar. 66.\\nDiploe and cranium, of the, 66.\\nFacial, 66.\\nFemoral, 18.\\nHead, of the, 65.\\nHepatic, 69, 71.\\nIliac, 69.\\nCommon. 69.\\nInternal, 68.\\nInnominate, 68.\\n[ntercostal, 67.\\nJugular, anterior, 66.\\nExternal, 66.\\nPosterior, 66.\\nInternal, 18,66.\\nLower extremity, of the, 68.\\nMammary, internal, 67.\\nMaxillary, internal, 66.\\nMedian, 07.\\nMediastinal. 67.\\nMesenteric, 42.\\nNeck, of the, 66.\\nOccipital, 66.\\nPericardiac, 07.\\nPortal, 38, 45, 09.\\nPortal system, 09.\\nPulmonary, 49, 09, 127.\\nRadial, 07.\\nRenal, left. 42.\\nSaphenous, external or short, 08.\\nInternal or long, 08.\\nSinuses, the, 65.\\nSpinal, 67.\\nSplenic, 38, 42.\\nSubclavian. 67.\\nSuperficial, 68.\\nSuprarenal. 42.\\nTemporal, 66.\\nTemporo-maxillary, 06.\\nThorax, of the, 07.\\nThyroid, inferior, 07.\\nUpper extremities, of the. 0f\\nVena cava, inferior, 42. 43, 44, 52,\\nSuperior. 52, 68.\\nVenous valves, 65.\\nVertebral, 00.\\nVense comites,05.\\nVenous valves, 05.\\nVermiform appendix, 40, 44.\\nVertebrae, 9.\\nVertebral column, 49.\\nVillus or villi, 24, 38.\\nVisceral anatomy, 26.\\nVon Dusch. experiments of, 255.\\nw\\nWatson on septicaemia. 187.\\nWindpipe, 47.\\nYersin on antiseptics, 271", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0430.jp2"}, "431": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\nThirteen Hundred Questions for Review.\\nNote:\u00e2\u0080\u0094 These questions are intended for the use of the student in reviewing his studies.\\nIt is recommended that, after studying a chapter, answers be written to the questions as\\nfar as possible from memory. In this way, one s understanding of each subject will be\\ntested and a better knowledge of the general theme acquired.\\nPART FIRST\u00e2\u0080\u0094 THE HUMAN BODY.\\nCHAPTER I. (1) How many bones in the skeleton? (2) How\\nmany bones in the head? (3) Name them. (4) How many in the\\ntrunk? (5) Name them. (6) How many in the limbs? (7) Name\\nthem. (8) How are the bones placed? (9) How classified? (10)\\nHow many long bones? (11) Short? (12) Flat? (13) Irregular?\\n(14) What is the composition of bones at maturity? (15) In youth?\\n(16) What is the structure of bones? (17) Describe fresh or living\\nbones. (18) What is the outer covering called? (19) The inner?\\n(20) What is the center? (21) What are the lacunae? (22) What is\\ntheir use? (23) What are the large tubes called? (24) When does\\na bone structure reach its full development? (25) Why are bones not\\neasily fractured in childhood? (26) How are joints divided? (27)\\nWhat is the synovial membrane and its use? (28) How are broken\\nbones repaired by nature? (29) Are the bones of the skull and face\\nmovable? (30) What is the layer between the two plates of the skull\\nbones called? (31) How are the outer bones joined? (32) What do\\nthe skull bones form? (33) What is contained therein? (34) What\\ndoes the trunk contain? (35) Of what does the spinal column consist?\\n(36) What is the general form of a vertebra? (37) How does the\\nskull articulate with the spine? (38) How many ribs? (39) What\\ndifferent kinds? (40) What by their form and arrangement do they\\nafford? (41) What do the hip bones form? (42) Give a general\\ndescription of the extremities. (43) What constitutes the shoulder?\\n(44) Describe the clavicle, and give its articulations. (45) The\\nscapula. (46) What kind of a joint is the shoulder joint? (47)\\nExplain it. (48) Describe the bones of the arm. (49) The wrist.\\n(50) The hand. (51) What is the longest, largest and strongest bone\\nof the skeleton? (52) What is its articulation with the hip bone? (53)\\n(317)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0431.jp2"}, "432": {"fulltext": "318 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nHow is the knee joint strengthened? (54) Describe and give articula-\\ntions of the tibia. (55) What is the general plan of the foot? (56)\\nWhat are sesamoid bones? (57) Wormian bones? (58) What are\\nthe three classes of articulations? (59) What are the varieties of\\nmotion in joints? (60) What structures enter the formation of joints?\\n(61) Describe permanent cartilage and its varieties. (62) Fibro-\\ncartilage. (63) Synovial membrane. (64) What are ligaments?\\nCHAPTER II.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (1) What are muscles? (2) How are they\\narranged in the limbs? (3) In the trunk? (4) What is their\\ncolor? (5) Of what is muscle composed? (6) What does the micro-\\nscope show? (7) How many muscles in the body? (8) What is\\ncontractility? (9) Give an illustration. (10) What are tendons?\\n(11) The fascias? (12) Describe the different kinds. (13) What is\\nthe general arrangement of muscles? (14) Give their different modi-\\nfications. (15) The kinds of muscles. (16) What are voluntary mus-\\ncles? (17) Involuntary? (18) How are muscles attached? (19) What\\nis the origin of a muscle? (20) The insertion? (21) Describe the\\nsterno-cleido-mastoid. (22) The biceps. (23) The sartorius. (24)\\nWhat is the diaphragm? (25) How many openings has it and what\\nare they? (26) Describe some of the wonders of the muscles. (27) What\\nis muscular sense? (28) How can the muscles be developed?\\nCHAPTER III. (1) What is the skin? (2) The mucous membrane?\\n(3) How many layers in the skin? (4) Name and describe. (5) Of\\nwhat does the true skin consist? (6) The cuticle? (7) What is the\\nrete mucosum? (8) What causes skin slip? (9) What are the uses\\nof the skin? (10) Describe the sweat glands. (11) What is the\\nhair? (12) The shaft? (13) Papilla? (14) What are the nails? (15)\\nWhat is the matrix? (16) What are the lymphatics? (17) Their use?\\n(18) Describe the lacteals. (19) What are the villi? (20) Lymphatic\\nglands? (21) Thoracic duct? (22) Lymphatic duct? (23) Lymph?\\nVISCERAL ANATOMY (1) Of what does visceral anatomy treat?\\n(2) What are the organs of these cavities called?\\nCHAPTER IV. (1) What does the nervous system include? (2) It\\nis the medium of what? (3) Of what kinds of matter is it composed?\\n(4) What different structures? (5) Describe each. (6) What are the\\nnerves? (7) Ganglions? (8) What are the different kinds of nerve\\nfibers? (9) Describe and explain the nerve current. (10) Name the\\nnerve sensations. (11) What constitutes the sympathetic system?\\n(12) Describe it. (13) What constitutes the cerebro-spinal sys-\\ntem? (14) What is the brain? (15) Its weight in man? (16) In\\nwoman? (17) Give its membranes. (18) Into how many portions is\\nit divided? (19) Describe the cerebrum. (20) How divided? (21)\\nHow many lobes? (22) Of what is the cerebrum the center? (23) What\\nhappens when the cerebrum becomes seriously injured? (24) How is", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0432.jp2"}, "433": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX. 319\\nthe cerebellum located? (25) It is the center for control of what? (26)\\nDescribe the medulla oblongata. (27) Its functions. (28) What will\\nresult from its destruction? (29) What nerves center therein? (30) De-\\nscribe the spinal cord. (31) How many pairs of nerves does it give off?\\n(32) Describe them. (33) Name the cranial nerves?\\nCHAPTER V. (1) Of what do the organs of digestion consist? (2)\\nWhat takes place within them? (3) Why is digestion necessary?\\n(4) Describe the alimentary canal. (5) Name its subdivisions. (6)\\nThe accessory organs. (7) Describe the mouth. (8) What takes\\nplace therein? (9) Name its contents. (10) Locate and describe the\\nsalivary glands. (11) What stimulates their action? (12) What fluid\\ndo they secrete? (13) What is its use? (14) Describe the tongue.\\n(15) What gives it its roughness? (16) What is the use of the teeth?\\n(17) Describe them. (18) Give number and division. (19) Describe\\nthe jaws. (20) What is the pharynx? (21) How located? (22)\\nName its openings. (23) What and where is the esophagus? (24)\\nDescribe the stomach. (25) What is its capacity? (26) What is its\\nlocation? (27) Of what is its wall composed? (28) What takes place\\nwhen food enters the stomach? (29) Describe the action of the stom-\\nach during digestion. (30) What becomes of the digested portion of\\nfood? (31) How long a time is required for stomach digestion? (32)\\nWhat are the two ends called? (33) The openings? (34) What\\nguards the lower opening? (35) What is the small intestine? (36)\\nWhat is the food called when it enters the intestine? (37) What takes\\nplace therein? (38) What cover the interior membrane? (39) What\\nare their use? (40) What coats has the small intestine? (41) What\\nare contained in the mucous coat? (42) Name the subdivisions of the\\nsmall intestine. (43) Why is the duodenum so called? (44) Describe\\nit. (45) The jejunum. (46) The ileum. (47) The large intestine.\\n(48) What is its chief office? (49) Name its subdivisions. (50) What\\nis the caecum? (51) What guards the entrance of the small intestine?\\n(52) What is the appendix vermiformis? (53) What is its use? (54)\\nInto what parts is the colon divided? (55) Locate and describe each.\\n(56) What is the sigmoid flexure? (57) What is the rectum? (58)\\nWherein does it differ from the other portions? (59) What is the\\nliver? (60) Give its weight and size. (61) What is its principal use?\\n(62) Into how many lobes is it divided? (63) Describe the gall blad-\\nder. (64) What is its secretion? (65) What is the use of the bile?\\n(66) What is the pancreas? (67) What its secretion? (68) How does\\nthe latter act? (69) Describe the location of the pancreas. (70)\\nWhat is the use of the pancreatic duct? (71) What are the ductless\\nglands? (72) Describe each. (73) What is the largest cavity of the\\nbody? (74) Locate it. (75) Give its contents. (76) How is it bounded?\\n(77) How is the abdomen artificially divided? (78) Name the regions.", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0433.jp2"}, "434": {"fulltext": "320 CHAM PI OX TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\n(79) Name the contents of each in order. (80) Describe the perito-\\nneum? (81) Peritoneal sacs. (82) Omenta. (83) Mesenteries. (84)\\nWhat are the contents of the pelvic cavity?\\nCHAPTER VI. (1) Of what do the organs of respiration consist?\\n(2) What is the respiratory tract? (3) Describe the nasal passages.\\n(4) Why should you breathe through the nose? (5) What is the phar-\\nynx? (6) The larynx? (7) What are the cartilages of which it is\\ncomposed? (8) What are the vocal cords? (9) The glottis? (10)\\nThe epiglottis? (11) The trachea? (12) What keeps it in shape\\nduring the act of breathing? (13) What are its divisions called? (14)\\nWhat are the bronchial tubes? (15) The bronchioles? (10) Describe\\neach. (17) What are the lungs? (18) What do they weigh? (19)\\nWhat is the color of the lungs at birth? (20) What changes take\\nplace during life? (21) What is the structure of the lungs? (22)\\nHow are the lungs nourished and how supplied with blood for oxygen-\\nation? (23) Describe the pleura 1\\nCHAPTER VII. (1) How is the wearing away of the organs and\\ntissues of the body constantly being repaired? (2) How is this done?\\n(3) What is circulation? (4) What are the organs of circulation? (5)\\nHow are the blood vessels divided? (6) Describe the heart. (7) Give\\nits location. (8) What is the pericardium? (9) The endocardium?\\n(10) What is the heart s weight and size? (11) Name its cavities.\\n(12) Is there any communication between the two halves? (13) Which\\nis the venous side? (14) Into which cavity is the blood received?\\n(15) What is its course thereafter? (16) What takes place in the\\nlungs? (17) Where does the blood go from the left ventricle? (18)\\nWhat is the heart s capacity? (19) How frequently does the pulse\\nbeat? (20) What is the weight of the blood in a body? (21) Describe\\nthe right auricle. (22) Right ventricle. (23) Left auricle. (24) Left\\nventricle. (25) What are the semi-lunar valves? (26) The mitral\\nvalve? (27) What is the blood? (28) What is its office? (29) Of\\nwhat is it composed? (30) What is the plasma? (31) What is its use?\\n(32) What do the red corpuscles contain? (33) What are their uses?\\n(34) Give the course of the blood after leaving the heart. (35) What\\nis its color while in the arteries? (36) What is its color on being\\nreturned to the heart? (37) What does arterial blood contain? (38)\\nImpure blood? (39) What does the impure blood lose in passing\\nthrough the lungs? (40) What does it take up? (41) What are the\\narteries? (42) Describe and give coats. (43) What accompany them?\\n(44) How are the outer coats nourished? (45) What is collateral circu-\\nlation? (46) How many kinds of circulation are there? (47) What\\nare they? (48) What is the main trunk of the systemic circulation?\\n(49) Locate and describe. (50) How is it divided? (51) What\\narteries are given off from the arch? (52) The thoracic aorta? (53)", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0434.jp2"}, "435": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX. 321\\nThe abdominal aorta? (54) What are the subdivisions of the cceliac\\naxis? (55) Give location and use of the coronary arteries. (56)\\nWhat are the location and subdivisions of the innominate? (57) De-\\nscribe origin and course of the common carotid arteries. (58) What\\nis the course and branches of the external carotid? (59) What do the\\nbranches supply? (60) Describe course of the internal carotid. (61)\\nName its branches. (62) What is the circle of Willis? (63) Describe\\norigin and course of the subclavian. (64) Vertebral. (65) Internal\\nmammary. (66) Of what is the axillary the continuation? (67)\\nWhat do its branches supply? (68) Where does the brachial begin?\\n(69) Into what does it divide? (70) Describe the radial. (71) Ulnar.\\n(72) What is the superficial arch? (73) Deep palmar arch? (74)\\nWhat is the course of the thoracic aorta? (75) Name its branches.\\n(76) Give course and termination of the abdominal aorta. (77) Name\\nits branches. (78) Give course and termination of the common iliacs.\\n(79) Describe the internal iliac. (80) External iliac. (81) Describe\\nbranches of latter. (82) Give location and course of femoral. (83)\\nName its branches. (84) Locate and give divisions of the popliteal.\\n(85) Describe the anterior tibial. (86) Dorsalis pedis. (87) Poste-\\nrior tibial. (88) Internal and external plantar. (89) What kind of\\nblood do the pulmonary arteries carry? (90) Describe them. (91)\\nDescribe the branches. (92) What are veins? (93) Name the coats.\\n(94) What do veins carry? (95) What are the venae comites? (96)\\nHow do veins anastomose? (97) What do the venous valves do?\\n(98) What are sinuses? (99) Into what systems are veins divided?\\n(100) What veins have no valves? (101) What are the principal veins\\nof the head and neck? (102) Name and describe veins of neck drain-\\ning above. (103) Describe the veins of the upper extremities. (104)\\nWhat are the principal veins of the thorax? (105) Describe them.\\n(106) Describe the subclavian. (107) Innominate. (108) Superior\\nvena cava. (109) Name and describe superficial veins of the lower\\nextremities. (HO) Describe the common iliac. (HI) Inferior vena\\ncava. (H2) What is the portal system? (H3) Describe its veins.\\n(114) What is the use of the pulmonary system? (H5) Describe\\nthe capillaries. (116) Where do they exist? (117) What is their\\nuse? (H8) What is the foetal circulation? (319) Give course of\\nthe blood. (120) How does oxygenation of the blood take place in\\nthe foetus? (121) What is the difference in the heart before and after\\nbirth? (122) In the lungs?\\nCHAPTER VIII. (1) Describe and locate the eye. (2) What are\\nits membranes? (3) Describe each. (4) What is the vitreous humor?\\n(5) Describe and locate the crystalline lens. (6) The aqueous humor.\\n(7) Describe the retina and its different parts. (8) Describe the\\niris. (9) How does light enter the eye? (10) How is the quantity of\\nE 21", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0435.jp2"}, "436": {"fulltext": "322 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nlight regulated? (11) What is the use of the pupil? (12) What de-\\ntermines the color of the eye? (13) Describe the eyelids. (14) Eye-\\nlashes. (15) What is the use of the substance secreted by the\\nMeibomian glands? (16) Describe the lachrymal glands. (17)\\nWhat is the use of tears? (18) How is the surplus disposed of? (19)\\nOf what is the ear the organ? (20) Of what parts does it consist?\\n(21) Describe the external ear. (22) What is the auditory canal?\\n(23) The drum? (24) How is it kept soft and elastic? (25) Describe\\nthe middle ear. (26) The bones of the ear. (27) How are they at-\\ntached? (28) What separates the middle and internal ear? (29)\\nDescribe the eustachian tube. (30) The internal ear. (31) The laby-\\nrinth. (32) Name contents of latter. (33) Describe the nose. (34)\\nOf what is the tongue the organ? (35) What other special sense?\\nCHAPTER IX. (1 Name weight of the principal parts of a body.\\n(2) What is the chief constituent? (3) What percentage does it\\nform? (4) Name the other constituents in order. (5) Name their\\ngaseous constituents. (6) Give percentage of the ultimate elements.\\n(7) What is the percentage of gaseous and what of solid elements?\\n(8) In what condition does the oxygen and hydrogen exist? (9) What\\nis the daily loss in grains? (10) What are the daily gains? (11) How\\nmuch food is required daily? 12) What is the rate of movement of blood\\nin the great arteries? (13) Capillaries? (14) What time is required to\\nmake the entire circuit? (15) What is the vital capacity of the chest?\\n(16) What quantity of air passes through the lungs daily? (17) What\\namount of oxygen is consumed in twenty-four hours? (18) Amount\\nof carbonic gas produced?\\nPART SECOND ANCIENT AND MODERN EMBALMING.\\nCHAPTER X. (1) What people first embalmed its dead so far as\\nhistory gives us knowledge? (2) What reasons probably led to this\\ndisposition? (3) What part did religion play? (4) To what fraternity\\ndid their embalmers probably belong? (5) What was first done with\\nthe body after death? (6) How was the style of preparation decided?\\n(7) What different methods for removing the brain are mentioned? (8)\\nWhat was the duty of the scribe? (9) The paraschistes? (10) What\\ninstrument did the latter use? (11) What followed the completion of\\nhis work? (12) Describe the knife used. (13) Was the pursuit of the\\nparaschistes a religious formality? (14) What viscera were removed?\\n(15) Whatnot? (16) What was done with the entrails? (17) How\\nwas the cavity cleansed? (18) What was afterwards done with the\\nentrails? (19) With what was the body anointed? (20) How was\\nthe body swathed? (21) How was the body of a Pharoah or other\\nsacred person treated? (22) What was the cost of the most magnifi-\\ncent styles of embalming? (23) Describe the cartonnage and other", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0436.jp2"}, "437": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX. 823\\ncases. (24) How were they ornamented? (25) What kinds of sarco-\\nphagi were used? (26) How were the intestines finally disposed of?\\n(27) Into what two classes was Egyptian Embalming divided? (28)\\nDescribe each. (29) Describe the intermediate grade. (30) What\\nwas the cost? (31) What was done with the body of a stranger?\\n(32) When did embalming cease in Egypt? (33) Describe the Jewish\\nmethods. (34) How were the poor embalmed? (35) How did the\\nRomans embalm? (36) Babylonians? (37) Ethiopians? (38) What\\nother nations practiced the art? (39) How about the Guanches? (40)\\nAncient Peruvians? (41) Aztecs? (42) Early North American\\nIndians? (43) Why was embalming discontinued by early Christians?\\nCHAPTER XI. (1) What progress has been made in embalming\\nduring the present century? (2) Who was Dr. Frederic Ruysch?\\n(3) Explain his method. (4) What about its success? (5) Who was\\nDr. Wm. Hunter? (6) Give his method. (7) What happened at the\\nend of four years? (8) Tell about John Hunter. (9) Where are the\\nmost perfect specimens of modern embalming to be found? (10) Who\\nfollowed in the practice of the Hunterian methods? (11) Give the\\nmodifications of each. (12) Explain M. Boudet s process. (13) M.\\nFranchini s. (14) Who was Jean Nicholas Gannal? (15) Give his\\nvarious methods. (16) What about his secret formula? (17) Of what\\ndid his prohibited solution consist? (18) What was M. Sucquet s suc-\\ncessful method? (19) Name the preparations used by MM. Sucquet,\\nGannal and Dupre in their contest. (20) Explain M. Falcony s de-\\nsiccatory process. (21) What was Dr. Chaussier s method? (22) Give\\nFranciolla s formula. (23) Describe his practice. (24) What was\\nBrunetti s method? (25) The method in vogue in Belgium? (26)\\nHow did Dr. Tscheirnoff treat the abdominal and thoracic cavities and\\nviscera? (27) How the skull and brain? (28) What preparations\\nwere used? (29) What was the Florentine process? (30) The Ger-\\nman method? (31) Is embalming much practiced in England to-day?\\nCHAPTER XII. (1) How do the methods of to-day compare\\nwith those of three hundred years ago? (2) Quote the substance of\\nDr. McCurdy s opinion. (3) Who is called the father of embalm-\\ning in this country? (4) What are the chief reasons for embalming?\\n(5) Why is preservation of the body for a time desired? (6) Why\\nshould sanitation be the chief reason for embalming? (7) What should\\nhealth boards do? (8) How may contagion be spread if thorough\\nembalming is not practiced? (9) What should be considered before\\ncommencing the operation of embalming? (10) How soon after death\\nshould the operation be commenced? (11) What are the different\\nsteps in brief? (12) What should be dune to thoroughly embalm?\\n(13) Should blood be withdrawn? (14) How treat the cavities?\\n(15) Should both arterial and cavity injection be practiced at the same", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0437.jp2"}, "438": {"fulltext": "324 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\ntime? (16) What is the appearance of the body after thorough em-\\nbalmment? (17) What do the changes which take place indicate?\\n(18) In what class of cases is more than one injection necessary?\\nCHAPTER XIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (1) What are the two chief modes of death?\\n(2) What is usually described as the third? (3) Is it always easy to\\ndetermine when life is extinct? (4) What conditions resemble those\\nof death? (5) What is the most reliable sign of death? (6) How is\\nthis proof secured? (7) What is the test of a tight ligature on a\\nfinger or toe? (8) What are the tests to determine if respiration has\\nceased? (9) Explain condition of the body if death is really present.\\n(10) How about the cooling of the body? (11) What is hypostasis?\\n(12) Post-mortem staining? (13) Rigor mortis? (14) Does rigor\\nmortis always take place after death? (15) How long does it last in\\ndifferent cases? (16) What causes putrefaction? (17) What are the\\nfirst indications? (18) What happens in the course of time? (19)\\nWhat accompanies the process of putrefaction? (20) How long does\\nit take for a body to decompose? (21) What conditions of tempera-\\nture modify the time? (22) What tissues are the last to putrefy?\\nCHAPTER XIV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (1) What are the nutrient fluids of the body?\\n(2) Which is the most important to the embalmer? (3) What pre-\\nvents its entire removal? (4) What is the color of blood when pure?\\n(5) When impure? (6) What are its constituents? (7) Describe\\nthe red corpuscles. (8) White corpuscles. (9) What happens to\\nthe blood after death? (10) How soon after death does it coagulate?\\n(11) Where is the blood found chiefly after death? (12) Why? (13)\\nWhere are coagula found? (14) What is the condition in the capilla-\\nries and small veins? (15) Where does the blood gravitate? (16)\\nWhat prevents or retards coagulation? (17) Why should blood be\\nquickly removed? (18) What is the proportion of the blood to the\\nweight of the entire body? (19) What is its weight? (20) What\\nis necessary to a good understanding of the circulation of blood?\\n(21) What vessels carry blood away from the heart? (22) What to\\nthe heart? (23) What arteries carry venous blood? (24) What\\nveins carry arterial blood? (25) What is this last circulation called?\\n(26) Describe course of the blood in the systemic circulation. (27)\\nWhy are the arteries found empty? (28) What portions first lose\\nirritability? (29) How long does this rigidity continue? (30) Is the\\ncaliber of the arteries affected by their contraction? (31) Does this\\ncontraction affect the flow of fluid? (32) Is the circulation of fluid\\nexactly the same as that of the blood? (33) Does it ordinarily pass\\ninto the heart? (34) Why not? (35) Will it if a needle process is\\nused? (36) Describe the course of the fluid if the right brachial\\nartery is injected. (37) What part of the system does it reach last?\\nCHAPTER XV. (1) What has the development of embalming", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0438.jp2"}, "439": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX. 325\\nbrought into existence? (2) What about the latitude in selection of\\ninstruments? (3) How may one s ability as an embalmer be judged?\\n(4) Why should instruments be kept clean? (5) What often results\\nfrom handling filthy instruments? (6) What class of disorders espe-\\ncially results? (7) Why should aseptic instruments be used? (8) De-\\nfine aseptic. (9) What kind of instruments are aseptic? (10) Are\\nthey more costly? (H) I n what does the progressive physician espe-\\ncially pride himself? (12) Should the embalmer likewise? (13)\\nShould his instruments be on a plane with his other paraphernalia?\\n(14) What is sterilizing instruments? (15) Give the formula. (16)\\nGive process for removing rust from steel instruments. (17) Why\\nshould instruments be kept sharp? (18) What about the number and\\nquality of instruments to be possessed? (19) What instruments are\\nnecessary for arterial work? (20) For cavity injection?\\nCHAPTER XVI. (1) What arteries should be selected for injection\\nin a male subject? (2) Why should the femorals be avoided in a female\\nsubject? (3) Why is it generally best to avoid the common carotids?\\n(4) Why is the left brachial preferred to the right? (5) How proceed\\nif it becomes necessary to raise the femoral in the female? (6) What\\nartery should be used in either sex when the body is dressed? (7)\\nWhat should the embalmer be acquainted with to raise an artery?\\n(8) What are found in the same sheath with the artery? (9) Describe\\nthe appearance and condition of the artery. (10) Vein. (11) Nerve.\\n(12) What arteries are usually selected? (13) How should the\\nincision be made? (14) How the dissection? (15) How should the\\nwall of the artery be incised? (16) In which direction should the\\narterial tube be inserted? (17) What is the next step? (18) What\\nis the distal end of an artery? (19) Proximal end? (20) What\\nshould be done if fluid appears at the distal end? (21) What if it does\\nnot? (22) How much time should be taken? (23) What may\\nhappen from rapid or careless work? (24) Give the location of the\\nbrachial artery and basilic vein. (25) How may the brachial\\nartery vary from its regular course? (26) How may it divide?\\n(27) What is the linear guide? (28) Anatomical guide? (29)\\nOn what muscle does it border? (30) What other muscle forms a\\npart of the groove in which it lies? (31) What is its covering? (32)\\nHow should the arm be held? (33) Where should the incision be\\nmade? (34) Give relative situation of artery, vein and nerve. (35)\\nWhat is done if blood is to be removed? (36) Give the full opera-\\ntion. (37) How much fluid should be injected? (38) Where is the\\nfemoral artery situated? (39) Between what points does it extend?\\n(40) Give linear guide. (41) Anatomical guide. (42) On what\\nmuscle does it border? (43) Through whal does the artery pass in\\nthe upper part of its course? (44) How is Scarpa s triangle bounded?", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0439.jp2"}, "440": {"fulltext": "326 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK OX EMBALMING.\\n(45) Where should the incision be made to raise the artery or vein?\\n(46) How make the dissection? (47) What should be done if blood\\nis to be withdrawn? (48) What is the next step? (49) What should\\nbe done if another injection may be necessary? (50) What if not?\\n(51 Has the common carotid any advantage over other arteries? (52)\\nWhere is it situated? (53) Between what points does it extend?\\n(54) What is likely to result in raising it? (55) How may this be\\nsomewhat modified? (56) When should it be used? (57) What is\\nthe linear guide? (58) Anatomical guide? (59) Along what muscle\\nis it located? (60) Where should the incision be commenced to raise\\nthe artery and internal jugular vein, and how long continued? (61)\\nWhat results from inserting a drainage tube into the vein? (62) Give the\\nprocess for raising, incising and injecting the artery. (63) What is the\\nadvantage in selecting the radial artery? (64) What point is usually-\\nselected for raising it? (65) How is it situated at this point? (66)\\nWhat length incision should be made? (67) Can it be raised higher\\nup? (68) How is it there situated? (69) Describe the process.\\n(70) What should be done with the wrist? (71) What should be\\ndone after sufficient fluid has been injected? (72) Where is the\\ntibial artery located? (73) It extends between what points? (74)\\nWhere should the incision be made to raise it? (75) Describe the\\nfurther process. (76) How should the body be placed after the\\ninjection is completed? (77) Why? (78) Why should the blood be\\nremoved? (79) What are the different methods for removing it?\\n(80) What is required to remove blood from the heart? (81) What\\nshould be the length, kind and condition of the needle? (82) Where\\nshould the needle be introduced? (83) In what direction pointed?\\n(84) To what depth inserted? (85) What part of the heart will be\\nentered? (86) What is the next step? (87) What should be the\\nposition of the body during the process? (88) Why? (89) What\\nshould be done to remove the blood from the lower extremities? (90)\\nHow is the vacuum in the heart filled? (91) Does tapping the heart\\ndestroy the circulation? (92) Why not? (93) What may result\\nfrom the heart occupying an abnormal position or being diseased?\\n(94) Do the valves of the heart and veins act after death as before?\\n(95) What do they prevent? (96) Does fluid enter the left cavities\\nof the heart? (97) Under what circumstances does it enter the\\nright side? (98) How is the substance of the heart supplied? (99)\\nWhat is required to remove blood by the veins? (100) Why is it\\nbest to select the vein accompanying the artery chosen for injection?\\n(101) Explain the process if the basilic vein is chosen. (102) Femoral\\nvein. (103) Internal jugular vein. (104) What caliber vein tube\\nshould be used in each case? (105) What should be done if the blood\\nis coagulated or does not flow freely? (106) When is the proper time", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0440.jp2"}, "441": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX. 327\\nto remove the blood? (107) When is a second injection necessary?\\n(108) What happens in the course of a day or two? (109) What is\\nskin slip? (110) What causes it? (Ill) In what kind of\\ndiseases does it usually occur? (112) How is it disproved that\\nsome kinds of fluids produce skin slip? (113) How can skin\\nslip be prevented? (Ill) What is the formula and treatment? (115)\\nWhen do discolorations take place? (H6) What cause them?\\n(117) What may cause congestion of the head, neck and face? (118)\\nWhat may result at the same time in the abdominal and thoracic\\ncavities? (119) What treatment should be resorted to? (120) If not\\nsuccessful, what treatment should then be resorted to? (121) How\\nremove flushing of the face? (122) Greenish or brownish spots?\\n(123) Bruised and other spots? (124) When does discoloration by\\nbiliverdin take place? (125) How caused? (126) Can it be\\nremoved? (127) Should bleachers and fluids be used on the face?\\n(128) What is the formula for the ice mixture? (129) How should it\\nbe applied and for how long? (130) What substitute can be used?\\nCHAPTER XVII. (1) Can cavity injection alone be relied upon?\\n(2) Why not? (3) Should it be used as an auxiliary to arterial in-\\njection? (1) Bound the chest. (5) Into how many cavities is it\\ndivided? (6) And by what organs? (7) What are the contents?\\n(8) What are the pleuras? (9) Describe them. (10) At what point\\nshould the trocar be introduced to inject the pleural cavities? (11)\\nHow proceed? (12) How can both cavities be injected from the\\nsame point? (13) How much fluid may be injected? (14) What\\nkind of a trocar should be used? (15) At what other point may the\\ninjection be made? (16) How may the lung tissue be injected?\\n(17) What should be done in all cases of consumption and lung fever?\\n(18) At what point should the needle be inserted to inject the abdom-\\ninal cavity? (19) How much fluid should be used? (20) How\\ninject the stomach and intestines? (21) How proceed to remove\\ngases from the thoracic cavity? (22) From the abdominal cavity?\\n(23) How proceed to remove liquids from the abdominal cavity?\\nCHAPTER XVIIL\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (1) Who first introduced the needle process\\ninto this country, and when? (2) What is the method? (3) By\\nwhat name is it known? (4) Explain the operation. (5) What\\nshould be the position of the body? (6) How begin the injection?\\n(7) What is the objection to this method? (8) What may result?\\n(9) Is this result serious? (10) How may it be prevented? (H)\\nHow proceed to inject through the foramen magnum? (12) Has\\nthis operation any advantages over other needle processes? (13)\\nWhat needle process is attended with the least danger? (14) What\\nis the Champion Needle Process? (15) Describe the operation.\\n(16) What should be the position of the body? (17) How does", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0441.jp2"}, "442": {"fulltext": "328 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nthe fluid enter the vascular system by this process? (18) Where\\ndoes the fluid reach first, and how is it distributed? (19) Should\\nthis method take the place of arterial embalming-? (20) When is its\\nuse recommended? (21) How can the skull be quickly drilled?\\nPART THIRD\u00e2\u0080\u0094 MORBID ANATOMY.\\nINTRODUCTORY REMARKS. (1) Are the morbid changes which\\ntake place in the body after death generally known by the embalmer?\\n(2) How about his knowledge of the condition of the visceral organs\\nand tissues? (3) What is very essential? (4) Define Morbid Anat-\\nomv. (5) What is shown by Part Third?\\nCHAPTER XIX. (1) What class of diseases are treated in this\\nchapter? (2) What is smallpox, and how produced? (3) What is\\nthe morbid anatomy? (4) Should such cases be injected? (5) Whv?\\n(6) How t may an epidemic be caused in after years? (7) How should\\nthe body be prepared? (8) Should this method be observed in all\\ncases of contagious diseases? (9) What is scarlatina? (10) What\\nshould be the treatment? (31) How is diphtheria caused? (12)\\nWhere is it most prevalent? (13) What are the morbid character-\\nistics? (14) What the treatment? (15) What is the origin of typhus\\nfever? (16) What is the morbid condition when death occurs early\\nin the disease? (17) What if later? (18) What complications may\\nthere be? (19) What part of the body do the typhoid bacilli espe-\\ncially attack? (20) What are other morbid conditions? (21) What\\nshould be the treatment? (22) What when death occurs later?\\n(23) Should the treatment be very thorough? (24) Why? (25)\\nWhat is typhus fever? (26) Why called ship fever? (27) What\\nbacilli are peculiar to this disease? (28) What are the morbid ap-\\npearances? (29) What is the treatment? (30) What is tuberculo-\\nsis? (31) To what due? (32) What are the morbid changes? (33)\\nWhat may be the condition of the lungs? (34) What complications\\nmay attend the disease? (35) What should be the treatment? (36)\\nWhat bacteria produces Asiatic cholera? (37) Who first made the\\ndiscovery, and when? (38) How may the disease be communicated?\\n(39) What are the morbid appearances? (40) What about muscular\\ncontraction? (41) Describe the case reported by Barlow. (42) What\\nis thecolorof the peritoneal coat? (43) Where are the comma bacilli\\nfound? (44) Describe the treatment. (45) Why is yellow fever so\\ncalled? (46) In what localities is it most prevalent? (47) What\\nwill arrest it? (48) What are the morbid appearances? (49) De-\\nscribe the case reported by Dr. Dowler. (50) What treatment should\\nbe followed? (51) To what is cerebro-spinal meningitis due? (52)\\nWhat is the morbid anatomy? (53) The treatment? (54) To what\\nage is cholera infantum peculiar? (55) Give the post-mortem anatomy.", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0442.jp2"}, "443": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX. 329\\n(56) The treatment. (57) What process of injection is recom-\\nmended?\\nCHAPTER XX. (1) What class of diseases is treated in this chap-\\nter? (2) Septicaemia usually follows what? (3) What is the mor-\\nbid anatomy of this disease? (4) How does Davaine describe this\\ndisease? (5) What does Watson say of the disease? (6) What\\nhappens when septicemia originates from an external wound? (7)\\nWhat does microscopy show? (8) What is the treatment? (9) To\\nwhat is pyaemia due? (10) From what does it result? (11) What\\nis the external appearance of the body? (12) What is the condition\\nif the disease has been protracted? (13) Describe other morbid con-\\nditions. (14) What should be the treatment? (15) What is peri-\\ntonitis? (16) What is the post-mortem condition? (17) What\\ndiseases may be mistaken for peritonitis? (18) What is the treatment?\\n(19) From what does puerpural or childbed fever usually result, and\\nwhen? (20) What are always present? (21) What is the morbid\\nanatomy? (22) Give the treatment in full. (23) Into what classes\\nis erysipelas usually divided? (24) Describe the morbid conditions.\\n(25) How is erysipelas spread? (26) In what may it result? (27)\\nHow should the body be treated? (28) What important discovery\\nhas recently been made concerning sunstroke? (29) What did the\\ninvestigations show? (30) With what fluids of the body were\\nexperiments made? (31) What were the tests? (32) Give the\\nanatomical characters. (33) The treatment. (34) What is gangrene?\\n(35) What aged people does it attack? (36) Give the morbid\\nanatomy. (37) How does decomposition proceed in a limb? (38)\\nWhat should be the treatment? (39) How may ordinary post-\\nmortem cases be sucessfully treated? (40) How if the body is to be\\nshipped? (41) What should be done with cancerous tumors?\\nCHAPTER XXI. (1) What class of diseases is considered in this\\nchapter? (2) What kind of a disease is pneumonia? (3) What ages\\nare susceptible? (4) What bacteria is peculiar to it? (5) What is\\nthe morbid condition if death occurs early in the disease? (6) What\\nis shown on section? (7) What is the condition during the stage of\\nred hepatization? (8) What is shown on section? (9) What is the\\ncondition in the stage of gray hepatization? (10) What is shown on\\nsection? (11) Name other morbid characteristics. (12) Describe the\\nfull treatment. (13) What have some inexperienced embalmers\\nadvised to stop purging from the lungs and stomach? (14) Is such\\nadvice good? (15) What is gangrene of the lungs? (16) What is\\nthe treatment? (17) What is primary pleurisy? (18) What is\\nthe morbid anatomy? (19) What is purulenl pleurisy? (20) What\\nis it sometimes called? (21) What are the morbid characteristics?\\n(22) Give the treatment. (23) What is pericarditis? (24) What", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0443.jp2"}, "444": {"fulltext": "330 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nis the morbid anatomy? (2-~ The threatment? (26) What is\\npneumo-pericarditis? (27) Give the treatment. (28) What is the\\nmorbid anatomy of valvular diseases of the heart? (29) How are the\\naortic and mitral valves affected? (30) When does enlargement of\\nthe heart occur? (31) What may result from disease of the aortic\\nvalves? (32) What other conditions follow? (33) Give treatment.\\n(34) How should laryngitis, bronchitis, etc., be treated?\\nCHAPTER XXII. (1) What class of diseases is treated in this\\nchapter? (2) What causes obstinate constipation? (3) Describe the\\nmorbid characteristics. (4) What may be found in the sigmoid flex-\\nure? (5) Of what is this fecal matter sometimes composed? (6) De-\\nscribe the treatment. (7) What is dysentery? (8) Give the morbid\\ncharacteristics. (9) The treatment. (10) What is appendicitis? (11)\\nWhere located? (12) Give morbid anatomy. (13) The treatment.\\n(14) What morbid changes in hernia or rupture? (15) What is spo-\\nradic cholera: (16) What are the morbid appearances? (17) The\\ntreatment? (18) Give morbid changes in gastritis, enteritis and similar\\ndiseases? (19) Cancer may involve what? (20) Give the treatment.\\nCHAPTER XXIIL\u00e2\u0080\u0094 1 What are the diseases described in this\\nchapter? (2) What are the different forms of Bright s disease?\\n(3) What do we have as a result? (4) What are later changes?\\n(5) What weight may the kidney attain? (6) What are other\\ncharacteristics? (7) Give the treatment. (8) How should the body\\nbe handled if the skin is inclined to slip? (9) Describe nephitis. and\\ngive treatment. (10) What is diabetes? (11) Is it a disease of the\\nkidneys? (12) What do these organs do? (13) Give anatomical\\ncharacters? (14) Give the treatment. (15) Of what morbid conditions\\nmay the bladder be the seat? (16) Give the treatment.\\nCHAPTER XXIV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (1) What diseases are described herein? (2)\\nWhat is paralysis? (3) To what are the different forms of paralysis of\\ncommon occurrence due? (4) What is a prominent feature of paraly-\\nsis originating in one side of the brain? (5) What is this form called?\\n(6) How is this paralysis of one side of the body caused? (7) What\\nlesions give rise to hemiplegia first? (8) Second? (9) Third? (10)\\nFourth? (11) Fifth? (12) What is paraplegia? (13) To what\\nform is the name paralytic stroke applied? (14) Which parts of the\\nbody are usually affected? (15) What are the special lesions causing\\nhemiplegia? (16) From what may anaesthesia result? (17) Give the\\ntreatment in full. (18) At what age is there most liability to apoplexy?\\n(19) Which sex is more subject to it? (20) What are the morbid\\ncharacteristics? (21) What should be the treatment?\\nCHAPTER XXV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (1) What diseases are herein treated? (2)\\nWhat is alcoholism? (3) What has resulted from the inquiries and\\npathological observations of Drs. Roesch and Ogston? (4) Give a", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0444.jp2"}, "445": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX. 331\\nsummary of the results of their investigations. (5) What two orders of\\nchanges result from intemperance in use of alcoholic fluids? (6) What\\nresults when spirituous liquors are introduced into the stomach? (7)\\nWhat follows? (8) Describe delirium tremens. (9) Give the treat-\\nment. (10) Of what is dropsy the result? (11) Name different\\nvarieties. (12) Give the morbid characteristics. (13) How about a\\ncase of general dropsy? (14) In treating, how should the body be\\nplaced? (15) What is the most common kind of dropsy? (16) How\\nrelieve the body of water? (17) What should be done when the in-\\ntestines and stomach are in a floating condition? (18) What should be\\nthe treatment when water is located in the limbs? (19) How proceed\\nto remove it from the hands and arms? (20) From the lower limbs?\\n(21) What about drawing blood? (22) When is a second injection\\nnecessary? (23) Is it necessary to open the body to remove water?\\n(24) How proceed to remove water from the pleural cavities? (25)\\nHow from the face? (26) What is jaundice? (27) When does it\\noccur? (28) What causes the peculiar color? (29) Give the treat-\\nment. (30) Does acute rheumatism often result in death? (31) To\\nwhat are the immediately fatal cases usually due? (32) What inci-\\ndental diseases are usually responsible for death? (33) What form of\\ninflammations are complications of rheumatism? (34) Give the treat-\\nment. (35) What is meant by a tumor? (36) What size do cystic\\ntumors of the ovary attain? (37) What about their walls? (38) The\\ncondition, color and quantity of the contents? (39) What are en-\\ncysted tumors? (40) In treating, where introduce the trocar? (41)\\nHow proceed? (42) What should be done when the tumor is on\\nthe surface? (43) Is it necessary to remove tumors from the abdomen?\\n(44) What are the different kinds of cancers? (45) What may be the\\ncondition of the surface of an external cancer? (46) When located\\non the face? (47) How should internal cancers be treated? (48)\\nHow treat external cancers when the skin is broken? (49) How pro-\\nceed if sloughing has resulted in destroying the features? (50) How\\ntreat the arteries and cavities? (51) What is syphilis? (52) What\\nis the morbid anatomy? (53) How may the disease be spread? (54)\\nWhat care should be taken in treating such cases? (55) Give the\\ntreatment. (56) On what does the condition of the child and sur-\\nrounding tissues depend in the case of the death of the mother and\\nfoetus? (57) What are the morbid changes if death occurs early in\\npregnancy? (58) [f at the full period? (59) Give treatment.\\nCHAPTER XXVI. -(1) What class of deaths is considered in this\\nchapter? (2) On what does the difficulties of a drowned case depend?\\n(3) How treat if the body lias been in the water twenty-four hours or\\nless? (4) What is a floater? (5) Mow treat? (6) I low much\\nfluid can be injected? (7) How proceed if there is plenty of time for", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0445.jp2"}, "446": {"fulltext": "332 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nadditional treatment? (8) What preparation should be used (9) By\\nwhat time will the body be in a satisfactory condition? (10) Can the\\npeculiar discoloration existing in a floater be removed? (11) in deaths\\nfrom lightning and electricity what does a post-mortem examination\\nshow? (12) What are some of the effects of electricity in passing\\nthrough the body? (13) When does decomposition begin? (14)\\nDescribe the treatment. (15) What often results from railroad and\\nother similar accidents? (16) How vary the treatment from the ordi-\\nnary? (17) What should be used over the body and all mutilated\\nparts? (18) What should be done with gashes and cuts? (19)\\nBruises and discolorations? (20) How treat a body when co-apta-\\ntion of the parts is impossible? (21) How proceed w T ith gunshot\\nwounds in the head? (22) What should be done when the fluid\\nissues clear from the wound? (23) In what condition should the\\nbody be allowed to remain? (24) How should the wounds be pre-\\npared? (25) What is asphyxia? (26) What cause it? (27) What\\nare the anatomical characters? (28) Describe the treatment. (29)\\nWhy is poisoning from opium and morphine frequent? (30) What\\nare the post-mortem changes in such cases? (31) Outline the treat-\\nment. (32) Why does the inhaling of carbonic acid prove fatal\\nsooner or later? (33) Where does it accumulate? (34) In what\\ncondition is it rapidly fatal? (35) What is the morbid condition?\\n(36) The treatment? (37) To what is death by charcoal fumes due?\\n(38) Under what circumstances are such deaths liable to occur? (39)\\nGive the morbid characteristics. (40) The treatment. (41) How does\\ndeath by coal gas often occur? (42) What is noticeable on opening\\nthe body? (43) Other morbid characters? (44) Give treatment.\\nPART FOURTH SANITATION AND DISINFECTION.\\nCHAPTER XXVII. (1) What is the common mode of infection in\\ntatanus, erysipelas, hospital gangrene, etc.? (2) How may tubercu-\\nlosis be transmitted? (3) May infection occur through the unbroken\\nskin? (4) Through the mucous membrane of the respiratory organs?\\n(5) How did Buchner demonstrate this? (6) What was the result of\\nhis experiments? (7) How was it proven that infection did not occur\\nthrough the mucous membrane of the alimentary canal? (8) How\\nelse was it demonstrated that infection occurred through the lungs?\\n(9) What is said about the susceptibility of single species of bacteria\\nand the immunity from such pathogenic action possessed by other ani-\\nmals? (10) What has been demonstrated as to single infectious dis-\\neases prevailing only or principally among a certain species of animals?\\n(11) What diseases are exampled as confined to man and what to the\\nlower animals? (12) May susceptibility and immunity be a family or\\nrace characteristic? (13) Give illustrations. (14) What does a", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0446.jp2"}, "447": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX. 333\\nsingle attack of an infectious disease in man usually confer?\\n(15) Of what diseases is this true? (16) Name the diseases in which\\nsecond attacks not infrequently occur. (17) How about such diseases\\nas diphtheria, erysipelas and gonorrhea? (18) In what class should\\ncroupous pneumonia be placed? (19) In what localized infectious\\ndiseases does one attack give immunity? (20) Into what two classes\\nmay infectious diseases be divided? (21) How about eruptive fevers\\nand specific, febrile, infectious diseases generally? (22) Do second\\nattacks of smallpox and scarlet and yellow fever ever occur? (23)\\nWhat ultimately occurs in such diseases as gonorrhea and ery-\\nsipelas? (24) Do second attacks of diphtheria, cholera and epidemic\\ninfluenza ever occur in the same epidemic? (25) What immunity does\\na mild attack of smallpox, scarlet fever, yellow fever, etc., give?\\nCHAPTER XXVIIL\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (1) Who gave birth to the study of bacteri-\\nology? (2) In what year? (3) What progress has been made in\\nthis line during the past twenty years? (4) For how long a time was it\\ndeveloping? (5) To what does modern hygiene owe much of its\\nvalue? (6) Give a sketch of Leeuwenhoeck. (7) How did he make\\nhis discoveries? (8) What important fact did he publish in 1675?\\n(9) What did his continued research discover in various other mate-\\nrials? (10) In what substances did he discover these organisms?\\n(11) What of his discovery in tartar scraped from between the teeth?\\n(12) To whom and when did he contribute this discovery? (13)\\nWhat is the particular importance of this paper? (14) What did he\\nsee everywhere distributed through the material he was examining?\\n(15) Was his work speculative or objective? (16) Did Plenciz con-\\nfirm Leeuwenhoeck s discoveries? (17) What relationship did he\\nfind between the micro-organisms discovered by Leeuwenhoeck and\\ninfectious diseases? (18) What did he claim infection to be? (19)\\nHow did he explain the variations in the incubation period of differ-\\nent infectious diseases? (20) What did he believe as to the multipli-\\ncation of these micro-organisms in the human body? (21) What of\\ntheir transmission through the air? (22) What did he teach as to a\\nspecial germ for each disease? (23) What law did he formulate as\\nto decomposition? (24) How were his arguments considered? (25)\\nHow did Ozanam express himself in 1820? (20) Wha1 were the\\nopinions of many other medical men during this time? (27) When\\nwas the true relation of the lower organisms to infectious diseases\\nscientifically established? (28) How? (29) What discoveries es-\\npecially aroused attention to the question of animal contagion? (30)\\nWho first logically taught the doctrine of infection? (31) Wha1\\nprincipal point occupied the attention of scientists up to this time?\\n(32) What did one side claim? (33) What doctrine did Needham\\nhold in 1749? (34) What was his experiment with a grain of barley?", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0447.jp2"}, "448": {"fulltext": "334 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\n(35) What did Spallanzani demonstrate in 1769? (36) What objec-\\ntions were raised to this method? (37) How did Spallanzani meet\\nthese? (38) Was much advance made up to 1836? (39) Who\\nthen called renewed attention to the subject by his investigations?\\n(40) What were his experiments (41) How did Schwann in the\\nfollowing year rob air of its organisms? (42) What were the meth-\\nods of Schroder and Yon Dusch? (43) What did Hoffman in 1860\\nand Pasteur in 1861 demonstrate? (44) Was the theory of spontane-\\nous generation still held? (45) Whose investigations finally dis-\\nproved this theory? (46) What did Prof. Tyndall demonstrate?\\n(47) What are the forms of bacteria? (^8) How are they developed?\\n(49) How grouped? (50) What are the divisional names? (51)\\nWhat is the duration and vitality of spores? (52) How does the\\nsporific state compare with the mature state? (53) What is the effect\\nof drying or drowning on active microbes? (54) On spores? (55)\\nUpon what fact does the importance of spore formation depend? (56)\\nWhat facilitates their diffusion and the dissemination of diseases?\\n(57) What is an antiseptic? (58) Its disinfective properties?\\nCHAPTER XXIX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 (1) What may be said about the obscurity\\nhanging over the cause of smallpox? (2) What is now the only source\\nof the disease? (3) How is its poisonous material given out? (4)\\nWhat does this material contain, and to what may they attach them-\\nselves? (5) For how long a time do these stuffs retain the poison?\\n(6) At what period is the poison generated by the patient s person?\\n(7) When is this poison most powerful? (8) What of the dried crusts\\nof the pustules? (9) What of the dead body of a variolated person?\\n(10) What is the infectious distance around a patient s room? (11)\\nHow has the fact of the contagious nature of smallpox been fully\\ndemonstrated? (12) What is the singular law of the introduction of\\nvariolus poison by means of the cutaneous tissue? (13) What is the\\nfirst cause which predisposes to smallpox, or increases the suscepti-\\nbility of infection? (14) Second? (15) Third? (16) What are such\\npersons called? (17) What is the fourth cause? (18) Fifth? (19)\\nSixth? (20) How about the prevalence and mortality of smallpox in\\nrecent years? (21) How may the danger be measured? (22) On\\nwhat day does the greatest number die? (23) What is the influence\\nof vaccination? (24) What is the first conclusion arrived at regarding\\nvaccination? (25) The second? (26) Third? (27) Fourth? (28)\\nFifth? (29) Sixth? (30) Seventh? (31) Eighth? (32) Ninth?\\n(33) What is diphtheria? (34) How produced? (35) Describe the\\ndisease. (36) With what view have bacteriologists studied the\\ndisease? (37) Have they discovered a preventative? (38) What is\\nit? (39) What is the first deduction of Dr. Behring in summing up\\nthe blood serum theraputic method? (40) The second? (41) Third?", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0448.jp2"}, "449": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX. 335\\n(42) Fourth? (43) Fifth? (44) Sixth? (45) To what are the\\nsymptoms characterizing tetanus referable? (46) How has knowl-\\nedge of the disease been increased? (47) What has been found\\nto produce tetanus? (48) What experiments did Nicolaier make?\\n(49) Sternberg? (50) Where is the tetanus bacillus found? (51)\\nDoes the use of tetanus antitoxin give immunity? (52) Is it also\\ncurative?\\nCHAPTER XXX. (1) What does disinfection embrace in its pop-\\nular sense? (2) What substances are dealt with in the process of\\ncleansing and purifying? (3) What physical means are applied to\\nmovable matters? (4) What is done with objects which are not re-\\nmovable? (5) Are these methods preferable to the use of chemicals?\\n(6) Of what are decomposition and putrefaction the result? (7)\\nWhat is given off during the transmutation? (8) What do deodor-\\nants do? (9) How is preservation against decomposition practiced?\\n(10) What kind of antiseptics should be used? (11) What does this\\nimply? (12) What does infection in its more restricted and accurate\\nsense imply? (13) To what is disinfection applied in recognized in-\\nfectious diseases? (14) What is the only means of judging whether\\ndestruction has been effectually accomplished? (15) Thus restricted,\\nof what does the process of disinfection admit? (16) What are some\\nof the physical means of disinfection? (17) Which are the most effi-\\ncacious? (18) What may be said of chemical ag ents as disinfectants?\\n(19) On what does the efficacy of a germicide depend? (20) Give\\nthe result of Koch s experiments upon anthrax spores. (21) Why are\\ncertain of these agents ruled out? (22) What ones remain? (23)\\nWhich is the most powerful disinfectant? (24) What did Koch find?\\n(25) What was the result of his experiments with carbolic acid? (26)\\nHow are the halogens used? (27) Give Abbott s deductions?\\nCHAPTER XXXI. (1 What is the antiseptic and germicidal value\\nof aluminum acetate? (2) Ammonium chlorid? (3) Calcium hypo-\\nchlorite? (4) Cupri sulphate? (5) Ferrous sulphate? (6) Lead\\nnitrate? (7) Manganese protochlorid? (8) Potassium arsenite? (9)\\nPotassium bromide? (10) Potassium iodide? (11) Quinine sul-\\nphate? (12) Sodium borate? (13) Sodium carbonate? (14) So-\\ndium hyposulphite? (15) Tin Chlorid? (16) Zinc Chlorid?\\nCHAPTER XXXII. (1) What are the best agents for destroying\\nspore containing infectious material? (2) For the destruction of mi-\\ncro-organisms not containing spores? (3) For excrementitious matter\\nin sick room? (4) In privy vaults? (5) For disinfection and deo-\\ndorization of surface matter in water closets? (6) For clothing, bed-\\nding, etc.? (7) For outer garments of wool or silk? (8) For\\nmattresses, blankets, and all bedding soiled by discharge of sick? (9)\\nFor furniture, etc.? (10) For the person? (11) For the dead? (12)", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0449.jp2"}, "450": {"fulltext": "336 CHAMPION TEXT BOOK ON EMBALMING.\\nFor sick rooms? (13) What is a more desirable method? (14) What\\nmethod for rags? (15) For disinfecting hands?\\nPART FIFTH\u00e2\u0080\u0094 GENERAL MISCELLANY.\\nCHAPTER XXXIII. (1) Define resuscitation. (2) Into what\\ntwo classes divided? (3) Give treatment for syncope. (4) What is\\nto be done if natural breathing has not returned? (5) Give position\\nof patient. (6) Position of operator. (7) Describe action of operator.\\n(8) What does this method do? (9) How keep up temperature of body?\\n(10) What stimulants should be used? (11) What should be treat-\\nment for asphyxia from breathing noxious gases? (12) For asphyxia\\nfrom mechanical obstructions of air passages? (13) For asphyxia from\\npoisons and anaesthetics? (14) What serious complications result from\\nasphyxia from immersion in water? (15) in restoring a drowned person\\nwhat should be position of patient? L6) Position and action of operator?\\n(17) What are the first steps for restoring the apparently dead from\\ndrowning, etc.? (18) What points should be aimed at? (19) How\\nlong should these methods be persevered in? (20) Is a stroke ol\\nlightning necessarily fatal? (21) What are the chances of the heart\\nresuming its suspended action? (22) Does experience in this country\\njustify the practice? (23) In treatment for restoring natural breath-\\ning what rule for maintaining free entrance of air irto windpipe?\\n?4) For adjusting patient s position? (25) For imitating movements\\nof breathing? (26) For exciting inspiration? 7) In treatment after\\nnatural breathing has been restored what is the rule for inducing cir-\\nculation and warmth? (28) If from intense cold? (\u00e2\u0080\u009e9) If from in-\\ntoxication? (30) If from apoplexy or sunstroke? (31) How soon\\nmay alcoholic stimulants be given?\\nCHAPTER XXXIV. (1) What are post-mortem wounds? (2)\\nWhen is the poison present in its most virulent form? (3) It is most\\ng marked when inoculation occurs from handling what kind of cases?\\n(4) How does the poison act? (5) What serve as points of inocula-\\ntion? (6) What should be done with the hands before beginning to\\noperate on a dead body? (7) If the cuticle be denuded what should\\nbe done? (8) How is the Champion Hand Protector used? (9) How\\nshould the instruments be used? (10) If an accident should occur.\\nwhat should be done? (11) If inoculation results from a wound what\\nare the resulting conditions? (12) What should be done if these\\nsymptoms result? (13) When is the encasing of a body in bandages", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0450.jp2"}, "451": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0451.jp2"}, "452": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3417", "width": "2269", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0452.jp2"}, "453": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3393", "width": "2190", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0453.jp2"}, "454": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3466", "width": "2297", "jp2-path": "championtextbo00myer_0454.jp2"}}